From

THE LIBRARY OF
JOHN G. McEACHERN
 ^..OCM^"^'^^ ^

/ /
 3IABCH OF THE TI !

fRoutcofIhe Ten Thouaand. Bybl

Boundary of the Satrapy of Cyrus.
Persian Parasangs of so Stadia each.
10 SO SO to tfO

English Miles
T.vr^is
^

tioagiUide
 THE

FIEST GEEEK BOOK

BY

JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE, Ph.D., LL.D., Litt.D.

Professou of Gkeek IK Hakvabd University

Mediocritatem lllam tenebit quae e$t Inter nimium et parum

Boston, U.S.A.:
GINN & COMPANY.
Toronto :

THE COPP, CLARK CO., LIMITED.

 Copyright, 1896

Bt JOHN WILLIAMS WHITE.

A LI- RIGHTS RESERVED

54-6
 PREFACE.

Since the publication of my Beginner's Greek Book in 1892,

I have from time to time had letters from teachers in different
parts of the country, who have informed me that the Beginner's
Book, because of its length, was not well adapted for use in the
schools in which they taught, and who have urged me to prepare a
brieferbook on the same plan. They wished a book, they said,
which could be completed in two terms, and which would properly
prepare their pupils for the rapid but exact reading of a book of
the Anabasis during the last third of the year.
The First Greek Book is an attempt to meet this reasonable
request. I am aware that it isimpossible that any elementary
book should be equally well adapted to the needs of all schools ;

but I have at least succeeded in making this book briefer than its
immediate predecessor. In writing it I have aimed to give, first,
only such fundamental facts of Greek grammar as the young pupil
must know before he can begin to read the connected narrative of
Xenophon intelligently and with pleasure, and secondly, a moderate
amount of practice, both in reading and in writing, in the application
of these principles. I have entirely excluded from the eighty lessons
into which the First Greek Book is divided- the Attic second
declension, the systematic treatment of the affinity of words, word
lists, word groups, the principles of word formation, and the divi-
sion of verbs into eight classes, although provision is made for the
study of some of these important matters, if the teacher finds the
time for it, in the materials furnished in the Appendix. Further,
 CONTENTS.

IiESS.
vm CONTENTS.

LESS.
 CONTENTS. IX

less;
 TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

NO. PAGE
1. Greek Schoolroom 3
2. Ancient Dog-cart ^. 6
3. Assyrian Tents _ 9
4. The Slaying of the Suitors 13
5. Sabre 14
6. Attic Four Drachma Piece 15
7. Bronze Boat used as a Lamp 21
8. Greek Wairior 25
9. Sacrifice 29
10. Targeteer 39
11. Ancient Persians 40
12. The Skulking Warrior 45
13. Assyrian Wagon 46
14. Theseus Fighting with Amazons 48
15. Attic Four Drachma Piece 64
16. Silenus the Satyr _ 56
17. Alexander the Great 61
18. Target ^ 62
19. Greek Armor 69
20. Battle 79
21. Darius III _ 82
22. Persian Daric 83
23. A Youthful Knight 85
24. Persian Slingers 90
25. Greek Armor 94
26. Chariot Race ! 97
27. Masks of Pan 99
28. Ostriches ! 100
29. Helmet 103
30. Arming of a Greek Warrior 104
31. Raft of Inflated Hides Ill
32. Axe : 114
33. Bridle 115
34. Greek Hoplites .
118
35. Bow 122
36. Greek Schoolroom 127
37. Greek Armor 132
38. Altar 137
39. Ancient Dogs 140
40. Sword 148
41. Spear-heads 163
42. Ancient Persians 157
43. War Ship 159
44. Girdle 162
 TABLE OF ILLUSTRATIONS. xi

so. PAGE
45. Darius goes Hunting 170
46. Attic Ten Drachma Piece 171
47. Ancient Horse Race 175
48. Assyrian Soldiers 177
49. Wheel and Axle of Scythe-bearing Chariot 181
50. Chariot : 188
51. Chaplet 196
52. Zeus and Victory ,. 202
53. Apollo flays Marsyas 204
54. Persian Charioteer 208
55. Trumpeter 211
56. Plan of the Battle at Cunaxa 214
57. Barbarians 219
58. The Stricken Persian 225
59. Attic Obol 227
60. Athena 233
61. Zeus - 234
62. The Giving of Hands 237
63. Athena 264
64. The Caftan 274
65. Amazon 285

IN THE VOCABULARIES.
66. Mill 5
67. Axe 7
6a. War Chariot 9
69. Artemis 10
70. Oval Shield ., 10
71. Round Shield , 11
72. Attic Drachma Piece 16
73. Breast-plate 23
74. Horse and Rider 24
75. Herald 26
76. Greave 27
77. Helmet 27
78. Ancient Ships 31
79. Stone-thrower 32
80. Arming of Warriors 83
81. Heavy-armed Soldier 34
82. Target 37
83. Frontlet and Bridle of Horse 40
84. Persian Sceptre-bearer 4i
85. Mounted Bowmen 46
86. Position of Rowers in the Trireme 46
87. Bowman - 47
88. Greek Women 48
89. Bracelet 50
90. Harnessing to the Chariot 50
 FIEST GREEK BOOK.

LESSON I.

The Alphabet. Vowels, Consonants, Diphthongs.

1. The Greek Alphabet has twenty-four letters :

Form. Phonetic Value. Name.

A a ^papa, father Alpha

B p fied Beta

r "Y ffo or sing (10) Gamma

do Delta

met Epsilon

ddze Zeta

prey Eta

thin Theta

pin, machine Iota

A;ill Kappa
Zand Lambda
men Mu
2. At the end of a word s, elsewhere o-, as ctkt/v^s, of a tent.

3. The Vowels are a, , y\, t, o, o), and u. The remaining

letters are Consonants.
2 VOWELS AND CONSONANTS.

4. Vowels are either short or long. There are separate

Greek characters ( r\, o ) for the e and o sounds, but not for
the a, i, and u sounds. In this book the short vowels are
designated by a, , i, o, v, the long by d, t^, i, co, .

6. The consonants are divided into semivowels^ mutes^ and

double consonants.

6. The semivowels are X, (jl, v, p, c, and ^-nasal (10). X, jji,

V, p are liquids ; a is a sibilant.

7. The mutes are of three classes and of three orders:

Classes. Orders.

Labial or ir-mutes it p <|), Smooth mutes u k t,

Palatal or K-mutes k -y x, Middle mutes P Y 8,

Lingual or T-mutes t 6 9. Rough mutes X <j> -

8. Mutes of the same class are called cognate; those of the same
order, co-ordinate.

9. The double consonants are | (for /e?), \|/ (for tt?),

and t^.

10. The consonants are pronounced, in general, like their

English equivalents ; gamma before
but k, -y*
X' ^^ I equals ng
in siw^, and is called gamma nasal.

Give the phonetic value of each letter in the alphabet (1).

11. The Diphthongs are ai, a, i, v, oi, ou, "nu, ui,

9,, T], (0. The last three, formed by writing i under d, i\, o),

are called improper diphthongs. Their second vowel is called

iota subscript.
 DIPHTHONGS.

12. The diphthongs are pronounced :

ai as in ai'sle, at) as ou in owr,

1 as in eight, vi as in qwit,

01 as in oil, ou as in growp,

u and -xyo as Sh-oo, eh-oo (for these there are no exact

equivalents in English),
a, T), (0, as a, i], co.

Give the name of each letter, and the phonetic value of each single vowel,
consonant, and diphthong in the following words:

13. EXERCISE.
T|-|ic-pa, day. 6v-pa, door. Ov-pai, doors.

o-ict|-Wj, tent. iv (TKTj-vfi, in a tent. \-ow-<ri, they loose.

av-Opw-iros, man. a-yt-Tt, you lead. aY-"Y-Xos, messenger.

Pov-X(v-i, he plans. a-fia-^a, wagon. 8u-pov, gift.

6-ir\f-TT)s, hoplite. op-ird-Jw, I plunder. Xw-pa, country.

Iv T^ X'^~P*i!-> i^ t^^ country. <j>o-P-p6s, frightful. \|f{-Xi-ov, bracelet.

wl-os, son. av-Tos, self, Lat. ipse. Xo'-yos, speech.

\6-"Yoi, speeches. iv \6-yia, in a speech. ol-Kc-ci>, I dwell.

tp-KTj-o-a, I dwelt. 'EX-Xri-vi-Kos, Greek. "Ap-T-p.is, Artemis.

-8. thus. d--ya-66s, good. ot-Koi, at home.

No, Greek Schoolroom.

4 BREATHINGS, SYLLABLES, ELISION.

LESSON II.

Breathings, Syllables, Elision, Accent, Punctuation.

14. Every vowel or diphthong at the beginning of a word

has either the Rough Breathing {') or the Smooth Breath-
ing ('). The rough breathing shows that the vowel is aspi-
rated^ i.e. that it is preceded by the sound of h, as ^fie-pa, day^
vi-6<;^ 8on^ 'EX-Xtj-vi-ko';, Greek; the smooth breathing shows that
the vowel is not aspirated, as d-yco, I lead, " Ap-Te-fii<i, Artemis,
ahKrj-aa, I dwelt.

A Greek word has as many Syllables as it has separate

15.
vowels or diphthongs. A syllable is long by nature when it
has a long vowel or diphthong.

a. In dividing a word into syllables, single consonants and combina-

tions of consonants which can begin a word are, with few exceptions,
placed at the beginning of a syllable other combinations of consonants
;

are divided. Thus <^o-/3e-pos, frightful, b-TrXt-rrj^, hoplite, but a.p-ird-^<a,

I plunder.

16. A short final vowel may be dropped when the next

word begins with a vowel, whether this has the rough or the
smooth breathing. This is called Elision. An apostrophe
marks the omission. Thus eV ainov, against him, for eVt avrov.

17. Most words ending in ci, and all verbs of the third
person ending in , generally add v when the next word begins
with a vowel, as exovaiv ot/cia?, thet/ have houses ; elx^v oUidv,

hehad a house. This is called v Movable. It may also be

added at the end of a sentence.

Pronounce each syllable of the words in 13.
 ACCENT. b

18. There are three Accents :

the acute (
' )'
^ a-ya-06<;, good, ^fie-pd, day, "Ap-re-fii';,

Artemis, a>-KT]-aa, I dwelt

the grave (^), as crKr^-val a-^a-Qai, good tents;
the circumflex {^), as aKij-vij^, of a tent, (S-Se, thus,

iv aKrj-vai<;, in tents.

19. The acute can stand only on one of the last three
syllables of a word, the circumflex only on one of the last two,

and the grave only on the last.

The circumflex can stand only on a long

20. syllable.

When d, l, have the circumflex, the long mark is

ij omitted,
and they are written a, i, 0.

21. The antepenult, if accented, takes the acute, as av-dpco-

TTo?, man; but it can have no accent if the last syllable is
long or ends in | or \}/, as av-dpa-irov, of a man.

22. An accented penult is circumflexed when it is long

while the last syllable is short, as hoi-pov, gift. Otherwise it

takes the acute, as Sco-pov, of a gift, %a)-/3a, land.

23. Final ai and oi are counted as short in determining the accent,

as a-/xct-^at, wagons, ^!a-pai, lands, except in the optative, and in the adverb
ol-Koi, at home.

24. An accented ultima has the acute when short, as

a-ya-do'i, good ; the acute or circumflex when long, as crK-q-vrj,

tent, crKr)-vri<;, of a tent.

25. A word which, like a-Krj-vij, tent, lias the acute on the
last syllable is called oxytone {i.e. sharp-toned). An oxytone
changes its acute to the grave before other words in the same
sentence, as a-K-q-vr) a-^a-drj, a good tent.
6 PUNCTUATION.

26. Some monosyllables have no accent and are closely

attached to the following word, as ev ctktj-vtj, in a tent. These
are called Proclitics.

27. An Enclitic is a word which loses its own accent and

is pronounced as if it were a part of the preceding word, as
av-Opw-iroi, re, hdmhiesqiie in Latin.

28. The Greek uses the comma (,) and the period (.) like
the English. It has also a colon., a point above the line (),
which is equivalent to the English colon and semicolon. The
mark of interrogation (;) is the same as the English semicolon.

Name the accent of each word in 13, and state the principle or principles

in 18-27 tphich apply to it.

Pronounce each of these words.

No. 2. Ancient Dog-cart.

 NOUNS. 7

LESSON III.

Nouns. Introductory.
29. There are five Cases in Greek, the nominative, genitive,
dative, accusative, and vocative.
30. The nominative and vocative plural are always alike. In neuters,
the nominative, accusative, and vocative are alike in all numbers ; in the
plural these end in a.

31. There are three Numbers, the singular, the dual (which
denotes two objects), and the plural.

32. There are three Genders, the masculine, the feminine,

and the neuter.
33. As in Latin, names of males and of rivers, winds and
months are masculine ;names of females and of countries, towns,
trees, and islands, and most nouns denoting qualities or con-
ditions are feminine.

34. There are three Declensions, the First or A-Declension,

the Second or 0-Declension, and the Third or Consonant Declen-
sion. The first two together are sometimes called the Vowel
Declension, as opposed to the Third.

35. The place of accent in the nominative singular of a

noun or adjective must generally be learned by observation.
The other forms accent the same syllable as the nominative, if
the last syllable permits (21); otherwise the following syllable.

36. In the genitive and dative of all numbers a long ultima,

if accented, takes the circumflex.
 A-DECLENSION.

A-Declension. Feminines in a.

37. Nouns of the A-Declension end in a, i], or a (feminine),

or in as or r\% (masculine). Feminines generally end in a,
jf , I, or p precedes the ending.

38.
 FEMININES IN ALPHA (LONG).

40. VOCABULARY.
dYopa, ar, ^, market-place. |jiaKpa, adj., long.

T)|i^pa, ds, ^, day. (iiKpa, adj., small, little.

Ovpa, as, ^, door. Ivy prep, with dat., in (a proclitic).

olKia, ds, }}, house. Tiv, he {she, it) was; rio-av, they were.

(TTpaTia, ds, ^, army. l\(if he {she, if) has; t\owri, they

Xwpci, ds, ^, place, land, country. have.

a. The gender of a noun is indicated by placing after it the correspond-

ing form of the definite article, as dyopd, as, 'V,
where 17 signifies that
dyopd is feminine.

41. Read aloud and translate : 1. oiKiai fxlKpaC.

2. iv rat? dyopat?. 3. ev oi/cta fXLKpa. 4. rj oIkio. dvpdv
)(eL. 5. rj rjfjLepd fiaKpa -^u. 6. (TTpaTLois plKpa^ )(OV(Ti.

7. at oiKiai Bvpd'i e^ovai. 8. iv rrj

X^P^ ot/ciai ^(rav.
9. at ot/ctat fiLKpai '^(rav. 10. fxlKpal rjcrav at Bvpai twv
oIklcjv.

42. Translate : 1. Of a long day. 2. For small armies.

3. In the market-place. 4.The country was small. 5. He has
a small house.

No. 3. Assyrian Tents.

10 FEMININE S IN ETA.

LESSON IV.

A-Declension. Feminines in i].

43. If , I, or p does not precede (37), feminines generally

end in y\. This t\ appears only in the singular.

44.
 VERBS. 11

46. 1. iv TT) KcofiT) rjcrav fxlKpal crKrjvai 2. at fxlKpal

oLKiai KaKol rjcav. 3. at (TKr)va\ Kokai rjaav. 4. iv ry

K(oixr) fJidxH (jiofiepa i^v. 0. rj Kpavyrj rr]<s crrpaTLas (fyo^epa

^v. 6. iv rat? KaXat? Kcofxat^ rjcrav ot/ciat. 7. a(f)evB6vr]v

ej^et iv Ty aKrjvrj. 8. Kpavyr) (f>o^epa iv rat? Kw/Aat? i^v.

9, iv rat? (TKr]vcu<i rjcrav at cr^^voovai. 10. 17 ot/ctct fxlKpa

TfV KoX 7) (TKr)Vr} KaKT].

47. 1. In the villages were tents. 2. They have slings in

the tents. 3. The battles were There was a small
fearful. 4.

house in the village. 5. They have tents and slings.

LESSON V.

Verbs. Introductory.
48. The Greek verb has three Voices, the active, middle,
and passive,

49. There are four Moods, the indicative, subjunctive,

optative, and imperative. These are the finite moods. To
them are added, in the conjugation of the verb, the infinitive
and participles.

60.There are seven Tenses, the present, imperfect, future,

aorist, perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. The present,
future, perfect, and future perfect indicative are called primary
tenses ; the imperfect, aorist, and pluperfect indicative are
called secondary tenses.

51. There are three Persons.

12 PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

52. There are three Numbers, as in nouns (31).

53. The accent of verbs is recessive, i.e. it is thrown as

far back as possible.

54. The Stem of a verb is its fundamental part, from

which its various tenses are formed. The stem of Xvto, loose,
is Xv or Xv, of ^ovXevco, plan, l3ovXv, of Tre/iTrw, SMd, Trefiir.

Present Indicative Active.

56.
 PRESENT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 13

57. 1. /SovXeuet. 2. \vovcn. 3. ex^i^. 4. Tre/iTrets.

5. e)(.Te. 6. ^ovkevofxep. 7. ayw. 8. dpTrd^ei. 9. dpTrd-

^ere. 10. 7re/x7roucrt.

58. 1. He plunders. 2. We lead. 3. They plan. 4. You

send. 5. I loose.

59. 1. ay&j arpaTuav Fi\\y]ViKTf]v. 2. ras fcaXag crK7]va<s

Xvov(TL. 3. ov;)( apTrd^Q) ra? K(opd<s. 4. tt^i/ (f>vXaKr)i'

dyovdiv^ Ik t(ov (TKiqvcJv. 5. e)(ov(TLv otKtd? KaXa?. 6. at

K(Ofxai TTvXd? ovK ej^oucrt^'.^ 7. ov irepirofxev ttjv (^vkaKrjv.
8. dpirdl^eTe tyjv ^(opdv j 9. e/c roii/ kcojjlcjp 7re/A7ret r^)^' orrpa-
,'
Tioiv. 10. e/c T^9 dyopci? ayei^ Tr)v E\Xr)viKr)v <f)vXaKTJp

60. 1. Has he a Greek guard? 2. We are not destroying

the gates. 3. Iam sending a garrison. 4. You have a beauti-
ful house. 5. He is not plundering the houses in the village.

Note. ^ For v movable, see 17.

No. 4. The Slaying of the Suitors.

14 FEMININES IN ALPHA {SHORT).

LESSON VI.

A-Declension. Feminines in a.

61. A few feminines end in a (short). This a appears only

in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular. The
genitive and dative have a, if , t, or p precedes, otherwise t].

2.
 FEMININES IN ALPHA (SHORT). 15

63. VOCABULARY.
ap,a|a, tjs, i), wagon. No. 13. aya9i\, adj., good, brave.

-Y()>vpa, ds, ij, bridge. cTTtWj, adj., narroiu.

OdXaTra, i;s, ij, sea. fls, prep, with ace, i?ito, to (a pro-

(idxaipa, ds, i] (cf. fidxv)^ knife, sabre. clitic).

No. 5. 4ir(, prep. : with gen. on, upon ; with

,

itIXttj, i;s, i}, shield, target. No. 18. dat., on, by, at; with ace, upon, to,

Tpdirc^a, rjs, i), table. No. 4. against.

64. 1. 7] OdXaTTa CTTevr) yjp. 2. r)(et otfcta? eTTt ttJ

daXaTTYj ,'
3, rpaTre^d? eVt toji^ ajxa^wv ayere. 4. et? 7171'

ayopav irefiirovaLv dfxd^6i<;. 5. eVl t^ ye(f)vpa (fyvXaKrju

)(L dyaO'qv. 6. TreXra? e^o/u,ev /cat fxa^aipaq dya9a<;.

7. eVl T17Z/ OdXaTTav ovk dycj ry)v (pvXaKTjv. 8. TrejaTret?

lxa^aLpd<; ry crTpaTLa,' 9. eVl tt^v y4<j)vpav ovk dyet t^i/

(TTpaTiav. 10. 7171' ^(lipdv aprrdl^ei^ e/c OaXdrrrj^; et?

OdXaTTav.

65. 1. We are destroying the tables. 2. They are not

plundering the wagons. The bridges were long and narrow.

3.

4. Is he bringing the sabres on the wagon? 5. He does not

lead the garrison from the villages to the sea.

No. 6. Attic Four Drachma Piece.

16 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON VII.

Imperfect Indicative Active.

66. In the secondary tenses (50) of the indicative, the verb

receives an Augment {i.e. increase) at the beginning.

67. Augment is of two kinds

1. Syllabic augment, which prefixes to verbs beginning

with a consonant, as Xuco, imperfect e-A-voi/, I was loosing.

2. Temporal augment, which lengthens the first syllable of

verbs beginning with a vowel or diphthong, as 0(70), imperfect

^7oy, I was leading. When augmented, a and c become y\\

I, 0, V become i, co, v ; at and <j, become "^ ; 01 becomes (o.

a. \(o irregulai'ly has the imperfect ci^ov.

68. The imperfect indicative represents an action as going

on in past time, as eXOop, I tvas loosing or / loosed.

(9
 IMPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 17

70. Verbs have recessive accent (53). But, under the

general laws, the accent sometimes shifts (19), as eXvov, iXvofiv,
etc., sometimes changes (21), as et%oi/, I had, et;\;o/iei/, we had.
Review the meanings of all the imrds given in the vocabularies of Lessons
III.-VI.

71. 1. eXvere. 2. -qyov. 3. et^ere. 4. e\vov. 5. rjye<;.

6. el)(e. 7. eySovXcue?. 8. cTre/ATre. 9. rjpTrdt^oyiev.

10. i^ovXevofiev.

72. 1. I loosed. 2. We had. 3. You sent. 4. He planned.

5. They plundered.

73. 1. rj oiKid 6vpd^ /caXag etX^- ^- '''V^

cf)vXaKrjv

irrefjiTrev^ et? tyjv K(oixr)v. 3. iv rats K(0[xai<; Kaka<; elx^^

oiKtdg. 4. T]pTra^<; ra? (TKr)va<;,' 5. e/c 7179 olKid<; ovk
^y<; Tr)v (^vkaKiqv. 6. ov)^ rjpjrdl^ofxev ra? /xt/cpd? K(ofid<;.

7. a/xa^d? eV rry dyopa ei^ere. 8. eVl T'^t' OdXarTav -qyov

TT)v E\k7)PLKr)P (f>vXaK7Jv. 9. /xa^atpd? Kat (T^evS6ud<; inl
TTJq afxd^rjq ^yev.^ 10. <f)v\aKr)v 'EXXrjULKrju iTrefXTTOfiei/ el<;

TTjv dyopdv.

W 74. 1. He was destroying the tents. 2. We did not send

the garrison to the bridge. 3. They plundered the wagons.
4. They did not lead the army from the village. 5. You led
the guard from the houses to the sea.

Note. 1 For v movable, see 17.

18 0-DECLENSION.

LESSON VIII.

'O-Declension.

75. Nouns of the O-Declension end in os (masculine, rarely

feminine) or in ov (neuter).

76. PARADIGMS.

Xo^os, 6, 6 dYaOos avOpwiros, TO KoXiv SwpOV,

WORD. THE GOOD MAN. THE FINE CIFT.

S. N. \6-yos, word 6 d'yaOos avOpwiros TO KoXov Supov

G. Xd-yov, of a word tov d-yaOov dvOpwirou TOV KoXov SwpOV
D. Xo^ytj), to or/or a word tw d-yaOw dvOpuTru TU KoXw SwpCjt

A. XdYOV, word tov d-yaOov dvGpwirov TO KoXov SupOV

V. X6-y6, word d^aOc dvOpwirt KoXov Swpov

D.N. A.v. Xd-yw Tb> d-yciOb) dvOptdirw TO) Ka\b> 8wp<i>

G. D. XdYoiv Toiv dYciOoiv dv6pwirok.v TOIV KoXoiV SwpOlV

p. N. X6-yoi, words ol d-ya8ol avOpuTroi Td KoXd Swpa

G. X6yv, of words tmv d-yaOwv dv6p<oirv TUV KoXwV 8wpCl>V

D. XdYois, to or/or words rois d^oBois dvOpwirois TOIS KoXots SupOlS

A. X6-yovs, words tovs d'yaGovs dvGpciirovs Td KoXd Swpa

V. Xd^yoi, O words dYaSol dvGpwiroi KoXd 8upa

a. For the accent, see 21 (final oi is sliort, 23), 22, 24, 35, 36. The
forms 6, ol are proclitic (26).

b. Observe the cases that are alike (30).

 0-DECLENSION. 19

77. The masculine and neuter of the adjectives thus far

given follow the 0-Declension, the feminine the A-Declension.
The nominative singular, therefore, ends in os, r\ or a, ov
(Latin us, a, um), as follows :

a-ya66s, d'yaOTJ, d.'Ya06v, good. [laKpos, piaKpa, (laKpov, long.

'EWrjviKos, 'EXXtiviK'fi, 'EXXrjviKdv, Greek. (xlKpos, K^iKpo, (iiKpov, little.

KaKos, KaKTJ, KaKov, bad, cowardly. o-tcvos, o-tcvt), o-tv6v, narrow.

KoXos, KaX'^, KoXov, beautiful. ^o^p6<s, <t>oP<pd, ^o^p6v, frightful.

78. VOCABULARY.
avOpwiros, ov, 6, i], man, human being, 8(i>pov, ov, t6, gift.

Lat. homo. irtSiov, ov, t6, plain.

iiriros, ov, 6, horse. No. 23. \tapiov, ov, t6 (c/. x<ip)) small place,
Xo-yos, ov, 6, word, speech. place, spot.

'ir6\t\i.os, ov, 6, war.

<rv|i,|xaxos, ov, 6, ally. xal . . . KaC, both . . . and.

a. The article placed after the noun indicates its gender, 6 the mas-
culine, ^ the feminine, to the neuter.

79. 1. hcopa eTre/XTre rrj cTTpaTia.; 2. eV rw ^(opCo) ^aav

OLKiat. 3. 6 TToXefxo^ (f)o^po<; rjv. 4. et? to nehiop enepLTrev
av9p(oirov<;. 6. tov<; tTTTrov? dyopev eK tov ^(optov. 6. eV
T&> Treotftj "^crav /cat lttttol /cat dvOpconoL. 7. S(opa wefXTro-
[xev Tot9 (Tvp^par^oif;. 8. ot crvppa^oL iv iroXepo) KaKol
rjarav. 9. ot twi/ crvixpd)(^(ov Xoyot /caXot rjcrav. 10. ev
rw Treoiw ^crav ot twi' dvdpwircnv ImroL.

80. 1. The allies had horses. 2. I led the horse into the
village. 3. The place was narrow. 4. The man was a coward
(i.e. cowardly) in war. 5. He sent horses to the allies.
20 0-DECLENSION.

LESSON IX.

0-Declension (continued).

81. Learn the declension of the definite article in 758. The

vocative does not occur. Greek, like Latin, has no indefinite
article.

82.
 0-DECLENSION. 21

83. VOCABULARY.

Kvpos, ou, 6, Cyrus. 0T]p(ov, ov, t6, wild beast.

686s, oO, ri, road, way. oirXov, ov, t6, implement, plur. arms. No. 19.

oZvos, ov, 6, wine. irXoiov, oi;, t6, boat. No. 7.

irorafids, ov., 6, river. Tojov, 01/, t6, bow. No. 14.

(rrpa-rq'yis, oO, 6, general. 6, fj, t6, the def. art., the.

(}>avp6s, d, 6>', adj., in plain , interj. with voc, 0.

sight, visible, evident. 8', conj., &it<, and (a postpositive).

84. 1. (TTvr) rjv rj 6809. 2. eV rw TreStw -^v^ drfpCa.

3. ra TrXota fiaKpa '^v.^ '

4. eTrl rw 7rora/x,a> ^1/ o crrpaTr^yo?.
5. TO^a Se, tS Kvpe, ovk exofiev. 6. 6809 <j)avepa dyeu ets

ra? Tov Kvpov Kwyidf;. 7. et? to 7re8tot' 6 (TTpaT7)yo<; eTre/xTre

T0U9 tTrTTOv?. 8. Tw (rTpaTT]y(p oXvov Kvpo? eTreane. 9. 17

6809, cu Kupe, ayet t9 ireBiov Kokop. 10. ^yyo^' ot lttttol

Kttt T0U9 (TTpaTTjyovs Koi TO. OTrXa.

85. 1. Cyrus sent gifts to the generals. 2. He led the

horse into the river. 3. The general had ships of war.'^
4. We are sending the wine to Cyrus. 5. The generals sent
horses to Cyrus.

Notes. ^ A neuter plural subject in Greek regularly has its verb in

the singular. See the Rule of Syntax in 802. ^ TrAoTa fjuiKpai Cf. Latin
ndues longae.

No. 7. Bronze Boat used as a Lamp.

22 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON X.

Future and First Aorist Indicative Active.

 FUTURE AND FIRST AOBIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 23

1. A TT-mute (it p ^) unites with o- and forms \|f (9), as -Trefiir-o),

irefiyjro) (jrefXTr-aQ)), eirefi-^a (eire^nT-aa).

2. A /c-mute (k -y x) unites with a and forms | (9), as 8iq)/c-<o^

pursue, 8lq)^(o (Stw/c-o-G)), iSico^a (i8ia)K-(ra).

3. A T-mute (t 8 6) before <r is dropped, as dpird^co (verb stem

dpiraS), dpTrdcrco (dpTraS-aa)), rjp7raa-a (r^pirao-crd).

91. Some verbs lack the first aorist. Such verbs often have
a Second aorist, which ends in ov, and is conjugated exactly
like the imperfect (69), as d'ye!), d^co, second aorist rjyayov,
I led, rjyaye'i, you led, ^yaye, he led, etc., e;^, e|ft), second
aorist ea^ov, I had, eo-;^9, you had, ea^X^i ^^ had, etc.

a. The breathing of the future l^w is irregular.

92. The present infinitive active ends in iv, as \veLv, to

0,, TrdixTreiv, to send, etc.

93. Compound verbs consist of a preposition and a simple

verb. If the preposition ends in a vowel and the simple verb
begins Avith one, the vowel of the preposition is generally
elided (16). Compound verbs take the augment between the
preposition and the simple verb. If two vowels are thus
brought together, the first is generally elided, as iin-fiovXetxo,
plot against, imperfect iir-ejSovXevov.

94. VOCABULARY.
dOpoi^w (verb stem aOpoiS), dOpoio-w, d8X({>6s, oO, 6, brother.

liepoio-a, collect. pdpPapos, ov, 6, barbarian. No. 67.

8i(iK, 8k6^, Si|a, pursue. jito-e6s, ov, 6, pay.

t-n-i-povXtio), 4-iri-povXvo-io, -rr-poiXv- iroXtVios, a, ov (c/. irSXe^ws), hostile;

era, plot against.

^ ^^"' "' iroUi^coc, the enemy.

KcXcvci), KcXcvo-w, cK^Xcvo-a, command. totc, adv., then, at thai time.

24 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

95. 1. e^ovcrt. 2. y^dpoicrav. 3. irefixl/eTe. 4. e/ceXcv-

<ras. 5. eVt^ovXevcro/xe^'. 6. ihico^are. 7. yjyayofjLev.

8. d^ere. 9. e(r;(9. 10. Tjpirdcraixev.

96. 1. I shall pui-sue. 2. We shall have. 3. We com-

manded. 4. He will collect. 5. They led (second aorist).

97. 1. ov Slco^q) Toi)^ 7roXe/atou9. 2. ra Swpa e^ofxev

3. Ta9 (TK-qva^; aprrdcrovaLV ol /BdpfiapoL. 4. /ceXevcret toi/

(TTpaTiqyov tov<? dvOpcoTrov? \vlv. 5. tous (Tvp.pia)(ov<i

Tjyayev els (among) tov^ ^apj3dpov<;. 6. Kvpo? eTTtySovXeucret

Tw dSeX^o).^ 7. 7019 dvd pcxiTTOi'i Tore e7re/i,i|/ Kupo? pLiadov.

8. 6 8e <TTpaTrjyo<; ttjv cfyvXaKrjv ecr^e 77)1' 'EXXr^i/t/ofi'.^

9. 15 TO TreSiov ddpoLcreL tovs (his) 'FjkXr}VLKOv<; (TVfiixd^ov<;.

10. /cat cTTt TTjv yecfivpav tov arpaTiqyov nefnreLu e/ceXevcrc

Kupos <f)vXaKT]v.

98. 1. The barbarians sent the , man. 2. The generals

brought (second aorist) horses at that time. 3. Will Cyrus
send good wine to the general ? 4. He will not plot against
the allies. 5. He will command the general to pui-sue the
enemy.

Notes. ^ The dative follows the compound verb. See the Rule in
865. Note also that the article is here used, as often, instead of the pos-
sessive pronoun, his brother. ^ "Wg might have t^v 'EXXrjvLKrjv fttvXaKrjv

or <f>v\aKrjv rrjv 'EAAi;viki/v. See the Rule in 812.

 MASCULINES OF THE A-DECLENSION. 25

LESSON XL
A-Declension. Masculines.
99. Masculines of the A-Declension end in as or r\s (37).

If , I, or p precedes they end in as, otherwise in t]s.

100. Learn the declension of vcavias* youny man, o-TpaTiw-

TT|S, soldier, irXTa(TTTJs, targeteer, and Ilepo-qs, Persian, in 740.

101. Masculines in as or 7\s differ from feminines in a or t]

(38, 44) only in the nominative and genitive singular, except

that those in tt]S and names signifying nationality with nomi-
native in -qs have the vocative singular in a (short).

102. VOCABULARY.
Ev<j>paTT)s, ov, 6, t?ie Euphrates.
vcavCas, ov, 6, young man.
oirXt-nis, ou, 6 (c/. SttXov), heavy-armed foot soldier,

hoplite. No. 8.

irtXrao-T^s, ov, 6, targeteer (named from his shield,

itAttj). No. 10.

Ilp<rns, ov, 6, a Persian. No. 11.

orrpaTiwTtjs, ov (cf. a-Tparii), 6, soldier.

To|6Tt]s, ov, 6, bowman (named from his bow,

t6^ov). No. 13.

S|i6s, d, 6', right (as opposed to left).

Tpi.aK6o-ioi, ai, a, 300.

ovT . . . ovTt, adv. , neither . . . nor. No. 8.

<rvv, prep, with dat., with, in company with, Lat. cum. Greek Warrior.
26 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

103. 1. (TTpaTLciyrd<; /cat lttttov? aOpoicroi T(a^ YLvpo).

2. 6 8e vedvCdq toI<; crTparLoyrai^ ine/SovXeve. 3. ctti top

^v^pdriqv TTOTafxov d^eu tov<; crrpartcuTdg. 4. kol tov<; crvv
Tut crTpaTrjyM OTrXtrds rjyayov et? Kcofjid<;. 5. tov Tleparjv
iqyayev et? Tr)v rov crTpaTLcoTov a-K-qvrjv , 6. ol crrpaTtwrat

ev (f)v\aKy i^oven tov<; IIepcrd<;. 7. rov FiV(f>paTr)p TTora/xov

iv Be^LO, ^
ex^*"
'
^- o ^^ aTpaTrjyo<; ovre to^ottjv ^l^ev ovre
ireXTacTTTJv. 9. avv rot? (/*) TreXrao-rar? ihicoKe tov<;

T0^6Td<;. 10. 6 he aTpaT-qyo^s TpidKO(jiov<; oirXlTd*; /cat

TreXracTTa? cx^*^*

104. 1. The general was not leading

the hoplites. 2. Both

the taigeteers and the bowmen were brave. 3. The young

man was in the village. 4. They sent hoplites and targeteers.
5. He will send beautiful gifts to the Persians.

XoTES. ^Proper names may take the article. ^ iv Se^ia, oti Ms

right (hand).

LESSON XII.

Perfect and Pluperfect Indicative Active.

105. The and pluperfect, in all the moods, have a

perfect
Reduplication, which is the mark of completed action.

106. Verbs beginning with a single consonant (except p)

are reduplicated in the perfect by prefixing that consonant
followed by , as Xiw, \e-\vKa. A rough mute (7) is changed
to the cognate (8) smooth, as dvco, sacrifice, re-BvKa.
28 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE.

112. In vowel verbs the stem may not be affected by adding

Ka and kt], as ^ovXevco, ^e^ovXev-Ka, i^e^ovXev-Kij, KeXevoo^
KCKeXev-Ka, iKCKeXev-Kr).

a. Ix*^ has the irregular forms f(r)(r]Ka, ia-xrjKTj.

113. Verbs whose stem ends in a x-mute (t 8 6) drop

the mute before Ka and Kr\, as aOpoL^co (aOpoiB), rjOpoL-Ka^
rjOpoi-Krj.

114. Some verbs whose stem ends in a ir-mute (ir p (j))

or a K-mute (k -y x) ^^^ ^ ^^^^ "H

ii^stead of Ka and Kq, and
aspirate the final letter of the stem, changing ir and p to <J>,

and K and -y to Xi as

7re)u,7ry, 7re7ro/i<^a (with change of of the stem to o),

7re7ro'/A(^-77.

aya, rjx-a, rJX'V-

115. The perfects and pluperfects just described (114) are

called Second perfects and pluperfects.

116. VOCABULARY.
8i-apird^(i>, 8i-apirdo-(o, Si-Vjpircura, 8i- ElX^apxoSi ov, 6, Clearchus.

'^piraKa, plunder completely, sack. opKos, ov, 6, oath.

6vw, 6v<r, cOwo-a, r^OvKa, sacrifice. ({>6^s, ov (cf. (po^epSi), 6, fear.

No. 9.

a-rpardw, o-Tpaxcvo-w, to-rpdrevo-a, 7<ip, conj., /or (a postpositive).

^crrpdrevKa {cf. arparii, (rrpartwrTjs),

make an,
ezpeditton.
.... f i- with gen
Sid,> prep. :
o ., through;
>
with ace,
>

on account of.

8apiK6s, ov, 6, daric (a gold coin). irpis, prep.: with gen., over against;

No. 22. with dat., at ; with ace, to, against,

9t6s, ov, i, rj, god, goddess. towards.

 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE ACTIVE. 29

117. 1. icr)(T]KaT. 2. eXeXv/cet. 3. icTTpaTevKdcri.

4. reOvKe. 5. icr)(r]Krf. 6. rfpirdKaixev. 7. SLr)pTra.Kecrav.

8. TreVo/A^a?. 9. eKe/ceXev/cecrai'. 10. eTn^e^ovXevKdcn.

118. 1. We have had. 2. I had commanded. 3. They

had pursued. 4. You have sent. 6. He has jjlotted against.

119. 1. Toif^ TToXe/txtov? Sehico^afiev Sto, twv kco/jlcov el<;

TTjV BakaTTav. 2. koL ra? a.jxd^d<s ol ^dpfiapoL Sn^pTra/ce-

craf. 3. TpidKoaiov^ SdpeiKov^ eTreTrofxcjiefxev toI<; oTrXtrat?.

4. KXeapxo^s Se eVe/8ey8ovXevKet rot? Ile/acrat?. 5. ot arpa-

TioiTaL Tov avOpcDTTOv Tj^ecTav irpo^ Kvpov. 6. ovk e/ce/ce-

XevKet 6 K\ap)(o<? tov<; (TTpaTLcorrd<; Oveiv. 7. 7rt tt^v to)v

TToXefjbLcov ^(jtipdv icTTpaTevKare. 8. XeXu/cdcrt rov? [their)

opKov<; ol (TTpaTr]yoC
ov ya/a reOvKdcn rot? Oeois-
9. 7)dpoiKa<;, (6 Kvpe, ctti tov? ^ap^dpov<; tov<; TreXraora?
/cat T0V9 To^ora?. 10. ot 8e crT/aartwrat ra? dfxd^d<;
iXekvKecrav Sto, toi^ (their) t(ov noXefjLL(oi/ (poftov.

120. 1. We have broken our oaths. 2. The soldiers had

sacrificed to the gods. 3. Have the peltasts sacked the villages ?

4. The soldier has plotted against Cyrus. 5. His brother had

ordered Cyrus to send gifts.

No. 9. Sacrifice.
30 THE ART OF BEADING.

LESSON XIII.

The Art of Reading.

121. In reading an inflected language, such as Greek, the

knowledge of three things is absolutely necessary: first, of
words ; secondly, of forms ; thirdly, of constructions.

122. The acquisition of this knowledge is gradual. The pupil should

commit thoroughly to memory the meaning of each new word as it occurs
he should learn the forms of the different cases, tenses, and numbers so
accurately, the first time the paradigms occur, as to be able instantly to
recognize these forms thereafter at sight and as he reads, he should care-
;

fully note the laws of construction, especially those which differ from the
corresponding constructions in Latin and English.

123. DIRECTIONS FOR READING.

1 . Read each sentence aloud in the original. Pronounce each

word distinctly.

In reading^
a. Observe sharply the forms of the words, so as to become at once a'rare
of their grammatical relations.

b. Make the utmost effort of memory to recall the meanings of tcords alrejtihi

met.
c. Follow the Greek order strictly in arriving at the thought. Observe care-
fully the order of the words and the marks of punctuation.

2. If the thought expressed in the sentence is not perfectly

clear, repeat the whole process.

3. Translate the sentence into simple, idiomatic English.

 THE ART OF BEADING, 31

124. VOCABULARY.
apxTJ; V^j V, rule, province, satrapy. Ilepo-iKos, v, (>v {cf. Il^/ixrijs), Persian.

ASpcios, ov, 6, Darius II. o-aTpdinis, ov, 6, satrap, viceroy.

Sciv6s, v> ^"t terrible, skilful. vios, ov, 6, son.

Urxvp6s, d, 6v, strong; x^P^"" Icrx^p^v, acrri, conjunctive adv., so as, so that,

stronghold. wherefore.

READING LESSON.

125. The Parentage, Race, and Power of Cyrus the Younger.

Kvpos, o Tov Adpeiov vt09, Ilepcrry? ^v /ca\o9 Kat dya-

d6<;. craTpdiTrjv Be avroi^ iirovqaev 6 Adpelo^ ttJs AvStd?
Kol T17? ^pvytd<; kol ttJ? KaTTTraSoKid?.
^oipia Se IcT^vpd eT^ei/ eV ttj apxy o Kv/do? kol TrXota
5 fxaKpd iv Tjj daXaTTj), kol crrpartwrat Se avrw iv ry
X^P^ 'rjfJ'av dyaSoi, OTrXirat ^XKtjvlkoi Kai TreXracrral
KoX To^orat UepcTLKOi.
Tiacra(f)pvr)(; Se, 6 ttJ? Kdptd? crar/aciTn^?, rw Kvpa> tto-

Xe/xto? -^i^, rdre Se ovre icTTpdrevep in avTov ovre hajpira^e

10 TTjv ^wpdv. Kv/D09 yap aTpaTr]yo<s iv TroXe'/xw Seti/o? t^i^,

vlo^ Se TOV AdpeLov

cocrre (f>6/3ov elj^ei/ 6 TLcraa<f)pu7)<s
7rpo9 Kvpot'.

Notes. 2. avrov : ^jm, accusative. iro7i<rv : made, from Troiew,

future TTOi-ja-o), aorist iiroirja-a. AvStas
words not occurring in the : for
preceding vocabularies, see the general vocabulary at the end of the book.
5. Kttl oTpaTicoTai 8* kcu in the sense of also.
: avT to him, dative. :

arpaTLwraL avr<S rjaav is equivalent to (tt par Liar a.<i t'x^. For the dative,
see the Rule of Syntax in 862. - 6. For the appositlves oTrXTrai, TreArao-Tai,
ro^orai, see the Rule of Syntax in 804. 9. eir' avrdv: a case of elision (16).
 32 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL DECLENSION.

LESSON XIV.
Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

126. Learn the declension of d'yaOds, good, and of d|ios,

worthy, in 750.

127. The masculine and neuter of these adjectives follow

the 0-Declension, the feminine the A-Declension. They are,

therefore, said to be of the Vowel Declension (34).

128. If , I, or p precedes os, the nominative singular

feminine ends in a, otherwise in r\ (37).

129. The nominative, genitive, and vocative plural feminine follow the
accent of the masculine, as a|iai (following the accent of a^tos, like a^ioi),
not a^ujx (from the nominative singular d^id), and d^toiv, not a^iunv as in
nouns of the A-Declension.

130. Some adjectives of the Vowel Declension have the

masculine and feminine alike, as airopos, diropos, (iiropov,

impassable, impracticable.

131. VOCABULARY.
aYpios, a. Of, wild. Svos, ou, 6, ass.

a^ios, a, ov, worthy^ becoming^ right. opOios, d, ov, steep.

airopos, ov, without resources," impass- iraUt, iraCcrw, ciraicra, ir^aiKa, strike,

able, impracticable. hit, beat.

'ApTo^^p^Tis, ov, 6, Artaxerxes II. irdw, adv., very, altogether, wholly.

tiriT^Stios, d, ov, suitable, fit, deserving; irio-Tos, t}, 6v, faithful, trustworthy.

TO. eiriri}5eio, provisions, supplies. <}>CXios, a, ov, friendly.

 ADJECTIVES OF THE VOWEL DECLENSION. 33

132. 1, oi/oi dypLOL /cat ImroL iv t(o TreStw rfaav. 2. 6

Ev(f)paT'r)<; noTafjios airopo^i rjv. 3. 17 8e 6S09 crrev^ rjv koX
opOia. 4. i^ofxev Se, tS Kvpe, ra eVtTiySeta ; 5. 6 'A/ara-
^p^r)<; T(o dSe\(f)w TToXe/xto? ^v. 6. 8ta ^tXtd? 0Lp)(rj<; d^ei
6 craTpdiTr)^ tov<; (TTpaTLcardS' 7. ri^t' TTokepiidv ^wpdv
^dpelo^ SLTjpirdKei. 8. wcrre tw ^ApTa^ep^rj irdvv TroXe/itos
^v, Kvpo) Se TTtcTTos- 9. ovK d^iov Tjv {it ivas not right) t&

OTrXiTr) TTaleiv top UepcriKov to^ottjv. 10. ol Hepaat ovre

(^tXtOt OVT TTLCTTol yCTaV.

133. 1. The road was impassable. 2. Cyrus did not send

provisions to the garrison. 3. They will lead the men to
strongholds. 4. The hoplites were good and faithful soldiers.
5. It was right for Cyrus to send gifts to his soldiers.

134. Artaxerxes becomes King and arrests .Cyrus.

Kvpo? ovv craTpdnr)^ rjv Trjf% AuStd? koX Trj<; <i>pvyLd<;

Kal Trj<; Kamra^oKid^. iirel Se eVeXeuTT^cre Adpeto?, 'Ap-

Ta^ep^r)^ 6 tov Kvpov dSeXff)0<; e'/^acrtXevcre tcji^ Uepcrcjp,

/cat TL(raa(f)pvr]<5 Sta^ctXXet tov Kvpov npos tov dSeX-

6 <f)ov w? inL^ovXeveL avTco. 6 S' ^ApTa^ep^-q^ avWajx/Bduet
Kvpov.

Notes. 1. ovv: then, continuing the narrative. 2. itrtl : when

4TXvni<r : from TcAevrato, die, TeXevT-qaw, iTfXtvr-qcra. Translate by the
English pluperfect, had died. 3. tPao-CXewo-t : the aorist sometimes has an
inceptive force, as /SacrtAeuco, be king, i^aa-iXeva-a, became king. EEf pcruv :

the genitive after a verb signifying to rule (847). 4. SiapdXXci : historical

present. For the meaning of all words not given in the previous vocabu-
laries, see the general vocabulary, 5. ws that. For ws inifiovXtvei
:

(literally, that he is plotting) we should say, 0/ plotting.

34 ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE.

LESSON XV.
Analysis of the Primary Tenses of the Indicative Active.

135. To the verb stem (54) different Tense Suffixes are

added to form the Tense Stems of the verb, as Xvco, stem XU,
present tense suffix o or (for convenience written %), present
tense stem XUo or XUc (Xv"/^).

136. To form the complete tenses, Personal Endings

are added to the different tense stems. These distinguish the
different pereons of the verb. The personal endings of the
pHmary (50) tenses in the active voice are :

SINGULAR. DCAL. PLURAL.
1 -|W. -|UV

2 -<r{<7-l) -TOV -T

3 -<ri(Tt) -TOV -v<rv

137. Review the conjugation of the present, future, and

first perfect indicative active of Xvct) in 765 (Xvco), 766 (Xixro)),
and 768 (XcXvKa).
138. The present stein of Avo) is AtJ/e (135); \vo occurs before j*. or v
in the endings, elsewhere Ave. In the singular, the terminations od, cis, tu
are difficult to analyze, but in the dual and plural, the tense stem and
personal endings are easily distinguished. Xiovcri is for Auo-vcri.

139. The future stem of Auw is Auo-/e, formed by adding the tense
suffix cro or o- ((r^/j) to the verb stem.

140. The first perfect stem of Avw is Ac-Avko, formed by reduplicating

the verb-stem Xv and adding the tense suffix Ka. The endings and <n/uti

are dropped, and in the third singular final a is changed to c. AcAvxacri

is for \(XvKa-v(TU
 ANALYSIS OF PRIMARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 36

141. VOCABULARY.
ayycXos, ok, 6, messenger, scout. Orjpcvw, Otjpcvo-w, ^OTJpcvo-a, rcO^pcvKa

avrl, prep, with geu., instead of. (c/. Oripiov), hunt wild beasts, hunt,

Aird, prep, with gen., off from, from. catch. No. 45.

ciTifidtw (dri^aS), dTi(id(rca, TJTt|ia(ra, oXcOpos, ou, 6, destruction, loss.

TJTt|i,aKa, dishonor, disgrace. oijtws (before a vowel), ovt (before a

8kt), tjs, i], justice, punishment. consonant), adv., thus, so.

4irC, conj., when, since. xdXiv, adv., back, again.

liruTToX'rfj, ^j, i], letter. <{>(Xo$, ov, 6 (of. <^iXioj), friend.

142. 1. oTrXtrd? 'q')(oicnv avrl to^otwv. 2. rot? a"v^-

/utct^ots ovTcos eVt^ouXevere. 3. Kv/aov 8e rfTlfxaKe. 4. drjpCa

diTO LTTTTOV {ou horscback) redrfpevKa. 5. ra? eVto'ToXas

TTfixjjoixv Tol^ (^tXot? / 6. KXea/)^09, w crrpaTLwraL, ivet
rov? 0/3KOU9 XeXvKe, Tr)v SiKrjv c^et. 7. rr^i' 8e ^(i)pdv
rjpirdKafJLev Bud tov oXedpov tcov (TTparLOiTOiv. 8. roi^

ayyeXoi' irefXTreL Trakiv iirl to i(T)(ypov ^oipiov.

143. 1. We shall collect allies for our friends. 2. He

has hunted wild beasts on horseback. 3. The messenger
will sacrifice to the gods. 4. I have commanded the soldiers

to plunder the wagons. 5. Cyrus sends the general a letter.

144. Cyrus escapes with his Life, and plots against his Brother.

ovTO} hrj (then) rjTLfxal^e tov dSeX(f)6v *ApTa^p^r)<;. rj 8e

[XT]Tr]p (of. Latin mater) Xvet Kvpov kol (XTroTrejXTreL iraXiv
eVt Tr)v dp)(T]v. Kvpo? Se eVet rJKev t? Tr)v AvSldv^
/BovXevet OTTOJ? /SacriXeucret {how he shall be king., to be king)

5 dvTl TOV ddX(f)0V

TToXcfXLO^ "Y^P OLVT(p rfV. ol 8' iv TTf

o.pxti ^dpfiapoL Kvpo) <^tXtot kol Trtcrrol '^crav.

36 ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE.

LESSON XVI.
Analysis of the Secondary Tenses of the Indicative Active.

145. The personal endings of the secondary (50) tenses in

the active voice are :
 ANALYSIS OF SECONDARY TENSES OF INDICATIVE. 37

151. 1. Tov <^povp(xp')(ov ineTraLKeaav. 2. Kvpo<s ovv Ta>

dSe\(f)(o KaKov^ i^ovXevev. 3. ol vedviai ro^a fxaKpd t)X-

crav Kol acftevhovoiq dyadd^. 4. /cat 6 (TTpaTrjyof; iarpa-

Tevcreu inl ttjv tov (Tarpdirov ^(opdv. 5. crvveTreixTTOfJLev tco

(TTpaTTjyco a\Xov9 (TTpaTLcard^ dyadov^. 6. CTret eXvcrav ra?

(jTvovZa^, Ta9 K(o[jid<; Siapirdaofjiev. 7. ol Se ^dp^apoi
eTo^evaap dno tcjp lttttcov. 8. tov Xoxdyov oS8e ^yov 77/309

TOV KXeapxoV' 9. 6 ya/a 'ApTa$ep$r}<; eKeKeXevKeu tov

(TaTpaTrqv Sacr/xous TreyiTT^iv. 10. CTTpaTiuyrd^ iv T(o la^vpio
^aypioi el^ere t/cavov? ra? KCJixd^ Sta/)7ra^tJ'.^

152. 1. I had collected hoplites and bowmen as follows.

2. They planned evil for the others. 3. The hoplites with
Cyrus were plundering the wagons. 4. Both generals and

captains had sacrificed. 5. He bade the satrap send gifts.

Notes.
^ /caxov, evil, neuter singular of /caKos used as a noun.
' Dependent on iKavovs, enough to plunder.

153. Cyrus begins to take Active Measures.

TTjv Se (TTpaTidv ttjv *FiXXr)vLK^v wSe yjdpoL^e

rous
Twv <f)vXaKOJv (f)povpdp)(^ov<; KeXeveu dOpoit^etv (TTpaTL(iyrd<;

UeXoTrovvqcrLov?
ivofxii^e ydp, cJs (as) eXeye, Ttcrcra-

<f>pvr]v iTTL^ovXeveLv Trj dp^rj. koX tj fxev aXXrj 'lajvid

5 Tore T(o Kvpoj (faXtd kol TrLCTrf rjv^ MtXT7T09 Se iroXefxCd.

Kv/309 ovv TTjv MtXrjTOv TToXiopKeL KOL /caTO, (ht/) yrjv (land)

Kai Kara OdXaTTav.

Notes. 3. Tio-o-aj)^pvt)v linPovXivciv : translate, that Tissaphernes was
plotting against. 4. yiiv : see the general vocabulary. 6. iroXiopKci : by
contraction for TroXiopKcei, present third singular of ttoA-io/okco), besiege.
38 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. avT(k.

LESSON XVII.
Demonstrative Pronouns. avros.
154. The principal demonstrative pronouns are oStos, this.,

Latin hic, oSc, this, and ckcivos, that, Latin ille.

155. The pronoun avTos is properly intensive, self, Latin

ipse.

156. Learn the declension of outos, o8, and ckcivos in 762,

and of avxds in 759.

157. These pronouns are declined, in the main, like adjectives of the
vowel declension (126 ff.); 68e is declined like the article (758), with the
enclitic suffix St added.

158. When a demonstrative pronoun agrees with a noun, it

takes the article, and stands either before or after both article
and noun, not between them.

159. 1. iKivo<i, that (yonder), is used of something remote ;

oBe, this (here), of something near or present.

2. 0UT09 is used in referring to something which has already

been mentioned ;oSe, in referring to something which is about

to be mentioned.

Thus: ovTOS 6 crrpaTr^yos or 6 <TTpaTrjy6<: outos dya^os rjv, this general

(one already mentioned) tvas brave ; lAe^e Tahf., he said this, i.e. he .<tpoke as
folloiL-s; iv eKeivr) rfj KWfxr) dvaofiev, we will offer sacrifice in that village

(yonder).
 DEMONS TEA TI VE PR ONO UNS. avTO<i. 39

160. In all its cases avr6<i may mean self ; when preceded by
the article it means same ; in its oblique cases it may mean
him, her, it, them.

Thus: auTos o orpaTy/yos iXc^e ravra, the general himself said this, but
6 avTos (TTpaTrjyo^ lA.^e ravra, the same general said this; 6v(tu) auros,

/ myself will offer sacrifice ; ol crrparioirai aurovs liraiov, the soldiers struck

them.

161. VOCABULARY.
'ApoTiinros, ov, 6, Aristippus. (urd, prep.: with gen., with, in com-

avTos, :^, 6, pron., self, same, him, pany with; with ace, behind, after.

stranger, ^^ guest
her, it. I^vos, ov, 6, friend,''"'

cKclvos, Vi 0, pron., that. guest, hast.

tiriPovX'^, ^y, ii {cf. e-rriPovXeiw), plot, oSc, ^8, t68 {cf. w5e), pron., this, the

scheme, design. following.

0TTaX6s, ov, 6, a Thessalian. ovTOs, aiirq, tovto {cf. ovtws), pron., this.

\-Y, \^|, iXtifl, {cf. \6yos), say, speak, ri, conj., and (enclitic and postposi-
tell, state, report. tive); T . . . Ka(, both . . . and.

162. 1. avTai at olKiai 0vpd<; )(OV(Ti. 2. ovtoi ol

arpaTLwrai eiraiov top ^evov. 3. 'ApCaTLTTTro^ Se 6 erra-

X69 ^epo<; Tjv avT(o. 4. fiera he rovrov KXeap^o? avro?
eXe^e rctSe. 5. kcu rj0poit,ov tov<^
TreXracrra? ovrw? ovtol. 6. tol avra
ravra ^ ^ovkevovai. 7. /cat /ceXevet

avTou? \eyeiv ravra. 8. avri7 17 eTTt-

^' '- 'r>^^<^'-'^J-
^ovXi^ ovK Tjv <j)avepd. 9. ovro? Se
o avro? /ceXevet eKeivov^ dpird^eip ttjv ^(jjpdv. 10. ravra
eXe^^e KXea/0^09
ol Se (rrpartwrat, ot re ^ avrov ^ eKeivov
/cat ot aXXot, iKeXevop avrov dyeiv T7)v arparidv.
40 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. auT09.

163. 1. These soldiers were friendly. 2. Cyrus sent these

soldiers their pay. But the general spoke to them
3. as

follows. 4. They conduct him to the same general.

Notes. ^ to. avTo. ravra, these same (plans), a cognate accusative (833).
^ ol T, both the (soldiers). The proclitic ot receives an accent from the
following enclitic. 'Agrees with ckciVov, and = ipslus.
164. He hoodwinks the King.

ovTco<; ovv eTrl MiX.r]Tov ttjv arpaTiav i^Opoil^ev 6 Kvpo<;.

he rov dSeX(f)Ov dyyeXov^ kol eXe^e Toioe
irpo<; eTrepAJje

" iTnOvfjia), (3 'Apra^ep^r], koI (also) T179 'Ifui'tds craTpa-

ireveiv, TL(Tcra(f)epin)v 8' e/c T179 '^o)pd<; e/cySctXXett'." /cat y)

5 fxyJTYjp cru/zTTparret avrw ravra. tucrre ov^ uTTOTrrevet

6 ' ApTa^p^7)<; Trjv tov Kvpov eTn^ovkiqv

dTreirefiire yap
avrw Tov<; hacrfiov^ iKelvo<;.

Notes. 3. Iiri8vn : by contraction for i7n9vfie<i), I desire. *Ivas :

the genitive follows verbs signifying to rule (847). 5. ontji-irpoTTCi : does

this with him, i.e. cooperates with him in this (865).

No. I I . Ancient Persians.

 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF et/it. 41

LESSON XVIII.
Present and Imperfect Indicative of l|Jii, be.

165. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative of l|u, he, in 795.

106. All the forms of the present indicative of eifii are

enclitic except el. The third singular earC takes v-movable (17)
like words in ai. Further, eVrt becomes etrrt

1. At the beginning of a sentence, as 1(tti 8 Kvpa /Sao-iXeia, Cyrus has

a palace.
2. When it signifies existence or possibility, as iv rots ftapfidpoK tcrrLv
ouTw Xe'yciv, it is possible to speak thus among the barbarians.

3. When it follows ovk, el, ws, Kai, tovto, and some othei words, as
ovK eoTt Ku/ao) ttXoui, Cyrus has no boats.

167. Proclitics (26) have no effect on the accent of the fol-

lowing word. The proclitics are the forms 6, 17, ol, ai of the
article ; the prepositions et<>, into, ef (e/c), out of, iv, in ; the
conjunctions el, if, and oJ?, as, that; and the negative ov
(ovk, ov'x), 7lOt.

168. An enclitic (27) generally loses its own accent, but in

the following cases it retains it

1. When a dissyllabic enclitic follows a word with the acute on the

penult, as <f>L\oi iare, you are friends.

2. When the preceding syllable is elided (16), as ravr ccrrt kuko., this
is bad.

169. The word before an enclitic always retains its own

accent, and never changes an acute to the grave (25).
Further :
42 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT INDICATIVE OF elfii.

1. If it has the acute on the antepenult or circumflex on the penult,

it receives from the enclitic an acute on its last syllable as a second accent,
as a$i6v IcTTL, it is right, ayaOoi outos icrri, he is brave.
2. If it has the acute on the penult or the acute or circumflex on the
ultima, it receives no additional accent, as $evoi ia-fiev (168, 1), we are
friends, KaKoC c(tt, you are cowards, Ttuv arpaTioyTwy rtves, some of the soldiers.

3. If it is a proclitic or an enclitic, it receives an acute, as el rt?, if

anybody ; et tis <\>rj(n. (enclitic) rauTa, if anybody says this.

170. VOCABULARY.
Pao-CXcios, ov (130), royal; neut. plur. (idXXov, adv., more, rather.

^affiXeia as noun, palace. (lopioi, ot, a, 10,000.

clp,(, imperf. riv, fut. e<ro|xai, he. irapaScicros, ov, 6, park.
IvravOa, adv.,tAere, here, in this place. irdpoSos, ov, ij, ivay by or along, pas-

f[, conj., than, Lat. quam. sage, pass.

MaCavSpos, ov, 6, the Maeander, a wind- f"\'i'f\, v^, v, fountain, head, spring.
ing river in Asia Minor. source.

171. 1. el iirl {in the power of) rw d8eX(^a>. 2. ovk

d^Lov icTTL ra? <nTOvoa<; \veiv. 3. ivravOa yap icTTiv rj

ndpoho^ (TTevrj. 4. Kvpw fxdWov (^iXot eVre 17 tw aSeX-

(f)(o. 5. TQfxev iv T(p TrapaoeLcro). 6. KXeap^w 8e fxvpiOL
hdpeLKoC eicTL. 7. ^eVot icrfieu, (o Kvpe, t(o craTpdnr). 8. ai
8e Tr'qyai tov MaidpSpov Trora/xou elcnv e'/c tmv ^acrtXetcof.

9. Kvpoj iare, (o crrpartoirat, /cat <^i\oi /cat (rv/x/xa^ot.

10. Icrxt 8e Ki)/3w /cat /SatrtXeta /cat ^(opiov lcr)(vpov eVt

rat? TOV TTOTafxov 7rr]yai<;.

172. 1. This country is hostile to Artaxerxes. 2. The

soldiers have arms and horses. 3. These friends of Cyrus
were soldiere. 4. For you are in a hostile land. 5. In this
place there was a beautiful park.
 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 43

173. He continues to collect Forces.

aXXovs 8e (TTpaTLCordf; Kvpo) r]6poi(,e KXeap^o? 6 Aa/ce-

Sat/Aoi'to? iv Xeppovyjcro)
rovrco yap co<; (as) ^tXoj
TTa/aecr^e fivpCovs Sdpei/cov?. ^ApCcTTLTnro^ he 6 erraXo?
Revo's rjv avrco, koX iv erraXia crrpariav rjOpoitev.

5 eKcXevae Se /cat Upo^evov /cat Xoffyaiverov jxera twv

akXcop arpaTrjycjp (TTpaTeveiv Kat eiroiovv ovt(o<s ovtol.

Notes. 3. irap(rx : second aorist (91) of Trap-t^w, Ao/rf beside or near,

furnish, give. The preposition Tra/aa signifies beside. The accent of a com-
pound verb cannot go further back than the augment. 6. iirolovv by :

contraction for iirouov, third plural imperfect indicative active of Troico), do.

LESSON XIX.
Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative Middle.

174. In the Middle (48) voice the subject is represented as

acting
1. On himself, as iropevw, make go, middle, make oneself go, proceed
viidio, persuade, middle, persuade oneself, trust, obey.

2. For himself, as ayopd^oi, buy, middle, buy for oneself; fxtTaTrlfnru),

send after, middle, send for a person or thing to come to oneself, summon,
send for; (TTpaTev(o, make war, middle, take the f eld, march.
3. On something belonging to himself, as Xvw, loose, middle, loose one's
own, ransom ; ayw, bring, middle, bring one's own.

175. The personal endings (136) in the indicative middle

^^
Primary.
44 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE.

176. Learn the conjugation of the present, imperfect, and

future indicative middle of \ug>, in 765 (Xijo|tai and XU6|iiiv)
and 766 (Xvaofjiai).

177. The present stem, found in the present and imperfect, is Xv^/^
(138 and 147), the future stem is \v(t/^ (139). The forms Xvei, i\vov,
and Auo-ci, are the shortened forms of Auc-<7ai, cAue-ao and Xvat-crai.

178. VOCABULARY.
d'yopd^w (dyopad), dYopdo-w, TiYopcura, irciOw, ir(<ra>, circura, iriiruKa, per-
TJYopaKa (c/. dyopi), frequent the suade; mid., obey.
market-place, buy. ircpav, adv., across, beyond.

dX^Ocia, as, i), truth. iriu-rdta, iri<rTv<rw, ivlrrtwra (cf.

^apPapiKos, ij, 6v {cf. pdpfiapos), barba- tticttAj), put faith in, trust.

fian; rb ^ap^apiKbv, the Persian irop{vo|iiai, irop<v(ro)iai, iriir6p<v|iai,

force of Cyrus. proceed.

2toi|j,os, Vi ov, or ps, ov (130), ready, (rv\i.-^v\(vu, plan with, advise; mid.,
prepared. consult with.

|UTa--irc|iiro|iat, send for, summon. <rw-o-TpaTvio(i,ai, serve in war with, take

the field with.

179. 1. (TV(TTpaTvaeTai crifv Kvp(o- Tncrrevei yap avrw.^

2. ovK iireidov^ T0t9 0eol<;. 3. rfj S' dXrjOeia^ liropevovTO

inl Tov TTOTap-ov. 4. *ApTa^p^r]<; t7)v arpaTLau a^erat.

5. Toifs crrpartwrd? eTOLp.OL eap-ev Xvecrdai.^ G. Kv/309 Se
fxeraTrefjiTTeTaL to ^ap^apiKov. 7. Sta tov irehiov eTTopevo-
fxeda CIS KCxifxds- 8. Kupo? he toZ^ (TT paT7)yoi<; koX rots
Xo^ctyots (rv/x^ovXeveraL. 9. Tripdv 8e tov Euc^pdrou* rjv

K(0[xr)
eK TavT7}<; ol crTpartwrai "qyopd^ovro Ta eTTtraySeta.

180. 1. And he was proceeding on the wagon. 2. The

bowmen send for their bows. 3. He did not obey his brother.
 PRESENT, IMPERFECT, FUTURE INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 45

4. You did not proceed to Cyrus. 5. The targe teers will

purchase provisions for themselves.

Notes.
^ The dative of the indirect object follows verbs signifying to

trustand obey (860).

^re ueru, dative of manner (866). Abstract nouns
in Greek often take the article.
^ to ransom, present infinitive middle, end-

ing in eadai. * Adverbs of place may be followed by the genitive

(856).

181. All his Troops muster at Sardis.

7rt 8' erot/A09 -^v Kvpo<; nopeveaOai avoi, Xeyct /nev on

(TTpaTeverai eVt IlicrtSd?
rrf h^ aXiqdeia ctti tov dSeX<f)ov
iiropeveTO. /cat aOpoit^ei w? (as if) iirX rovrovi to re
^ap^apiKov KoX TO 'EWtjplkov. ivravOa /cat KeXevet tov
6 T K.\4ap\ov 7}Kiv /cat tov ^ ApCaTLTTTTOv dnoTrefjiTreLv et?
AvoCdv Tov(; iv SeTTaXCa (TTpaTiarrd<;. eKekevcre Se Kai
T0V9 aXXov? ^eVou? (TvaTpaTeveaOai. ol 8e ineidovTO-
iirixTTevov yap avrw.

No. 12. The Skulking Warrior.

46 AORIST, PERFECT, PLUPERFECT,

LESSON XX.
Aorist, Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle.

182. The future perfect indicative denotes that an action

will be already finished at some future time, as XcXvcoixai,
I shall have ransomed. This tense is not found in the active

voice.

183. Learn the conjugation of the first aorist, perfect, plu-

perfect, and future perfect indicative middle of Xvco in 767 (cXU-
crd|i.'nv) and 769 (XcXufiai, cXcXvii-qv, and XcXuaoiiai).
(The perfect and pluperfect middle and passive of mute verbs are

reserved for Lessons XXII. and XXIII.)

184. The first aorist middle uses the first aorist stem Xvcra (148).

185. The and pluperfect middle use the perfect middle stem
perfect
XfXv, formed simply by reduplicating the verb stem. The pluperfect has
augment.

186. The future perfect uses the perfect middle stem with o-"/^ added,
X(Xv<T/f. A short final vowel is always lengthened before a-/e.

187. For the personal endings, see 175. The forms ikva-m and Xikvau
are shortened forms of cAuaa-o-o and AtXiJo-e-o-at.

|M
 AND FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE MIDDLE. 47

188. VOCABULARY.
oKpos, a, ov, at the top, topmost ; &Kpov, irapao-Kcv^, ^s, ^, preparation, equip-

neut. as noun, summit. ment.

diro-ir^|iirw, send off or away; mid., Tr6.p-(ni.i, be beside or present.

send away from oneself, dismiss. iravw, iraiio-w, cirav<ra, irtiravKa, ir^irav-

ijS^us, adv., gladly. jiai, cause to cease, stop; mid., cease,

oXC-yos, r/, 01', little, small ; plur. , few. desist.

SXos, 1?, ov, whole, entire. irt'vTe, indeclinable, ^^re.

irapd, prep.: with gen., from beside, <rTa6|j.6s, ov, 6, stopping-place, stage,

from; with dat., beside, loith, at; day''s march.

with ace, to the side of, to, near, by. ^p\fyla, oj, ij, Phrygia.

189. 1. ireTTopevvTai napa top Kvpov. 2. ovtos tov irpos

TOV<s ^apl3dpov<; noXefiov^ i^Seiw? TreTravcrerat. 3. tov re
(TTpar-qyov koI tov craTpdrrr)v (X7re7re/Ai//aTO. 4. ol Se CTTpa-
^ <^tXta9
TLWTaL eTTeTTopeuvTO (TTaOfiov^ irevTe Sto, -^wpd^.
5. oXtyot Twv (TTpaTiOiTOiv TCL eTTtTifSeta y^yopdcravTo. 6. ol

OTrXtrat TreiropevvTai eVt to aKpov. i. /cat 6 craTpdiriq^i

fiT7rfx^aTO tTTTTOv? Ktti OTrXtt Kttt T'^t' aXXi7v TrapacrKvr}v

et? ^pvyidv. 8. ot TroXe/uttot ov/c eTravcravTo Trj<; Kpaxjyrj^
hid 0X179 Try? rjixepd*;. 9. CTrct Se Kat ovrot Traprjaav,
iaTpaTevcraTO Kvpoi; et? tt)i/ twi/ TToXefxicov ^(opdv.

190. 1. Cyrus summoned few of the captains. 2. They

have proceeded to the sources of the river. 3. He has con-
sulted with Cyrus. 4. You will gladly have ceased from battle.
5. The army had advanced five days' march.

Notes. ^/rom war, a genitive of separation (849). ^ Accusative of

extent of space (836).
48 READING LESSON.

191. Tissaphernes warns the King. The March begins.

ovTOL [xev TTaprjcrav avTio et? Sct/aSet?. Ttcraacjiepvr)^

Be inopeveTO napa tov Apra^ep^rju *
ov yap ivofML^e ttjp
TrapaaKevTjv Tavriqv elvai inl IltcriSds. kol ApTa^p^T]<;,
'

irt Tttur' eXe^e Tiacra^ipvris^ avriTrapao'/ccua^erat.

5 Kv/3os Se )(uiv rovTov<i tov<s crrpaTtcirds i^eXavveL diro
%dpBe(t)v 8ta 717? AuStds crTa6fxov<; T/aet? (tres) inl tov
MatavSpov iroTaixov. eVt Se tovtco yecjyvpa eTrrjv. ivrevdev
i^eXavvEL Bid ^pvyid^s ct? KoXocrcra?.

Notes. 1. SdpBcis : Sardis, accusative plural. The genitive plural

^dp8eu)v occurs in 6. 3. flvai : to be, present infinitive of ei/nt. Translate,
that it (\wv
teas, etc. 5. present : having, participle, = with. iJ-cXavvti
the verb cAaww here means march. Use the map in following the route of
the expedition. imperfect of
7. hr-f\v : Itt-ci/w, be on or over.

No. 14. Theseus fighting with Amazons.

 INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 49

LESSON XXI.
Indicative Passive.

192. In the passive (48) voice the subject is represented as

acted on, as Xvofiai, I am loosed, iXvofirjv, I was loosed, etc.

193. The and future

present, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect,
perfect have the same forms in the passive voice as in the
middle. The first aorist and first future are different.

194. Learn the conjugation of the first aorist and first

future indicative passive of \v(o in 770 (cXvB-qv and Xv6T)(ro)JLai).

195. The first aorist passive uses the Jirst passive stem, formed by
adding the tense suffix Oe (lengthened to 9r\ in the indicative) to the verb
stem, as \v9e (\v6r]). As a secondary tense, it has augment in the
indicative. It uses the active secondary endings (145).

196. Before the suffix $ a labial mute (it p })) becomes (or remains)

<^, as i-7rix<j}-0r]v (verb stem ttc/mtt) ; a palatal mute (k -y x) becomes (or

remains) Xi as rJx-O-qv (verb stem ay) ; a lingual mute (t 8 0) becomes o-,

as iTreia-6r}v (verb stem ttclO), ^pTrd(T-6r)v (verb stem apiraS).

197. Some verbs form the aorist passive with the tense
suffix e (lengthened to x] in the indicative) instead of Be {Orj),

as ypd(f)(o, ivrite (verb stem ypa<f)), i-ypd(f>r]-v. These are called

Seco nd aorists passive.

198. The first future passive uses the first passive stem with cr/^
added to 9rj, as XvOrja-"/^. It uses the middle primary endings (175).
60 INDICATIVE PASSIVE.

199. The Principal Parts of a verb are the first" person

singular indicative of the following tenses : pres^^ actijja^

future active, aori st^ acti ve, perfect active, perfect middle, aorist
passive, as Xvco, Xvaco, eXvaa, XeXvKu, XeXvfxai, eXvdrjv.

200. The second aorist active (91), second perfect (115), and
second aorist passive (197) may occur in place of the correspond-
ing first tenses or in addition to them.

a. These second tenses will be fully considered later.

201. Not all verbs have all the principal parts, that is, some
verbs are defective.

In the following vocabularies, if parts are not given, it is to be under-

stood that they do not occur in Attic prose.

202. The agent is usually expressed, in the passive con-

struction, by uTTQ with the geniti ve, ^ as ol oirXlrai imo tovI
arpaTrjyov ireyLt^drjaovraL, the heavy-armed men will he sent by
[the general.

203. The perfect and pluperfect passive may have i^ie^dative

of^eagent, as al a7rov8al toU TroXefttoi? XeXvvrai, the treaty

has been broken by the enemy.

204. VOCABULARY.
YpoKtxi), 'ypd\|;(<>, -ypa\)fa, ^^'Ypa<{>a, -y^- irapewrd.Y'yTis, ov, 6, parasang, a Persian

"ypaiJipiai, Ypaj>Tiv, write. No. 60. road measure.

8^, intensive postpositive particle, now, irUlu (irteS), viia-a, cirUo-a, ivU<r9r\v,

indeed, accordingly, so, then. press hard; pass., be hard pressed.

ctKO<ri, indeclinable, twenty. vx6, prep.: with gen., under, from

ivTtvBtv, adv., thence, from this place. under, of agency, by, through; with

rra, indeclinable, seven. dat., under, beneath; with ace,

ijKa), n|, come, be or have come.

under, down under.
 INDICATIVE PASSIVE. 51

205. 1. \v6r)(T6[Jieda eK tovtcov tcov SeLV(x>v} 2. iv Se

TT] (TTeprj 68a> eTnecrOrjfjLev vtto twv iroXefXicov. 3. Xeyerat

dyyeXos rjKeiv napa AdpeCov. 4. ovtcj 8t) fxeTeTTeyL^diqcrav

ol ro^drat. 5. idccoKovTO 8ta tov nehiov Trapacrdyyd^ inrd.

6. eTTLCTToXr) iypd(f)rj irapd top KXeap^ov. 7. eK roiv kkojxcop
Si-qpTrdcrdr} vtto tcov ^ap/Sdpcov Ta onXa. 8. inl rut Se^tw^
eTo^evOrjcrav OTrXtrat eiKocnp.^ 9. ivrevBev Trefi<f)0y]O'oPTaL

inro Kvpov ei<s ^pvyidv.

206. 1. Twenty heavy-armed men were brought^ from this

place.^ 2. The bridge will be destroyed. 3. He was persuaded
by the general. 4. Five targeteers on the right (wing) were
shot. 5. They will be hard pressed by the soldiers.

Notes. ^ Used as a neuter noun. ^ ^,j (jig j-igjit (wing^. ' See 17.
*
Use ayw. ^ p^j; i\^q Greek word for this phrase first. Cf. 205, 9.

207. The Palace and Park of Cyrus at Celaenae.

ipTavOa Kvpo<; fxevet rjp.epd'; euTd

kol rjKe MeVwi^
o erraXo? oTrXtra? e)(^ci)v kol TreXracrra?. evrevdev i^e-
XavveL TTapacrdyyd<; eiKocriv et? KeXatva?.
evravda Kvpco ySao-tXeta tjv koX Tra/aaSetcro?. eV Se
5 TovTco Tjv aypua drjpCa
Tavra iKeivo<; idyjpeveu aTTO lttttov.

ovTCi) yap iyvfjipa^e tov<; L7nTov<;. Sid Se tov TrapaSeCcrov

pel o MaLapopo<; Trora/xd?- at Be Trrjyal avTov elaip e/c

Tojp ^acriXeioiv
pel 8e /cat 8ta KeXauvwv.

Notes. 1 . TJii^pas : accusative of extent of time (836). 7. pti: by

contraction for peti, from pco), Jlow.
52 LABIAL MUTE VERBS.

LESSON XXII.

Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative Middle

and Passive of Labial Mute Verbs.

208. Learn the conjugation of the perfect, pluperfect, and

future perfect indicative middle and passive of Xenro), leave, in
775 (\e\i|i|iai, eX\ip.|jL-qv, and \eXiv);o|iai).

209. The concurrence of consonants in the stem and endings (note the
forms in parenthesis) occasions euphonic changes, according to the follow-
ing principles :

1. A labial mute (ir P <^) before changes to n; with o- it forms i|;

\i.

before t and 6 it becomes (or remains) respectively ir and <j>.

a. When ji.j.|* would thus result, one |i is dropped, as -rrifLirw, send,

7rirc/x-/xai (7rc7rc/x7r-/iai), TrcTre/Ai/'at, TreTrefnr-raL, etc.

2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

210. The third person plural of the perfect and pluperfect is a com-
pound form, consisting of the perfect middle or passive participle and cicri
in the perfect, and of this participle and rjaav in the pluperfect.

211. Conjugate also the perfect and pluperfect indicative

middle and passive of Trefnro) (TreTrefifiai, etc.) and of ypdcfxo

(yeypafji/xai, etc.).

212. VOCABULARY.
S.\ia, adv., at the same time. Komro (/cot), k6^<i>, cKO\|/a, K^KOi{>a,

apiO|i<Ss, ov, 6, number, enumeration. KCKO|ji|iai, Ik^ithv, cut, fell.

S^vSpov, ov, t6, tree. X((ir (XtTr), Xc(|/u, cXiirov, X^oiira,

Kard, prep.: with gen., doum from; XA.i|i(iai, IXiU{>9^v, leave.

with ace, down along, over, by. npogtvos, ov, 6, Proxenus.

KaTa-Xi(iro>, leave behind, abandon. rpidKovTo, indeclinable, thirty.

Kara-K^irro, cui down or in pieces. \ikiot,, ai, a, 1000.

 LABIAL MUTf: VERBS. 53

213. 1. KaTokeXeLfXfxevoL elcrl TpiaKovTaTO^OTaL ,'

2. ajxa

Se eTreTrefJLxjjo, cS Upo^eve, iirl Tr)v 'ye<f)vpav. 3. /caTa/ce/coTrrat

rots TToXe/ttocs^ r) crTparta. 4. oTrXtrat ^tXtot TreTrefxixeuoL

rjcrav Kara BdXaTTav. 5. oXtyot rail' Kv/dov <^i\o)v Kara-

XeXet/x/xei'ot ^crai'. 6. XeXeLfxfxevoL rjcrav ol crrpancoraL.
7. e/c ravTTys rrjs kw/at]? ayyeXo? eTreVe/ATrro Tr/ao? Kupo^*.

8. ra Bevhpa KCKoirr at. 9. Kv/ao? aTroTreTTefXTrrai^ rov

dyyeXov. 10. rov? OTrXtrds jxeraTreTrefjifxeOa K ri^s <l>yoi'ytd9.

214. 1. The army had been cut to pieces by the satrap.

2. Twenty bowmen have been left behind in the plain. 3. A

letter had been written at the same time.^ 4. A messenger has
been sent away to the satrap. 5. For a thousand soldiers had

been sent to the stronghold.

Notes. The agent (203). 2 Middle. 3 For the order, cf. 213, 2.

215. A Thirty Days' Halt, and Enumeration of the Troops.

ccTTt Se Kttl 'Apra^ep^ov ^acrtXeca eV KeXatt'ats ipvfxvd

im rats inqyaX'S rov Mapavov Trorafxov
pel Se /cat ovros
Sta KeXaLvcov.
ivravOa /xeVet Kupo? rjixpd<; rpiaKovra
koX rJKe KXe-
5 ap)(o^ e)(o)v OTrXtrds ^^tXtous koI TreXracras Kal ro^6rd<;.
d/xa Se /cat So^atVeros naprjv )((ov OTrXtrds ^tXious. UnXL
Kat ivravda Kvpos dpiBfxov ra>v '^XXtjvlkwv crrparLoyrcjv
inoirqaev ip r(o Trapaheicra), /cat rjcrav OTrXtrat fxkv [xvpiOL

/cat ^tXtoi, TTcXracrrat Se St(r;)(tXtot.

Notes. 1. Joti : for the accent, see 166, 1 9. Si^x^ioi : the numeral '

adverb St's means ttvice.

54 PALATAL AND LINGUAL MUTE VERBS.

LESSON XXIII.

Perfect and Pluperfect Indicative Middle and Passive of

Palatal and Lingual Mute Verbs.

216. Learn the conjugation of the perfect and pluperfect

indicative middle and passive of aytu, lead, bring, in 776

217. 1. A palatal mute (k -y x) before (i becomes (or remains) y

with o- it forms 5 ; before t and 6 it becomes (or remains) respectively

K and X'
2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

218. Conjugate also the corresponding perfect and pluperfect

of TaTTco (ray), arrange, draw up (rerayfiai and ireTayfxrjv).

219. Learn the conjugation of the perfect and pluperfect

indicative middle and passive of ireido), persuade, middle obey,
in 777 (irTri<r|iai and lirTrio-|niv).

220. 1. A lingual mute (t 8 6) before |ji becomes o- ; before <r it is

dropped ; before t and it becomes er.

2. <r between two consonants is dropped.

221. Conjugate also the corresponding perfect and pluperfect

of dpTrd^Q) (dpiraS), rob (^pTraa-fiai and Tjpirdafi-qv).

No. 15. Attic Four Drachma Piece.

 PALATAL AND LINGUAL MUTE VERBS. 55

222. VOCABULARY.
IV, adv., ivell. TaTTw (ray), Td|, cTa|a, Wraxa, ri-

evuvvfios, ov (130), of good name or ra-yftai, IrdxO'nv, arrange, order,

omen, euphemistic for left, on the especially of troops, draw up, mar-
left side, as contrasted with 5e|i6s. shal, post.

fjLcVos, Vi <"'5 middle; t6 fiicov, the mid- v'noliyiov,ov,T6,beast of burden; plur.,

die, centre. baggage animals.

Trapao-Kcvd^w, irapaa-Kcvdo-ci), etc. (cf. ^vXarru (cpvXaK), <{>vXd|(<), <)>v\a|a,

vapaaKev/)), get or 7nake ready, pre- tr(^v\a\a, ir(|>vXa-Y|iai, 4>vXdx9Tjv,

pare. guard, watch, defend; mid., defend

o-vv-rdTTw, draw up together, marshal. oneself against, guard against.

223. 1. TovTOv hrf ev Tre(f)v\d'yixeda. 2. ^Kxai tj cTTpaTia

/caret {against) to roiv TToXefxicov fxeaov. 3. ot Se noXcfiLOL

rj9poL(TfievoL eial /cat crvvTeTayfievoL. 4. 'ApTa^p^r]<; t?

fxd^-qv TrapecTKevacTTO. 5. ovtol ol (TTpaTioirai ev reray/xeVot

elaCv. 6. T(o 8e Xo^dyco ^
rovrco T^Seiw? TreVetcr/xat. 7. ere-

ra/CTO Se eTrt t&> evcovvjJLO)^ ovto^ 6 crTpaTrjyos- 8. ot cTTpa--

Trjyol 'QyjxevoL "^aav ets tt7v 'Apra^ep^ov aKrjvyjv. 9. /cat

ra oirXa rots cTTpaTioiTai'i^ eVt dfia^cov i^/cro Kat vno^vyLcov.

10. at 8e cr/ci7t'at Tre^vXay/xeVat to"t rot? jSap^dpocs-^

224. 1. The fellow has been led into the presence of

Clearchus. 2. But we had obeyed Cyrus. 3. The men on
the left (wing) had been posted at the bridge. 4. You have
prepared yourselves against dreadful foes. 5. The horses and
the beasts of burden had been led through a hostile country.

Notes. Verbs signifying obey take the dative (860). on

^ to "^
the left
(vlngy ^for a dative of advantage (861). Tiie agent (203).
the soldiers, ^
66 READING LESSON.

225. The March continues. Review of the Troops.

ivrevOev i^eXavvet et? vfifipuov. evTavda rjv vapa

rrjv ohov KpTJvrj' ettI 8e ravrrj Xeyerat Mt8ds tov Sarv-
pov Orjpevcrai. ivrevdev i^eXavveu els TvpLolov, /cat

e^era^et iv t(o 7ret&> rrjv (TTpariav. CKeXevcre he tov^

5 '^Wr)vLKOv<; (TTpaTKirrds Ta^OrjvaL (licnrep et? {for) fjid^r^v.

era^S'qcra.v ovv eVt rerTapoiv {four deep)

l;)(e 8e to fiev
Se^Lov MeVcoi' kol ol crvv avrw, to 8e evcovvjxov KXeap^o^
Kol ol eKeCvov, to Se fxeaov ol aXXot aTpaTTjyoC.

Notes. 3. 6T]pvorai : to have caught, aorist infinitive active. 5. raxflfj-

vai : first aorist infinitive passive, to be drawn up. Anrep : as if.

No. 16. Silenus the Satyr.

 PBEPOSITIONS. 67

LESSON XXIV.
Prepositions.

226. Prepositions are used with the genitive, dative, and

accusative. Some prepositions are used with only one of these
cases, others with two, others with all three.

227. The prepositions ain't, instead of, dird, off from, from,
Latin ab, , out of, from, Latin ex, and irpd, before, Latin pro,
take only the genitive, i^ signifies from within, out of, airo,

offfrom, away from.

228. V, in, Latin in with the ablative, and avv, with, Latin
cum, take only the dative.

229. dvd, up, and ls, into, Latin in with the accusative, take
only the accusative.

230. d|jL(|>i, about, 8 id, through, on account of, Kard, down,

lierd, in company with, after, and inrcp, over, Latin super, take
the genitive and accusative.
231. Im, on, upon, irapd, alongside of, beside, ircpi, round,

about, irpos, over against, at, to, and vird, under, Latin sub, take
the genitive, dative, and accusative.

232. In general, the genitive with prepositions denotes that

from which something proceeds, the dative that in or by which
something is or takes place, the accusative that towards, over,
along, or upon which motion occurs, as

ayyeXos Icrri Trapa Kvpou, he is a messenger from (^from beside) Cyrus;

irapa t<S Kvpw rj(Tav ol cTTpaTrjyoc, the generals loere with (beside) Cyrus;
ayovdi Tov avOpwirov Trapa. Kvpov, they bring the fellow to Cyrus.
 58 PREPOSITIONS.

233. The chief relations expressed by the prepositions are

place and time ; but they express also cause origin, means , .,

age ncy ., co nditio n., p urpose ., and other impoi-tant ideas. The
original force of the preposition shades off into many meanings.

234. Prepositions are nsed in forming compound vsrbs (93).

a. In determining the force of a preposition in any sentence, the pupil

should study the connection of the preposition with the other words in the
sentence, or with the verb to which it is prefixed, keeping the original
meaning of the preposition in mind. The general vocabulary must be
constantly consulted.

235. VOCABULARY.
dXXd, conj., hut, yd, stronger than 5^. vWs, adv., at once, immediately.
a(i,j>i, prep.: with gen., about, concern- ircpt, prep.: with gen., about, concern-
ing ; with ace, aboui, round. ing; with dat., round, about; with
yX^dvd, prep, with ace, up, up along, ace, about, all round, round.
up to, with numerals, at t he rate of^ irp6, prep, with gen., be/ore, in front

opx, ap|, ^]p|a, ^py\i.ai, tipxOtiv (c/. of, for.

apxTfi), be first, rule, reign over, com- irpwros, 17, ov (cf. irp6), first, foremost
mand ; mid. begin.
, irpwrov as aAv., first.

ov, adv., again, in turn, moreover. vvip, prep.: with gen., over, above, in
clra, adv., then, thereupon. behalf of; with ace, over, above.

236. 1. avyLfxa^oi ayaOoi elcriv ol dix(f)l Kvpop.^ 2. ol

8e aXXot iOijpevov ra dy)pia oltto Linrajv. 3. ol Kvpov <f>i,\oL

i(TTpaTVfiPOL LcrLv vwep avTov. 4. Tavra nepl 7179 crrpa-

rta? ayyeXoL irapa tov dSe\(f)ov eXe^av Kvpco npo Trjq

fid^-qq. 5. fxerd tovto nopevovTaL iirTa (Trad fJiov<; dud

nevre Trapacrayyd? T179 r)ixpd<?^ napd tov TTOTajxov.
*^6. Kvpos ovK ecTTiv eVt tco dSeXcfx^, aXX' a^to? icrriv
 PREPOSITIONS. 59

dp^eiv dvT eKeCvov. 7- iKLvo<; 8e twv 6tt\Ito)v^ -qp^ev

ovTOL 8' av Trpo avrov 'Apra^ep^ov reray/xeVot ^aav-
8. Kv/30? iKekevcre top KXeapxov irpoiTov fxev raTTeiv tovs

(TTpaTiarrd<;, elra he dyeiv Sta tov ttcSiou. 9. 6 oe (TaTpdir'r]<;

TTopeverai vdv<; irapd tov *ApTa^ep^r)v, /cat cTTpaTLcard'; )(i

dfi(f)l Tov<i TpiaKoaiov;.

237. 1. The messengers will proceed from the market

place to the tents. 2. Cyrus and his staff* proceed imme-
diately to the palace. 3. He had a stronghold above the

village. 4. Before the battle the generals sacrificed in their

tents to the gods.^

Notes. ^ those about Cyrus, i.e. his attendants. * each day, genitive of
the time within which (854). ^ The genitive follows ap^^w (847) * I.e.

those about Cyrus. ^ Dative without a preposition.

238. The Greeks inspire the Barbarians with Fear.

i^erd^ei ovv 6 Kvpo? TrpcJTOv fxep rovq ^apfidpov;'

ol Se TrapeXavvovcTL Tera.yp.evoi /caret, tXd?- elra Se tov^;
aXXovg crrpaTKiyrd^. fxeTa Se ravra eTrepxfjev dyyekov
napd Tov<; (TTpaTr)yov<; tov<s 'EXXryvt/cou? kol e/ceXevcre
5 TTopevecrBat cocnrep etg pd)(r)v ol Se raura eXe^av rot?
crTpaTLd>TaL<;
/cat eVet icrdXTny^ev 6 craXTrt/crTf?/ rrpo^d^-
^vTOLjrdoTrXcLjKal crvv Kpavyfj Tpe^ovcTLv eVt ra? (TK7)va?.
TOVTO Se rot5 fiapfidpoi<; <f)6l3ov Tra/aet^e.

Notes. 2. ol S* : and they, the article being used as a demonstrative.

TTa-y|'voi : having been draicn up, perfect passive participle. Kara tXas:
by companies (tAi;). 6. co-dXiriYltv : aorist of o-oATrt'^w. For a picture of
a trumpeter (craATriKTr/s), see No. 55 8. irop-ix: caused (Trap-i.\(a).
60 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS.

LESSON XXV.
Labial and Palatal Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension.

239. The Third or Consonant Declension includes all nouns

\yhose stems_end jgLj, consonaiit or in i or v. The stem may
generally be found by dropping the case ending of the genitive
singular.

240. The case endings are :

Masculine and Feminine,

singular. plural.

N. -s or (-S or ) -S (-es)

G. -(ov (-wm)

-ct (-ibus)

-as or vs (-es)

-S (-es)

a. The corresponding forms in Latin are added in parenthesis.

241. The dual has n. a.v. -, g. d. -oiv, in all genders.

242. Learn the declension of k\(o\);, thief, (t>v\a|, guard,

<|)d\a'Y|, phalanx, and 5i(opv|, canal, in 743.

243. In the nominative singular and dative plural s unites with a

final labial (ir p |>) in the stem to form |r, with a final palatal (k -y x) to
form 5.

244. Monosyllabic stems of the consonant declension accent

the last syllable in the genitive and dative of all numbers.

The endings oiv and oov are circumflexed.

 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS. 61

245. VOCABULARY.
8iwpv|, vxoy, ij, canal, ditch. K(Xi|, lAfoj, 6, a Cilician.
cUrPoXVj, ^j, rj, entrance, pass. kXca^t, /cXwTrij, 6, thief.

cir-<i|i,i, be on or upon, be over. <|>dXa'y|, 0(i\a77os, 17, Ztne of battle,

0p<^, Gp^fcii, 6, a Thracian. phalanx.

Owpa|, d/cos, 6, breastplate. No. 17. 4t>vXa|, a/coj, 6 (c/. (^uXdrrw), watcher,

icf)pv^, wKos, 6, herald. No. 75. guard.

No. 17. Alexander the Great.

246. 1. KXeap^o^ ^9(^^ oTrXtrds x^^^ov? /cat TreXTatrra?

0pa/ca?. 2. iKeXevae TropeveaOai Trjv ^aXayya. 3. Sto,

Tou 0(op6iKO<; iTo^evOrj viro tov KtXt/co?. 4. Tore oe dfjia

ttJ rjfxepq} KrjpvKa<; enepifje nepl (rnovhcov. 5. ei^ 8e Ty

19 TO TTcStoi^ ela/SoXy rcTay/xeVot eto"l rwt' KiXikwi/ (^vXaice?.
6. dXX' ev fxeao)^ ^p.ev tov iroTafxov kol Trjq Stwpv^o?.
7. ot yap To^drat tov? xXajTra? ihico^av. 8. to Se vot>-

Wfiou Trj<; (^aXayyo? avTcov Trapa tw iroTapiCo rjv. 9. Tot5

yap 0pa^i TroXep-to? 171/. 10. iiTevdcv iiropevovro eVt ti7'

Otwpu^a
yi^vpai 8' inyjaav.
62 LABIAL AND PALATAL MUTE STEMS.

247. 1. This thief was dishonored. 2. The Cilicians have

horses. 3. He sent Thracians (as) guards. 4. The heavy-
armed men had breastplates. 5. The canal is long and narrow,
and upon it is a bridge.

Notes. ^ at daybreak (literally at the same time icith the day). The
dative is used with words implying union (864). ^ {y jii<r: between.

248. The Troops are forced to halt at the Cilician Pass.

e'/c 8e Tvpiaiov i^eXavvei Trpo<; Adva. KaL AvKaovidu

SiTJpTTaa-av ol aTpaTL(x)TaL- TroXe/xtct yap avT(o rjv. iv

8e Aavot? /LteVet 6 Kvpos rjjxepdf; T/aet?, kol airoKTeiveL

Mya<f)pinr}v, <f)OLvlKL(TTr)v ^acriXetov
itre^ovXeve yap
6 auTw. ivrevOev elcre^aXXov ei? rrjv KiXiKLav
rj Se

elcrlBoXr) -qv 68o? cx/aa^iTo?, opdid Ka\ (TTeviq

iXeyero 8e
/cat SveVveo't? 6 KlXl^ eluai iirl tcov aKpoiv, (pvXaTTOJV ttjv

elafioXTjv. 8ta tovto efievof rjfxepdp iv tw 7re8iw.

XoTES. 1. Study the route on the map. 5. fUr^PoXXov : they tried

to enter, imperfect of cia/SaAXto, expressing attempted action. G. l(ia|iT6s :

cf. afxaia. 7. <|>vXdTTv : guarding, present participle active.

No. 18. W\t;.

 LINGUAL MUTE STEMS. 63

LESSON XXVI.
Lingual Mute Stems of the Consonant Declension.

* 249. Learn the declension of vv|, night., do"iris> shield,

opvis, bird., yipoiv, old man., and dp|xa, chariot., in 744.

250. In the nominative singular and dative plural of the first three
nouns the final lingual (t 8 0) of the stem is dropped before s. vv^ there-
fore stands for wkt-%, kuk-s, ks becoming ^. So wkt-(tl, wk-o-l, w$i.

251. The fourth noun yepwv rejects <r in the nominative, and length-
ens o to . Final t is dropped, since this letter cannot stand at the end of
a word. In the dative plural both v and t are dropped before <r, and o is
lengthened to ov.

252. In the accusative singular most masculines and feminines add a

to consonant stems, biit nouns in is, except oxytones (25), drop the final
T 8 6 of the stem and add v. Thus opvU (stem opvlO), opvlv; but dcr^rts,
oxytone (stem do-TriS), do-Trc'Sa.

253. The vocative singular of most masculines and feminines with

mute stems is like the nominative, but the vocative singular of stems in
i8, and of those in vt except of oxytones, is the mere stem. Final 8 or t
is dropped, since neither of these letters can stand at the end of a word.

Thus, vocative a(nri, yipov.

254. The nominative, accusative, and vocative singular of neuters,

such as appxt, are the simple stem. Final t is dropped. In the dative
plural T is dropped before <r.

255. VOCABULARY.
app.a, aros, r6, chariot. No. 26. pvis, t^os, 6, ^, bird.

doriris, fSos, ^, shield. No. 34. o-T6|jia, aros, t6, mouth; of an army, van.
yepwv, ovToi, 6, old man. o-TpaTtujia, otos, t6 (cf. (TTparid, arpa-
eXiris, ISos, ij, hope. Ttc^rijy), army.
vtKX], ijs, T], victory. Xo-P*-^) '^o^i ^> grace, favor, gratitude;

vvf, vvkt6s, i], night. X^P*" X'>'i be or feel grateful.

64 LINGUAL MUTE STEMS.

256. 1. iv Be rat? (TKr)val<s rjaav dcTTrtSe?. 2. ecrrt 8e

dTpdrevixa UepauKov iv T(o Tra/aaSetcroj. 3. roi^ ovv deol<s

^dpiv et^o^' ttJs vtK'qq} 4. ttjv ye(f)vpav ravrrjv \e\vKev 6
craTpdTrrjq Trjs vvktos-^ 5. T(o Be yepovTi tovt(o eKeivoi
TToXefiLOL rjO'av. 6. iiropevovTO Be evdv<; eirl to tov ttotol-

fjiov cTTOfxa. 7. crvv rot? 9eo2<i /caXat rw (XTpaTevfxaTi cXttiSc?

eicrt VLKT}^. 8. ip Be rat? oi/ctat? ^cra^* opvlde<i. 9. exofiev
/cat oTrXa Kat dpfxaTa kol LKavd to, eVtrifSeta.

257. 1. We feel grateful to the old man. 2. At night they

ceased from battle.^ 3. Cyrus had twenty chariots. The
4.

bowmen shot birds and wild asses in the plain. 5. The army
was cut to pieces by these barbarians.

Notes. ^for victory, a genitive of cause (851). ^ Genitive of the

time within which (854). ' Genitive of separation (849).

258. Cyrus reaches Tarsus, which the Troops destroy.

T|y 8' vcrrepaia rJKev dyye\o<; \eyoiv on irecfyevye %vev-

vecrt?. Kvpo? ovv dva^atvei etn rd c.cpa, evTevdev Be
KOTa^atvei et? ireBiov koKov. Bid Be tovtov ekavvei
Trapacrdyyd<s irevre /cat eiKocriv et? Ta/acrov?, evOa rjv

5 /SacrtXeta. ev Be rfj vTrep^oXy t^ et? to ireBCov /care-

KOTT'qcrav, ce>? Xeyerat, eKaTov OTrXtrat tov MeVoji/o?

(TTpaTevfjLaTO^ vtto tmp KlXlkcjv. ol Be aXXot eVet tjkov,

Tapcrov? Bi.y]pira(Tav Bid tov oXeOpov to)v (iTpaTKDTwv.

Notes. 1. rfj v<rTfpa((|i : the next (day), VH-^P'!- l^ig understood, a

dative of the time when (870)- ir^<j>VY : second perfect of ^vy<o, Jlee.
2. Avtt-pavi : the verb ^aCvw means go.
 ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 65

LESSON XXVII.
Adjectives of the Consonant Declension.

259. The feminine of Adjectives of the Consona nt Declen-

si on, when it differs from the masculine, follows the
A- Declen sion. Its nominative singular ends in a (short).

260. Learn the declension of x apicis , graceful, ircts, all, and

cKcov, willing, in 752, and of the participle Xuov, loosing, in 754.
These have stems in vt.

261. The feminine of these adjectives is declined like OdXaTra (62).

262. The nominative singular masculine either ends in s, before

which VT is dropped and the preceding vowel lengthened and o( to ei

to o), or rejects s, like ycpwv (744). For the vocative singular masculine
of -)(apLCL^ and kKw, see 253.

263. In the dative plural masculine and neuter of ^^apUi'i, c is not

lengthened, although vt is dropped. ttSs lacks the vocative singular and
the dual. The forms Travrtav and iraai are irregular in accent (cf. 244).

264. VOCABULARV.
&-iras, fi-7ra<ro, E-irav, all together, all. iras, ira.<xa, irav {cf. irdvv), all, entire.

Ikwv, ovffa, 6v, willing, of one''s own wtoXos, ou, 6, armed force, expedition.

accord; in the pred., willingly. <rwv-A-yw, bring together, collect.

cTi, adv., yet, still, longer. {to-rcpos, a, ov, later; vffrepov as adv.,

i]Sr\, adv., already, now, forthwith. later, afterwards.

6av(i,d^(i> [dav/iaS), 6av|xdo-0|iai., cOav- xapUis, ecra-a, ev (cf. x^^P's)) graceful,
lioo-a, TcOavfiaKa, 6avp,d(r9T)v, won- accomplished, clever.
der at, admire, wonder. \pfi\i.a, arcs, r6, something one uses;
ovK-^i,, adv., no longer. plur., things, money.
66 ADJECTIVES OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

265. 1. r)KL e)(Ciiv ttolv to crTpaTevfia. 2. ravra he eXe^e

Tracrt rots cTTpaTL(oTaL<s. 3. ol Se OTrXtrat anavTe<; rjaav

fjLvpLOL KaL ^tXtot. 4. 6 t'ecti^uis ^aptets eo"rt. 5. vcrrepov 8e

XpijfMaTa Trfx\jjv eKcov Travrl tco aTpaTevfxaTL. 6. et9 Se roi/

TrapoiSeL(rov TL crvvdyei irav to (TTparevixa. 7. at (TTTOvSat

etcrt /cat rot? aXXots aTrdaiv. 8. o'TpaTiqyo'i T)Br) -qv 6 Kvpoq
TTOLVTOJV T(ov iu TCO TTcStai ^ap^dpoiv. 9. dXXct, ci KXeap^e,
ovKTL TTopevaofxeOa ekovtc^ ctvv Kvpco. 10. TrdvTe^; ydp
OavixdcrovTaL tovtov top cttoXov.

266. 1. Everything has been done by the generals. 2. All

the soldiers were proceeding willingly. 3. The gifts of the
satrap were all beautiful. 4. Afterwards all the guards were
drawn up. 5. The entire army proceeded through the plain
twenty-five parasangs.

Note. ^ ttSs and aTrds generally have the predicate position (813).

267. The Troops refuse to advance.

ivTavda [xevet Kvpo^ Koi 17 (TTpaTia r)fxepd<; eiKocnv. ot

ydp crr/aartwrat ovk4tl tjOcXov iropeveaOat

vTrcoirTevov

ydp 17817 iirl 'ApTa^ep^rjv tov (tt6\ov etvat. 7rp(x>T0<; Se

KXeap^os rovs avrou (rTpaTL(oTd<; e/ceXeve iropevecrdaL

6 ot 8e avTov re e^aXXov koI ra UTro^vyta ra eKeiuov.

vcTTepov Se crvvTjyaye tov<; (TTpaTL(OTd<;, /cat npoiTov fxev
iSdKpvep
ol Se eOavpiat^ov
etra 8e eXe^e raSe.

Notes. 2. riOtXov: imperfect of iOeXm inrwirrcvov : imperfect of

viroTTTivw 3. lvai : translate, that it was, etc. Cf. 191, 3. 4. ovtov:
0/ himself, his own. 5. oiU: buf they. Cf. 238, 2.
 CONTRACT VERBS IN a(o IN THE INDICATIVE. 67

LESSON XXVIII.
Contract Verbs in ao) in the Indicative.

268. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and a d iphthong,

wi thin a word, ma^lje united by Contraction in_a_single
long vowel or a diphthon g.

269. Verbs in ao), ^ and oo) contract the final a, , o^of

the verb stem with the following vowel or diphthong in the
present and imperfect.

270. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative active, middle, and passive of Ti}i.do>, honor, in 781.

271. Observe that

(1) a -|- 0, ov, or 0) = (o; a + ^a; a-|-i = a.

272. A contracted syllable is accented if either of the

original syllables had an accent. A contracted penult or
antepenult is accented regularly (21, 22). A contracted final
syllable is circumflexed ; but if the original word was oxytone
(25), the acute is retained.

27.3. A verb is called a vowel verb, a mute verb._or a

liquid verb , according to the final letter of its stem. This may
be a vowel, a mute, or a liquid (X [jl v p).

274. Most stems ending in a short vowel lengthen this

vowel in all tenses except the present and imperfect, a or

to t], and to 0) but a after , i, or p generally becomes a.

;

Thus, Tl/xdco, rlfjLTjaco, iTi/XTjaa, rerifirjKa, TerifxruxaL, iri/X'qdrjV.

68 CONTRACT VERBS IN aco IN THE INDICATIVE.

275. VOCABULARY.

Podti), ^f\<ro]t.ai, i^y\<ra, shoiU, call out, gvo<t>wv, wvroi, 6, Xenophon, an

cry out. Athenian, author of the Anabasis.
l, conj., i/, wAefAer (a proclitic). opiicuo, 6p|x^<ra), etc., set in motion,

cpuTouo, ip<jTf\<rt, etc., ask a question, rush; mid., set out or forth, start,
inquire. iroXXaKis, adv., often, frequently.

viKaci), viK'fja-w, etc. (cf. viK-ri), conquer, Ttfidw, Ti(jiTJ(r, etc. (cf. d-Tt/tdfw), va2ue,

surpass, be victorious. esteem, honor.

276. 1. ivlKOLTe TOV<; /xera Kupov ^vXa/ca?. 2. plKcofxeOa

VTTO Tcov KlXCkcov. 3. 6 Sc avo(f)cov ovTov rfporrd, " Tt (t^Ay)

^oa?/" 4. Kvpo? Se (opfiaro dno T179 KcofMr)*; Trj<; wkto^^
fieta avo(f)(ovTo^. 5. ot a/x<^l Kvpov Xeyovcrti' ort ret Trdvra^

vIkoxti. 6. Kv/309 KXiap^ov TroXXa/ct? erert/xTy/cet

Trctj/ra?

yap Tov? dya6ov<; et? iroXefMOv ijtfjid. 7. ipajra el /cat rot?

aXXot? (TTpaTLcoraL? at crTTOj/Sat etcrtv. 8. ovrot ot crTpaTL(o-
Tca ivLKcov Tov<; OpctKa?. 9. ei/ rots Ilepo'at? ot yepovre^
TLfJiiovTaL. 10^ /fat evdv<; t(o KXedp-^o) e/8od ayetv to (TTpd-

revfta /caret fieaov ro^ roii/ TToXejXLCJv.

277. 1. He conquers the enemy. 2. And he honored the

general with other gifts.* 3. But the soldiers were shouting
to the guards to stop. 4. This man asks Avhether you admire
the army. 5. When Cyrus set out,^ I proceeded^ at once to
Phrygia.

Notes. ^ Grenitive of the time within which (854). * Adverbial accusa-

tive (835), are completely victorious. ' Note the position of the article (812).
* Use the dative (866). ^ Use the imperfect.
 READING LESSON. 69

278. The Speech of Clearchus, and its Effect.

" dvhpe<; (fellow) (TTpaTiuiTai, e/xot ^eVo? eaTiv 6 Kupo?

KoX 7roXXa/ct9 17817 TeTtfxrjKe. /8ovXo/xat ovv (rvfXTTopeve-
crOaL avT(p. eVet 8e vfiels iixol ovk iOeXere TTeidecrdaL,

iyo) avv vpJlv e/zo/xat

v/ieZs yap e/Aot ecrre koI <^i\oi /cat

5 (rvyu/Lia^ot."

ravra eXe^ev. ol he cTTpaTtwTat ot re avrov eKeCvov

Kai ct aXXot eTratvoucTf irapa 8e twi/ aXXoji/ crTpaTrjywp
8ta'^tXtot e^ovres ra OTrXa Kal to, (TKvo(f)6pa arpaToire-
SevovTai TTapa K\ap)(ov.

Notes 1. i\u>l : dative of the first personal pronoun cyci, / (Latin

ego). For the case, see 862. -3. v|iis : you (plural), genitive O/xtov, dative
vfuv, accusative vfxas. 4. 2<|/o|iai : future of (Trofxcu, follow 7. iraivov<ri:

by contraction for CTraivc'oucri, from ciraivco), praise.

No. 19. Greek Armor.

70 CONTRACT VERBS IN (0 AND oco IN THE INDICATIVE.

LESSON XXIX.
Contract Verbs in and ow in the Indicative.

279. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

and passive of irotco), do, make, in 782,
indicative active, middle,
and of 5i]\6(i>, manifest, in 783.

280. Observe that

(2) -|- (0 ^ 0) ; -[- or ou = 01) ; -|- or i ^ i.

281. Observe also that

(3) o-}-<D^ci>; -j- 0, , or ou ^01) ; o -|- i = oi.

a. Review the rule for accent in 272.

282. VOCABULARY.
aSiK^w, dSiK^o-u, etc. (cf. 45i/coj), he K^K\T]|iai, ckX^Oi^v, call, summon,
unjust, do wrong, wrong, injure. name.
a-8iKos, ov (d neg. + SUri), unjust. 8ti, conj., that, because, since.

apx(v, ovTos, 6 {cf, ipx<>>), ruler, com- voUu, iToii^<r, etc., do, make; /cokws

mander. voUu, treat badly, harm, injure,

Si\\6ia, ir\\u><ru, etc. , make dear, show, ravage.

manifest. iro\t\Ua, iroX|i^<r, etc. {cf. ir6Xe^j),

'EX.Xds, ddos, ij (cf. 'E\\r)viK6i), Greece. loar, make tear, fight.

KOKus {cf. KaKbs), adv., badly, ill. ^\,\io>, ({>iX^o-u, 44*^^*''''^) ir4>XTj}iai,

KoX^w, KoXw, iKdXfcra, k^kXtiku, c(|>iX^6t]v {cf. ^fXos, <f>l\ioi), love.

283. 1. 6 Se TTOTafxo<; /caXetrat Maiavhpos- 2. 6 he

dp)(0)v iiroXeixEL dSuKov TToXejxov.^ 3. Tovq Kvpov <f>i\ov<;

Ka/cws irotetre. 4. tovtov? yap tov<; ayo^otra? ol (rrpaTLwrai

jxaWov i(f)L\ovv 17 tov<; aXXov?. 5. vtto Kvpov Upo^evo^
 CONTRACT VERBS IN eo) AND 0(O IN THE INDICATIVE. 71

ovK rjOiK^vro. 6. Ka/cw? eTTOiet? ry)v rov crarpaTrov ^(x)pdv.

i. (fyojSoV TTOiOVCTL TOt? ITTTTOt? TYJ KpaVJ-Q? 8. TToktV 8e 6
Kupo? iqpcxrrd, " 'HSi/covv to?' dvOpwirov,' " 9. 817X01 8e ort
aiTopov icTTiv ayeiv to (TTpdrevp^a tg t-^i^ *EXXaSa. 10. vTrep
Ty\<; EXXaoog eTTokepiOvv /xera roii/ aXXcoi'
eTrel Se Kvyoos
e/caXet, inopev6fxr)v vrpo? aurdi/.

284. Are the other soldiers doing this?

1. 2. The bar-

barians are wronged by the guards. 3. You love these more

than (you love) the others. 4. The Thracians are wronging

the allies. 5. They ask whether you were calling the bowmen.

Notes. ^ A cognate accusative (83.3). 2 Dative of means (866).

285. Cyrus is perplexed, but states his professed Purpose.

Kvpos oe jxeTeirefXTreTO rov KXeap)(^ov 6 Se teVat fxev

OVK rjueXe, Xddpa 8e t(ov crrpaTLcoTcov TrefJiircov avrw dyyeKov
eXeye dappelv.
ixerd oe Tavra awrjyaye tov<; (TTpoTLCiyrd^ /cat 817X01
5 on arropov eVrt iraXiv -rropevecrB at et? ry)v 'EXXa8a dvev
r(xiv imTiqheLOJv rj 8' dyopd rjv ev tco ftap^apLKto crrpaTev-
IxaTi. ol 8' ipojTcoai Kvpov el rj 6809 fiaKpa ecrriv 6 8'
diTOKptveTai {answers) on 'A^poKOfxd^ exOpo<; dvy)p eVl
TCO Evcf)paTr] TTOTafXM ean 7rpo<; rovrov ovv

ySovXerat
10 TTopeveadaL.

Notes. 1. Uvai: to go (to him), present infinitive of tifii, go.

2. (TTpaTiwTwv : the genitive follows the adverb \aj9pa, secretly, without the
knowledge o/(856). 3. OapfMiv : by contraction for dappUiv, and dependent
on lAeye, bade him beof good courage.
4. o-uv/j-ya-ye cf. 267, : 6. 7. 01 8,
o 8 : cf. 238, 2. 8. IxOpos dv^p a man (who is his) enemy.
:
72 CONTRACT NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES.

LESSON XXX.
Contract Nouns and Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

286. Most adjectives in cos and cos suffer contraction.

287. Learn the declension of xP^o'ovs, golden, dirXovSi

simple, sincere, and dp'yvpovSi of silver, in 751.

288. These adjectives, in their contracted forms (which alone occur in

Attic Greek), differ from d-ya06s and a|ios (750) only in the following
particulars :
(1) they have ovs and ovv for os and ov ; (2) no distinct
vocative forms occur ; (3) they circumflex the final syllable throughout,
except in the nominative and accusative masculine and neuter dual.

289. Compound adjectives in oos are of two terminations (130) and

keep the accent on the same syUable as in the contracted nominative singular,
as (ewvoos) cfivovs, (evvoov) tvvovv, well-disposed, genitive ((.ivoov) cwvou, etc.

290. Some contract nouns are declined like the adjectives

in 287.

291. Learn the declension of vovs, mind, \ivSi, mina, and

yfj, earth, in 742.

292. VOCABULARV.
dKlvdKT)s, 01^, 6, short sword. No. 11. jivd, fivds, i], mina = SIS.OO.
dirXovs, rj, ovv, simple, sincere. vovs, voC, 6, mind; iv vt^ lxi ^i' '
dp-yvpovs, a, ovv, of silver, silver. mind, intend.
yfj, 7^s, 71, earth, ground, land. o-Tptirros, oO, 6, necklace, collar. No. 21.

iKocTTost 7, ov, each, every. X"^"*"^?* V, ovv, of bronze, bronze.

tv-vovs, ovv (ei5 + vovs), well-disposed. \pvtrovs, v, ovv, of gold, gold.
 CONTRACT NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES. 73

293. 1. evvoL he Kvpa> ol ap^ovres elcriv. 2. (fyCXoi^

evuoLs Kvpos TTLCTTOS Tjv. 3. aTrXoO? rjv 6 tov <f)v\aKo<s

X6yo<i 4. TO, Se S(opa ^aav (TTpeTTTol ^pvdoi. 5. Kv/aos
OTrXtTT) eKoicrTco 7re)ai//et irevre p,va^. 6. rt (what) iv v^
r)(eTe; 7. rore iv Trj yrj irpcoToi, rjcrav ovtol /cat eV Trj

daXaTTTj. 8. at Se vreXrat ;j^aX/cat ^crai'. 9. Ba)pa 8 avrw

eTrefjixjjafJieu (TTpeTTTov ^(pvcrovu Kat OLKlvaKiqv apyvpovv.
10. eVoXejaet rot? Spa^l^ kol /caret y^^* /cat /caret ddXaTTav.

294. 1. Each of the heralds has five minas. 2. Cyrus sent

the old man a gold collar. 3. What does the commander
intend? For Cyrus had a short sword of gold.
4. 6. The
other generals are well-disposed to Xenophon.

Note > toith the Thracians. For the case, see 864.

295. Cyrus promises additional Pay. Syennesis becomes friendly.

rot9 8e (TTpaT i oyr ai<i vTroxjjtd fiep iaTLv ort ayet irpo^ *ApTa-
^4p^7)v, 6p.ct)<i Se enovTai. Trpoa-aLTOvai Se fiLcrOov. 6 Se
Kvpo<; VTTtcr^vetrat eKacTTO) crTpaTLcorrj dj^rt SdpeiKov rpia
rjfjLLodpeLKa
ort Se cttI tov dSeX(f)ov iv v(o e)^et TTopeveadai

6 ivravda a/couet ovSet? [yiohody) ev ye t(o (f)avep(p.

iv Se Tapcrot? SveVvecrt? fxev eScjKe (gave) Kvpo) ypV'

jxara et? rrjv crrpartdv, Kvpos Se iKeCvo) Ittttov koX arpe-

TTTOv ^pvaovv /cat xjjeXia /cat aKiva.K'qv ^pvcrovv.

Notes. 1. rois o-TpaTiwrais : dative oi possessor (862), the soldiers have

their suspicions, i.e. they suspect. 3.Tpa: Latin tria.
4. ijiiiSapciKd tjixl- :

equals Latin semi-. 5. iv -ye t^ (|>avcpw : at least (yc, enclitic) publicly.

8. <|/^ia : for a picture of the i/^e'Atov, armlet, see No. 89.
74 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

LESSON XXXI.
Deponent Verbs. Conditional Sentences.

296. Review the indicative of Xvco in 765-770, and of the

perfect and pluperfect indicative middle and passive of mute
verbs in 775-777.

297. Many verbs^ called D eponent Verbs, have no active

yoice, but are used in the middle or i n the middle and passive
in an active sen se.
298. In most deponent verbs the principal parts are the present, future,
aorist, and perfect of the indicative middle. These are called middle depo-
nents. Thus, T]Y^o|tai, lead, conduct, ij-y^o-oitai, tj-yrio-dfiiiv, 'q-y'niiai.

299. A few deponent verbs have the aorist passive instead of the
aorist middle. These are called passive deponents. Thus, povXo|i,ai, will,

wish, PovX'/j(ro)iai, PcPovXT)|jiai, cPovX'^Oi^v.

300. Some verbs which have active forms are nevertheless used almost
exclusively in the middle, or middle and passive, and practically become
deponents, as iicTaTrcix-iroiiai, and o-uo-TpaTcvojiai, used as middle deponents,
and iropvop.ai, as a passive deponent. See 178.

301. In conditional sentences the clause containing the con-

dition is called the protasis^ and that containing the conclusion
is called the apodosis. The protasisis introduced by some form

of l, if.

302. The supposition contained in a protasis may be either

pa rticu lar or g eneral. A p articular supposition refers to a
definite act supposed to occur at a definite time. A general
supposiiipn refers indefinitely to any act, which may be sup-
posed to occur at any time.
 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 75

303. The negative of the protasis is regularly (jltj, that of (

the apodosis is ov. j

304. 1. 1 irpaTTct tovto, KaX(os t'xci, if he is doing this, it

is well, si hocfacit, bene est.

2. L Trpa| TovTO, KaXcos t'x^tj if he did this, it is well,

si hoc fecit, bene est.

The protasis here has the indicative ; it states a particular supposition

in the present or past, and implies nothing as to its fulfilment. The
apodosis has its verb in the present indicative, but it may have any form
of the verb demanded by the thought.

305. When the protasis simply states a presen t or past i

p articular supposition, implying not hing as to the fulfilment

of J:he condition, it has the indicative wi th cL. An}^ form of f

the verb may stand in the apodosis.

306. 1. el irpa|e tovto, KaXcas dv eVxcv, if he had done

this, it would have been well, si hoc feeisset, bene fuisset.
2. 1 eirpaTTe tovto, KaXcos av ctx^cv, if he were (now) doing
this, it would be well, si hoc faeeret, bene esset; or, as in 306, 1,

if he had done this, it would have been well.

The protasis in these examples has a secondary tense of the indicative

it states a supposition in the present or past, and implies that the condition
is not, or ims not fulfilled. The apodosis has a secondary tense of the
indicative with av.

307. 1. \Ylien the p rot asis states a present or past supposi-

tion^mplyin g that the co iiditio n^ not.^ ^1 was not fulfill ed.

the secondary tensesof the indicative are used in both p rotasis

and apodosis. The apodosis has the adverb av.

2. The imperfect here refers to present time or to an act

as going on or repeated in past time (cf. 306, 2), the aorist to a
simple occurrence in past time.
76 DEPONENT VERBS. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

308. VOCABULARY.
dir-d-yci>, lead away or back. \ii\, adv. , not.

Pov\o|iai, povX'/j(ro)Jiai, PcPovXTifiai, ircipdo|iai, ircipct<ro)iiai, ircircCpSiLai,

^PovX^9t]v, will, wish, desire. cTrcipaOTjv (274), try, attempt.

YJY^Ofiai, ij'yi]0-op,ai, r\yr\<r6nLr\v, r\Yt\^ai irpoTT(7r/)a7), irpa^w, cirpola, -ircirpa-yo

(rf. d7w), lead the way, lead, guide, and ir^-irpaxa, ir7rpa-yj*ai| ^P^\^^v,
conduct. do, act, accomplish.

KoXws (c/. ca\6s), adv., beautifully, xP^^'f^'^^* XP'^^'^of"-"'''* ^XPl*'"<^f*T'> "^^XFI"

bravely, finely, successfully, well; i&ai (c/. XPW*)> w*c> make use of,

KaXu Isx^i, it is well. employ.

309. 1. Ku/309 rois lttttols^ KaXwg e'xp'fo'ctTO. 2. ct

ravra eirpd^av, KaXws (r^ev. 3. et ravra TTpd^av, KaXax;

av ear^ev. 4. 'Bevo(f>(t>v i/BovXero fMera t(ov akXcov Tropev-
eadai. 5. ra> (TTpaTevfiaTL^ 'qyqTai els to ireSiov. 6. i^ov-
\iqdy) TrefjLTreLV aTTO tov aTO/xaTOS OTrXtrdg. 7. roi/ 8e
(TTpaTTjyov iiTeipaTO ireideiv. 8. et /at) /SovXerat KXea/a^o?
avTOVs dirdyeiv, aXXot, arpaTT^yol rjyrjcrovTaL. 9. iiropeveTo

dv eVl Tov? TToXefiLOvq, ei (TTpdrevfia el^ev. 10. dXX* ct

^ov\ovrai (xvv rots aXXot? TTOpeveadai ts 77)1/ 'EXXctSa,

T^/ceti^ KcXevet avTOVs rrjs vvkt6<s-

310. 1. If he has the money, he will send (it) to the army.

2. He attempted to cut the enemy's army to pieces in the
night. 3. If this is so,^ I will lead the troops at once to the
stronghold. 4. He would not have done this, if I had not
bidden him. 5. He wished to dismiss all the guards.

Notes. ^ ^pao/xai, use (serve oneself hy') takes the dative of means (866).
Cf. Latin ulor with the ablative.
* Dative of advantage (861). ' oJtws
 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 77

311. Arrival of the Fleet at Issus with Reinforcements.

ivrevdev i^eXavveu crTa0fxov<; irevre Trapaa'ctyyct? rpta-

Kovra ts 'Icrcrou?. ivravOa fiepovcnv rjfxepd'; Tpei<; /cat

Kvpco TTapyjcrav at eK YiekoTTOvvrjaov vrje^ TpiaKovra /cat

irivre koX Itt avrals vavap^O'S Ilv6ay6pd<; AaKeSat fj.ovLO'?.

5 at 8e vrje<; wpfiovp irapa ttjv Kvpov orKiqvrjv. iraprjv 8e Kat

^eLpL(TO(j)o<; Aa/ce8at/xot'to9, fxeTdTrefnrTO<; vtto Kvpov, eirra-

Kocriov*; )(oiv OTrXtrd?

Tovroiv eaTpaTrjyei irapa Kvpo).

Notes. 3. vfjcs : nominative plural of vaSs. Cf. Latin naues.

4. avrais : refers to vijes, which is feminine. vavapxos : vaOs + apx*^-
5. up|iovv: see opfiew. 6. iwrdirtnirros: verbal adjective f rom ^cTa7r/x7ro/xai.

7. io-Tpar^-yei : cf. aTpaTr]y6<i. The genitive follows orparT/yew (847).

LESSON XXXII.
Subjunctive Active. Vivid Future Conditions.

312. Only the present, aorist, and perfect tenses occur^ m,

th e subjunctive . T he perfect i s rare.

313. The time expressed by the present and aorist subjunctive is gener-
ally future, the present expressing the action as going on or repeated, the
aorist expressing simply its occurrence, as av kwXutj, if he shall be hindering,
or if he shall hinder (habitually), but tov kwXvo-q, simply if he shall hinder.

314. Learn the conjugation of the subjunctive active of A-uoj

and 768 (XcXvko)).

in 765 (Xvco), 767 (Xvao)),

315. The subjunctive has the long vowel or t| in place of the final
vowels o or and a of the tense suffixes found in the indicative (138, 140,
6

148). The form is before |i or v in the personal endings, elsewhere r\.

The subjunctive uses the endings of the primary tenses (136),

\
78 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE.

316. eav irpaTTXI (or irpal^l) tovto, KaXios |i, if he shall

do this (if he does this), it will be well, si hoc faciet, bene erit.

The protasis is here introduced by lav, if, and has the subjunctive
it states a supposed future case vividly. The apodosis has its verb in the
future indicative, but any other future form might occur.

317. When a supposed future case is stated distinctly and

vividly (as in English, if I shall go, or if I go), the protasis has
the subjunctive with cav, and the apodosis has the future
indicative or some other form of future time.

318. VOCABULARY.
diro-xwp^w, diro-xp^<r, etc. {cf. x^pcl, irap-t'xw, hold beside or near, furniah,

xupiov), give place, go away, with- supply, give, cause.

draw. iroXiopK^w, iro\iopK-f\<r(a, etc., hem \a a

PaoriXcvw, Pa<riXv<rw, tPao-CXcvcra {cf. city, besiege.

pafflXeios), be king. 'irpa.y\ia, aros, rb {cf. irpdrrw), deed,

tdv, by contraction av or rjv (et + &v), thing, affair, difficulty; plur., affairs,

conj., if, with subjunctive. trouble.

l|i,ir6piov, ov, t6, trading place, empo- <j>\^, w<}>X'^<r, etc., help, assist,

rium. benefit.

319. 1. -^p Trapexofxev dyopdv, e^ere tcl eVtrr^'Seta. 2. iav

fj,r) ravra TTonjcrrj, dSiKr^Vet. 3. rjv he dTro)((opT](Ta)cn, Kvpo<;

avTov? ov TlfXTJaeL. 4. idv <^i\ov 7701170-179^ jovrov, cJ^eXr/cret.

5. edv vlKT](r(oixev, Tr)V ^wpdv ov hiapTrdcreL. 6. iav ovv

TrejxxjjiqTe tovtov tt/do? Kvpov, nXola e^ere. 7. iav oe jxr)

nXola dy-Q iKavd, toI<s aXXot? ^prqa^opieda. 8. idv 8e ol

KtXt/c9 Trpdyfiara TTape^o)cn, Kvpo? TTopevcrerai in avrou?.
9. idv vlKyjao), /8acrtXeucra> dvrl tov aSeX^ov. 10. iav to
ifjLTTopLOv 'rro\LOpK7)(rr)<;, dTTo\(iipri(Tov(Tiv ol KtXtKcg.
 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 79

320. 1. The messenger shall have ten minas, if he does^

this. 2. If he does not collect an army, his brother will be
king. 3. If we proceed to this height, those above the road^
will withdraw. 4. If he does not collect hoplites, he will not
defeat his brother. 5. If we have troops and boats, we Avill

besiege the emporium by land and sea.

Notes ^ Verbs signifying to make may take a predicate accusative

(here <f)L\ov) besides the object accusative (840). ^ Use the
aorist.
* ol iirkp Trj<; oSov.

321. Safe Passage of the "Syrian Gateway."

ivTv0v i^ekavvei iirl TrvXd? rrji; KtXt/ctd? Kat T179

^vpid^. rjcrav 8e aurai hvo reL^r], koI to jxcu irpo tt^s

KtXt/ctd? ret^o? %vevpecn<; eT^e Kat Kl\lko)i> (f)v\aKTJ, to 8e

irpo rrjs '^vpCd<; 'ApTa^ep^ov iXeyeTO (f)v\aKrj ^vKaTTeiv.

8ta fjLCcrov Se tovtcov pel TTora/MO?. /cat rj TrctpoSo? ^^'
(TTevr) /cat tol tl-)(T] et? ttjv OaXaTTav KadrJKev. raurd? ra?
TTvXd? ovK i(j)v\a^v 'A^poK6ixd<;, dXX' eVet d/covet ort
Kupo? iv KtXi/cta ecrrt, irapa 'ApTa^ep^rjv aTreXawet.

XoTEs. 1. iriiXos: the article is omitted, since the word is used almost
as a proper name. 2. ifo-av : tcere, consisted of. TetxT nominative plural
'

of the neuter noun tcT^^os, wall. irp<$ : facing. 8id |i^ov

5. : between.

No. 20. (po^epa fjv 17 fidxt}.

80 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XXXIII.
Subjunctive Active (continued). Subjunctive in Exhortations
and in Final Clauses.

322. Learn the conjugation of the present subjunctive of

cljJLi, in 795.

323. 1. t6v |Vov Ti|xii<Tci)|JLV, let us honor our guest.

2. \LX\ Xu(rcDjiv TT^v 'Y({>vpav, let us not destroy the bridge.

Both these sentences express exh ortation ; the verb in each is in the first
person plural of the subjunctive. If the ex hortati on is negative, (i^, not, is

used.

324. The first person of the subjunctive (generally plural) is )

used in exhortations. Its negative is |jltj.

325. 1. TT^v *Y<t)t)pav Xvaoficv, tva (also a)S or oircos) tovs

TToXcjiiovs Ka)Xu<r()|Jicv, we will destroy the bridge^ that we may
check the enemy.

2. TovTOV dird'YO}Jiv, tva ^y\ (also <bs |iTJ, or Sitcds Jfn, or

simply |ifi) KaK(os tovs <j)iXous iroiTJcr'Q, we are leading him
away., that he may not do our friends harm.

The subordinate clauses here express purpose and take the subjunctive ;

they are introduced by the final particle tvo (also cs or ^ttws), that, in order
that, or, if negative, by tva fi^ (also 5>s |i^, or oirs ^f\, or simply ^i\), that

not, in order that not. The verb of the principal clause is iu a primary (50)
tense.

326. Qlauses which denote purpose (or final clauses) arev

introduced by the final particles tva, s, or Sttos, and take the f
subjunctive after primary tenses. The negative is iii]. '
 SUBJUNCTIVE ACTIVE. 81

327. VOCABULARY.
airia, alT/jo-w, efc., ask, ask for, 4X^\a|iai, T|\d9T]v, drive; intrans.,

demand. drive, ride, march.

oLkovu, dKovo-ofiai, TlKovara, aK'/JKoa, kuXvoi, KttXv<rUf etc., hinder, prevent,

t|kovo-6t)v, hear, learn, hear of, give check.

heed to. ovhi {ov + S^), neg. conj., but not, and
dir-cXavv(i>, drive away; intrans., ride, not, nor yet, nor; as adv., not even,
march, or go away. not at all.

Ida), iaa-a, clacra, ctaKa, claiiai., tla.9r\v a-vy-KoXiw, call together, summon.
(274), permit, allow, let go. <{Kv-yci) (0^7), <|Kv|o|iai and <|>v|ov|iai,

IkcS {cf. iKftvos), adv., in that place, i^vyov, iri^tvy a, flee, run away, flee
there. from, flee one's country, be an
i\aiva {i\a), k\&, -^Xaa-a, ^X^XaKa, exile.

328. 1. fiT) TOVTOV iacrcjfxev ^evyeiv. 2. Trdvra^ ut^ekeiv

Tret/aarat, Iva avT(o (^iXot (oai. 3. 8ta tov ireBCov i\avva)[xev.

4. Kvpov atrovcrt^ TrXota, 6>s tovs TreXracrras dTroireixxpcocTL.
5. TToXefXTJacofiev ovv to'l<; f^ap^dpoi^^ Xva fxr) tov<; ^tXou?
Ka/cw? TroLTJ(T(i)(TLV. 6. iav Be 6 aaTpdirrj^ rf evrt rw ^vcfyparr)

iroTa[x(p, aTreXoi. 7. 171' Se (f)vyy, eKei 77/905 ravra ^ovXev-

crofxeOa. 8. ouS' eav ravr' aKovar), avyKaXel Toiff; crrpa-
Ttctjrd?. 9. /xi^ KcoXvcofxev to Kvpov (TTpdrevixa aTreXavveLP.

329. 1. Cyrus, let us honor ^ our guest. 2. Let us besiege^

the emporium both by land and by sea. 3. And let us send
with Xenophon* the peltasts from the van. 4. What (ri) will
the soldiers have, if they conquer?^ 5. He calls the generals
together to persuade them to take the field with him.

Notes ^ Verbs signifying to ash take two object accusatives (838).

Cf. 293, 10. Use the aorist.
* Use the dative (865).
82 READING LESSON.

330. Xenias and Pasion Desert.

ivrevdev i^eXavveu Sta Svptdg et? MvptavSov ifXTTopiov

o' icTTL TO ^(OptOV cVt TT) OaXaTTT), Kol Ot/CftTat VTTO 4>0t-

vlK(jt)v. ivTavOa ixivovaiv rjfxepds kiTTa.' koX aepCd^; /cat

Hdcnwi^ ttXoiov Xa/36vT<; /cat to, ^^pyjfiaTa aTTOTrXeovcrt,

5 ^a\e7raLvovTe<; on Kvpos top KXeap^ov eta tovs arpaTLco^
Tct? avTOiv e)(eiv. Kv/aog Se crwe/caXecre Tov<i aTpaTrjyov^
Kai eXc^e raSe- " 'ATToXeXotTrdcrti^ ')7jaa9 (ws) Hevtd? /cat

ndcrtcui'. dXXa /xd tov<; Oeovs ovk avrou? 8tw^&j, ovSe

avTov? /ca/coig TTOtT^crw." ot 8' dXXot arpaTrj-yol eVet
10 rjKovcrav ttjv Kvpov dpeTijv, r]Sco<; crvvenopevovTo.

Notes. 2. otKcirai: passive, is inAaftjVerf. 4. XaPovrcs: having taken,

second aorist active participle of Xafifidvui, declined like ckwv (752),
Xa^iav, \afiovaa, Xaftov, etc. 8. Oeows : accusative in a negative oath (837).

No. 21. Darius III.

 SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 83

LESSON XXXIV.
Subjunctive Middle and Passive. Subjunctive after Verbs
of Fearing.

331. Learn the conjugation of the subjunctive middle and

passive of Xvco, in 7G5 (\t)<iD|iai), 767 (Xvo-uiiai), 709 (\Xu|ievos ),
and 770 (XvOw).

332. The long vowel w or t) (315) is used also in the middle and pas-
sive in all the tenses. But in the aorist passive it is added to the tense stem
(195), as Xv$-<j), Xv8 (by contraction). The subjunctive uses the end-
ings of the primary tenses (315), here the middle and passive endings (17&),
except in the aorist passive where the actice endings occur (136).

333. 1^ SeSoiKa |it] ras 'Y<})vpas Xi)co(ri, I fear that they will
destroy the hridyes.

2. 55oiKa|iV jiT] ov iricrTol ^t, we fear that you will not he

faithful.

The subordinate clause, which expresses the thing feared and is the
object of the leading verb, here takes the subjunctive ; it is introduced by
(i^, that or lest (Latin ?ie), or if negative by liij ow, that not (Latin ut). The
verb which denotes fear is in a primary tense.

334. After verbs denoting fear, caution,, or dcmge7:3_^if\, that

or lest, takes the subjunctive after ijrimary tenses. The nega-
tive form is |jlt] ov.

No. 22. Persian Daric,

84 . SUBJUNCTIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

335. VOCABULARY.
S^SoiKa, aperf. with force of pres., aor. voy.Llo> (voniS), vo|i,im, etc., regard, con-

cScio-a (c/. dtv6s),fear, of reasonable sider, think.

fear. <rird, Jo-n-aora, to-iraKa, c<nraa-|tai,

Sta-o-Trdw, draio apart, separate. <rird<r6Tjv, draw.

e^-airaTdci>, l^-airaTTJo-w, etc., deceive (txoXt), rjs, ij, leisure; o-xoX^, slowly.

grossly, mislead. ^o^(a, ^o^r\<rot, i^6r\a-a {cf. 4>6^os,

liri-K(v8vvos, ov {cf. KhSvyos), dangerous, 4>o^p6s), frighten ; commonly pass.

perilous. dep., be frightened, fear, of un-

kCv8vvos, ov, 6, danger, peril. reasoning fear.

336. 1. Trauo'w/Lte^a, w c^tXot, ravri^? rrj^ /ict^i^?.^

2. cr^oX^ ^ TTopevovrai Iva rj (fxiXay^ StacTTratr^^.

fir)

3. Kv/309 Tov craTpdiTiqv (ftiXov^ ov vofxiel,^ iav inl ttjp

ap^7)v TTopevrjTaL CKetvos. 4. jSowcn iroLVTe^, Lva ol noke-

fXLOL i^aTTaTr)6a>aL. 5. (f)o^ovvTaL yap fxrj ov 6 (TarpaTn)^

Tov TToXefxov TTavrjTaL. 6. -^v Se rj ye(f)vpa XvOrj, ol TToXefiLot
dTro^(oprj(rovcn. 7. r) he X^P^ TroXe/xtct icTTLv iTnKivhvvov
ovv (TTaL^ iav iropevrjade 8t' avrrjq. 8. SeSot/ca fxrj cnrd-

crrjTaL tov aKlvaKrjv. 9. Kivhvvo^ ecrrt p.r) rrj<; vvkto<; ol

TroXejXLOL TTopevcovTaL in avrov'?.

337. 1. I fear that the satrap will be sent. 2. Let us

deliberate about this. 3. We will destroy the bridge, that the
enemy may not send for the peltasts. 4. I do not fear that
thisman will be made^ satrap. 5. There is no danger that
Cyrus will wish to pursue these generals.

Notes. ^ A genitive of separation (849). ^ A dative of manner \

* A predicate accusative (840). * Future third singular. - * Third sin-

gular of the future (^taofjuu) of ei/ii (for IcrcTai). Use the aorist.
 READING LESSON. 85

338. Advance to the Euphrates.

/Ltera ravra Kv/309 i^eXavveu Trapacrayyds eiKocriv

irrl Tov XdXov woTa^ov

ivrjaav Se iv t^ TTora/AW
l^6ve<;, ovs (which) ol Svpoi 6eovs ivoixL^ou Kal dScKelv
ovK elcjv. i(TKTJvovp 8e ol crrpartwrat e^' rat? Uapvad-
5 ri8o9 Ka>fjLaL<;. evrevOev i^ekavvei eVt ra? TTT/ya? rov
AdpSaTO<i TTOTajxov. ivravda rjcrav /SacriXeta /cat napd-
Sfttros KaXos- Kvpo9 8' avTov eKKoiTTei koX to. ySacrtXeta
Kara/caet. ivrevdeu i^ekavvei CTTaOfiov'^ Tpei<; inl tov
FjV(f)paTr)v TTorapiOV.

XoTES. 2. Ix6ws : ^sA, nominative plural of Ix^^'^i ws, o. 4. own

tl'cDv : i.e. they permitted nohoihj. Ilapvo-dTiSos : the mother of Cyrus. The
income from these villages supplied her Avith " pin money." 7. avriv
the park.

wmmmiwjmm
No. 23. A Youthful Knight.
86 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE.

LESSON XXXV.
Contract Verbs in the Subjunctive.

339. Learn the conjugation of the present subjunctive

active, middle, and passive of Ti|jLd(o in 781, of iroieo) in 782,
and of 5t]\6(o in 783.

340. Observe that

(1) a + = ;< a + = a;
ti a-|-xi^a,;
(2)4-o) = ; +Ti=:ii; +xi = Ti;

(3) o-|-a)^(o; o-|-t| = ; o4-Tl = ot'

341. VOCABULARY.
d-(i,ax( (d neg. +yadx'?), adv., without KaT-d-yw, bring back, restore.

fighting. Xonr6s, >), 6v {cf. \elirw), remaining;

dp-yvpiov, ov, t6 {cf. dpyvpov?:), silver yfith the art. , the rest.

money, money. vvv, adv., now, just now.

I9i\<)>, cOeX'^o-w, T|0^Ti<ra, T|0XriKO, be irapa-KaX^w, call to one^s side, summon.
willing, wish. o-viA-iropcvopiai, accompany. *
2iro|i.ai (o-ctt), i[|/o|iai, kw6^i\v, follow, ^v^6.s, dSoi, 6 {cf. <p&yu), fugitive,

accompany. exile.

342. 1. iav 8e tov^ (TTpcLTL(oTd<; dhiKrj, ovk ideXTJaojiev

enecrSai. 2. (f)o(3ovvTaL fxyf tov<; Kvpov (j&tXou? Treipaade

KaK(t)<; noLelv. 3. iav Se tovtov<; viK(t)jxep, Trcti/re? e^jjovraL.

4. ipcoTWfjiev Tov dyyeXov el to apyvpiov ^et- 5. (fyo/Selrai

fxrj TrLp(ouTaL Kardyeiv tov^ (f)uydSa<;. Q.Civ r<^ ^avep(o\

A^et tJ'a TTCtcrt 817X01 rt (what) iv v(o ej^et. 7. eai^ to crTpd-
 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 87

Tevfxa OLTTO^oyprj Trj<; vvkt6<;, Gfjovrai ol irokifxioi. 8. rjv Se

Tov<^ aXXov? (TTpaTLoyrd<; TrapaKaXrJTe, ireipaaovTai 7ravTe<s

ayadoi eli^at.^ 9. rjv he Kv/30s ect tov KXiap^ov tov<s arpa-
Ttwrcts ^x^ELv, ovk4ti (TVfJLTropevcrovTaL ol aXXot crrpaT'qyoL.
10. iav vvv Tov<; <^tXov9 irapaKaXcofjiei', dfia^el Trjv Xoltttju
ohov^ TTopevcrofieOa.

343. Let us ask Cyrus what he intends. 2. He fears

1.

that the troops will demand their pay. 3. Let us set fortli,

soldiers, against these Cilicians. 4. With the help of^ the

gods, let us conquer the enemy. 5. We fear that the soldiers
may wrong our allies.

Notes. ^ to be. ^ A cognate accusative (833). * with the help of, crvv.

344. The real Object of the Expedition is disclosed.

evravOa fievovcnv r)[xepd<; irime, koX tols (TTpaT'qyolq

Tois 'EXXr)VLKOL<; Kvpos Xeyeu otl t) oSo? ecrTat irpos top

'ApTa^p^r)v et? Ba^vXwi/a
/cat /ceXevet avrovs Xiyeiv
TavTOL Tol^ (TTpaTL(oTaL^ /cat TTeideiv eireadai. ol Se crrpa-

5 TL(x)TaL ^aXeTraCvovcTi rot? crTpaTr)yois, /cat ovk iOeXovcnv

eTretjOaL iav jxr) Kvpo<; aurot? ^pyjfxaTa StSw wcnrep koi
vporepov. ravra ot cTTpaTrjyol Kvpco eXeyov
6 S'
VTTicr^velTai aTpaTKOTT) eKoiaTcp irevre dpyvpiov jxva^; iirrjv

19 Ba^vX(x)va ij/coicrt. to fjiev Srj 'EXXr)VLKov ovtox;

10 iireia'dr}.

Notes 5. (rTpaTt]"yois : dative of indirect object after ^(aXeiratVoucri

(8G0). 6. 8i8w : give, thii-d singular present subjunctive of SiSiofj-L.
7. irpoTcpov : previously, an adverb in the comparative (c/*. irpo). 8. tiHjv :

whenever, followed by the subjunctive, like iav.

88 LIQUID STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

LESSON XXXVI.
Liquid Stems of the Consonant Declension.

345. Learn the declension of dYtov, contest, Tj-yejitov, guide,

jjLTiv, month, and pTJTtop, orator, in 745,

346. The nominative singular rejects s and lengthens the vowel of the
stem, if this is not already long. In the dative plural v is dropped befoie
0-. The vocative singular is like the nominative in oxytones ; in other
liquid stems it is like the stem.

347. Learn the declension of iraTTJp, father, jjtTJTiip, mother,

and din^p, man, in 746.

348. 1. irar/jp and k-^ttip drop of the stem in the genitive and dative
singular and accent the last syllable. Elsewhere they retain except in
the dative plural, where cp is changed to pa ; c is accented except in the
cases named and in the vocative singular, which is the mere stem and has
recessive accent.

2. dWip drops c wherever a vowel follows cp and inserts 8 in its place.

8 is inserted also in the dative plural. The accent is thrown back except
in the genitive and dative.

349. VOCABULARY.
d'Y<&v, wvos, 6 (cf. 47w), gathering, n'fjv, /j.r)f6i, 6, month.
assembly, contest, games; ayQva (i'^'nip, n.7jTp6i, ri, mother, Lat. mater.

irouTv, hold games. oIlKaSc (cf. oiKla), adv., home, home-

dv^p, d;'5p6s, 6, man, Lat. uir. ward.
"EXXt]v, r]vos, 6 (cf. 'EXXtjukAj, 'EXXds), iraW|p, irarpSs, 6, father, Lat. paler.

a Greek. p-(\T<i>p, opoj, 6, speaker, orator.

ii-y(|xwv, 6vos, 6 (cf. 7}y4oiJMi), leader, ^]ir]^it,o\i,a,i (\//7f<f)id), |n]({>iov|iai, etc.,

guide. mid. dep., vote, decide.

 LIQUID STEMS OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 89

350. 1. dycopa Se iTTOLTJcravTO ol EXXr)ve<;. 2. Tovrr) rrj

r^fxepa} fJieO' rjyefjLOvo'; inopevovro oiKaBe. 3. Xeyet Kvpo<s

OTL 6 dvrfp eVl rw Ev<f>paTr) irorap.^ iariv. 4. 17 Se p-yJTrjp

Kvpou aTroTrefXTrei ttoKiv inl ttjv dp^ijv. 5. dXXa /cat

narepa^ avo(f)(t)VTa iKoXovv. 6. koX dpidfjiop ro)v EWrjvoiv

eTTOLTjcrev iv rw TrapaSetcrw. 7. ixjrrjcfyLcravTo he ol EXXt^vc?
TTopeveadai fxeTO, tov d^'8po9. 8. /cat eTrefixfje Kvpo<s Trevre
lx7]v(op^ fiL(T06v. 9. et* Tots.''EXXT7crtv ^aav pT]Tope<; dyaOot.

351. His father summoned Cyrus.

1. 2. They voted to

send men with Clearchus. 3. Cyrus was made satrap of

Phrygia by his father. 4. Each man shall have five minas of

silver.* 5. He carried on war with the Greeks.
Notes. "^
Dative of the time tchen (870). ^ Predicate accusative
(840). 3 Genitive of measure (841, 5). * Genitive of material (841, 4).

352. Menon's clever Device to win the Favor of Cyrus.

Mevwv he irplv hrjXov elvai tl TTOirjCovcnv ol aXXot

"^EXXT^t-e?, TTOTepov e\\)ovrai Kvpco 7) ov, crvveke^e to ovtov

(TTpdrevpLa koX eXe^e rdSe* "*Ai^8/5e9, vvv Setrat Kvpo?
eTTeaOai tov<; "EXXrjva^ evrt ^ApTa^ep^rjv. iyo) ovp KeXevco

5 vfxd^ {you) ev6v<; htaf^alveiv tov TroTafxou. 7)v fxev yap

\lrr)(l>i(TOJVTai eirecrdai, vp.d'; t(x)v aXXcov npoTlfMrjcreL cTTpa-
TioiTOiv Kvpo9
rjv he dTro\\fy)(j)i(TOiVTai 01 aXXot, Tropevcro-
[xeOa dvapres oiKahe TrdXiv."

Notes. 1. irplv St^Xov clvoi : before it teas evident. 2. ir6Tpov . . . tj :

whether ... or. Kp<(): the dative follows CTro/xat (864). ov: accented at the

end of a sentence. o-vvX|: see crvWiyu). avrov: cf. 267, 4. 7. (rrpa-

TiTwv : dependent on the preposition included in the Compound verb (852).

*90 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

LESSON XXXVII.
Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.

353. The principal interrogative pronoun is tis, tis, ti',

ivho? ivliich? ivhat? (Latin quis). It always has the acute

accent on the first syllable, except in the short forms rov, rw,
and never changes the acute to the grave.

354. The indefinite pronoun is tIs, tIs, tI, some., any

(Latin aliquis), or, used substantively, somebody^ anything
(Latin quidam). It is enclitic.

355. Learn the declension of tis and tIs in 763.

356. VOCABULARY.
8^(1), Scfjo-ci), etc., lack, want, need; mid., lack, desire,
request ; Sci, used impersonally, there is need, it is

proper, one ought.

iir-aivio>, iw-aiv^aw, etc. ,

praise.

ilTcposi a, ov, the other, one of two; without the art.,

another, other.

T]So|xai, Ti<r6T|(ronai, r\<r9r\v, be glad, be pleased.

M^vwv, wvos, 6, Menon.

TToios, d, ov, interr. pron., of what sort? Lat. qualis.
iroo-os, r?, ov, interr. pron., how much 1 Lat. quantus.
o-4>ev8ov^TT]s, ov, 6 (cf. fftpfvddvTj), slinger. No. 24.
Tis, t, interr. pron., who? which? what?
tIs, tI, end. indef. pron., a, some, any, a certain
as noun, somebody, anything. No. 24. a(pv5ovrjTai.
 INTERROGATIVE AND INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 91*

357. 1. TOVTo Xeyei rtg. 2. rt? tovto \eyei; 3. Xeyovcn

Se Ttt'cg ort Kv/ao? rjcrdr]. 4. ^i^ 8e' rt? iv rrj arpana Mepcov
erraXd?. 5. kol ipcoTO, tw a(l)evhovT]Tr]v ttoctov apyvpiov
e)(t.. 6. iav viKwcn, ri^ Set avrov? Xueti/ r-qv ye(f)vpav

7. ev noioL'; npayixaacv rjaav ol EXXryi^e?/ 8. ipajra

TLvos^ ecrTiv 6 tTTTTO?. 9. K0/3OS TT(iicrev avhpa Ilepar)^ Kat

erepov nva twi/ rjyeixovojv. 10. ipcora top ayyeXov rt?

irraivei tov<; Mev(t)vo<; (TTpaTKirrdf;.

358. 1. Why need the men proceed? 2. What does he say-

to^ this? 3. Somebody asks whether you said this. 4. What

sort of men ought to take the field ? 5. How many slingers
have you in the army?

Notes. '^Adverbial accusative, m,%? (835). ^Predicate genitive of

possession (843). ^ Trpd; with accusative.

359. Cyrus is greatly pleased and himself crosses the Euphrates.

01 8e MeVwvo? cTTpaTLOiTaL iirel ravr' 7jKov(rav, Treidovrai

KOI Sia^atVoucrt tov TTorap}>v Trpiv tov<; aX\ov9 XeycLu

TL TTOLtjcrovo'L. Kvpo? he r)cr0r} re Kat rw cTTparevpaTL
hi dyyeXov eXe^eu " 'Erytu fiev, (o dvhpe<;, 17817 ti/xag

5 iTTaivo)
evOvs he koI v/xet? e^e eVati^eo'CTe, 17 (or) ovKeri
eyoi Kvpd? elfii" ol [xev hrj crTpaTLCOTai iv iXvio'L KaXat?
^aap, Mei^cDVL he kol hwpa Xeyerai Trefxxjjai. fxerd he ravra
hie^aive tov noTafxov eiTreTO he koX to aXXo crrpctTev/xa
avTw airav.

Notes. 2. irplv . . . \^-yiv: before the rest said. 5. i^ : me, accusative.

See the notes on 278, 1 and 3. 7. ir|i,|rai : to have sent, aorist active
infinitive. 8. tiiriro : for the augment, see 871, 5. 9. avrcp: cf. 352, 2.
92 OPTATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XXXVIII.
Optative Active. Less Vivid Future Conditions.

360. Besides the present, aorist, and perfect, found in the

subjunctive (312), the optative has the future and future perfect.
For the distinction of time between the present and the aorist,
see 313.

361. Learn the conjugation of the optative active of

\vco in 765 (Xvoijii), 766 (\u(roi|ii), 767 (\uo-at|ii), and 768
(XcXvkoiijll).

362. The optative adds the Mood Suffix i (in the third plural w) to the
tense stem, as Xvo-i-jii, Xvara-i-|u. In the perfect the a of the st-em XeAvxa
is changed to o. The optative uses the endings of the secondary tenses
(145), but the first person singular active takes (jli. The forms Xv<rias,

Xvo-i(, Xvo-ciav, in the aorist, are irregular, but they are in common use
instead of Xuo-ais, Xvaai, Xvaauv. For the accent of Xvoi, Xv<rot, Xv<rai,

see 23.

363. l irpaTTOi (or irpa|i) tovto, kuXus av ^01, if he

should do this, it would be well, si hoc faciat, bene sit.

The protasis is here introduced by A; if, and has the optative ; it states
a supposed future case less vividly than the subjunctive (317). The
apodosis has its verb in the optative with the adverb &v.

364. When a supposed future case is stated in a less distinct

and vivid form (as in English, if I should go), the protasis has
the optative with cl, and the apodosis has the optative with
<lv.
 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 93

365. VOCABULARY.
Sia^aTos, v, 6v, fordable, passable. self with provisions, collect or pro-

SCKaios, o, ov (c/. diKr]),just, right. cure supplies, forage.-

SiKaiMS (cf.dlKatos), adv., justly, rightly. kXcCm, kXcCo-u, cKXcio-a, KCKXeiftai and
8oKa>, 8d|, <8o|a, ScSoYiiai, 86x6tjv, KKXci<r|i.ai, CKXeio-O-qv, shut, close.

seem, seem best or good, think; ircS'g (c/. iref6$), adv., on /ooi.

doKet, etc., impers., it seems, it irtjos, )), 6v, on foot; oi we^ol, the

seems best. infantry.

iri-(rlTi^o|iai {(Tlrib), iiri-crlTiov\i.ai, iir- paS(s, adv., easily.

o-lTi(rd|iT]v {cf. (tXtos), furnish one- o-tros, ov, 6, grain, food, supplies.

366. 1. et Tavra TTOirjceiev, d7ro)(^copT]aaLfxev av. 2. el

TTape)(oiixev dyopav, e)(OLT dv Kal oItov kol olvov. 3. et vlKrj-

(rcLLfjiev, ovK dv ttjv )((opdv StapTTCtcretev. 4. d^Lov<; dv e^ot

(^tXov9, et )(OLv Ta oirXa. 5. et dirdyoifxi avrov? TTokiv et?
ry)v 'EXXaSa, St/catw? dv ')(apiv e)(Otev. 6. et 8oete rot?
vre^ot? iTrtalTL^ecrOaL, tl av TToirjaaiTe ,'
7. et ra? TTvXd?
KXetcretai', TroXto^/g^atre av a vrovs Kal Kara yrjv kol Kara ?
OakaTrav. 8. et 6 7rora/A09 /u.>) ""^C^ StaySaro? et?;,^ TrXota
avvdyotev dv. 9. et 8e pLLcrSov Trefji^eiev avrot?, (TVfip,d^ov<;
av e)(ot St/catovs /cat dya^ovs.

367. 1. If you should do this, we should justly feel grateful.

2. If they should plot evil against hiin,^ he would do them
harm. 3. It would be well, if the general should caU the men
together. 4. If we should besiege the fort, the enemy would
^vithdraw. 5. If they should resolve^ to proceed, Cyrus would
send them a leader.

Notes. ^ should prove to be. ^ Ugg f}^Q simple dative (861), ^ I.e.

if it should seem best to them.

94 READING LESSON.

368. The Gods send a Portent. Advance to the Arazes.

hie^aivov Se tov Trorafiov irel^y

TrXota yap ovk et^ov.
ovncjTTOTe he ovto<; 6 TroTafxo<; Sta/Saro? ^i^ ''^^Cv ^^ f^V
Tore, dXXa ttXolols- eSd/cet 817 rots cTTpaT-qyol^ /cat to'1<^

<TTpaTL<xyraL'i Trctcrt deiov eXvai.

5 ivTevdev i^eXavvet 8ta T179 Sv/at'd? (TTaOfioix; ivvia
Trapaadyyd<; TrevTTjKovTa
/cat d^iKvovvrai 7r/3o? toi'

*Apd^r]v TTorafxov. ivravOa rjcrav Kcofxat fxeaTol atrov

Kol olvov. ipTavda ep.evov -qfiepas rpet? Kat irrealTL^ouTO.

Notes. 2. riv : with force of pluperfect, had been. 3. irXoiois : dative

of instrument (866). 7. o-trou Kal otvov : dependent on /AtcrTat, stored with.

Verbal adjectives signifying fulness and want take the genitive (855).

No. 25. Greek Armor.

 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 95

LESSON XXXIX.
Optative Active (continued). Optative in Final Clauses.
Object Clauses.

369. Learn the conjugation of the present optative of cljjli

in 795.

370. 1. TT|v Y<|>\jpav eXixrajtcv, tva (also ws or ottcos) tovs

Tro\|iious Kca\\)(rat|JiV, we destroyed the bridge^ that we might
cheek the enemy.

2. TovTov d'irTi'YO|jLV, iva [tii (also ws |i.ti, or ottws [Jlt], or

simply JIT]) KttKws tovs <})iXous iroilio-eie, we led him away, that

he might not do our friends harm.

The clauses which express purpose here take the ojttative (cf. 325), but
they are introduced by the same final particles that introduce the subjunc-
tive. The verb of the principal clause is here in a secondary (50) tense.

V/J 371. Clauses which denote purpose (or final clauses) are
covVfintroduced by the final particles iva, d)S, or ottws, and take the
loptative after secondary tenses. The negative is iiTJ.

372. 1. povXcvcTai oirws Pao-LX\i(ri dvrl tov d8X<j>ov, he

plans that he may he king in place of his brother.

2. ipovXcvcTO OTTCOS ^a(JiKiV(rii dvrl tov d8X())0v, he planned

that he might be king in place of his brother.

3. povXVTai OTTCOS \ir] iCTTOii ttI tco dSX<|>co, he plans that

he may not be in his brother s power.
4. ipovXcvcTO OTTCOS ^ aTat CTTi tco dScXcjxu, he planned that
he might not be in his brother s power.
 96 OPTATIVE ACTIVE.

The subordinate clause is here the object of the leading verb, which
signifies to plan or strive for (the leading verb may also signify to care for,
to effect); this subordinate clause is introduced by 8irs or, if negative,
by 8irs |i^, and has the future indicative whether the principal verb is in
a primary or a secondary tense.

373. Object clauses depending on verbs signifying

Al for., to care fo7\_t(L,effect., regularly take the future indicative
to st riji&.

with ^TTcDS or oiras lii j ^'fter both primary and_secondary tenses.

374. VOCABULARY.
ciri-)iX^o(t.ai, iri-|i,cX^o-o|iai, ^iri-|U|ii- (^a, t\T)p,fiai, IX^4*^v> ^(1^6) receive,

XT|)t,ai, ^ir-|iX^6T]v, exercise care, get, find.

care for, give attention to, see to. iropC^w {iropiS), iropiu, etc., furnish, pro-

<pT)|j.os, Vi <"') and os, ov (130), deserted, vide; mid., obtain.

uninhabited, deprived of. Tiji.'^, ^s, i) (cf. rlndu), value, honor,

lr]Tiu>, t,i\Ti\a-<i>, etc., seek, ask for. esteem.

Xafipdvu (Xa^), X^|/o}j,ai, cXa^v, itKi]- Ti\t.\.o%, a, ov {cf. rifx-^), valued, dear.

375. 1. 6 ap^oiv rot? "^Wr^aiv rjyeixova eirefi^ev, Iva

oia Trjf; 'iro\e^td<i ^cjpds ayoi avTov<;. 2. tovtov rov avhpa
(0(f)eXei, Lva (f)iXou )(ol. 3. rtg iinfieXeLTaL ottw? ol

(TTpaTiwTai Tov paaSov XTJxjjopTaL j 4. tcjp he ^ap^dpwv^

iirefxeXeiTo, ott&j? noXefxelv re LKauol eliqaav koX evvoi avrco.
5. itpJTOvv Tovs ap^ovra<^, Iva avrot? avixjSovXevoLev. 6. t(o

KXedp^co ine/BovXeve Mevcov, iva (^tXo? 117 r(o (raTpaTrr).

7. d^LOL dv elre Tlixrj<;^ <^tXot, et TTO/at^otre roJ (TTpaTevfiaTL

oirXa. 8. i7nfJieXij(TeTaL 6 Kvpo<; ottcd^ ol crrpaTcwTaL '^dpiv

i^ovo'Lv avT(o. 9. /cat crvv avroi? fxev eciqv dv TtfiLos, avruiv^
Se et ejpT7/A05 elr)v, ovk dv t/cavo? eliqv tov<; ffyiXov^ (offyeXelv.
 OPTATIVE ACTIVE. 97

376. 1. If you should send a guide, we should be grateful.

2. This he did that the rest of the Greeks might withdraw.*

3. He took care that he should have good friends. 4. I did

this in order that the enemy might not hear. 5. Let us plan

to get provisions.

Notes.
^ The genitive follows verbs signifying to care for (846).
2 The genitive depending on a|tos, worthy, is the genitive of value (853).
' The genitive depends on adjectives signifying fulness or want (855).

* Use the aorist.

377. Advance through the Desert of Arabia.

ivTevOev e^ekavvei Sta ry)^ *Apa^td?, rov Ev(f)paTr]v

TTOTafxov iv Septet e)(ajv, cTTaOfiovs eprjiiov; irevTe irapa-
(rdyyoLq TpLOLKovra Koi irivTe. iv rovrco ok tco totto) tjv r)

yrj TTeSiov airav ofxakov (ocnrep OdXoLTTa. drjpCa Be irav-

5 Tola ivrjv, ovoi aypioL Kai o'rpovdoL at 'Apd^Lat

ivrjcrav

8e KoX cjTtSe? /cat SopKaSe^. Tavra Se rd diqpia ol crrpa-

TLWTai ivLOTe ihtCOKOV ttTTO llTTTOiV '

KoX TOVS 6vOV<i ^aXcTTO^'
^u \afJL^dvLv
OoLTTOv ydp ro)v LTrircov erpe^ov.

Notes. -5. o-rpovfloC : for an ancient picture of the ostrich, see no. 28.

8. 'iirircov : a genitive of comparison (858) after ddxTov, more quickly, the

comparative of the adverb ra-j^ioi^, quickly.

No. 26. Chariot Race.

98 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

LESSON XL.
Optative Middle and Passive. Optative after Verbs of Fearing.

378. Learn the conjugation of the optative middle and

passive of \v(o in 765 (X\Joi|iiiv), 766 (\i)aoi|j.T]v), 767 (\\)orai|niv),
769 (X\\)|Jievos iiiv and XcXUaoifi-qv), and 770 (XuOciiiv and
XuGTio-oifi-qv).

379. The mood suffix is i, as in the active (362), except in the aorisi
passive ; here it is fq in the singular and sometimes in the dualand plural,
but the shorter forms XvOeirov, XvOttrriv, etc., occur more frequently. In
these forms the accent does not go back of the mood suffix. The optative
middle and passive uses the middle and passive secondary endings (175),
except in the aorist passive, where the active endings occur (145).

380. 1. e8io'a \i\] ras 'Y<|)\)pas Xvoicv, I feared that they

would destroy the bridges.

2. cSciorafiev \u] ov irio'Tol cTtc, we feared that you would not

be faithful.

The verb which denotes fear is here in a secondary tense (cf. 333), and
the subordinate clause takes the optative.

38 1 .^_Afterve rbs denotinp /'gar^ caution, or danger, [ir\. that

^

or Zgg^ akes the optative_aft er second ary tenses^^JTljejiegatiye

form is |it| ov.

382. VOCABULARY.
tlcrot (cf. 'j), adv., inside, within. f\9p6s, i, 6v, hostile; ix^P^^i '>> ^
cKar^pwOcv, adv. on both sides or flanks.
, noun, enemy, foe.

(vvotKcos {cf. evvovi), adv., with good kvkKos, ov, 6, circle, curve.

will, kindly. kvk\6<i>, kvkXwo-m, etc. , encircle, hem in.

i
 OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 99

o|i(i)s, adv. , nevertheless, yet, still, how- <rto%t (<rw, ffwd), otmo-oi, ccraxra, (reo-wKa,

ever. <ria-<t>^ai and <r^o-(i>(r|iiai, i<ru>9r\v,

Tr\T]<rid5w (irXriffLaS), "irXT)<ria,<r, etc., save, rescue, keep safe; mid. and

approach. pass., save oneself, be saved alive,

(TTtpioi, o-TcpTJo-w, etc., deprive, rob, be- return safely.

reave. a-u|iia, aros, t6, body, life, person.

383. 1. eSetore fjL^ ol i)(dpol TljxrjOelev. 2. et ol FtkXr)pe<;

TrkyjcndloLev, <f)o/3r]deLev dv ol noXefXiOi. 3. aepo(j)(i)VTa

ap'^ovTa eTroLrjordfjieOa Xva crcjdeLfxev. 4. evpo'LKCt)<? av

e)(oi ^
rots "EXXi^crti' 6 Kvpo?, et ^-q^icTaLVTO a vixTropeveaOaL. 2,

5. et OTrXa fir} )^oip,ev, koX twv o'tu/xarcot'^ aTeprfdelfxev av.

6. et Se TTte^ot/xe^a vvo to)v TroXefxicjv, Tropevoijxeda av

KVK\(a.^ 7. ol Se (TTpaTLOiTai eSetcrat' fxr) Kara\i<j)6eirj(Tav.

8. et vlKTJaaLfxev, /cat (6o^A) aait,OL[jLe6a dv /cat ra eVtrrySeta av

e)(OLp,ev. 9. dW ojutajs 6 (TTpariqyo'; i(f)O^TJdr] jxr) KVKkoideo)
eKaTepoidev. 10. irapeKaXovv tov<; dvbpas elcrui 6Tro)<s avrot?
a-vix^ovkevoLfxrjv ri St/catov eVrt /cat tt^os ^e&it' /cat Trpo?
dvdp(i)TTO)V.

PIIII'S!
lUU OPTATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

384. 1. I feared that the bridge would be destroyed.

2. There was danger that the barbarians might try* to with-
draw during the night. 3. He was afraid that the enemy

would not cease from war. 4. I would not take part in the
expedition, unless Xenophon were present.

Notes. '^
c;(<d is used with an adverb in the sense of
be well disposed.
ci/it with an adjective. koAws Ix in 308.
Cf. * Verbs of depriving
may take a genitive of the thing. Cf. 838. This is the genitive of
separation (849).
* Dative of manner (866). * Use the aorist.
385. The Soldiers go hunting.

ol yap ovoL, evret ol crrpaTtajrat iSiojKov, irpoerpe^ov

Kai TTokiv^ inei iTT\'r)(Tiat,ov ol lttttol, ravro inoLovp, kol

ovK Tjv XajJi^dveLv t fir) ol CTTpaTLcoTaL SteTctrrot'To.

(TTpovBov Se ov8et? (inohody) eXa^ev. rat? yap Trrepv^Lv

6 cocnrep IcttCo) i^prJTO, kol ol Stw/covres ra^v ivavovTo.
ras Be curiSa?, et rt? ra^u 8t(w/cet, ecrrt Xafx/Bdueiv
TrirovTai yap ^pa)(y koX Ta)(y dirayopevovo'i.

Notes. 2. tjv : teas possible. Cf. lari in 6. 3. SwrdTTovTo : posted

themselves at intervals, and thus took up the chase in succession. 4. Tkafk :

second aorist of Xa/ifidvo}. irripv^iv : )(pdofiai takes the dative. Cf. 309, 1.

5. ixP^o: irregular contraction for ixparo. 7. Ppaxw: a short distance.

No. 28. " Tois yiip rripv^ip uirvep IrrU^ ixp%ro.*

 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE. 101

LESSON XLI.

Contract Verbs in the Optative.

386. Learn the conjugation of the present optative, active,

middle, and passive of TL|ido> in 781, of iroico) in 782, and of
5i]X6(o in 783.

387. The mood sufRx in all the voices is i, except in the singular
active, where it is generally itj. The forms bracketed in the paradigms
are uncommon or rare. When the mood suffix is it), the first person singu-
lar active has the regular ending v (145).

388. Observe that

(1) a + 01 = <?

(2) -|- 01 = 01

(3) -j- =01 01.

389. VOCABULARY.
dptT^, ^s, 17, goodness, courage, valor. out for hire, let; mid., cause to be
t|TTdop,ai, T|TT^<ro|Aai, etc., pass, dep., let to oneself, hire.

he inferior, he defeated. ovofta, arcs, t6, name.

Xvir^w, \vir^<r<o, etc., grieve, annoy, ttms, interr. adv. , ^ow ?

molest. Tolxa, adv., quickly ; in apod, with dv,

(iio-6o4>6pos, ov {fu(xd6s + <ppu, bear, re- perhaps.

ceive), receiving pay; fjLi(rdo<f)6poL, oi, Tifjicopcw, Tlp.up'^a-u, etc., avenge; mid.,
mercenaries. avenge oneself on, take vengeance on,
fxio-Oow, |jiia-6(0(r(i>, etc. (cf. nicrdos), let punish.

390. 1. TTois dv Trjv /xa^ryi' TTOioifxr]v ^ 2. el oiKovcraifiL

TO TovTov Tov KaKOv OLvdpwTTOv opofia, TifJiOjprjaaLixrji' av.

). Kivovvo^ rjv fjLTj 6 crarpa7n79 XviroCr] tov^ "EXXT^i/a?, 4. et
102 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE OPTATIVE.

ol EXXT^i^e? vlK(oev Tovq ^ap^dpov<i, Kak(i)<; av )(ol.

5. ovK av ovp 6avfJid^oLfjLL el ol TroXefXLOL TretpSvTO avxot?

enecrdaL. 6. ircttre? i(f)o^ovpTO ixr) 6 KKap)(o<; TlficDpoLTO
Toifs (TTpaTLcord^. 7. el OTrXa )(OLixev, kol ry dpeTrj dv
)(^pcojx0a. 8. i(f)ol3ovvTO jxr) ovkctl t(o crrpaTev/xart rj-yoLTO.

9. t Se TjTTMVTO ol ^vXtt/CC?, OVK dp (TCoOelev. 10. TOVTOVS

Tovs ixi(rdo<j>6pov^ rd^ dv jXiadolTO, el nopevoLVTO eis ttjv

dpxqv.

391. 1. I feared that they would withdraw to the boats.

2. If we should ravage their land, the enemj'^ would be
frightened. 3. If they should be defeated, they would with-
draw. 4. But when Cyrus called (me), I proceeded, that
I might be of service to him. 5. The Greeks would march
away to Phrygia, unless somebody should molest them.

392. March to Corsote and Pylae. Cattle perish in the Desert.

TTopevofxevoL Se Sta TavTri<; Trj<; ^(opd<; d<f>LKvovvTaL cttI

Tov MacTKUv TTOTafxov. ivTavda tjv TrdXt? ipijjxr), ovofxa

8' avrfj KopcrcoTij
irepX 8' avTr)v pel 6 noTaixo<g kvkXco.

ivravda iirecrlTLaavTO. ivTevBev i^eXavveu crra^/xov? ipyj-

5 fxov<s TpeiCTKaiheKa Trapa<rdyyd<; ivevyjKovra, tov ^v(f)paTr)v

TTorafxov iv 8e^ta )(cjv, kol d(f)LKVLTaL inl IlvXd<;. iv
TOVTOLS T0L<S (TTadlXoZ'; TToXXo, TOiV VTTot,VyL(DV dlTCoXeTO VUO
Xlfxov. ov ydp Tjv )(6pTO^ ovhe BevSpov, aXXa i/ztXi) ^v
dirdcra rj -^(xtpd.

Notes. 1. irop<v6nvoi : proceeding, ^xesQwt participle in the middle.

2. ir6Xis: city, a feminine noun. 7. iroXXd: many, a neuter plural.
dirwXfTO : perished, a second aorisfc middle.
 STEMS IN a- OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 103

LESSON XLII.

Stems in a of the Consonant Declension.

393. Learn the declension of etipos, breadth, TptTJpt]S,

trireme, and Kpeas, meat, in 747.

394. The stem ends in <r (^evpea; rpi-qpta, Kpcao-). In masculine and
feminine nouns in tlie final syllable of the stem is lengthened to t] in the
nominative singular (Tpi^pTjs) ; in neuter nouns it is changed to o in the
nominative, accusative, and vocative singular (cvpos).

395. Final <r of the stem is dropped before all case endings, and the
vowels thus brought together are contracted. The vocative singular of
masculine and feminine nouns is the simple stem. The forms rpv/jpoiv

and Tpi'^pwv have recessive accent.

No. 29
104 STEMS IN a OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION.

396. vocABU LARY.

4iri-Xc(ir<i>, leave behind ; intrans. , fail. opos, ovs, t6, mountain.

(vpos, ouj, t6, breadth, width. irXtOpov, ov, t6, a plethrum, a measure
K^pas, K^pus and Kiparos, t6, horn of of 100 Greek feet.

an animal, wing of an array. ZcoKpdn]s, ous, 0, voc. ^(hKpares, Socra-

Kpdvos, ous, t6, headpiece, helmet. No. tes, the celebrated philosopher.

29. Tixos, ous, t6, loaZi, fort.

Kp'as, Kp^us, rb, flesh; plur. ,

pieces of TKr(ra<^^pvT]s, ovs, 6, acc. Turffa(pdpvT]v,

flesh, meat. voc. Ti(raa4>4pvr}, of A-Decl., Tissa-

oirXC^w (ottXiS), wirXura, uiirXur|xai, phernes.

iirXtr9Tjv (c/. 6v\ov), arm, equip. Tpi'^pris, oKs, i}, trireme, war vessel, with

No. 30. three banks of oars. No. 86.

No. 30. oirXl^erai 6 veaulas.

397. 1. eX^e Se kol TpLTJpei*; 6 Kvpo^. 2. tovtov tov

TTOTafxov TO evp6<? ecrrt Trevre TrXedpa. 3. /cat e/ceXeve

K\ea/3;(ov TOV Setov Kep(x}<;^ rjyeladai. 4. ro 8e Me^'aJ^'09

(TTpdTVfxa T]hr) ev rrj
X^P9' W ^^^^ ^^^ opecov.^ 5. (ottXl-

(TfxevoL Tfcrav 6a>pd^i^ /cat Kpavecri^ irdme^. 6. ivTevSev

inopevdrjcrav Trpo<; ret;^o9 pr)fxov. 7. '3evo(f>(t)v ttjv eTTicTTo-

\y]v e7r/xi/;e XiOKpareu. 8. rov? (TTpaTiofTd<; 6 pev (tIto<;

 STEMS IN a OF THE CONSONANT DECLENSION. 105

eVeXeiTTe, Kpea 8' ert elx^v. 9.( '^v he ravra Tei)(r),^ kcu to

fxev^ eXx^ KikiKcov <f)vXaK'ij, to Se^ 'ApTa^ep^ov iXeyeTo

(jyvXaKT) (f)v\dTTLv) 10. iirel Be rjcrav erri rat? dvpai<; rat?

TL(rcra(f)epvov<;,^ ol (TTpaTrjyol TrapeKXijOrja'ap eicroi.

398. But Menon had the left wing. 2. And Xenophon

1.

consults with SocratesJ 3. The generals proceeded through the

mountains. 4. They all had helmets of bronze. 5. Thence

he sent the messenger upon the mountains.

Notes ^ The genitive follows lyyeo/xai, but not ayw, which is an

important exception to the general rule (847). ^ The genitive follows the
adverb of place (856). ^ Dative of instrument (866). The predicate;
*

TavTa is the subject. ^ the one . . . the other. See 815. For the position
*

of the genitive, see 812. "^

Dative (865).

399. Great Hardships in the Desert.

ol S' ev TOVTCp T(o TOTTO) avOpoiTTOi ovov^ 6X4x0.^ TTapo.

Tov TTOTafMOv opvTTOvTes Kol 7roiovvTe<; et? Ba^vXajj/a ^yov
Kal i.TT(jikovv KoX avTayopdt,ovTe<; oltov et^ojv. to oe crTpd-
Tevfia 6 (tIto<; eVeXetTre, kol dyopdt^ecrd ai ovk ^v el jmy) ev

5 TT) AvSta dyopa ev T(o Kvpov ^ap^apiK(o. /cat tiixlo'; rjv

6 crtros
Kpea ovv ecrOiovaiv ol (rrpartwrat. tovtcov
TToXXou? Se T(t>v aTa9fia>v irdw /xa/cpov? rjkavve Kypof;

TToXXa/ct? yap eSet jxaKpav TTopevecrdau Trpo<5 )(opTOv.

Notes. 1. ovovs dXtras ; upper millstones, which were turned some-

times by hand, sometimes by a beast. See No. 66. 2. irotovvrts by :

contraction for Troteovrcs. 3. ejcov : see ^d(o. 4. t|v : was possible.

7. iroXXovs : maiiy, accusative plural masculine. The following fjuiKpov^
modifies this as a predicate adjective, many of these marches that Cyrus made
were very long. 8. iiaKpdv : sc. bhov, a long way.
106 IMPERATIVE ACTIVE.

LESSON XLIII.

Imperative Active.

400. The tenses occurring in the imperative are the present,

aorist,and perfect, but only a few perfect active foi-ms occur,
and these are rare. For the distinction of time between the
present and aorist, see 313.

401. The personal endings in the active are :

 IMPERATIVE ACTIVE. 107

408. In prohibitions, in the second and third pei-sons, the

present imperative or the aorist subjunctive is used with [jltj and

its compounds.

409. VOCABULARY.
8i8do-Kw (5i5ax), 8i8d|, t8t8a|a, 88- |Apo5> ^^i "^^i division, part, share,

8axat 888a-y|jiai, c8i8dx0Tiv, teach, portion.

instruct, show. Nos. 1 and 36. op-yfj, ijs, ij, temper, anger.

Y^Xo<|>os, ov, 6 {yrj + \6<pos, crest, hill), irats, 7rai56s, d, 17, child, boy, girl, son.

mound of earth, hillock, hill. irt|\6s, ov, 6, clay, mire, mud.

8vo, tioo. <r'trv8a), a-mva-a, (<nTiva-a,urge, hasten,

ko\lII {koiu5), KO|it, etc., carry away, be urgent.

bring, convey. wrmp, conj. adv. just as, as ,

it were,

Kpdros, ovs, t6, strength, force, might. as if.

410. 1. [17} dye, (o KXeap^e, to aTpdrevyLa iirl to. opr).

2. fjLr} TTOLtjcrr)*; ravfa, (o %(OKpaTe<;. 3. Kvpco fxaXXov ^i\oL

(TTe 17 Tw dde\(f>(o. 4. /x^ St8ao'/ce top iratSa dSiKeLV.
5. fxr) opfjLTJcrrjTG dvd Kpdro'i /cara tov yyfKo^ov. 6. dfxa rrj

"qjxepa hvo dyyeXovs TrefjLxjjdvTcov Trpo<; to ret^og. 7. anev-

crare, cS Hepcrai, kol KOfiCcraTe ra? dixd^d<; Ik tov n-qXov.
8. fxipo^ TL TOV ^ap^apiKov crrpareu/xaros Tre/xr/zare eVt Ty)v
ye(f)vpav. 9. napaKaXecrov oicnrep opyfj ^
tov^ Ilepcrd^ eujcu.

10. /cat ets to fieaov TOV<i dp^ovTas dyeTe

irapiaTd) Se 6
Krjp^v^.

411. 1. Send the messengers to the hill. 2. Be loyal to

the Greeks. 3. Do not destroy the bridges. 4. Be friends
and allies, soldiers, to Cyrus. 5. Fellow soldiers, do not
wonder that^ I am grieved.

Notes. ^ Dative of manner, in anger (866). 2 ^^i

108 IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

412. The Wagons get stalled in the Mire.

Koi Bt] TTore iv arevcp /cat 7717X0! rat? ct/xct^at? Svcttto-

pevTO) era^ev 6 Kvpo? Svo dp^ovTa<; twv IlepcTa>v Xajx^d-

vLv Tov /Bap^apiKov crr/aarev/Aarog /cat avveK^i^dl^eiv Ta<;

dp,d^d<^. eVet 8' ihoKOvv avrw o^oXatw? ttollv, d)(nrep

5 opy-Q e/ceXevcre rov? Trept avrov Tlpcrd<s tov<; /caXov? Kaya-

6ov<; (Tvi^eTTLcrTTevheLv ras dfid^ds- euOa hr) jxepo^ tl rfjs
eura^ta? ^v dedadai.
Note. 3. orpaTtviiaTos : partitive genitive (844).

LESSON XLIV.
Imperative Middle and Passive.

413. The personal endings in the middle and passive are :

 IMPERATIVE MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 109

^i<rlTt<r|i,6s, ov, 6 {cf. iirtatTl^o/iai), a x*'P> X^V^^j Vi hand^ arm.

procuring of supplies, foraging. X'^'^^'^t Q)vo^, 6,
undergarment. No. 51.
irapa-KXvo|iai, urge along, exhort, XPh'S" (x/'IJS), want, need, desire.

urge. t|;eXiov, ov, t6, armlet, bracelet. No. 89.

417. 1. el Se ^/ar^^et?, nopevov inl to oyoo?. 2. et? to

Trehiov aBpoKrOeinuiv ol "EXXi^j'e?. 3. ra 8e TrXota /ai) [xeTa-

Trefxxjjrjade. 4. TrapaKeXevea-de TLa(Ta(f)epvL cTTpeTTTOv^ irefx-

ireuv Tol<; ap^ovcn kolI i/zeXta /cat ^trwi^a?. 5. Tropevdcrdo)

iv Trj Se^ta X^'-P^ '''^*' fxa^aLpav e)(0}v. 6. ra Se eVtrr^Seta

dyopd^ecrde /cat (TVfnropevOriTe. 7. v0v<; ovv iropeveade
fieTo. Kvpov ets ri^t' dyopav iTnalTLcrfiov eveKa. 8. jmi^

aiTiao'iqa'de top ap^ovTa ort dTrapdaKev6<; icniv. 9. tovtov,

a> dvhpe<; crr/oaTtcurat, Tratere Kat ^tdcracrOe Tropeveadai.

418. 1. Urge the soldiers to rest. 2. Send, Cyrus, for the

generals and the captains of the ^Greeks. 3. Proceed with
them, soldiers, into the villages. 4. Let the mercenaries be
collected in the market-place. 5. Proceed slowly, soldiers,
through the plain.

419. Splendid Discipline of the Persian Nobles.

ajpfxyjaav yAp coanrep nepl vlky}^ /cara yr]\6(f>ov, )(ovTe^

rov9 T /caXov? ^iTOiva^ Kai rag TrotKtXd? dva^vpCSa^,

euLOL 8e /cat crTpeTrrovg irepl rot? Tpa')(TJXoi<s /cat i^eXta
TTcpt rat? ^epcriv
evdii^ Se (rvt' Toi^ot5 eicreinjSrjaav et?

6 Tov 7717X01^ Kat i^eKop^Laav Tas dfid^d^;.

6 Se KOpo? ecTTreuSe Tracrai' 7171/ oSov /cat ou SteTpl/Bev
onov fJLT) iTTLCTlTLCTixov eveKa rj (or) tlvo<; aXXov eSet
i^o'u-
Xero yap tov ApTa^ep^rjv dirapdaKevov
* Xap.^dveiv.
110 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE.

LESSON XLV.
Contract Verbs in the Imperative.

420. Learn the conjugation of the present imperative active,

middle, and passive of Ti|id(o in 781, of iroieo) in 782, and of
6tiX6<o in 783.

421. Observe that

(1) a -{- =a ; a -|- o or ou = co ;

(2) -|- 6 = 1 ; -|- or OX) = 01)

(3) -f- , 0, or ov = o\).

422. VOCABULARY.
dir-aiT^, ask from, demand. AaKt8ai|i6vios, a, ov, Lacedaemonian.
Scvpo, adv., hither, here. UtI-k-c'ti (/ot^ + en), adv., not again, no

8i4>0pa, as, i], tanned hide. ' longer.

8p6|ios, ov, 6, run, race course. Sirov, rel. adv., where, wherever.

l8i.wTT]s, ov, 6, private person or soldier, o-xeSia, as, tJ, raft, float. No. 31.
private. roXudw, ro\\k{\a-<i>, etc., risk, dare.

423. 1. fir) TTokejieiTe aZiKov iroXeixov.^ 2. ToXfiaTO) /cat 6

ihL(OT7]<; Xeyetv. '^. ynqKert OLTTaiTeiTeTov yaadov. 4. opixaaOe

evdv<; nel^fj diro tov ifxiropiov. 5. eV rwv hi(^6epoiv cr^ehid<;
TTOLeiade. 6. /caXet tov<; AaKehaifxovLov^; Sevpo. 7. /xT^/cert

<f)ofiov, w KXeap^e, fxr) KVKX(i)6y^ kKarepoiOev. 8. rjyefjioua

aLTelTe^ Kvpov, Iva Stct (^tXict? ttJ? ^(opds dirdyQ. 9. iparrd

8e avTovq tlvo<; St) ei^eKa ecTpaTevaav eVt rov<; (pCXov;.

10. rjyov, (o vedvCd, ottov top hpofxov TreTroCrjKas-

 CONTRACT VERBS IN THE IMPERATIVE. Ill

424. 1. Ask Cyrus for boats. 2. Try to do well by your

friends. 3. Let Clearchus lead the right wing and Menon the
left. 4. Call out to the general to bring the army here.
5. Besiege the stronghold both by land and by sea.

Notes. ^ A cognate accusative (833). ^ Verbs signifying to ask take

two, object accusatives (838).

425. Traffic with Charmande across the Euphrates.

irepdv Se tov ^v^parov TroTafxov /caret tov<; ipijfxov^

(TTaOfiovs rfv 7rdXt9, ovofia Se ^apfxavhrj

eK ravTrj^ ol
cnpoTiuiTai r^yopat^ov to. eTTtrrySeta, tov iroTafxov Sta/8at-
vovre^ cr^^eStat? c58e. et? ra? hi(^dipd<i a? [which) el^op
5 (TTeydcrpiaTa tcov cTKrjvcov elae^aWop ^oprov Kov(j)ov, elra

(jvvrjyov /cat avvecnruiv, iva fxrj jBpe^deiy) rj Koipcfir). inl

TovTOiv hii^aLvov Koi ekdjx^avov rd eVtri^Seta, oXvov re
KoX (TLTOV.

Notes. 4. o-x8ais: dative of instrument (866). <rT-yd<7-|iaTa : as

coverings, an appositive (804). 6. <rvWo-irv : see trv-crTraw, draw or sew
together. Kdp<|>T| : =
^opros ko^os.

No. 31. Raft of Inflated Hides.

 112 ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v AND ea.

LESSON XLVI.
Adjective Stems in v and (r of the Consonant Declension.

426. Learn the declension of [xeXas, hlack^ cv5ai|i.o>v, .for-

tunate^ and dXi^Orls, true^ in 752.

4^^1. Review 259. Most adjective stems in v are of two endings, like
cvSai/awv. The accent is recessive.

428. Adjectives with stems in s are of two endings. Cf. the declen-
sion of Tpt,rjpr)<; in 747. See 394, 395.

429. VOCABULARY.
clXtjG^s, h {cf. dX-^Oeia), unconcealed, KaTa(}>avV|s, ^s, in plain sight.

true. (icXas, fiiXaiva, /xiXau, black.

do-<|>aXT|s, ^s, free from danger, safe, 6p.aX^s, is, even, level.

secure. irX'/ipT]s, ej, full, full of, abounding in.

"y-KpaT^s, ^s (cf. Kpdros), possessed of iroXvrcX^s, ^s, costly, expensive.

poiver, master of. T6iros, oi;, 6, place, region.

cv8ai|i(ov, ov, fortunate, happy. ({>oivi|, Ikos, 6, palm tree, palm. No. 45.

V 430. 1. ovK (TTL^ Tratrt hr) evhaijjiocnv eivai. 2. ourot Se

Travres OTrXa el)(ov ^ikXava. 3. Tropevecrdai tt)<; vukto<; ovk

acrc^aXes ^v. 4. ol Kvpov (f)iXoL rrj^

^PXV'*^ irarpo^ "^V^ "^^^
4 ey/cparet? ea ovja i. 5. 6 tov a'arpdirov TrapctSetcro? 7r\TJpr)<;
ecrrt (f)OLvtK(op.^ 6. ol wepl Kvpov TlepcraL et^ot' ^troij'a?
TroXvreXet?. 7. irapa rfj oSw ^v fxeXav tl ^(opiov. 8. ipcjra
Tou SpaKa el 0X7)67) ravr iari. 9. eV tovtco Se tw tottw ^p
7} yrj TreSiou airav o/xaXe? wanep OdXaTTa. 10. koI 7JS7) re

^v p,i(Tov 7)fipa<; /cat ov KaTa<f)avel<? Tjaav ol TroXe/xtot.

 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 113

431i 1. But the birds were black. 2. The soldiers were

still in plain sight. 3. This was not true. 4. It was not safe

to be among* the barbarians. 5. There Cyrus had a palace

and a park full of wild beasts.

Notes. ^ For the accent, see 166, 3. ^ The objective genitive follows
adjectives signifying mastery (855). ^ Adjectives signifying fulness and
leant, like the corresponding verbs, take the genitive (855). * Use iv.

432. A Quarrel at the Ford.

6 Se olvo<; eK T17? ^akdvov iireTTOLrjTO Trjs aTro tov (fioC-

vIko<;, kol 6 (tItos fjieXivq^ tjv ravrr)^ yap rfv rj

X^P^
Tr\'qprj<;. a^ji<^L\iyov<ji Se rt ivravda oX re tov MeVwt'OS
(rrpartwrat koX 01 KXedp^ov kol 6 KXeap^o^ Kptvei
5 dhiKeiv TOV TOV MeVwi/o? koX TraUu. 6 Se ravra rot?
<^t\ots eXeyev. ol Se crrpartwrat CTrel TJKovcrav e'^aXe-
naivov KOL u>pyLt,ovTO i(r)(yp(os rw KXectp^o).

Notes. 2. |icX(vifs : predicate genitive of material (843). 3. djicjuXc-

70VO-C Ti : have some dispute. 7. B^edpx*?: the dative object follows verbs
signifying anger (860).

LESSON XLVII.
Personal Pronouns.

433. The personal pronouns are c-yco, /, cr'O, thou, and ou

(genitive), of him, of her, of it.

434. Learn the declension of these three pronouns in 759.

435. The forms \uiv, \Loi, pi; rov, trot, a-i; ov, ol, i, are enclitic. But
if the pronoun is emphatic, the enclitic forms of the pronoun retain their
accent, and in the first person the longer forms Ijiov, i^u>l, i[U, are then
used. This generally happens also after prepositions.
 114 PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

436. The nominatives of the personal pronouns are. seldom

used, except for emphasis.

Thus, fxif <f>evyo)fj.ev, let us not flee ; av re yap 'EXAjyv ct koX yifiw, for
you are a Cheek and so are we Greeks.

437. The pronoun of the third person, ov, ot, , etc., is

generally an indirect reflexive in Attic prose, i.e. it is used in

a dependent clause to refer to the subject of the leading verb.

Thus, <f>o^ovvTai jxi} oi ^apjiapoL (T<f)i(7iv ov;( CTrtovrai, they fear that the

barbarians will not follow them.

438. To supply the place of a pronoun of the third person the oblique
cases of aurds are used. Review 160.

439. *
VOCABULARY,
d|tvTj, jjs, 'hi fl3;e. No. 32.
Sairavdw, Sairavifjo-M, etc., spend, expend.
iy<!>, ifju>v or fwD, pers. pron., I, Latin ego; stronger form

iyioyt, I for my part, Latin equidem.

KaTa-<rKeirT0|4ai, etc., view closely.

|j.d, adv. , by, used in negative oaths.

, |vXov, ov, rb, wood, piece of wood; plur., wood, fuel.

ow, dat. or, pers. pron. , of himself, Latin sul.
ovirw (oil + TTw, yet), adv., not yet.

irpoo--Xavvci>, ride towards or on.

<rKcirTO|xai (jKeir), (rK^^o|iai, etc., mid. dep., view, spy out,
search.

'a-i, (Tov, pers. pron., thou, you, Latin tH.

^^ 32 itf,/^.

> o-xit (o'X'S)) '^"H*^''-} i<r\ir9r\v, split.

'
(Spa, ttj, 7j, time, season, hour, proper time.
 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 116

440. 1. dX\' et? ^/u-a9 rov9 SapetKovs ihaTrdvojv. 2. 6 au-

ro? (TToXo^i icTTLv vfXLv Te Kal rjiXLV. 3. napa rfj aKrjvfj aov
^vXa e(T\it,ev a^tvrj^ 6 (TTpaTLa)Tr)<;. 4. i/ojut^o) yap v/xa?

iixol elvac (/)tXou9. 5. dXXa /xd rov? deovq^ ovk eyoije

auTous Stw^o). 6. e/AOt ovt' ovtto) hoKei copd eli/aL 7)pXv

TOVTO (TKeiTTecrd ai. 7. avo(f)(^v avrov KeXevei ol^ (Tvp.TTep.Triv

aiTO Tov crrd/xaro? avSpa^. 8. iyu) ovv Xeyco otl ere Set

TrpocrekavveLv koL iravTa KaracTKeTrTecrdaL. 9. ol Se (TTpaTT)-

yoL avTov iporraxTL tl cr^icriv eajai iav plKT/jcTcocn. 10. dXX

eVet vfiel<; ifxol ovk iOeXere neiOecrOaL ovSe eneaOaL, iyo) avv
Vfjuv &j)0[xaL.

441. 1. I myself summoned you. 2. He has been wronged

by us. 3. This man, fellow-soldiers, is a friend of mine.*
4. But if I conquer, my friends will be in honor. 5. He feared
that his brother would plot against him.^

Notes. ^ Dative of instrument (866). ^ The accusative follows the

adverb fid in a, negative oath (837). ' Observe that this is the dative,
and cf. 437. I.e. to me.
Cf. 437.

No. 33. Bridle.

 116 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

442. The Life of Clearchus is in Great Danger.

Ty Be avTjj rjfxepa KXea/a^o? ^kcv t ttjv ayopav Tr}V

irapa T(o Trora/AoJ. iireLhr) Be avTrfv KarecTKei/zaro, d^tTT-

ireveL irakiv enl Trjv eavrov aKrjvrjv Bia tov Meuo}vo<; arrpa-
rev/xaros avv oXtyot? rot? irepl avrov. Kvpos Be ovtto)

5 rjKev, dW en TrpocnjXavve- rwv Be MeVwi'o? arpaTKxiTwv

^v\a o")(itfii)v Tt? K.\eap\ov Biekavvovra Tret/aarat ^aXkeiv
rfi d^ivrf- oiWo<; Be \i9co /cat aWof;, etra TTCtt^es, /cat
Kpavyrj rjv (fto^epa.

Notes 3. lavrov :
of himself, his otcn. 7. oXXos : sc. Trtiparax ftdX-

Xciv.

LESSON XLVIII.
Reflexive, Reciprocal, and Possessive Pronouns.

yC 443. The reflexive pronouns are e\iavjov, of myself, (reavjoU,

of 1/ ourself eauTOv, cavrT^s, tavToO, of himself, herself,
, itself.

444. Learn the declension of these pronouns in 760.

445. The reflexive pronouns are compounded of the stems of the

personal pronouns (759) and avros. But in the plural the two pronouns
are declined separately in the first and second persons.

I 446. The reflexive pronouns refer to the subject of the

clause in which they stand. Sometimes in a dependent clause
they refer to the subject of the leading verb, i.e. they are
indirect reflexives.

Thus, dc^iTTTTCvci CTTt T^v auTov (TK-qvriv, he rides aioay to his own quarters;

eKcXcvcrt Kvpos tov Api(TTiinrov

' aTroirfi{f/aL tt/jos cavTov Tous CTTpaTiwTas,
Cyms ordered Aristippus to send the soldiers to him.
 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 117

^ 447. Learn the declension of the reciprocal pronoun dWrj-

Xwv, of one another^ in 761.

y 448. The possessive pronouns are |tds, my^ ads, your^ t||jl-

Tcpos, oMr, v|xeTepos, your. They are formed from the stems
of the personal pronouns (759), and are declined like adjectives
in OS (750).

449. VOCABULARY.

dXX^Xuv (c/. dWos), recip. pron., of ^|i6s, ^, 6" (see 448), poss. pron., my,
one another. mine.
d|uX^(D, d|xc\^a-w, etc., he careless, Tjiitrcpos, o, ov (see 448), our.

neglect. crcavrov, ijs (see 445), reflex, pron., of

d(j>-Mrircvci>, d<^inrcv(rw (c/. tViros), ride thyself, yourself.

back, return on horseback. o-6s, <rij, (rii/ (see 448), poss. pron., thy,

cavTov, Tjs, ov (see 445), reflex, pron., your.

of himself, herself, itself. <rxoXaUi>s (c/. <rxoXi?), adv., slowly.

c|i,avTov, ijs (see 445), reflex, pron., of vficTcpos, d, ov (see 448), poss. pron.,

myself. your.

450. 1. eTTt r^7^' ifiavrov cTKiqvr^v at^nnTevcro). 2. Ku/3o?

Se fxeTeTrefXTrero eK^ivov irpo^ eavrov. 3. rovTOiv rdv )((opiCt)v

TTOiVTcov aarpdnaL elalv ol tov crov ^

dhe\(f)Ov <^i\oi. 4. \4yei

Se oTt ol "EXXT^t'e? vIkoxtl to /ca^' eavrov?- 5. tt^^ vfxeTepdv

dpeTr)v iOavixdcrafxev. 6. ifiocov Be dXXr^Xot? cr^oXatw?
inecrOaL. 7. rovrov yd/3 6 e/ico? naTrjp e/ceXev<re TreCOecrOai
ifxoL. 8. ^7^' 8' r)fxel<; vlKT]ao)fXv, Set rovg rjfjieTepovs <f)CXov<;

TovTOiv ey/cparet? t^'at,. 9. (rv Se I'vi' 7171^ Kv/oov ^copdv

e^et? Kttt ri^v creavrov dp^r)v crw^et?. 10. ov^ cu/ad eVri^'

YjfXLv dfieXelv rjficjv avruiv^ dWd ySovXevecr^at irepX tovtcjv.

118 REFLEXIVE, RECIPROCAL, AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

451. 1. You have your own province. 2. They carried on

war with one another.* 3. He gets his own soldiers together.
4. They feared that you would neglect yourselves. 5. It is

time for us to deliberate in our own behalf.

Notes. ^ Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article when they
refer to definite individuals (809). ^ por the genitive, cf. 430, 4.
* The

genitive follows verbs signifying to neglect (846). * Use the dative (864).

452. Clearchus advances against Menon's Troops.

6 he KXea/3^09 KaTacftevyei el<s to eavrou aTpaTevfia,

Koi evOvs irapayyeWei et? to, onXa
kol tov<; fxep oirXtTds
avTov iKe\ev<T fievetv, ra? d(r7rtSa? npos to. yovara )(ov-

TttS, avTo? Se Xa^cjp TOif<; pa/ca? ot (who) ^crav avro) iv

5 T(p (TTparevfJiaTL, iqXavvev iwl tov<; Mepcovo'?, oxtt eKeivoi

i(f)o^ijdr)aav kol avro? Mevov, koi rpe^ovaLv eVt to, onXa.

Notes. 3. outow : adv., there, i.e. where they were. tos do-ir(8as . . .

txovras : the left knee was slightly advanced, the shield set firmly in rest
upon it, and the spear held in readiness for defence. 4. XaPv : literally

having taken, second aorist active participle of Aa/M/Savw.

No. 34. Greek Hoplites.

 THE INFINITIVE. 119

LESSON XLIX.
The Infinitive.

453. The tenses occurring in the iniinitive are the present,

future, aorist, perfect, and future perfect. The middle and
passive differ from one another, in form, only in the future and
aorist.

454. Learn the eleven forms of the infinitive active, middle,

and passive of \v(o in 765-770.

455. The endings are in the active v and vat ; in the

middle and jjassive (rOai.

456. The ending v contracts with a preceding c to tiv (Xve-ev, Xvciv).

The perfect active and aorist passive add vai, but the perfect changes a of
the stem to t (AeAvxa, XcXwKt-vai), and the aorist lengthens the tense suffix
as in the indicative (\v6e, XvOfj-voi). The aorist active (\wrai) is irregular
in form.

457. The accent of verbs is recessive (53), but all infinitives in vai
(as XeXvKt'vai, Xv6i^vai), the aorist active infinitive (Xvo-ai, PovXcvcai), and
the perfect middle and passive infinitive (XeXvcrflai) accent the penult.

458. The present infinitive of elfit is etvai (79^).

459. Learn the present infinitive active, middle, and passive

of Tifido), irotco), and Si]\6ci> in 781-783.

460. Observe that

(1) a 4" or 6 =a ;

(2) -|- 1 or = 1 ;*

(3) o -|- 1 or 6 = ou.

120 . THE INFINITIVE.

461. Many of the uses of the infinitive are identical in

Greek and English. U.g. :

1. Kupos KcAevei tov crTparr/yov '^yeiarOai, Cyrus commands the general

to lead.

2. ^ovkofieda a.TTO\<Dpuv, we wish to tcithdraw.

3. crvvcfiovKevov rots (TTpaTiwrats firj raura Troirjcrai, I advised the soldiers

not to do this.

4. dSvvaTov icrri ravra TroLrj<Tai, it is impossible to do this.

5. Sei Tovs Xoxdyovs cnrevSeiv, the captains must make haste.

6. ovTOL LKavol rjaav ras Kiofids <f)vXd.rTtiv, these icere sufficient to guard
the villages.

7. T^v xoipdv iirerpfif/c Siap-Trdaai toTs 'EAAi/tn, he turned the country

over to the Greeks to plunder.

Thus, the subject of the infinitive is in the accusative (cf. 1, 5), but it

is generally omitted if it is the same as the subject or the object (direct or

indirect) of the leading verb (cf. 2, 3, 6, 7). The infinitive may be the
subject nominative of a finite verb, especially of an impersonal verb or
co-Tt (cf. 4, 5). It may be the object of a verb whose action naturally
implies another action as its object, especially of verbs expressing wish,
command, advice, attempt, and the like (cf. 1,2,3). It may depend on adjec-
tives, especially those expressing ability, fitness, willingness, and the like

(cf. 6). Finally, it may express purpose (cf. 7). Tlie negative with the
infinitive in these cases is ^f\ (cf. 3).

402. VOCABULARY.

dSvvaToy, ov, unable, impossible. i'n\.-Tpiiro, turn over to, entrust, alloio.

dp.(t>6Tpo$, a, ov, both. \6\os, ov, 6 (cf. Xox-a76s), company.

dva-yKTi, T>5, t;, force, necessity. Tpt'irw, rpi^u, cTp\|/a and Tpairov,

d4>-iKveo)iiai (1(c), d<^-C^p,at, d4>-iK6|iT]v, T'Tpo<}>a, WTpc^Ljiai, ^rpdirnv and

di|>-i-y(iai, come from, arrive, reach. Tpt'<|>6iiv, turn, direct, rout.

8.a-o-nS, bring through safely, save. |>vy^. v^, v (<f- <^h'w)i flight, rout.
 THE INFINITIVE. 121

463. 1. TO, yap iinTTJheia ovk ecTTiv )(eLi>. 2. rjKOfJiev

yap vfxa<; (T(ot,eiv. 3. dW ovtto) avdyKt) ecrrt (f)vyLv.

4. dSvparov ecrrat Trjq vvktos d<f}LKveLadaL. o. dp.^oTepoi^

irapeKekevcrd^xeOa T179 6pyrj<;^ jravaaaOai. 6. avrot? CTre-

rp&jje Tov<; TratSa? StSacr/cett'. 7. T7/aet? ^(prjl^ofxev hiacTOidrjvai

npos TTjv 'EXXctSa. 8. twv 6it\It(ov Svo Xo^ov? cKeXeucre

eirecrdaL aurw. 9. rroXeixelp LKavoL rjcrav /cat evvo'iKcoq el^ov

Kvpu). 10. i^6(DV dXXr^Xot? roug /ca^' eavrovg 7ToXejxLOv<;

19 (f)X)yr}v Tpe\\iai.

464. 1. They were trying to rout my troops. 2. We,

fellow-soldiers, must march on. 3. I advise you not to allow
this man to do harm. 4. Why need we destroy the bridge ?

6. He forced the guards to withdraw.

Note. A genitive of separation. Cf. 336, 1.
^

465. Proxenus interferes, and Cyrus comes riding up.

6 ok Tlpo^evo^ v(rTepo<; yap irpocrijkavve /cat Xo^o?

avTcp enrero t(ov OTrXtrwi/ evdv? ovu els to fiecrov dfjL(f>o-

ripoiv dya>i( eSetro rov KXedp^ov fir] Tvoielv ravra.} 6 Se

;j(aX7raii/et ort Trpatu? Xeyet to ovtov wddos, iKeXevcre re
5 avTov e/c tov fiecrov teVat. eV tovto) Se d(f)LKveiTaL /cat
Kvpo<; /cat d/covet to Trpdyjxa. vdv<; 8' eXafie rd TraXra
19 Ta9 xelpas Kat fieTa to)v ttlcttojp r^Key iXavvoiv et9 to
fxeaov, /cat Xeyet TciSe.

Notes 2. oZv -.
the narrative has been interrupted and is resumed
with ovv. -3. tStiTO TOV KXcdpxov ktX. : besought Clearchus not to do this.

4. OTi irptj^s X^-yti kt\.: because he spoke lightly 0/ his trouble. 5. Uvai:
to go, to get, present infinitive of cT/jli, go.
122 THE INFINITIVE,

Q^^
No. 35. t6^ov.

LESSON L.

The Infinitive (continued).

466. Learn the conjugation of the present and imperfect

indicative of <t>T|jii in 794.

467. All the forms of the present indicative of <^i//xt are enclitic except
<f>rj<:. Review 168, 169.

468. 1. ^T\<Ti KXcapxov t^'yctcrGai, he says that Clearchus is

leading.

2. <})'qalv v\icis TavTa irotiio'ai, he says that you did this.

3. K\Vt KXeapxov T)Yio-6ai, he orders Clearchus to lead.

4. KcXcvci vfias xavxa iroiT^aai, he bids you do this.

In all the examples the infinitive is the object of the principal verb, but
in the first two it represents the words of an original speaker and its tense
corresponds in time to the same tense of the indicative (the speaker says :

KAe'apxo? r/yeLTai, ravra i-n-oi-qaav); whereas in the two examples,

last

where the infinitive is the object of a simple verb of commanding, as

explained in 461, this distinction of tense does not exist, but both riyda-dai
and TTOirja-ax refer to the future.
 THE INFINITIVE. 123

469. The infinitive in indirect discourse is generally the

object of a verb of saying or thinking, or some equivalent
expression. Here each tense of the infinitive corresponds in
time to the same tense of some finite mood.

470. 1. KpauYtiv iroio\)v, (oarc tovs iroXcftious cLko-uciv,

they made a great noise, so that the enemy heard them.

2. d()>i'n"ire'Ui irplv tovs dXXous d<))iKVi<r6ai, he rides off
before the rest arrive.

471. The infinitive may follow o-t, so that, expressing

result, and irpiv, before.

472. VOCABULARY.
avrlKa, adv., immediately, forthwith. op-y(^o)i,ai (dpyiS), opYiovfjiai, etc. (cf.

Yvos, ouj, t6, family, race. opy-r)), be angry.

ylyvo\La\, (yev), ytvi\a-o\i.ai, (ytv6]Kr[v, irp(v, conj., b^ore, until.

-y^Yova, 'y-ycvi])iai {cf. y^ws), be born, irpoOvpios, ov, ready, eager.

become, prove oneself to be. irpo<r-'^K, have come to, be related to.

SijXos, Vi 0" (c/- S7}\6<t)), plain, evident, trrpaTdirtSov, ov, t6, camp.
manifest. raxt'ws {cf. rdxa), adv., quickly.
t|, conj., or; 71 ... Tj, either . . . or. <j>7jp.i (0a), <|>^a-(i>, e<|>T)aa, say, declare,

ofioXo-yew, oiioXo-y^a-co, etc., confess. state, affirm.

Give the forms of the quoted sentences in the follovFing exercise (473)
in the words of the original speaker.

473. 1. ol he aWot (^ctcrt /SovXevaecrO at. 2. To^evdrjvai

'EK\r)va e^t) iirl rw Se^tw. 3. ifiol Se (f)7}(TL (^1X09 kol
m(TTo<; yevTjcrea-O ai. 4. aevo^wvri^ (apyit,ovro, voixH^ovTeq
dOiKr)6rjvai vtt ovtov. 5. ^t^/aI 877 17 vIkolv herjcruv rj

rjTTaa-Oai. 6. ivofxi^ofjiev avrt/ca 'q^etu avrou? 7rt to crrpa-

Toireoov. 7. ofxoXpyel*; ovu irepl e/xe aSt/co9 yeyevrjcrdai;
124 THE INFINITIVE.

8. e<l)aaav Se tovtov tov Hepo'rjv yevet ^ irpocrrjKeLv tw

'ApTa^ep^rj. 9. Travras ovtq) Stupot? eTLfid oicne avrw
[LoXkov (J)lXov<; elvat rj tw aSeX(^aj. 10. TrpodvfxoL icrfxev
ra^ew? Tropevecrdat TrpXv hy]\ov ^voll tC ol aXXot ''EXXi^i/es
TrOLrj(TOV(TL.

474. 1. All confessed that Cyrus was loved ^ by the Greeks.

2. He thought that the Lacedaemonians would take^ the field

against Tissaphernes. 3. They said they would not engage in

war with Cyrus. 4. He says he will start before the enemy
approach. 5. They are not so hostile as to plot against him.

Notes. ^ The dative follows verbs expressing anger (860). * / race,

a dative of respect, which is a form of the dative of manner (866). ' They
said, Kvpos <^iA.eiTai * The person's thought was, " The Lacedaemonians

wiU take," etc.

475. C3nrus makes a Successful Appeal to Clearchus.

"
KXeapxe kol Tlpo^eve koI ol aXXot EXXi^i/e?, tl
TTOieire ; et yap Tiva aXXi^Xoi? fxa^-qv (Tvud\jjT, voixit^ere

iv Tjjhe TYj rjjxepa ifxe re KaraKeKoxfjecrOaL /cat v/xa? ov

TToXv ifJLOv vcTTepov

iav yap to, i^/aerepa /ca/cw? e)(r),

5 TToivTe^ ovTOL ol ^dp/3apOL TToXefjiLOi rjfxlv iaouTat.

KXeiap^o? 8e eTrel rjKovcre. ravral^ev eavrw iyevero^ Kal
inavaavTO diK^orepoi Trj<; opyi]^.

Notes. 3. KaTaKK6t|/<r9ai : future i)erfect infinitive in indirect dis-

course, shall have been cut to pieces, shall he instantJy cut to pieces. ov iroXv :

not long. 4. 4|xow vcrrepov : after me. Adverbs of the comparative degree
take the genitive (858). 6. 4v cavT$ ^Y^vfTo : came to himself, recovered his
senses.
 STEMS IN L AND v. 125

LESSON LI.

Stems in i and v of the Consonant Declension.

476. Learn the declension of irdXis, citi/, iri)x,vs, /orearm,

aarv, toivn, and ix^vs, fish, in 748.

477. Vowel stems add v in masculines and feminines to form the

accusative singular. Most stems in i and a few in u have e in place of
their final i or w in all cases except the nominative, accusative, and vocative
singular, and have ws for os in the genitive singular, but s, although long,
does not aifect the accent. The genitive plural foUows the accent of the
genitive singular.

478. VOCABULARY.
uKpiiiroXis, ews, ij (&Kpos-\--ir6\is), upper \6yyi\,7js, i], spear point, spear. No. 41.
city, citadel, acropolis. tnvrtKo.LSiKa., inded., fifteen.

ao-Tv, ewy, t6, town. ir^X^?) ^'^^i j forearm, cubit,

iopv, aTos,T6, spear shaft, spear. No. 14. -iroXis, ea>s, rj, city, state.

8vvanis, ews, i], ability, power, troops. SdpSeis, wv, al, Sardis.
t^<Ta<ris, ewj, ij, review. Td|is, ecus, rj {cf Tdrru), arrangement,
txOvs, i^os, 6, fish. order, array, division.

479. 1. TTjv Tov crTpaTevixaTO<; rd^LV idavfxaaev. 2. 0VT09

7ro\fjLr](rev i[xol^ e)(Oiv tyjv iv XapSeaiv aKpoirokiv. 3. 6
TTora/xog eVrt to evpo^"^ nXeOpov,^ irXi^piqq 8' l^Ovojv.*
4. eicTTt oe /cat ySacriXeta eVt rat? tov TroTafxov 7r'r}ya2<; vtto
Trj a/cpoTToXet. 5. napa TovTiqv T7)v ttoKlv rjv y'r]Xo(f)0<;.

6. iu TO) TOiv 'AOrjvaLcov acrret ^v d/cpoTToXt? KaXij. 7. el'^ov

0 ovTOL Koi Sopv w? (about) TrevTeKaiSeKa irrj^eoiv^ Xoy^-qv

^- Kvpo? 8' i^eTacTLv noieiTai tcjv 'FtWyjvcov kol tcov
^X^^'
^ap^apoju iv to; TreStw irepX ixecra.^ vvKTa<;. 9. crv he, c3
126 STEMS IN I AND V.

craTpaTrr], ttjv re Kvpov SvvafXLv /cat ')(0)pav c)(eL^ kol ttjv

(ravTov ap-^-qv (rw^ets, r^ 8e 'Apra^ep^ov Sv^a/xis crot avfi-
fXa^OS^ i(TTLV.

480. 1. He had garrisons in the cities. 2. There are fish in

these rivers. 3. For Cyrus sent the tributes from these cities.
4. There he made a review and enumeration of the Greeks.
5. If you make use of the Greek force, you will easily conquer
these barbarians.

Notes. ^ For the case, see 864. ^ Accusative of specification (834).

* Predicate genitive of measure (843). * The genitive follows TrAi/pj/s
(855). 5 Attributive genitive of measure (841, 5). The adjective. See
the general vocabulary.

481. Treacherous Proposal of Orontas.

ivrevOev 8' oJ? (as) eTTopevovTO, e^aivero ixy^ Ittttcov

ctKct^ero 8' etvaL ravra w? (about) Stc^tXtwi' lttttcov. ovtol
eKaop /cat ^opTOv /cat et tl aWo y^piqcniJiov rjv. 'Opdi/rcts

8e, \lip(Tr]<i OLvrjp, yivei re vpocnJKCJV rw 'Apra^ep^r) /cat

6 TO, TToXe/xta Xeyofievo^ irdvv ayado^ elpat, iuL^ovXeveL

Kvpo). ovToq eke^ev otl et avrco Kvpo<s iTTLTpeipeLev

di'hpa<; ^tXtov? 17 tov<; TToXe/Lttov? /cara/coi/;eti/ av 17 avrou?

dv KcjXvcreLe Kaeiv top ')(6pT0v.

Notes. 1. ivrevOfv : from the camp opposite Charmande. See the map.
c({>a(vcTO : there kept appearing, imperfect (68). 2. tinrwv : a predicate
genitive oi possession (%i'i'). ovtoi : refers to the horsemen implied in

tTnrcjv. 3. A ti oXXo : ichatever else. 5. rd iroX^^ia : in matters pertaining

to war, an accusative of specification (834). Xy6|vos : present passive

participle, ftejn^ saj'rf or reckoned. 0. cl avrS kt\.: Orontas said: ci ipol

CTTiTpci/'Ctas avSpas \IX.lov<s, rj rows TroAc/iious KaraKOij/aiixi av 1/ auTOVS av

K<i>\vaaLfiL kt\. (364).
 PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 127

No. 36. Greek Schoolroom.

LESSON LII.

Participles Active.

482. The participle occurs in the present, future, aorist,

perfect, and future perfect tenses.

.483. Learn the four forms of the active participles of \va>

in 765-768, and their declension in 754. Xucrcov, about to loose,
is declined like Xva>v.

484. Participles form their stems by a special suffixadded to the

tense stems. In the active this is vt, except in the perfect,where the
suffix is OT, as Xvo-vT, Xvao-vr, Xvaa-vr, XcXvk-ot. In the perfect final o
of the stem is dropped before or. The perfect active participle is oxytone.

485. The present participle of clfii is v, oxiaa, <5v (795).

486. Participles in a<i)V, ecov, and owv are contracted. See

Ti|JLd<ov in 781, ttouov in 782, and StjXocov in 783. Learn the
declension of ti|1(ov and iroiwv in 755. 6i]Xv is declined
exactly like iroiwv.
128
PARTICIPLES ACTIVE.

487. The participle constantly occurs in Greek where

English uses a relative clause. E.g.:

1. ovK i(f>i\i Tov ^aa-iXcvovTa ' Apra^epirfv, she did not love Artaxerxes,
who was king,

2. CTTi TOV TTorafjiov TTOpevovTai, ovra to cvpos irXedpov, they proceed to

^
the river, which is a hundred feet wide.
3. Ti2 Tovs iTTTTOvs XvcavTi wpyi^cTo, he was angry with the man who had
loosed the horses,

4. ovToi etcrtv ol vfia^ Travra? dStKi^crovres, these are the men who will

wrong you all.

An attributive participle may thus be used like an adjective to qualify a

noun (cf. 1, 2); or the noun may be omitted, and the participle with the
article may itself be used as a noun (cf. 3, 4). These participles denote
time present, past, or future, relatively to the time of the leading verb.

488. VOCABULARY.
air-lx") ^^^P off} intrans., be distant. oto)i.ai, ol^o-ofiai, (J^Ot]v, think, expect.

PoT)ew, PoTjO'^crw, 4PoTJ0T)<ra, PfPoVjOT^Ka, 'Opovras, a (Doric gen.) or ov, 6,

PpoT|9T](iai, run in order to aid, help, Orontas.

assist. ow8^-iroTc (oidi + vot^, ever), adv. , nefver.

8w8Ka, indecl. , twelve. irdp-<i|ii, be near or present ; t4 irapbvra,

cvvoia, aj, ^ (c/. evvovi), good will, the present circumstances.

fidelity. irp^crOev {cf. vp6s), adv., before, pre-

oIk^m, oIk'/jo-w, etc. (cf. oIkIo.), inhabit, viously.

dwell; pass., be inhabited, be situ- 4>i.\(S, ds, ij (cf. <pl\oi), friendship.

died. X*^*'""'^'* "^1 ^"^ hard, difficult.

489. 1. rpvrjpei^; yap ej^et 6 kcoXvctcjv r}fxa<?. 2. ol

irpoaOev rjixlv^ ^or]0T](ravTe<; tov<s 6pKov<s XeXvKdaiv. 3. c2

dvhpes (TTpaTioiTaL, ^aXeTra ecrrt ra irapovra. 4. a>TO yap

Tov^ KOikv(TovTa<i eivai irepdu tov Trorafiov. 5. tt/jo? toJ

7roTa/ia> KMjxr) (oKelro, aTri^ovcra tov TroTafxov irapaadyyiqv.

 PARTICIPLES ACTIVE. 129

6. KXea/3;^o? yap ^tXta^ koX evvoCa^ ^oy]dovvra<; ovSenoTe

^Ix^^' ^' ^^^ y^P viKOiVTOiv^ ecrrt Kai to, eavrcou crw^eiv.

8 ipcord TL TO kojXvov'^ icm Tropeveadai. 9. (f)7]

top fxev
/caXois TTOLOvuTa eTraiveiv, top Be dhiKovvTa ovk eTraiveiv.

490. Those who dwelt by the sea were friendly. 2. He

1.

sent men who would rescue the boys. 3. But he called those

also who were besieging the city. 4. Aristippus, who was a

friend of Cyrus, hastened to Sardis. 5. Here was situated a

prosperous city, twenty parasangs distant from the sea.

Notes. ^ The dative of the indirect object follows verbs signifying

to aid, assist, and the like (860). ^ Dative of cause (866). ^ Predicate
genitive oi possession (843). * the thing tvhich hinders, i.e. the hindrance.

491. The Traitor betrayed.

T(p Se Kvpo) aKOvcravTi Tavra eSd/cet (w<^eXt/u,a elvaL, /cat

e/ceXevcrev 'OpovToiv Xajx^dveLv ^xepo^ Trap' eKoiaTov twv

rjyefxovcop. 6 8' ^Op6pTd<s vofJiLcrd<; eTOLixov<s etvat avrw
Tovq dpSpa<; ypdcfyei iTTLCTToXrjv irapd ' ApTa^ep^rju otl
5 yj^eL cTTpaTi(oTd<; eyoiv
dXXa (fipdaai rot? eavrov cTTpa-
Ttairat? eKeXevev (o<; (as) (jiiXov avrov VTToSe^eaOaL. ivrjv

8e iv Tjj imcrToXrj /cat t'iJs irpocrOev <^tXtd9 VTrofxpTjixaTa

Kai irL<TTQ)<s. Tavrrjv rrfv eTn<TToXr}v StSojcrt ttlctt^ dvSpC,
&)? (oeTC 6 8e Kvpo) SiScjcrtv.

Notes 1. ravra: subject of eSo/cet. w<{>^i|j,a : for the meaning, cf.

ox^cXcw 2. Tv T)-y|xov(ov : the commanders of Cyrus's native troops.
5. (avrov : refers to Artaxerxes. 6. avrov : i.e. Orontas. 7. Ttjs irp<S-
<r6v <{>k\(as : their former friendship (811). 8. 8(8(i><rt : he gives.
130 PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE.

LESSON LIII.

Participles Middle and Passive.

492. Learn the seven forms of the middle and passive

participles of Xvco in 765-770. All participles in os are declined
like aya06<i (750). Learn the declension of \v6cis in 754.

493. The added to the tense stem in the middle

special suffix (484)
and passive form the participles is juvo. But the aorist passive uses
to
the active ending vt, as kvOe-vr, and is oxytone. The perfect middle and
passive has the acute on the peniUt,

494. For the present participles of contmct verbs in the

middle and passive, see 781-783.

495. The participle may define the circumstances of an

action. U.g. :

1. Tous )8ap/?apous viKT/o-avrcs oiKaSe iiropevovro, tchen they had con-

quered the barbarians, they proceeded home.
2. d8iK7/det9 avTov iirata-a, I struck him because I had been wronged.
3. iiropevovTo Tr]v \<i>pdv dpTTo^ovrc?, they advanced ravaging the country.

4. iiropevero im Tr]v iroXiv ra? <nrov8a<i iroirfo-ofievo';, he proceeded to

the city to make the truce.

5. (r<i>OevT<; av \a.piv vpxv Xoifiv, if we should be saved, toe should ft

grateful to you.

6. fieaov l^^wi' t^s ovtov (rrpaTias o/itos c^w iyevero tov Kupou evoyvv-

fjMv KcpaTos, although he was at the centre of his own force, nevertheless he mis

beyond Cyruses left wing.

7. Traprjv c^wv OTrAiras rpiaKoaiov^, he was there with 300 hoplites.

These participles express tivie (1), cau.-ie (2), means or manner (3),
purpose (4), condition (5), concession (6), and attendant circumstance (7).
 PARTICIPLES MIDDLE AND PASSIVE. 131

490. VOCABULARY.
'EXXVior-irovTos, ou, 6, the Hellespont. Kara-Xaiipdvo), seize upon, capture.

l|-aiT', ask from, demand; mid., beg jjidXwrTa (t/. ndWov), adv., most, espe-

off. daily.

^-(m, impers., it is alloioed or pos- JSi\r\Tos, ov, i], Miletus.

sible. jiovos, v^ ""t flione, only ; fibvov, as adv.,

I| (c/. ^1), adv., outside, beyond, be- alone, only.

yond the reach of. irpo-Tvjid, honor before others or espe-

Upds, &, ov, sacred ; to, iepd, sacrifices, daily.

omens. Xtppovrio-os, ov, i], the Chersonese.

497. 1. ifxoL, (o apSpe<;, dvojxevo) to, lepa /caXa ^v. 2. vvv

e^eaTLv avrot? croiOeZari TTopeveadai. 3. (fyojSovixevoL 8e Trfv
ohw ofji(t)<s eiTTOvTO. 4. TrefjLxjjojfjLev 8e avhpa<5 KaTaXrjxlfOfjievov^;
TO, (XKpa. 5. fxovoL /caraXeXet/x/xeVot o/xcd? tov? (f)vXaKa<;
KaraKoi/zavre? ei^w eyevovTO. 6. /cat eVoXejuet e/c XeppovT]-
(Tov opixatfjievos toI<; @pa^l toI^ vnep 'FXXijaTrovTov oIkovcl.
1 . Tore TrpoTlix(op,vo<s fxakicrra viro Kvpov vvv r)fxa<; tov^
Kvpov <^tXou9 KaKw? 77ot^^' TTeipoLTai. 8. 17 8e [xfJTrjp i^ai-

Trj(Tap.evri avrov aTroTre/xTret TTctXtv eVl Ty)v ap^rjv. 9. rt^

ow, e^f) 6 Kvpo<;, dBLKr)Oel<s vn ip,ov vvv eTTtySovXeuet? /jlol ,'

498. They will not wrong us, if we make <i truce with
1.

them. 2. They fled from the hill, in fear that they should be

cut to pieces. 3. But Xenophon, when he had thus offered

sacrifice, proceeded to Miletus. 4. This man, although he had

been sent to bid the Greeks proceed, advised them as follows.
6. Aristippus, the Thessalian, since he was hard pressed by his
enemies, asked Cyrus for pay.

Note. 1 Cognate accusative (833), because you have suffered what ufrong f
132 READING LESSON.

499. Orontas is brought to Trial.

6 oe Kvpo9 (TvXXaixfidvL ^OpovToiv, /cat (TvyKaXei cts

rryi' eavTou crK7]vr)v Ilepcrds rcoi/ Trept avrov Itttol, /cat rov9
Toil' EXXr^t'cui' arpaTrjyovs iKekevaev OTrXtrcts dyayeti',
TOiJrou9 Se Ta)(drjvaL nepl Tr)v avrov (Tktji/tjv. ol Se ravra
5 eTTOvr)(Tav, ayay6vT.<i tu? (about) TpLcr)(iXLOv<; OTrXtrct?.

K\ap)(ov Se Kat etcrw Tra/ae/cctXecre (TVfx^ovXov

ovto<;

yap Kat avrol /cat rot? aXXots eSo/cet Trporlfirjdrjvai

jLtaXtcrra r&ii/ EXXt^^'wv.

Notes. 3. d-ya-yciv: second aorist infinitive (indicative rjyayov). In

line 5 the second aorist participle, dyayovrcs, occurs. 7. avT$ : i.e. Cyrus.
Not only Cyrus but also the rest of the Persians thought that Clearchus
was the most prominent man among the Greeks. 8. tv 'EXX^vuv : parti-
tive genitive with fiaXiara (842).

No. 37. Greek Armor.

 ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 133

LESSON LIV.

Adjective Stems in v of the Consonant Declension Irregular

Adjectives.

500. Learn the declension of T|8tls, siveet, in 752, and of the'

iiTegular adjectives (xcYas* great, and ttoXvs, much, many, in 753.

501. With T|8vs, cf. the declension of 7r^;(vs and aarv in 748. (ic-yas

and iroXtis are irregular in having each two stems.

502. VOCABULARY.
aiT66i {cf. a^6s), adv., here, there. SirwrOcv, adv., behind, in the rear.

^9vs, eta, i), deep. iroX.vs, ttoXXtj, ttoXiJ, much, many ; ttoXi)

tY-yvs, adv., near, at hand. as adv., much, far.

T|5vs, eta, i; (cf. ijdofjiai), Sweet, pleasant. <rKr\via, o-KrjWjaw, ia-Ki\vr\(ra {cf. <rKi}vfi),

'qiiurvs, eta, v, half. be in camp.

Kpif|VTj, rjs, T], spring, well. Td(|>pos, ov, i], ditch, trench.

\t.iyo.s, fieydXt], fj-iya, great, large. iiSup, vdaros, t6, water.

503. 1. 6 S' dvTjp TToWov^ d^LO^ <f>LXos io-TL. 2. Kal

TToXt? avTodi (pKeiTO [xeydXr) Koi evhat^oiv. 3. rwv 8e ^ap-
^dpcov^ (fyo^o^ TToXvs ^V' 4. ecKiqviqcrav^ iyyv^ Trapahetcrov^
fieyaXov /cat koXov. 5. Kvpo) eirejXTre ^/DT^/aara TroXXa ei9
TT}!' (TTpaTiav. 6. Kara yap fxeaov^ tov (TTaOpxtv tovtov
Ta<f)po<; ^v ^aOela. 7. ttoXXou? 8e tcju (fyvXdKcov OTTicrdev
T(t)v vTTO^vyLojv ctX^^* ^* ^vTavBd icTTL Kprjvr) rjSeo'; vSaro?.
9. inopeveTO i-rrl Trora/xdi^, oura to eupo? irXiOpov, TrXyjpr] 8'

l\6v(i)v fieydXojv. 10. e)(L to tJixlo-v tov (TTpaTvixaTo<s.

134 ADJECTIVE STEMS IN v. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES.

504.1. The wine was very sweet. 2. There Cyrus had a

palace and a great park. 3. The soldiers were in great hopes.

4. Thence they proceeded into a large and beautiful plain.

5. In this plain there were many villages.

Notes. ^ The genitive depending on a^tos, leorth, worthy, is the geni-

^Subjective genitive (841,
tive of value (853). fear 2), the that the barbarians

felt,not the fear that they Inceptive

inspired. (134, ^ aorist 3), icent into
camp, encamped. *The genitive follows cyyvs (856). middle of ^at the this

day's march. fiao<; in this position (813) refers to a, part of the subject.

505. Cyrus makes the Charge :

" This is not the First Time that this

Man has been false to me."

fiera Se ttjv Kpicnv tov 'OpovTci KXeap^^os i^TJyyeWe

Tot? ^tXot? C09 iyevero- ov yap diroppiqTov rjv. eXe^e Se
ort Kvpo9 ^PX^ '^^^ \6yov o)Se. " UapeKaXecra v/aag,

dpSpe<; <f)iXoL, ottojs (Tvv vfjuv ^ov\v6p,evo^ 6 tl ot/catov

5 iari KOL 7r/3o? de^v /cat Trpo? dvOpamoiv tovto irpa^o) irepX

'Opovrd TOVTOVL. tovtov ydp irpwTOv fxev 6 e'joto? Trarrfp

eSa)Ku vtttJkoov eli/ai eyioi- ra^^^ets Se u><i (f)r) avro? vtto

TOV ifxov dheX(f)OV euro? iTToX4p,r)(Tev ifioL cxcov ttjv eV
'^dpSecTLv dKpoTToXiv, Kol iya> avrov TrpocnroXefKov iTTOvr)(Ta

10 TOV 7rpo<; e/xe iroXefMov iravaaadav."

Xotp:s. 2. #s iyivtro : hoio it (the trial) was conducted. 3. T|px

began. For the following genitive, see 845. 4. o -rt : tvhatever, the neuter
of the general relative ooris, T7Tt9, o ti, whoever, whatever. The relative

clause is summed up emphatically in the following tovto. 5. irp^M

aorist subjunctive. 0. Tovrovt: here, with an emphatic gesture, stronger
form of TOVTOV 7. 8kv : gave. clvai : expresses purpose (461, 7).
9. avT6v : subject of Traixrao-^ai. irpotnroXfiiwv : by warring against (him), a
participle expressing manner (495, 3).
 STMS IN A DIPHTHONG. 135

LESSON LV.
Steins in a Diphthong of the Consonant Declension.

506. Learn the declension of paciXevs, kinff, Povs, ox, cow,

Ypavs, old woman, and vavs, ship, in 749.
507. Final v of the stem disappears before all vowels in the endings,
and in vavs the resulting vo becomes v before a long vowel and vrj before
a short vowel. The genitive singular may end in cas instead of os.

508. VOCABULARY.
dir-<pxo|xai,, come or go away, retreat, cpxop.at, (epx, ^Xi^^), tjXOov, cX'/jXvOa,

desert. come, go.

'Aprtjiis, tSos, ij, Artemis. No. 69. linrevs, ^wx, 6 (c/. 'i-inros), horseman,
^acriXiis, ^us,6 {cf. ^affiXeij}), king. cavalryman; Tplur., cavalry. No. 17.

Povs, i3o6s, 6, ii, ox, cow; plur., cattle, vavs, veuis, ij, ship. No. 43.
oxen. ovK-ovv (ov + oSv), interr. particle, not

P<o|j,6s, ov, 6, altar. No. 38. then ? not therefore f expecting an

"Ypavs, ypdSs, rj (cf. y^piov), old woman. affirmative answer,

yvv/j, yvi/aiKds, rj, woman, wife. <rTpaT0ir8cvo|iai., a-TpaToir8vaop,ai,

iri-8T| (eirel + Sri), conj., when, since. etc. (cf. ffTparbireSov), mid. dep., go
cp|j.r]vvs, ^ws, 6, interpreter. into camp, encamp.

50J). 1. rats vavalv^ eirokiopKei ^iky]Tov. 2. ev 8e rat?

OLKiai^ Tjaav /3oe9 koX opvWe^. 3. 6 8' epfxrjvevq Xeyet otl
irapa /Sacr(,Xeaj9 ^ jxeydkov ep^ovrai irapa Kvpov. 4. naprjv
0 /cat arpaT-qyo^ T1.9 Aa/ceSat/aot'to? eVt twv ve(op. 5. el

ySacrtXeu? iv tS ttcSiw o'TpaToireSevoLTO, OTT\i(raLmo dv 01

tTTTrets. 6. TjXdev inl top Trjs 'AprejatSog ^ojfxoi/ 6 epp,r)vev<;.

7. TovTov ep^Ka Kvpo^ ra? vav<; fxeTeTrefjLxjfaTO. 8. tov<;

136 STEMS IN A DIPHTHONG.

yepovra^i Kai ra? ypav^ KarkXnrov oXiryd*; yap vav<; el^ov.

9. Kttt TTapa [MeyaXov /SactXeoj? Traprjv TLaaa(f)pvr)<s /cat 6

rrj^ ^ao"tXea>9 yvvaLKO^s dhe\(f)6<;. 10. ovkovv napa ^aau-
Xeiw? TToXXot 77/309 Kv/30v dnrjXdov, ineiSr) irokipioi dXXr^'Xoi?
,'
iyeuouTO

510. 1. He sent the interpreter to^ the generals of the

Greeks. 2. Let us plunder the king's country. 3. They
asked the king for cattle.^ 4. The expedition will be'^against
the great king. 5. For Cyrus sent to the king the tributes
from the cities.

Notes. ^ Dative of instrument (866). ^ When the reference is to

the king of Persia, jSacriAcvs commonly stands without the article. ^ irapd
with the accusative. * Verbs signifying to ask take two object accusatives
(838). ^lorrai (for eatTai). For the future, see 170.

611. He cross-examines Orontas.

Mera ravra, <f>7j,

qj UpovTa,TL ere rjOiKTjaa , airo-

Kpiverai otl ovSev rjbiKiqcre. ttoXiv Se 6 Kupo? -^pcord,

" OvKoiiu v(TTepov, (o^ avTOS crv o/aoXoyet?, ovBev vn ifxov
dSLKovfJievo<; KaKw<; erroiei^ ttju ifxrjv ^wpdv;' ecfiT] 6
6 'Op6vTd<s. "OvKovt'," <f)T] 6 Kv/309, ^' OTTOT av iyLyvct)aK<;

Tr)v (rax/TOv hvvayiLv, i\.d(t>v eVt tov Trj<; 'A/^re/xtSo? ^(opov

Kal TTCtcrd? e/xe TncTTd irakiv ISoj/ca? poi koX eXa^Ses trap
ipov j^^ /cat Tavd* (opoXoyet 6 O/aoi/rct?.

Notes. 1. xi: cognate accusative (S3'3), what tcrong did I do you f

2. ov8^v : the answer of Orontas in his own words was ovSkv i^SiKT/o-as, you
did me no icrong. ov8iv is the neuter accusative singular of ouSei'?, no, none.
4. dSiKovfLcvos : concessive participle (495, G). ?j>ti : said " Yes."
6. 4\94v : second aorist participle, declined like ckcjv. 7. IScaKas : did
you give.
 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 137

No. 38. /3w/x<is.

LESSON LVI.

Relative Pronouns. Genitive Absolute. Numerals.

512. The relative pronouns are os, r\, o, who, which, and
oaris, TiTis, o Ti, whoever, whichever. The latter is called the
indefinite relative.

513. Learn the declension of os and oo-tis in 764.

514. ooTis is compounded of the simple relative os and the indefinite

enclitic tis (354), each part being separately declined, o ti is so written
to distinguish it from on, that, because.

515. 1. TavT lirpaxQil KXedpxou o-TpaTTi'yo'OvTos, this was

done when Clearchns was general.
2. |iTd TavTa Kvpov kcXcvovtos 'Opovrav dird'yovaiv, after
this, at the command of Cyrus, they lead Orontas away.
138 RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

These participles are circumstantial (495), and express time and cause;
each modifies a noun in the genitive the noun and participle are not
;

grammatically connected with the main construction of the sentence.

616. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected

with the main construction of the sentence may stand by them-
selves in the genitive. This is called the Genitive Absolute.

517. Learn the first ten cardinal numerals in 756, and the
declension of ets, 5vo, rpcts, and TCTxapcs, in 757.

518. VOCABULARY.
els, fj-ia, Iv, one. o-rdSiov, ov, t6, stadium, stade, 600
|-cXavv(i>, drive out; intrans., march, Greek feet.

march on. <rrpa.Tt\yio, irrpaTr\yf]<ro>, ^o-Tpa-r/jyi)-

Zws, At6j, 6, Zeus, highest of the gods. <ra, ia-Tpar-f\yr\Ka (cf. arparrrris),

Nos. 52, 61. be general, lead, take command,

KaTa-irpdrrw, do thoroughly, accom- command.
plish. <riaTf\p, ij^os, 6 {cf. vifiita), preserver,

OS, Vi 0, rel. pron., loho, which. savior, a title given to Zeus.

0O--TIS, ^rts, STt(5s + Tts), rel. pron., T^rrapts, o, /our.

whoever, whichever. fpeis, rpt'a, three.

ovS-cCs, ovdefda, ovd^v, declined like els rpCros, Vi ov (cf. r/rets), third ; t6 rplrov

(oiide+eh), none, no, nobody, nothing. as adv., the third time.

519. 1. TjyefjLova atretre^ o(rTL<;^ vjtxa? aird^ei. 2. e^e-

Xawet 8ta ^pvyid^ aTaOjJLOP eva et<? ttoXlu olKovfxeurjv,

evhaCfxopa kol [xeyd\r]v. 3. ^aav 8e aurot? ySoe? ov<;

idvcrav rw Att rw crojTrjpL. 4. iau /caXws JcaraTrpa^ct) iif)*

d^ (TTpaTevofiat, Kard^co vfxa<; ot/caSe. 5. ixerd Tavra, (o

^OpovTa, ecTTLv^ 6 ti^ ere rjhiKiqcra; 6. Kvpov 8e Kekevaav-

Tos ^ Kpi(JTnnTO<; dTreTreixxjjei' 6 ei)( CTTpdTevjxa.*' 7. ivrevOev

 RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 139

iXavvovai Kvpov (TTparriyovvTO^; (rra^/utous rpet? ein tov

FiV(f)paTr]v irorafjiov, ov tjv to evpos rerra/sa (rraSta. 8. iv
T(o Tpvrco crra^/xw Kvpo? i^eraauv Troteirat eV rw TreStoj

776/01 fieads vvKTas, ovhevo^ kojXvovtoS'

520. 1. And with her he sent horsemen whom Menon had.

2. Whoever of you did this was unjust. 3. Cyrus sent him
gifts which are regarded at court" (as) precious. 4. When
Orontas had confessed this, Cyrus spoke as follows. 5. There
Cyrus had a large park full of wild beasts which he used to
hunt ^ on horseback.
Notes. ^ Imperative. ^ xhe case of the relative depends on the
construction of the clause in which it stands (826). ^ xhe antecedent is

omitted (827).
* For the accent, see 166, 2. ^ A cognate accusative
(833),
is there any ivrong that I have done you ?
^ The antecedent is attracted into

the relative clause (829), for airiivcfixpc to aTpdrev/jLa o ei)(. ''

irapa
fiaaiXci. 8 Imperfect.

521. Orontas confesses his Treachery.

" Tt ow," 6 Kv/3o?, " d8tKT7^et? vn i/xov vvv to

<f)7]

TpiTov eVt^ovXevet? /Ltot/" Xe^avro? Se tov 'OpoPToi otl

ovoep d8tKT7^t9 iiTL^ovXeveL, rjpdrrrja-ep 6 Kvpos avTOP,
" OjaoXoyets ovv irepl i/xe dStK^crat/" " 'O/xoXoyw,"
(f)r]

5 6 OpoPTois, " dpayKT) yap-' e'fc tovtov iraXtp -qpcoTTjcrep

o Ku/309, " Ert ovp ap eLTjq t(o ip.^ dSeX(^&I 7roXe/xt09,

ijxol 8e <^tXo9 Kol TTtcrros;" 6 8e aTTOKptpeTai, " OvS'
t eLTjp, (o Kvpe, (ToC y ap nore en 8o^at/x,t."

Notes. 1. dSiKneefe : here causal (495, 2), because you have suffered what
wrong f but in line 3 concessive (495), although he had suffered no tcrong.
4. d8iKii<rai : infinitive in indirect discourse (469). 8. a-olyc to you at
any rate irori ti : ever again. 86gai.|xi, : sc. <^iAos Koi ma^TO'i eivai.
140 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

No. 39. /3ai), |3oy/

LESSON LVII.

Conditional Sentences. General Suppositions.

522. Review 301-305.

The suppositions expressed in 304 are particular (302).

523. 1. lav Tis KXeiTTXl, KoXdl^CTai, if any one {ever) steals,

he is (always) punished.

2. 1 Tts kXctttoi, KoXdl^TO, if any one (ever) stole, he was

(always) punished.

Here the suppositions are not particular, but general (302). In the first

example, the supposition is present ; it is introduced by l^v, if, and has

the subjunctive ; the apodosis has here the present indicative, but it may
have any present form denoting repetition.
 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 141

524. Present general suppositions have kav with the sub-

junctive in the protasis and the present indicative (or some
other present form denoting repetition) in the apodosis.

In the second example, the supposition is past ; it is introduced by tl,

if,and has the optative the apodosis has here the imperfect
;
indicative,
but it may have any past form denoting repetition.

525. Past general suppositions have l with the optative in

the protasis, and the imperfect indicative (or some other form
denoting past repetition) in the apodosis.

526. Review 306, 307 ; 316, 317 ; and 363, 364.

527. VOCABULARY.
ScC, adv., always, ever. trori, adv., once, ever (enclitic).

ck-itoSmv (i^ + trovs), adv., out of the irovs, 7ro56j, 6, foot.

way. vir-KTXvtoiiai (<rx), v'Tro-<rX'<i<ro(jiai, iir-

eiriKOvpT]|i.a, oros, t6, relief. t(r\6\i.r\v, vir-ia-\r\\i.ai {inrb + x'^)?

cp-yov, ov, t6, work, deed. hold oneself under, undertake, prom-
KKiirru) (/cXeTr), K\4|/a>, KX\|fa, KCK\o<)>a, ise.

KiK\f\i.\i.ax, iK\6Ltn]v {cf. k\u}iI/), steal. viro-Xva, loose beneath; mid., untie
KoXd^b) (Ko\ad), KoXdo-u, CKoXcura, kcko- one's sandals or shoes.

Xoo-fxai, KoXda-8T)v, punish. |/cv8o)xai, ^(v<ro\iai,, (}^(va-a\i.r\v, t^tv-

ow-iroTc {oi + TfOTi), adv., never. *''V--^) ^i^i cheat, deceive.

528, 1. el T(i>^ VTrdcr^otro^ rt Kvpo<;, ovirore ei/zevSero.

2. et rt? TTore KXeiTTOL t(i)v TTekraa-TOiv, Ko\a.t,ero. 3. rjv

iTTLKovprjfxa roiv irohwv, et rt? Tr)v vvKTa^ vttoXvolto. 4. ol

Oeol LKavot etcrt tov<; fxlKpov^, koLv* iv Setvoi? cScrt, awl^eLv

pahio)^. 5. ovK av eTroCrjcre ravra, et ixrj e-yw avrov e/ce-

142 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES.

Xevaa. 6. iav tl<s tl ayaOov rj KaKov TroLtjcrr) avTov, ael

uIkolv^ neLpoLTaL. 7. ovSe yap av /ac 6 ^acnXev*; eTraivovr). et

dSiKoCrjv Tov^ (^tXov5. 8. dvhpes, iav fiot Treto'^^re,*^ tovtov

Tov dvdpoiTTOv i.KiTO^(iiv TTOLTJaecrde. 9. et v/ACt? ideXere
opfxdadai, eireordaL vplv ^ovXojxai. 10. Kai et rts avrw
hoKoif] Twv TT/ao? rovTO TO epyov Ter-aypiivaiv cr^oXatw?
TTOtetv, TOV eVtTT/Setoi' etraiev.

529. 1. He is always enraged anybody deceives him.

if

2. If they caused us trouble, we punished them. 3. If he

promises anybody anything, he never deceives him. 4. He beat
his soldiers if they did not obey. 5. He never came to my
house,^ unless he was sent for.

Notes. ^ I.e. tlvl (763). ^ Second aorist optative. during ^ the

night, accusative of extent of time (836). * I.e. koL idv, even if. ^ to be

superior, to outdo (him). 'With the force of the middle, obey. ' irapa ifif.

530. Clearchus advises that Orontas be put to Death.

The Others concur.

7r/)09 TavTa Kvpo? eXe|^e Tot? irapovcriv, " 'O /xev dj/rjp

Tavra jxev ireTToi-qKe, ravra Se Xeyet

vp.oiv ok crv TT/awroq,

tS KXeapx^, Xe^ov 6 tl aoi So/cet." KXe'ap^^o? 8e eXefe

TctSe " "Xvp^^ovXevco iyo) tov dvhpa tovtov iKirohuiv ttol-

5 ela-dai, Xva fx-qKeTL Serj tovtov (fyvXaTTeaOai, dXXd ct^oXt)

Tl 'qfxiv Tov<; (J)iXov<; ev Troteti^." Tavra Se e(f)7] /cat tov<?

ctXXov? Xe^at.

Notes. 1. irpos ravra : in vietc of this, thereupon. rois irapowriv : to

those present (487, 3 and 4). 6. ravToL : i.e. to. avrd. I<|>t] : i.e. Clearchus,
when the trial was over.
 CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES. 143

LESSON LVIII.

Conditional Relative Sentences.

531. A relative clause with an indefinite antecedent has a

conditional force, and is called a conditional relative clause.
This conditional relative clause stands in the relation of a
protasis to the antecedent clause, which is its apodosis. Its
negative is always jtrj.

532. Review 304; 305; 306, 307; 316, 317; 363, 364; 523, 524, 525.

533. A conditional relative sentence differs from a con-

ditional sentence not in force, but only in form. It substitutes
for the ordinary conditional particle ii, if, a, relative pronoun

or adverb, but with the added idea of the person, thing, time,
place, or manner, contained in the relative.

1. o Ti ^ovXiTat (=cr TL /SouAcTai, 305) irpa^o}, I will do whatever he

(noio) wishes ; o ri e/3ovAcTo (= el tl i^ovKero, 305) irpa^ixi, I will do what-
ever he wished.

2. o Tl ifiovX-qdrj (= el Ti i(3ov\rj6rj, 307) eirpd^a av, I should have done

whatever he had ivished ; o ti i^ovXeTo (^et ti c/SouActo, 307) eirpaTTov av,

I should be doing whatever he wished.

3. o Tl av fiovXrjTai (= edv ti (SovX-qTai, 317) Trpa^w, I will do whatever

he wishes.

4. o Tl fiovXoLTO i= ct Tl fiovXoLTo, 364) TTpa^aifii av, I should do what-

ever he wuihed.

5. o Tl av fiovXrjTaL {= iav tl ^ovXrfTaL, 524) Trparro}, I (^alivai/s^ do

whatever he wishes ; 6 tl /^ovXolto (=: ei ti j3ovXolto, 525) ewpaTTOv, I
(always) did whatever he mshed.
144 CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES.

534. The particles ecos, ian, axpt> H'^XP'-' until^ follow the
construction of conditional relatives in both forms of future
conditions (533, 3 and 4), in unfulfilled conditions (533, 2), and
in present and past general suppositions (533, 5).

535. The particle irpiv, before, until, is used in the same

way, but only when the leading verb is negative or implies a
negative.
Thus, ov Trpoadtv Trawrofuu vplv av v/i,as Karaydyo) OLKaSe, I will not
stop until I bring you liome.

536. TTpiv, before, is followed also by the infinitive (471), but

only when the leading clause is affirmative'.

537. VOCABULARY.
ws, conj., as long as, while, until. }i.&.\o\i.ai, (xaxovfiai, l)iiaxc(rd|i,i]v, \u)i.a.-

lana, lr\<ru, live, be alive. XIK'^'^' i^^f- f^xv)i fight, give battle.

SvTj, r]s, 7), belt, girdle. No. 44. oirdrc, rel. adv., when, whenever.
OdvoTOS, ov, 6, death. rrpoa--Kvvio>, 7rpo<r-Kvv^(r(o, irpo(r-(KvvT)-

Kaipos, ov, 6, fitting time, occasion. <ra (c/. Kwiw, kiss), make obeisance
Kara-Xvu, unloose, halt, dissolve^ make to, salute.

peace. irpo<r-TATT, assign, give orders to.

KaTa-\|n)<}>(^ofLai, mid. dep., vote against. \i^6s, ov, 6, fodder, forage.

538. *
1. a^Loq (^tXo? icrrlv 6 Kvpo^ w du ^tXo? y. 2/ onov
aTpariqyo'i ert t,(or)^ tov aTpaT'qyov irapeKoiXow. 3. eyw
yoLp (f)olBoLixr]v av rw y^yepiovi a>^ ripiiv nefixfjeLev eneadaL.
4. oTTOTav /catpog rj, r}$0) inl rrjv irokiv. 5. otroTe Karaxjir}-

<f>Ll[,OLVT6 Tivo<;^ BavaTov ol Uepcrat, ekdix^avov Trj<; ^(oin)<;.^

6. TOVTOv<; Tovq (TTa0ixov<; irdw fJcaKpov^ inopevovTO, ottotc

7) Trpo? vocop /SovkoLVTO r)KLu ^ npo^ )(lX6p. 7. ovK av TTpocr-

 CONDITIONAL RELATIVE SENTENCES. 145

Kvvy](Tav ov fxr] i^ovXopro. 8. eaovrai aTTOvSal ew? dv

/3acnXev<; r^fxiv TrpocTToi^r) fxa^eadai. 9. oto) ovp ravra fxr}

BoKel /caXoj? e)(eLv, OLTro^oiprjcrdTO). 10. ov Karakvcrei irpo<;

Toif^ TToXe/xiou? Trpiv av aoi avjx^ovXevarjTaL.

539. 1. We will trust the guide that Cyrus sends. 2. And

in company with^ you I shall be in honor wherever I may
be. 3. Whenever the Greeks approached, the barbarians fled.

4. Let there be a truce until I return. 5. We should fear to

use the boats that you might send us.

Notes. * By contraction ior ^aoirj (T81). ^ xhe relative is assirjii-

lated to the case of its antecedent (828). ^ 'phe genitive often depends
on a preposition included in a compound verb (852) * The genitive
follows verbs signifying to take hold o/'(845). ^ in company with, <tvv.

540. Orontas is led away.

/Acra ravra KeXevomo^ Kvpov eXa^ov Trj(; [^cjvrj^ top

'OpovToiv iirl davdrco aTravre? ot irapome^;. eira 8'

i^rjyov avrov ois TrpocreTd^dt), koX ol irpoadev trpocr-

KwovvTCf; avTov Kai (even) Tore 7rpocrKvvr}crav, Kaiirep inl

5 BdvaTOv dyofxevov. evret Se ei? Trjv ' ApTandrov (TKrjprju

elcnjx^dr], (TKiqiTTOv^ov tticttov t(o Kvpo) oi^rog, /xera ravra

ovSev TTepl avTOv rjKovev ovSct?
ecKa^ov Be aXXot aXXw?
OTTO)? (how) OLTriOavev.

Notes 1. cXa^ov . . . Oavdro) : took him by the girdle as a sign that he

was condemned to death, but in 4 ctti Bavarov, to execution. 4. KaCircp :

although, strengthening the following concessive participle. 7. ovSiv . . .

ovScCs : Greek doubles the negative, nothing . . . nobody ; English says

nothing . . . anybody. oXXot aXX(i>$ : some in one way, others in another
(literally, others in another way). 8. dirl9vcv: second aorist of ajrodvyaKia.
146 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

LESSON LIX.

Comparison of Adjectives.

641. Most adjectives add Tcpos to the stem to form the

comparative, and Tares to form the superlative.
POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.

TTtaros (ttktto^, faithful Trio-TO-re/aos Trioro^TaTos

TToXc/Atos (ttoAc/iio), hostUc TToAc/iioi-Tcpos TToAt/tuoi-TaTOS

d(r<^aAi/s (d(r<^aA,e<r), safe a(T<^iaXi(T-Tpos a<T<f>aXe<T-TaTO^

542. When the penult of stems in o is long by nature, or the vowel

of the penult is followed by two consonants, the stem remains unchanged
otherwise o is lengthened to . For the declension, see 750.

543. Some adjectives, chiefly in us and pes, are compared

by changing these endings to iwv and wttos.
POSITIVE.
 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 147

547. The superlative may express simply a very high degree

of the quality.

Thus, TToAc/AiwraTO? ^v /SacriXevs rots 'EAAiyo-i, the king was very hostile

to the Greeks.

548. VOCABULARY.
aUrxpos, 6., 6v, shameful, disgraceful. <rK(vo^6poi,ov,baggage^anrying; (tkcvo-

Ba^vXiov, wvos, i], Babylon. <p6pa as noun, pack-animals, baggage-

ptos, ov, 6, life. train.

ytia, ytva-dt, e-ycvo-a, y^7<v|i(u, give a Taxvs, a, d {cf. rdxa), quick, swift.
taste; mid., taste. TeXevrdw, reXevrVjo-w, TXvrrj<ra, tc-

(<r(i>s, a.d\., perhaps. TXVTt]Ka, iTeXftrr/jOtiv {cf. reXevr-^),

KcXiKia, as, i] (cf. KfXi?), Cilicia. bring to an end, end one's life, die.

irXai<riov, ov, t6, square, of troops. TeXewnfj, ^s, ij {cf. rAos), end.

iroXciiiKos, ^j 6v {cf. irSXefws), Jit for rtXos, ovs, to, fulfilment, end.

war, skilled in war, warlike. xp6vos, ov, 6, time, season, period.

549. 1. TO. 8e Kpea tovtcjv t(ov opviOoiv rj^icna rjv.

2. /x-^ KaKtov; wfxev t(op aXXcov W^XtJucjv. 3. iu Tjj reXevrrj

Tov /3tov ^aXeTTcwrarog iyevero 6 dvtjp. 4. gutto) 817 ttoXXou
)(p6vov rjSiovo<; olvov^ yeyevfxaL. 5. tovtov<5 i(f)a(rav ol ets

^a/3vX(t)ua (TTpaTevcrdfjiei'OL TroXf^t/cwrarou? elvat. 6. ivTev-

dev Kvpo? Tr)v yvvaxKa et? Tr)v KtXt/ctdt' aTTOTre/xTret Ty]v

Ta)(UTTr]v ohov.^ , 7. ovtoi elcn KaKLaroi re kol aur^tcrrot

dvhpe<;. 8. TeXo<; * 8e fxiKpoTarai yiyvovrai al rd<^poi.
9. Kupos ovroi^ ireXevTiqcrev, dvrjp oSz/ dp^eiv d^L(xyraTO<s.

10. TrdvT<? ovTOL ol ^dp^apoL TToXefXLCJTepoL riplv ecrovTai to)v

Trapa ySacrtXet ovtcou. 11. tcroj? qui/ d(T<^aXe(TTepov ecrat

17/xri' TTopeveaOai irXaixriov Trotrjcrafievov^^ T(ov ottXItcju, Iva
TO. crKevo<f)6pa ip dcr^aXecTTepw^ y.
148 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

550. 1. This road is narrower. 2. All were most faithful

to the 3. Now we will proceed by a longer road.
king.
4. The was a very unjust man. 5. Of all the Persians
satrap
Cyrus was most able to benefit his friends.

Notes. ^ Genitive of the time within which (854). ^ fhe genitive

follows verbs signifying to taste (846). ^ Adverbial accusative (835), by
the shortest road. * Adverbial accusative, ^na%. * Troirja-a/xevovs limits
ly/ias undei'stood, the subject of iroptvca-Oai. ^ in safer (^pohition), in

greater security.

551. Advance. Midnight Review.

ivrevOev i^eXavvet Slol Trj<; Ba^vXcovids (TTa0fxov<s r/aets

Trapaadyyd'; ScuSe/ca. iv he tco TpiTco aTaOjx^ Kvpo? i^e-

raaiv TTOLelTat twv Fi}X7]vcop Kai twv Bap^dpoiv iv rw

TreSto) rrepX /iecra? vvKTai
eSoKCt ydp ttj avpiov rj^eiv

5 /SacrtXect aifv to> (TTpaTevfxari fjLa)(ovfxevov. /cat eVeXeue

KXeapxov jxev tov Se^tou Kcpcjs rjyelcrOaLy Mevova 8e tov
evcovvfJLOV, avTos Se tovs eavrov Stera^e. fxerd he ttjv

e^eracTLv dfxa Trj rjfjiepa 7jKoi/Te<; aurojaoXot napd fxeyoiXov

l3a<TL\e(o<; dTnjyyeXXov Kvpa> irepi ttj^ /SacrtXeiw? crr/aarta?.

Notes. 4. 486ki : he thought. t'q aiipiov : sc.7jyi.ipa. (811), <Ae next

day, dative of the time when (870). tiSciv : future infinitive in indirect
discourse (469). 5. fiaxovfuvov : future participle expressing purpose
(495, 4). 7. SUtoI* : Cyrus drew up his barbarian force (rows kavTov) on
the left of the entire Greek force. 8. t||x^p9 : the dative follows apjo. (864),

(^^
No. 40. ^l4>ot.
 PRESENT SYSTEM OF VEBBS. 149

LESSON LX.
Present System of Verbs. Indirect Discourse.

552. In the previous lessons the verb has been developed

by moods. It will now be developed by Tense Systems.

553. The following tense systems have been presented :

1. Present system, including the present and imperfect tenses in all the
voices. Tense suffix /g, tense stem \v/g. Thus, \v<o, e-Xvo-v, \vo-fuii,
i-kv6-firiv. Cf. 138, 147, 177.
2. Future system, including the future active and middle. Tense suffix

cr^/e, tense stem Auo-/j. Thus, Auo-to, Xvcro-fULi. Cf. 139, 177.

3. First aorist system, including the first aorist active and middle.
Tense suffix aa, tense stem kvaa. Thus, i-Xvaa, i-X.v<Td-fj.7)v. Cf. 148,
184.

4. First perfect system, including the first perfect and first pluperfect
active. Tense suffix Ka (first pluperfect kc), tense stem AeAvxa (first
pluperfect XcAvkc). Thus, AcAvxa, c-A.e\wr;. Cf. 140, 149.
5. Perfect middle system, including the perfect, pluperfect, and future
perfect middle and passive. Tense suffix none (in the future perfect o^/^),
tense stem XtXv (future perfect AcAvo-"/^). Thus, AcAv-joai, e-XiXv-ynqv,
XeXvfTo-fmi. Cf. 185, 186.
6. First passive system, including the first aorist and first future passive.
Tense suffix de, lengthened to Orj in the indicative (first future passive
Orj(r/f), tense stem Xvde, XvOrj (first future passive Xvdrj<T''/f). Thus,
i-Xv6r}-v, Xv$rjao-[uu. Cf. 195, 198.

554. The three remaining tense systems have also been

briefly considered, the second aorist (91), second perfect (114,

115), and second passive (197). In the following lessons they

will receive fuller treatment.
150 PRESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS.

555. Conjugate the present system of Xuto in 765, giving the

moods in order, down the columns, first in the active, then in
the middle and passive.

656. The Synopsis of any system of a verb consists of the

firstform in each tense in each mood of that system, arranged
according to voices.

ThuS; the synopsis of the present system of Xv(o in the active is, Xu,
cXvov, Xv<i>, Xvoifii., \v{, \vei,v, Xvwv.

Give the synopsis of the present system of \vw in the middle and
passive.

557. A direct quotation or question gives the exact words

of the original speaker or writer. In an indirect quotation or
question the original words conform to the construction of the
sentence in which they are quoted.

558. Indirect quotations may be introduced by 8ti or (bs,

that, with a finite verb, or by the infinitive (469) sometimes ;

by the participle.

559. Indirect questions follow the same principles as indirect

quotations with 8ti and (bs, in regard to their moods and tenses.

560. 1. -Ypd<|>a) CTno-ToXTJv, / am writing a letter; \iyii '6ti

(or cbs) 7pd<})t em(TTo\r\v, he says that he is writing a letter.

2. Ti povXcaBc ; what do you want ? cpcoT^, ti (or 8 ti) pov-

Xo-0, he asks what you want.

In these examples a simple sentence is quoted indirectly. This involves

in the firstexample a change in the person of the verb of the quoted sen-
tence. In the second example there is no such change in person whether ;

it occurs or not depends on the connexion, as in English. It involves also

 PBESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS. 151

the use of on or ws, that, to introduce the indirect quotation, and may
involve a change of the interrogative pronoun ti to the general relative o Tt
in the indirect question. There is no change in either of these examples
of mood or tense.

561. VOCABULARY.
diropw, 6iiTopi\<rw, etc. {cf. diropos), he oiirut-iroTt (ou-ttw + tot^), adv., never

in doubt or want, be at a loss. yet.

dr)>(iXws {cf. dr^a\^s), adv., safely, iropcCa, as, ij {cf. iropeiofiai), journey.

securely. <rvX-\"y, collect, gather, bring to-

Sc'xo^iai,, 8c|o|iat, ISc^diJiT^v, 887(i,ai, gether.

receive, admit. Tp^<|>a>, Opc\|rM, 6p\|/a, T6pa)ip,ai, Irpd-

\iy(i>, (kt^a, elXoxa, c):X-y|j.ai., tXt'YTjv ^r\v and c6p<<{>6r]v, nourish, support,

and eXtx^^v, collect. maintain.

|j,^vToi, adv., really, in truth; conj., XP'^> XP'^*''*''? impers., it is needful, one

yet, still, however, nevertheless. must or ought.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations and questions in
the following exercise (562).

562. 1. Kvpo? 8e TovTOLf;^ oiTropcJv re kol Xvirov/xevo^

fieTeirefjLTreTO top KXeap^^ov. 2, BokeI^ Se fxoL r)fia<; ipcoTav
Kvpov TL^ /SovXerat 'qfjuv ^prjaOai. 3. \eyop,ev yap on
KaKiov^ eto"l irepX rjixas t] r]ixel<; irepi eKeivov<^. 4. tovto S'
au ovTOi crvXXeyerat koX r/aet^erat auroJ to crrparevjaa. 5. ol

oe* ekeyov ort ovncoTToO* ovto<; 6 iroTafxhs Sta/Saro? iyevero

Tre^rj ei firj tote.^ 6. ayopav Se irape^^ere^ rw cTTpaTev/xaTL
KOL Se^ecr^e rou? "EXX^^i/a?. 7. /BovXevcofxeda, avSpe? crrpa-
TLOJTaL, et' Kara, yrjv XPV TropeveaOai. 8. Eei^o^wt' pevroi
/SouXerat /xer' avTwv T7)v TropeCdv TTOieicrdai, voixit^oiv ovt(o<;

a(T(f)aXe(TTepov elpau. 9. rouro St) Set Xeyetv, ttco? ai^ nopev-

OLfiedd T d(T(f)aXw<; koI el yid^ecrOai Seot /caXw? fxa^OLfieda.

152 PRESENT SYSTEM OF VERBS.

563. 1. Cyrus was exhorting the Greeks not to flee. 2. He

calls his soldiers together to consult^ about the journey.
3. He orders the exiles to take the field with Clearchus.
4. Put^ this fellow out of the way. 5. He says that one of
Menon's soldiei"s was splitting wood.

Notes. ^ Dative of cause (866). ^ Impersonal, it seems best.

3Cognate accusative (833) after xprjaOai, what use he wishes to make of us.
For the dative "^fuv, cf. 309, 1. In its original form the question would 'be,
Tt )8ovAct T7/u,Tv )(prja6aL; * The article is used as a demonstrative, atid
they (815). ^They said, ovTnairoO outos 6 Trora/xos 8ia/3aTos cyeVero et firj

vw.
* Imperative ^ ci, whether, introduces the indirect question.
8 Use the subjunctive in a final clause. Use the present.
564. Council of War. Speech of Cyrus.

Kvpo? Se crvy/caXecrds tov^; ar parriyovs koX Xo^dyous

roiv ^Wrivoiv crvve^ovXeveTO re ttw? av rrjv fid^rju ttoloIto

Koi auTO? TTaprjvei Oappvvcjv rotctSe " 'fl dvhpe<; "EXXt/i/c?,

ovK duOpcoTTcov OLTTopaJv fiap^dpojv (Tvixp.(X)(Ov<; v/xa? dyo),

5 dXXa vop,it,(tiv dfjLeLvov<; ttoXXcjv ^ap/SdpcDv vfxd<; elvai, 8ta
Tovro TTpoaeka^ov. ecrre ovv dvSp<; d^Loi T175 iXevdepCd^;

'^S ^Te Koi rjs vfids iyo) evhaifiovL^co."

Notes. 2. ov iroioiro :
the joerson changes. C/! 390, 1. 3. -irapTjvti . . .

ToidSc : exhorted dvOpwiruv Pap^dpuv

and encouraged them as follows. 4. :

verbs signifying want take the genitive (848). diropwv the : participle
expresses cause (495, So the next
2). vofxi^wv in line. 5. d|u(vovs : braver,
accusative plural masculine irregular comparative dya^os.
of d/xetvajv, of
Sid TOVTO-:resumes because I vofii^wv, on thought, etc., this account. 6. eo~r :

imperative. the genitive depending on

iXcvOeptas : the d^ios, worthy, is

genitive of (853).
value = yv which you
7. 11s fXfTtThe tx^rc, possess.
relative is the case of
assimilated to antecedent (828). genitive
its r\s :

of cause (851) with cvSai/xovti^o).

 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 153

No. 41 . X67X'7'

LESSON LXI.

Future and First Aorist Systems of Vowel and Mute Verbs.

Indirect Discourse.

566. Review 553, 2 and 3, 274, and 90.

566. Conjugate the future and first aorist systems of Xu<o

in 766 and 767, giving the moods in order, down the columns,
first in the active, then in the middle.

Give the synopsis of the future system of \v(a in the active, 'in the
middle ; of the first aorist system of Avo) in the active, in the middle.

567. Review 560, 1 and 2.

In these examples the verb in the principal clause is in a primary tense

(50), and there is no change in either the mood or the tense of the quoted
verbs.

568. 1. X|V OTi (or <bs) 'Ypd<|)oi (or 'Ypd<j>i) Tri(rToXTJv, he

said that he was writing a letter.
154 FUTURE AND FIRST A ORIS T SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

2. TJpwT-no-c Ti (or 8 Tt) povXowrSe (or povXto-Gc), he asked

what you wanted.
In these examples there may be a change from the indicative to the
optative, but the tense remains the same the verb in the principal clause
;

is in a secondary tense (50).

569. After a primary tense, an indicative (without civ), in

indirect quotations after 8ti and s, and in indirect questions,
retains both its mood and its tense. After a secondary tense it

is either changed to the same tense of the optative or retained

in the original mood and tense.

570. 1. oiJTws civ TTiv Trio-ToXi]v i-ypaxl/a, in that case I should

have written the letter.

2. \iyi 8ti (or d)s) ovtcos dv ti]v ^ttio-toXiiv e-ypaxj/c, he says

that in that case he should have written the letter.

3. cXcl^v 8ti (or ws) ovtos dv tt|v Ittio-toXtiv 'Ypa\j;, he said

that in that case he should have written the letter.

571. 1. Ci\f eni(jTo\y\vdiV "^^(vifiias', would you write a letter?

2. cpcoTo^ l Trio-ToXi]v dv 'YPd^'ciaSf he asks whether you

would write a letter.

3. TipwrTio-cv l mo-ToXT]v dv -Ypdxjreias, he asked whether you

would'write a letter.

The verb in the quoted sentence retains its original mood and tense (an
indicative or optative with &v), whether the verb which it follows is

primary or secondary.

572. After both primary and secondary tenses, an indicative

or optative with dv, in indirect quotations with 8ti or ws, and
in indirect questions, retains both its mood and its tense
(with dv).
 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 155

573. VOCABULARY.
8ia-Tptp<i>, rub through, consume, waste Kpwirrw {Kpv<p), Kpvt)/<o, Kpwvja, KCKpv|i-

tirne, delay. (lai, Kpv<t>0T)v, hide, conceal, keep

cvda (c/. iv), adv.: of place, where, secret.

there, here; of time, then, thereupon. K(i>\kiyn\'S, ov, 6 {cf. kw/it)), villager.

cp^a^o^ai (ipyad), cp-yd<ro|xai, clp-yoord- otKoi {cf. olkIo.), adv., at home; ol otKoi,

|i,T]v, cCpYoa-fiav {cf. epyov), work, do, those at home, one's countrymen.

inflict on. See 23.

Odirrca {ra^i), 6d|/<i>, e6at)>a, T^6a}i,|ji.ai, rcXcvraios, o, ov {cf. reXevr^), last; ol

Td<|>Tiv, bury. TeXevraTot, the rear guard.

KtJpVTTW {ktJPVk), KT]pv|<l>, CK'fjpV^a, KCK^- Tptp<l>, Tptt|;6>, trpl^a, T^Tpi<j>a, T^TpiH"

pvxa, KiK'i]pvyikai, iKr\pv\'d-t\v {cf. ktj- jiai, (Tpl^r\v and iTpt^9r\v, rub.

pv^), proclaim, maJce proclamation. \^v, 6vos, i], snow.

Give the original forms of the indirect quotations and questions in the
following exercise (574).

574. 1. eVeXeucre 8e Toitq (rrpaT'qyov^ (rvvrd^ai rov?

EXXTyi'as. 2. ol 8e Stw^az^eg ra^v^ iiravo-avTo. 3. eSoKet
yap Kvpo? rj^eLv ySacrtXea crifv T(o cTTpaTevjxaTL jxaxov-
jxevov. 4. ireixxifov KcjfXTJTois aKexfjofievov^ tto)? ej^ovctv^ ol

reXevTatot. 5. evda Brj Kvpo<; eSetcre fir) ^acrtXeu? /cara-

Koxfieie TO ^WrjViKov. 6. oti, he inl ySacrtXed dyoL ovk
T)Kovcrav ol crTpaTLcoTai. 7. rjpoyrcov Kvpov tl ^ovkoiro rfj

(TTparia ^prjadai? 8. /cat Kvpo? eXe^^et' ort 17 680? eicrotro^

7rpo5 ^aaiXed fieyav. 9. aXXa SLaTptxjio} Iva (fto^wvTai ol
ayyekoL fir) ov ras CTTTOj/Sa? TroLrjacofieOa. 10. 1^ ^toii'

eKpmjje /cat ra oTrXa /cat rovg dvdpcoTrov;. 11. iKrjpv^av ol

(TTpaTrjyoL rovg avS/oa? ddxfjaL. 12. IXe^^ei' ort ovTa)<s dv tovs
ot/cot ^ KaKov Tl eipydcravTO.
156 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

576. 1. Orontas, thinking that the horsemen were ready,

wrote a letter to the king. we had many 2. I said that

fair hopes of victory. them to see^ what the 3. He orders

hindrance is. 4. He collected an army by means of^ this

money. 5. The satrap said that Cyrus had plotted against the
king.

Notes. ^ The neuter of the adjective is here used as an adverb.

*
Cf. Ka\u><: txpvaLv. ^ Cf. 562, 2. * Future optative of cI/jll. ^ Qne
of the two objects of av clpydaavro (839). Use o-Keirro/i^ii. ''by means
of, aTTO.

576. "You need not fear the Coming Struggle, and Success will
bring Reward."

" 'Eyw Se et9 olov epy^eade aycova v/aa? StSa^w. to /xev

yap TrXrjOo^ t(ov ^apftdpop ttoXv ecrxt /cat Kpavyfj iroXXfj

lirep^ovTai
av he ravra dvaa^^rjcrde, rd akka ala^vvo^iai
oXoi TjiXLv oi iv Ty X^P^ eialv dvdpcoiroL. iav he vfxels

5 dvhpe<; ^T /cat ev rd ifid yep7)TaL, eya> vfjicjv top fxev

ot/caSe /Sovkofxevov dTrekdelv t;rjko)Tov TTOirjaoi rot? ot/cot,

TToXXov? Se ot/aat ^ovkijcrecrdaL Trap ifjLOL jxeveiv.

Notes. 1. els olov . . . d'yuva: into what sort of struggle you are going,
indirect question introduced by the relative otos, equivalent to Latin qualis.

Cf. oioi in line 4. 2. Kpav-yfj : dative of manner (%QQ'). 3. ravro : i.e.

their numbers and outcry. dvd<rx'nr9 : second aorist subjunctive middle

of av-)(oi, hold up, mid. endure rd dXXa : accusative of specification (834),
as to all else I am ashamed (to thinl-) ichat sort of men my countrymen are.
5. rd l^ my : affairs. v^wv tov Pov\6|X(vov : tchoever of you (partitive
genitive, 842) shall vnsh. For 6 ySouAd/xevos, see 487, 3 and 4. 6. tTiXwT6v :

an object of envy.
 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 157

No. 42. Ancient Persians.

LESSON LXII.

Irregular Comparison of Adjectives.

577. The following are the most important cases of irregular

comparison
POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE.

1. dyado?, good dfitLvwv

apioTos
/StArto-Tos

KpetTTWV KpartcTTOS
2. KaKo;, bad (543) )(LpU>V ^ttpto-TOS

rjTTWV rjKia-Ta (adverb)

3. Ka\6<i, beautiful KoXXliOV KaAAlCTTOS
4. /Ltcyas, great /ACyi(TTOS

5. iuKp6<i, small

6. 6Atyo9, little, plur. few iXoLTTOiV Aa;^i<rTos

7. Tro\v<;, much, plur. many irXtLdiv or TrAecDV ttAcToto?

8. paSios, easy pa<t)V pao-Tos
158 IBREGULAB COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

578. VOCABULARY.
dXXdTTw (dWay), d\Xd|(o, qXXala, p(;CSi.os, a, ov {cf. pgLSlws), easy.

TJ\Xax.a, T]XXa-y)xai, riXXdxSiiv and ptiTTci) {p(.<p), pt^l'u, cppit|/a, ppi()>a, Sp-

TiXXd-ynv (c/. dWos), make other, pl|jk|tai,, cppt4>&t]v and eppU|>i]v, throw,
change. hurl, cast aside.

a.v-i\t, hold up; mid., stand firm orKVD<}>ope(i>, (rKcvo<t>op'^o-(i> {cf. <rKevo<p6-

against, endure. pos), carry baggage.

d^i6(i>, d|t.u(r(i>, etc. (cf. (S|ios), think fit, <rrp<J>, <rTp^t|;, tirrpt^a, <rrpo^a,

deem proper, claim, demand. (rTpa|jLp.ai, e(rrpd4>r]v and i<rrpi^9y\v,

dir-aWdTT, change off, abandon, rid turn, twist; intrans., turn, face about.

oneself of ; mid., depart, go away. TcXcci), TcXw, Ir^co-a, Tcr^cKa, tct^c-

8ia-TeX^a>, finish, complete. (Tfiai, iTi\i<rQr]v {cf. riXos), finish,

oT, conj., when. fulfil.

iraiScvo), iraiScvcco, etc. {cf. irats), train, TtTTapdKOVTa {cf. T^TTapes),. indecl.,

educate. forty.

579. 1. ^ekrlov eti/at i^T) ra aXXa ets tov noTafiov plxfjaL.

2. fiyL(TTOv, (S at'Speg, )(Te Kaipov. 3. * KpicrTLTnTO^ 8e

tTTTreids ov/c eXarrov? rpidKocrtoiv ei)(ev. 4. a^eivov <ttl

ravra avi^ecrOai rj aTTaWaTrecrOai. 5. ot oe TrXetcrrot

(rr/aet/favre? e^evyov d^'a Kparo^ 8ta rov TTora/AOv. 6. ouxot

a^tovcrt Twi^ Xo^dyw^' yiti^ '^eipov<^ elvai. 7. ttoXv yctp padv
eo'Tt StareXeicrat ri^t* oSdv. 8. '^aap KXedp^o) eV rw crrpa-
TevfjiaTi tTTTTet? TrXetov? 17 rerTapaKovra, tovtcdv oe ot TrXeto'Tot

SpaKe^. 9. Tttura dTra\\d^o)/xev, Iva oj? TrXetcrrot^ /Ltei/

r}[X(t>v ev Tot? ottXois^ (ixjlv, cos iXd^LO'TOL 8e (TKevo(f)op(ocn.

10. Kv/Dos ert Trats (uz^ or* eTratSevero /cat o^vi' rw dSe\(f>(o

Koi (Tvv rot? dXXots iratcrt Trctt'rwi'^ irdma^ KpaTLcrro^

iuOfJLL^eTO.
 IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 159

580. 1. For it is much easier to go away. 2. We should

be worth more ^ if we should have our arms, 3. There were
very many^ wild asses in the plain. 4. It is best for us to
proceed at once to the height. 5. For all the sons of the
noblest Pei-sians are educated at the king's court.

NoTKS. ^ quam pluriml, as many as possible, ws or on may be prefixed

to the superlative to strengthen
it. ^ under
in armis, arms. ^ Partitive

genitive with KpaTicrTos (842). Accusative of

* (834).
specification ^ The
genitive of value follows a^tos (853). Superlative (547).
*

581. Objection of Gaulites.

Kv^og fxev hi] ravra Traprjvei toIs arpanqyoZs koX

Xo^dyoi?
FavX-tTTy? 8e Trapwv (^vya<; '^dpno^, TTtcrro? 8e

Kvpo), eke^e " Kai fiijv, (o Kvpe, XeyovaC tlv<; otl ttoXXoL

VTTLa^veL vvv iv klj^Svvol<s (ov heipol^, av 8e /caXw? Kora-

5 Trpa^r)<i icf)' d arparevei, ov pLeyLvrjcreaO ai ere <^d(Tiv

evtot Se KoX XeyovaLV otl ovS' el ySovXoto, olo'^ t dv etrj^

-^ j>
irpd^ai ocra VTTKT^vel.

Notes. 2. irurros Kwpw : in the confidence of Cyrus. Gaulites probably

spoke by the direction of Cyrus. 3. Kal ^i\v : and yet. 4. v : the parti-
ciple expresses cause (495, 2). 5. ov (upLv^o-HT^ai : that you will not remember,
i.e. that you will forget, future perfect of fii/jivrjaKw, remind, serving as simple
future to the perfect, fx.fxvr]ixai, remember, which has the force of a present.
6. ovS* cl . . . ol6s t' ov It)s : not even if you should toish, would you be able
(364).

No. 43. War Ship.

160 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

LESSON LXIII.

Future and First Aorist Systems of Liquid Verbs. Interrogative

Subjunctive. Indirect Discourse.

582. Verbs whose stems end in a liquid (X ji v p) are called

liquid verbs (273).

583. Conjugate the future system of (jxuvo), show, in 771.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

584. The future of liquid verbs is formed by adding the tense suffix
stem c is contracted with the followv
/tf instead of o-/j (553, 2) to the ;

ing vowel, as in the present of ttoUw (782). Thus, fievuy (/u-cv), remain,
future /levtu, /Acms, /u,eveT, etc.; <f>aLvoi (<^av), show, future <f>avu), <f)aveL<:,

<f}avl, etc.

585. Conjugate the first aorist system of 4>aiV(D, shoib., in 772.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

586. The first aorist system of liquid verbs rejects <r of the tense
suffix tra (553, 3) and lengthens the stem vowel in compensation, o to t]

(but to o after i or p), to ei, i to i, v to v. Thus, <f>aLV(a (^xv), show,

<f>riva ; ktci'vo) (^ktcv'), kill, cKTCiva ; Kpivo) (xpiv), judge, eKplva, etc.

587. 1. Ti TTpalo) (aorist subjunctive); what shall I do?

2. Tov avSpa diroKreivcop.cv ; shall we put the man to death?

3. |i,T] ir|nra)jx,V tovs ircXraaTas ; shall we not send the

peltasts ?

Each of these sentences is interrogative ; its principal verb is in the

first person of the subjunctive ; if negative, it takes (i^.
 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS. 161

588. The first person of the subjunctive may be used in

questions of appeal, where a person asks himself or another
what he is to do. The negative is ji-q.

689. 1. diropet ti (or '6 ti) irpa|Tj, he is at a loss what to do.

2. T|Trdpi Ti (or o ti) irpa|LC (or Trpal-n)* he was at a loss

what to do.

The interrogative subjunctive here quoted, after a primary tense,

changes neither its mood nor its tense ; after a secondary tense, the sub-
junctive may become optative.

590. After a primary tense, an interrogative subjunctive,

when indirectly quoted, retains both its mood and tense. After
a secondary tense, it is either changed to the same tense of the
optative or retained in the same tense of the subjunctive.

591. VOCABULARY.
a.yy{k\<a (dyyeX), ayycXw, 'n'Y'Y*''^''^?
Kptvfil {Kpiv), KpiVM, iKptVa, K^KpiKa,

ilYy*^Ka, TJ-y-ytXiJiai, tiy^^Oiiv (c/. KeKpip.ai, IkpC6t|v, divide, distinguish,

477eXos), announce, report. decide, judge.

iir-ayytXXft), bring back word, report. KTflva {kTCv), KTVW, CKTClVa, CKTOva,
airo-Kptvo|iai, mid. dep., give a deci- kill.

sion, answer. \iivo, fuvw, i\uiva, ]U}i.ivr\Ka, remain,

diro-KTtCvw, kill off, put to death. stay, wait for, last.

airo-(}>aCvu, show forth; mid., show ir6Tpov . . . t), whether . . . or, in an

one''s own, declare, express. alternative question (both direct

PdXXu {^a\), poXw, S^oXov, P^pXtiKa, and indirect); also, in an indirect

P^pXT)|j,ai, ip\^OT)v, throw, throw at, question, cl . . . ij, whether . . . or.

hit with stones, stone. ({>a(vtt {<t>av), (|>avw, c<(>T|va, ire<{>a'yKa

yvwfjLT), 1JS, i}, opinion, plan, judgment. and ir^(|>T]va, ir^4>curp.ai, I<t>dv6i)v and
JK-PdXXu, throw out, expel. i^6.vr\v (cf. <pavep6s), bring to light,
K^ (Kav), Ka^o-M, cKavo-a, K^KavKa, show ; mid. and pass., show oneself,

K^Kavfiicu, 4Kav6T|v, bum. appear.

162 FUTURE AND FIRST AORIST SYSTEMS OF VERBS.

Give the original forms of the indirect quotations and questions in the
following exercise (592).

592. 1. TTOTepov ravra OLTrayyeXel 17 fxevelTe; 2. av he

irpciyro^ dn6(f>r]uaL ttju yvcofx'qv. 3. idavfxaaav Be ndvre'i 6 tl

ol aXkoL FXk'r)ve<; diroKpivoLVTO. 4. diTopovp.ev el Kavaoifxev

ra? dfid^ds as e^ojxev. 5. tov<; jxev^ axnwv diroKTevel, tov<;

8' iK/Sakel. 6. e^ovkevovTO el tovs dvSpa<; Kreiveiavrj p,ri?

7. ov fxevTOL Ta)(p dyyekio, dXXd BiaTptxpa). 8. /cat KXeap^o?

Kpivd^ dBiKelv TOP Tov M.evQ)vo<; (TTpaTLCdfrrjv eTratev' 9. riye-

fiuiv ouSets rifXLV (^avetrat. 10. Kvpo<; 8' dneKptvaTO on

ttKovot TOV (TaTpdiTiqv eiTL Tw T^v(f)paTr) TroTafxco elvau. 11. 6
8' e^ovXevero el fievotev rj iropevoivro enl ra? aKirjvaq.
12. iraicreiv (f)dal tov dvOpconov tovtov Kai jSaXelvy eav fir)

TTopeviqTaL.

593. 1. The gods will show us the way. 2. There Cyrus

put a Persian to death. 3. He was considering what answer
to make.^ 4. They were at a loss whether or not to show

themselves.* 5. There they remained a week and collected

supplies for their journey.

Notes. ^some . . . others (815). ^'phe original question was, Trorepov

Tovi avS/)a? KTetvwfiev 17 fi-q ;
^ He said to himself, ti d-rroKptvwfmi ;

* They said to themselves, Trorepov (f>r]V(i>fJ.e6a n] p.rj

No. 44. fuij/ij.

 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 163

594. Answer of Cyrus.

d/covo-ct? Tavra tov Tavktrov e\e^u 6 Kv/aog " 'AXX'

ecrrt y^ev rffup, (6 avSpe^, r) apx^ V 'n'dTpcod tt/oo? fxev

fiecrrjiJi^pLdp ft^pt ou Sta Kav/xa ov^ oloi t elalp oiKelv

avdpcoTTOi, Trpo? oe apKrov P'^xpi ov Sta ^eLjxoiva
Tah^
5 ei' /Afo"^ Tovrwi' napra aaTpairevovcnV' ol tov dSe\(f)ov
(f)L\oL. r)v o r)ixel<; plKujcrcofxeu, rj/xd^ Set tov<s rflxerepov;

^iXov9 TovTdiv ey/c/aaret? 7rot^o"at."

Notes 1. FauXfTov: verbs of hearing {cf. 846) may take' an accusa-

tive of the thing heard, and a genitive of the person heard from as the
source (851). 2. o-ti : for the accent, see 166, 2 T|ntv : dative of advan-
tage (861). 3. (ini|jipptov : literally, midday (fi<ro<;+ ^fiepd), i.e. the
south. o^
li^XP"- literally, to what (point), i.e. to the point where, neuter of
the relative os with /ie'xpt used as a preposition {until ). Kav|ta : heat. Cf.
Kao) 4. xt^K'"""' = cold. Cf. ;(iwi/. to, . . . irdvra : all between these {limits).
5. TovTwv : with iyKparcis (855).

LESSON LXIV.
Formation and Comparison of Adverbs.

595. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives and end

in (OS. Thus :

ADJECTIVE. STEM. GENITIVE PLURAL. ADVERB.

St/caios, just 8t,Kaio oi/catiwv oi/cat'ws

KuKos, had KUKO KaKWV KaKOJS

d(r<f>aXi^^, secure d.(r<f>aX.(T a(r<^aAciii/ a.(r(f>a\u><;

iJSvs, pleasant
164 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.

696. 1. Adverbs formed from adjectives of the vowel declension add

s to the stem, the last vowel of which is lengthened, and have the accent
of the genitive plural neuter.

2. Adverbs formed from adjectives of the consonant declension add s

to the stem, which takes the same form as before v in the genitive plural
neuter. The adverb is contracted when the genitive plural is contracted
and has its accent.

597. The neuter accusative singular of the comparative of

an adjective forms the comparative of the corresponding adverb,
and the neuter accusative plural of the superlative forms the
superlative of the adverb.

Form the adverb in the positive, comparative, and superlative of

dv8puo<i, brave, t<r;(iJpo5, strong, koXos, beautiful (577, 3), irp6$v/j.o^, eager,
and paSto9, easy (577, 8).

598. VOCABULARY.
dvSpcios, a, ov {cf. avijp), manly, brave. kivSvvcvco, kivSvvcvo-m, etc. {cf. Klvdvvos),

dvSpcCws {cf. dpSpeios), adv., bravely. be in peril, run a risk, encounter

pap^apiKws {cf. ^apPapiKds), adv., in the danger,
barbarian tongue, e.g. in Persian. ttov^w, iroWjo-w, etc. {cf. irSvos), toil,

8i-d-y<D, of time, pass, live, continue. labor, undergo hardship.

'EWt^vikws {cf. 'EXXijf ik6s), adv., in irovos, ov, 6, toil, labor, hardship.

Greek. irpoOvfiws {cf. irp6evfios), adv., eagerly.

cvSaipidvcDS {cf. evdalfiuv), hxippUy. \aXtira.Lvu {xaXeirav), \aXtiravu, i\a-

C<rxvpws {cf. laxvpii), adv., strongly, \im\va, ixaXiir6ivQr\v {cf. xa^^ris),

vehemently, with severity. be severe or violent, be angry.

599. 1. vSai/iovtu9 hidyovcTLV ol dphpeioL eo)? dp 4<^crt.

2. dKovcravTC^ 8' ol crrparioiTaL i^aXeTraiuov /cat (apyit^ovTO

ia)(yp(o<; rw KXeap^w. 3. t dvdyKf] icrrl fxd^eadaL, dv-

Spewy? jxa^atjxeda. 4. tC vtt ifxov dSiKovfjLevo^ Ka*ca>? iTToUi^

TT^v ifirjp ^(opdp / 5. cure KLpSvpevcrapres ovre Troviycrai/rcs

 FORMATION AND COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. 165

TrXeov TTpovTLficJVTO ^ ro)v aWoiv crTpaTL(OT(ov vtto K.vpov.

6. ol S* "EWrjpe'; a(T(f)aX(o<; iiropevovro to Xolttov Trj<; r]ixpd<;.

7. Kol /8oa /cat y8a/3/3a/3t/caJ9 /cat 'EXXr)VLKa)<; otl jSacrtXev?

(Tvp (TTparevixaTi ttoXXw eyyv? icTTtv. 8. (ocrre T^oeiw? /cat

TTpoBvpi(x)<; inovovv. 9. d/covotre? tt^j' Kupov dpeTr)v tJSlov

/cat TrpodvfxoTepov (TweiropevovTO. 10. rovro S>) 8et Xeyeuv,

iT(o<; dv TropevoLfxedd re tus^ ao"(^aXecrTaTa, /cat et p,d^ecrdai

Scot, cJ? /cpartcrra jxa^oCfJieOa. 11. ei' vrdvot? oi^re? ttoXXoi?

cr^oXato)? eiTopevovro.

600. 1. Most gladly would I hear the herald's name.

2. Clearchus always punished with severity. 3. If we must
proceed, let us 'proceed slowly. 4. He asked whether they
could safely remain in the villages. 5. They did not undergo
greater hardships ^ than the rest of the soldiers.

Notes ^ By contraction for irpo-eTlfLtovTO ^ as safely as possible.

ws sti-engthens the superlative, Cf. 579, 9. ^ toil more (irXiov).

601, He promises Great Rewards.

HcTTe ov TOVTO oeooLKa fxr) ovk ej(<y h(opa t/cava T0t5

<f)iXoL<; iav /caXojs KaTanpa^o) icf)' d crrpareuo/xat, dXXa fxr)

OVK )((0 LKaVOVS <^tXov?. VpLWV Sc T(i)V *EXXt]V(OV KOL CTTe-

I <f>avov Kd(TTa> ^pv(Tovv Swcroj." ot 8e ravra d/covcravr

5 avToi re rjaav ttoXv TTpoBvjxoTepoi koX rot? dXXot? i^TJy-
yeXXov. 'qparrcov 8e avrov 61 re (TTpaTriyol /cat t(op dXXcjv
FXXrjvcov TLV<; tl crcf)i(TLV ecrrat iav viKrjcraicrLv. 6 8e
TToXXa /cat fieydXa VTn(r^vovixevo<; d7re7re/x7re.

Notes. 1. ex* : subjunctive after a verb of yeann^r (3.34). 4. 8<r :

1 will give, future of SiSto/xi 7. <r4><riv: indirect reflexive (437).

166 SECOND AOBIST SYSTEM.

LESSON LXV.
Second Aorist System. Indirect Discourse.

602. Review 554.

603. The second tenses differ from the corresponding first

tenses in form, but have like meaning. When, however, a verb

has both tenses, they may differ also in meaning. Compar-
atively few verbs have both forms.
604. The second aorist system includes the second aorist
active and middle.
605. Conjugate the second aorist system of Xcitto), leave, in 773.

Give its synopsis in the active ; in the middle.

a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (53), Xtirov,

XnreLV, XiiriaOai, AiTrtov.

606. The stem of the second aorist formed by adding the tense
is

suffix(135) /e to the verb stem, as XeiVoj (Amt), leave, second aorist stem

\nr/f. In a few second aorists, c of the stem is changed to a. As a

secondary tense, the second aorist has augment in the indicative. It
follows the inflection of the present system (553, 1), having in the indicative
the inflection of the imperfect, and in the other nioods that of the present.

607. Review 558 and 468, 469. Note, further, under the
rule given in 469, that

608. Each tense of the infinitive with dv in indirect dis-

course represents the corresponding tense of either indicative

or optative with dv.

Thus : (Tvv vfilv av oTfiai eivai Tt/nios, with you I think that I should be in
honor. (The original thought is, al-v u/liTv ai/ eirjv Ti/u,tos.) .
 SECOND AOBIST SYSTMf. 167

609. Of the three common verbs meaning to say^

1. <^T||i( regularly takes the infinitive in indirect discourse;

2. tltcov (second aorist, said ) regularly takes otl or ws with the indicar
tive or optative

3. X^Y allows either construction, but in the active voice it genei'ally

takes oTi or ws.

a. Note also that Sok^w takes the infinitive in indirect discourse (1) in
its common meaning of seem, appear, both when used personally and when
used impersonally ; (2) in its less frequent meaning of consider, think, sup-
pose. When SoK^M means seem right, good, or best, the infinitive that follows
is not in indirect discourse.

610. VOCABULARY.
aipiw {alpe, e\), aip^o-u, clXov, 'gpiiKa, viiTovQa, experience, suffer ; et iraOeip,

^pi]|iai, ^piBr\v, take, seize, capture he well treated.

mid.,take for oneself, choose, prefer, irtirrtt (ttct, itto), xco-ovfiai, iVco-ov,

elect, side with. -ir^irTWKa, fall.

diro-Ovrfo-Kw, die off, die., be killed, fall xpo-Tpxw, run forward or ahead.
in battle. irwOdvoiJiai (ttvO), ircv<ro|xai, ^irv66p,T]v,

ctirov (etV, ip, pe), lp, ({pr]Ka, <;pT](j.ai, ir^iru<rfiai, inquire, learn by inquiry,
ippi\6r\v, say, speak, tell, order. ascertain, find out.

fi-'7rtirTw, fall upon. Tp^X** i^P^Xi ^po-f^)') 8pa|xovfiai, cSpa^tov,

Ovrfo-Kw (ffav), 6avovp,ai, cOavov, rcOvriKa ScSpafXT^Ka, ScSpafirjixai,, run.

{cf. e6.va.Toi), die; -pert, be dead. wvios, d, ov, purchasable; rd wvia,

irdo-xw (irad, irevd), ircio-Ofjiai, ciraOov, wares, goods.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations in the following
exercise (611).

611. 1. rot? y8a/3/3apot9^ ivenecre to 'EWrjvLKov. 2. elnov

OTL av (f)vyoLv. 3. 7rdvTe<; ol ^i\oi \eyovT ai airoBaveZv
fxaxofievoL vTrep Kiipov. e^w yap TpurjpeL<; wore ekelv^
4.

TO KLPO)v ttXoIov. 5. KXcap^o? SoAcet yevecrdaL avr)p TToXe-

168 SECOND AOmST SYSTEM.

fjiiKos- 6. vofXL^eL Kvpo^ vn ijJLOv KaKco<; iradelv. 7- /cat

ol ovoi TrpoeSpafxov. 8. Spofxo^ iyevero toI<; o"T/3aTttuTat9^

eTTt Tas aKr)va^, ol h' iv ry dyopa KaraXtTrdi^e? to, wi/ta

<j>vyov. 9. ovTOL eXeyov otl Kvpo<; TedvrjKe. 10. vp,u)v^

Se pr}ixo<; a)v ovk dp lKavo<; olfxaL elvat tov<; <^t\ov?
<o(f)eXrjcraL. 11. evret 6 arpaTrjyo^ ravr' invdeTO, Xa/Soif
TOU9 tTTTTca? aTTifXacTev. 12. Kal 7re/3t tovtcjv VTrecr^crd /mot
fiovkevcr (T 9 ai

612. Within the night fear fell also on the Greeks.

1.

2. This he did that he might inspire^ all men with fear.

3. The wife of the king is said to have fled. 4. They say

that all left^ the road and fled. 5. He preferred the friend- .

ship of the Persians.

Notes. ^ The dative follows compound verbs (865). ^ For the

infinitive following coo-re, see 471. ' Equivalent to ol o-TpaTiwTai c8pa/xov.

* For the genitive depending on (prjfjios, see 855. ^ Use the aorist of
7rapej(a). ^ Aorist participle, aU having left the road fled.

613. Cyrus is confident that the King will fight.

napeKeXevovTO 8e Kvpco TrdvTes firj fJLd)((T9aL, dXX*

OTncdev kavTOiv TOLTTecrOai. iv he rco Kacpco tovto)

KXea/3^os wSe 7ra>9 ipojTa top Kvpov " Otet yap croL

/aa^ettr^at, c5 Kvpe, tov dSe\(f)6p " " N-i^ At ,"

6
<f)T]

6 Ki)po9, " eiTTep ye AdpeCov Kal UapvcrdTiho^ eVrt Trats,

e/u,o$ he dSeXc^d?, ovk djxa^el ravr ey(o Xtj^ofiaL.^

Notes. 1. jiri (J.dxcr8ai : i.e. in person 2. cavrwv : after the adverb

oi' place (856). 3. -yAp : with reference to some unexpressed intimation

of Cyrus, What! do you think, etc. 4. Nrj A(a : Yes, by Zeus, accusative

in an oath (837).
 NUMERALS. 169

LESSON LXVI.
Numerals.

614. Read the table of cardinals, ordinals, and numeral

adverbs in 756. Commit the first twelve in each column to
memory, and review the declension of is, Sxio, rpets, and
TTTapcs in 757.

615. VOCABULARY.
diro-T|iva>, cut off, intercept. opdw {6pa, IS, dir), o\|/o|jiai, cISov, copaKa
c-y-K^({>aXos, ov, 6 {cf. Kc^aX^), brain; and cc&paKa, cwpa|jiai and u|i|iai,

of the palm tree, crown, cabbage. <a^9r\v, see in its widest sense, behold,

cl-o-irXwria, ds, i) {cf. oirXl^w), state of look, observe, perceive.

being armed ; iv ry i^oirXifflq., under o^tiKu (otpeX), 6({>ciX^(rw, w<f>(XT](ra and

arms. u^tkov, u)^(l\r]Ka, w<{>i,X'/i9T)v, owe;
C(rO((i) (iffdi, id, (pay), So|iai, c<)>a'yov, pass., be due.

^S'^SoKa, 8^8<r(Aav, T|8^<r8Tiv, eat, irov, interr. adv., where ?

live on. irpoo--pxo)i,ai, come on or up, approach.

Kt^aXil, Tji, 7], head. Ti^va (re/x), rt^Gt, cTC|i.ov and crafiov,

KpVjs, Kpr^rbs, 6, a Cretan. TeVfjiriKO, T^T)XT]p.ai, ir^i\9r\v, cut.

616. 1. tTTTrect? 8e eiKoaiv Tjyaye, /cat npocreXOcov '^pcorrjae

TTOv av rSot^ TOV<; aTpaTrjyov^;. 2. TeTaprrj 8' rifiepa e<f)vyop
et? ^(npiov lcr)(vp6v. 3. kol toi? crr/aaTtwrat? ax^eiXero
fjnados TrXeov^ 17 rpiuiv firjvcjv. 4. '^v yap dna^ Svo 'q

rpiwv riixepoiv o8ov^ aTTOcr^w/Aet', ovktl ol noXefjuoL rj/xlv

xjfovTaL. 5. ovTO) hrf crrpaTiqyoi irevre aiTorpiy]divre<; ra?

/c<^aXa9^ ereXevrricrav. 6. /cat e'^eXawet <TTa0fjLOV<s tpel's
170 NUMERALS.

irapacrdyydf; etKocrt kol hvo inl tov MaiavSpov TroTafiov

TovTov Tjv TO evpo<; hvo irXedpa. 7. koL ^ke KXea/5^09 6
AaKehaLfx6vL0<; (f)vyoL<; )((t)v bTT\iTd<; ^tXiov? /cat TreXracrTas
%paKa^ oKTaKoaiov^ kol ro^drcts KprJTa<; Stdfcocrtous.

8, ivTav9a ei^eLvav rjfxepds 8e/ca, Kal c^eracrts iv rrj

i^oTrXiaca iyiyveTO kol apt^/xd?, /cat eyivovTO o/cra/ctcr^^tXtot

Kttt e^aKocrtot. 9. Ivravda tov iyKe(j>akov tov (J^olvIko^

irpiorov (f)ayov ol crr/aartajrat. 10. at/ST^cro/xat ow vfxd^

KOL ovrrore ipel ovSet?^ cJ? (^Aa^) eyci t'>)i' toji' ^ap^dpcop
(^iKidv eiKop^Tqv.

No. 45. Darius goes Hunting.

617. 1. The army asked Cyrus for four months' pay. 2. He

had more than forty cavalrymen in his force. 3. But another
general also was there on board the ships with seven hundred
heavy-armed men. 4. The king was said to have six thousand
cavalrymen. 5. He proceeded thence three stages, fifteen
parasangs, to the river Euphrates, which is four stades in
width.
 NUMERALS. 171

Notes. ^ He said, ttov av ISoLfxi, where can I see ? The second aorist
indicative of opdw is ctSov, subjunctive iSo), optative iSoifii, etc. ^ Used
indeclinably for ttAcovcdv. ^ Accusative of extent of space (836). * awo-
TfjirjOevre^ ras Kcf)a\d<i, having been beheaded. The active construction
would be aTroTe'/xvo) Tivi (861) ttjv Kc^Xiyv the passive, dTroTc^vcTat tis
;

TTjv Kc</>aAi/v, Aas Ais head cut off. ^ In Greek the negative is doubled
;

in English we should render, never shall anybody say.

618. Numbers of the Opposing Forces.

ivravda Sr) iv rrj e^oTrXtcrta dpLdfio<; eyevero twv [lev

FXXrjpcov acTTn? fjcvpCd Kat TeTpaKoaid, TreXracrTat Be

Sto'^tXtot Kal TrevraKOCTLOL, t(i)v 8e /xera Kvpov ^ap/Soipcov
8e/ca /Ltv/ataSe? /cat dpfxara hpeTravrj<f)6pa dfxt^X tcl eiKocrt

5 TOiv ok TToKeixioiv Ikiyovro elvai CKarov kol et/cocrt yu,vpta8e9

/cat dpfxara Spe7raur](f)6pa Std/cd(rta. aXXot 8e ^aav i^a-

/ctcr^tXtot tTTTret?, wi/ ApTayepcrrjfs rjp^ev ovtol 8' au npo
avTov ySafrtXeiw? reTayfiepoL yjcrav. tov 8e ySao'tXew? arpa-
TVfiaTo<; Tjo-av ap^ovTe<; /cat (TTpaTrjyol /cat 7)yefji6v<;

10 TTTape<;, rpiaKovTa ixvpidhajv e/cacrro?.

Notes. 1. l-ycvcro : was found to be. 2. do-irls . . . TtrpaKoo-te : literally,

10,400 shield, just as we say " a thousand horse." 6. aXXoi : besides
7. a\i : moreover. 8. tov: with o-TpaTct'/xaros.

No. 46. Attic Ten-Drachma Piece.

172 FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM.

LESSON LXVII.
First Perfect System. Indirect Discourse.^

619. The first perfect and pluperfect are found in vowel

verbs, in many lingual mute (7) verbs, in many liquid (6) verbs.

620. Review 553, 4.

621. Conjugate the first perfect system of \va in 768.

Give its synopsis.

622. Review 274 and 113.

623. Some liquid stems (582) suffer no change before the tense suffix,

as dyycAAo) (dyycA), announce, rjyyeXKo.

624. Monosyllabic liquid stems change to o, as o-reAAo) (o-tcA), send,

icrraXKa ;
^Oupo) (j^dtp^, destroy, i<f)9apKa.

625. V is dropped in a few liquid stems ; if not dropped, it is changed

to y nasal, as Kpivw (Kpiv), distinguish, KCKpixa ; TctVo) (tcv), stretch, reraKa
(624); <f>aLvo} (</)av), show, iri^yKa.

626. Some liquid verb stems suffer transposition and become vowel
stems, as fiaXXta (^oA), throio, fii/ik-qKa (formed on stem (3Xa for /SoA.);

6vr]<TKij) (^av), die, ridvrjKa ; re/Avo) (Te/x.'), cut, TeTfirjKa.

1. TovTco Kvpov Trio'TpaTtioin'a TJYV^iXa, I announced

627.
tohim that Cyrus was marching against him. (The original
announcement was, aoX Kvpo<: iiria-Tparevei.)
2. {JKOixre Ki)pov Iv KiXiKia ovra, he heard that Cyrus was in
Cilicia. (The report was, KO/ao? eV KtXt/cia icrri.)

3. opo) Ufias ovTios civ iropil^o|ivous tol TriTTJ8ia, I see that

you could in this way procure supplies. (The original statement

was, ovT(o<i hv TTopi^oia-de ra iirtT'^Beca.)
 FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM. 173

628. With many verbs the participle stands in indirect

discourse, each tense representing the corresponding tense of a
finite mood. Each tense with dv represents the corresponding
tense of either indicative or optative with dv.
Such verbs are chiefly those signifying to see, hear or learn,
perceive, know, be ignorant of, remember, forget, show, appear,
prove, acknowledge, and ayyeXXco, announce.

629. VOCABULARY.
al(r6dvop,ai {al<x6), al(rdTio-o)t,ai, ^<rd6- Zi.a-^9(lfxi, destroy uttrly,ruin,corrupt.
|it]v, 'g(rOr]|jiai, perceive, learn, ob- xt-o-TpaTwa), inarch against.

serve. Oopv^os, ov, 6, disturbance, uproar.

dva-o-TcXXw, send back, repulse. irXifios, ovi, rb, fulness, extent, number,
dva-Ttivw, stretch up, hold up. multitude.
dv<i> (c/. avd), adv., above, up, up coun- crreXXa) (<j-tX), otcXw, ccrrciXa, ccrroXKa,
try. c(rTaX|i,ai, itrTaXr\v, equip, send.
yt, intensive particle, enclitic and post- tcivw (rev), nva, crciva, rtVaKa, t^to-

positive, at least, yet, indeed, cer- ^ai, ira.dr\v, stretch, exert oneself,
tainly, often to be indicated in hasten, press on.
English only by emphasis. ^9(lp<a {4>6ep), ^BtpH, (>0ipa, <}>0apKO,

Ywnv^s, yJTos, 6, light-armed foot-soldier. <t>eap|Aai, i^6a.(yt\v, destroy, lay waste.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations in the following
exercise (630).

630. 1. TpLT]peL<; rjKove top crrpaT-qyov exovra. 2. crrpa-

Tiojrdq eaTakKafiev rov ^ikov Kav(TovTa<;.^ 3. tol Trapa roiv
^Wr^voiv' /SacnXel (f>7]cnv dTrrjyyeXKCvaL. 4. Tra^'re? Se ol
TTap6vTe<; di^arera/cacrt ra? ^^et/aa?.^ 5. e^ddpKare ttjv
X(opdv. 6. iirel Se tov<; jSap/Soipovs icopojv^ ol "EXX-qves
ovx iavTolf; eVia-rparevoi^a?, rj(r6r)(rav. 7. iv MiXyJTa) Be
174 . FIRST PERFECT SYSTEM.

Tt,cr(ra(f)pvr]s rjaOdveTO tov<; i^0pov<; to. aura jSovXevofxe-

vov<;. 8. T0U9 tTTTred? avecTokKeaav ol OTrXlrai. 9, ei ovv
op(pr)i/ v/Aci? afxeLvop ri ^ovXevofXvov<;, eXdoLfxt av Trpo<; u/xag.

10. ireTaKeaav ol noXefXiOL ttoXXm irXyjOet^ /cat dopv^w^ dvco

77/009 TO opo<;. 11. Koi eua. ye Xo^dyov hie^OapKora^
avrov? oLKovoixev. 12. rjcrOovTO rovs yvixvrjTa<i Ta<; Kcofxais

17817 8ti7/07ra/c6Tas.

631. 1. His^ wife has persuaded him. 2. He says that they

have sent many light-armed foot-soldiers. 3.have judged
I

these men to be in the wrong. 4. For he heard that Cyrus

was dead. 5. I saw that you were suffering harm.
The
Notes. ^ expresses purpose (495,
participle answer 4). "^
I.e. their
'A case of voting by show of hands Imperfect of opdw,
or decision. *

with both and temporal (67) augment. Dative of manner (866).

syllabic ^

Use the
^ article.

632. Not all the King's Troops were in the Battle.

T(ou o TToXepiioiv irapeyevovTO iv ttJ p-d^j) ivevyJKOvra

pvpLdSe<; dppara Spe7rav7](f)6pa EKaTou kol rrei/TTJ-

Kol
Kovra- 'A^poKopds 8e rwv rerrdpajv dp^ovTOiv (ov vcrrl-
prjae 7179 H'^XV^ r)ix,epaL<; TreVre, eV ^olvlkt)^ iXawcov.
5 ravra Se TJyyeXXov tt/oo? Kvpov ol avro/AoXiycravre? napd
peydXov /^acrtXeoj? irpo rrj^ fxd^r)<;, kol perd Trjv pd^-qv oX

vcTTepov iXri^drjcrav twv TToXepiwv ravrd ijyyeXXov.

Notes. 3. va-Tipr\cri . . . it^vtc : ca}7ie Jive days too late for the battle.

fJid-XV* follows vareprjae (cf. varepos), which implies comparison (850).

T]lxipaL<; TrevTC, by the space ofJive days, is the dative of the degree of differ-
ence (867). 5. ol avTO|ioXVj(ravTs : those who had deserted (487, 3, 4).
 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. 175

No. 47. Ancient Horse Race.

LESSON LXVIII.
Second Perfect System.

633. The second perfect system includes the second perfect

and second pluperfect active.

634. Conjugate the second perfect system of Xeiiro), leave^

in 774.
Give its synopsis.

a. Note the exceptions to the principle of recessive accent (53), AeAoi-

TreVat, XeAotTrw?.

635. The stem of the second perfect is formed by adding the tense
suffix a (pluperfect t) to the reduplicated verb stem, as ypa.<f>(i) (ypa<^), write,
second perfect stem yeypa<f>a. The second perfect and second pluperfect
follow the inflection of the first perfect system (768).

636. Some verbs aspirate a final labial or palatal mute of the verb
stem, changing ir and p to <j>, and k and 7 to x- See 114.

637. In the verb stem, becomes o, as ttc/xttw (ttc/xtt), seiid, 7re7ro/x<^a

a is sometimes lengthened to a or r\, as ^atvo) (</>av), show, Tre^r/va, have

appeared (intransitive); i, with present stem in i, becomes 01, as Xclttw
(Aitt), leave, AcAoiTra.
176 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM.

638. VOCABULARY.
av8pdiro8ov, ov, t6, slave, esp. captive irX^v, conj., except; improper prep.
- taken in war. with gen., except.
PXaiTTCi) {/3Xa/3), pXdi)/w, epXat|/a, Pe- irXrjo-fos, a, ov {cf. Tr\r)ffid^w), near;
pXa(j>a, PcpXa|jL|jui,i, cpXdc^Orjv and neut. as adv., nXrifflov, near.

i^\a^r\v, injure, hurt, harm. irvp, irvp6s, t6, fire.

cIkoL^u (eiVaS), ctKao-ci), eCKao-a, c^Kao-fiai, (rt]|jiaCv(i> {(Tr]fiav), <rr]\kav&, (iri\\kr\va,

clKdo-Or]v, liken, suppose, conjecture. o-co-^fiao-iJiai, c(rT)|idvOi]v, give the

XdOp(}, adv., covertly, without the knowU signal, make known.

edge of. t^kw (tuk), T'f\^m, TT]|a, T^T^Ka, crdKi^v

vdirt), Tjj, i), ravine, glen. and iTiw9r\v, melt; intrans., thaw,

oxOtj, 77s, 7), height, bank, bluff. melt.

639. 1. ra 8e aXXa eis to irvp ippt(f)aiJiv. 2. rot? ovv

6eoL<s X^P''^ <JTO} on rjfjLa'g ov ^e^\d<^d(rLv 01 noXefXiOi. i|

3. euKa^ov TTjv ^tova Terr^Kevai^ /cat eVerT^Ket Sta Kpijvrjv if

TrXrjcriov rjv iv vdnrj. 4. elnov ort Kv/aoj^ dTrefcroi^ot /Sao't-

Xeu9. 5. (f>vyfj^ e(f)r) avrou? XeXotTreVat to x^cjp^ov. 6. yadeTO

yap Tov<s TToXefxCov^s 17817 etXi7<^OTa5 to, d.Kpa. 7. TreTTOixf^dcri

fi ai^Spes TTtcrTol ovres Kvpco koX vfjuv evvou. 8. ez/ Se tiJ

TToXe/xta^ SLaTeTpL(j)ev rjfxepd^ TToXXa?. 9. \d6pa Se rwi'

cTTpaTLCoTcov'^ 7r7ro/x(^et Kvpco ayyeXov. 10. row? Tre^ou?

cttI rats 6ydai<s TTa)(^ev dvoj TOiv iTrirecov.^ 11. Kv/ao?

ovre aXXot* 7re7ro/x(^ arjfxavovvTa^ o tl xPV '^ollv ovt

avTOS Tre^'qvev. 12. TavTrjv ttjv x^pdv iTrTeTp6(f)L Siapird-

coj? rots "'EXXi7crt ttXi^i/ dt'SpaTrdSwt'.

640. 1.The enemy have not escaped. 2. He has sent many

gifts to Menon. 3. But the satrap had written a letter to the
king. 4. He
had sent a guide to the army.
said that he 5. He
announces that the guide has stolen the money.
 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM. 177

Notes. ^ Infinitive in indirect discourse (469). ^ Dative of manner

(866). 2 Sc. xo>pa. * The genitive depends on the adverb XdOpa (856).
6 The genitive depends on -the adverb avw (856). The participle

expresses purpose (495, 4).

''
The infinitive expresses ^ur/>ose (461, 7).

641. Advance. The Great Trench.

ipTevOev Kvpo<; i^ekavveL crvvTCTayixivco rw crr/aarev/xart

iravTi /cat rw 'EXXt^viko) Kai rut ^ap^apcKO)

a)TO yap
Tavrj] Trj r)ixepa fxa\eLa0aL ^aaiXed
/caret yap jxeaov tov
(TTadfJLOv Tovrov Td(f)po^ yjv opvKTr) /Sa^eta, Tra/Dereraro 8e
5 dvcj Sid TOV TreStou fJi^XP'' '^^^ Mi^SCds ret^ov?. "^v Se napd
TOV Ev(f)paTr)v TrctpoSo? aTevr) jxeTa^v tov woTafxov /cat Trj<;

Tdcfypov
TavTrjv Be Tr)v Td<^pov /SacrtXeu? /xeya? Trotet dvTi
e/)v/x.aro9, ineLBr) TTvvddverai Kvpov irpocrekavvovTa.

Notes. 1. <rvvTtTO.y^vii t o-rpaTcviiaTi : with his troops formed in line

of battle, a dative of accompaniment (869). 3. kotoL . . . towtov : about the

middle of this day's march, 4. iraptWraTO : pluperfect passive of jrapa-Teivoi.
8. irpoo-cXavvovra : participle in indirect discourse (628).

No. 48. Assyrian Soldiers.

178 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM.

LESSDN LXIX.
Perfect Middle System of Vowel and of Mute Verbs.

642. Review 553, 5; 209, 210; 217; 220.

643. Conjugate the perfect middle system of Xvco, loose, in

769, Xciiro), leave, in 775, d-yo), lead, in 776, and irei6o>, persuade,
in 777.
Give the synopsis of each verb, first of its perfect and pluperfect, then
of its future perfect.

644. VOCABULARY.
d7ro-<rxa, draw off, separate. bpirrtt {6pvx), opv^o), Mpv|a, 6pwpv\a,

^K-irX^TT, strike out of one's senses, opupiryixai, o)pi\9r\v, dig.

terrify. irapa-TdTTa>, draw up side by side, draw

OwpciKC^o) (OupoLKid), cOwpaKio-a, rcOwpa- up in line of battle.

Kio-fiai, 0(i>paK(<rOT)v {cf. dwpd^), arm itX^ttw (ttXtjy, 7rXa7), irXTJ^w, lirXT]5a,

loith a corselet. ircirXTi-Ya, -ir^irXTiYiiai, tirXiiYlv and

|tdvTis, ws, 6, seer, diviner. iiT\ayr\v, strike, hit.

\u\kv^K<i> {^lva), [Lvf\(ro>, (\kvr\a-a, \Li\Lvr\- viro-XtLtro), leave behind.

|iai, |iv^o-9tiv, remind; mid. and \pv<rU>v, ov, t6 {cf. xpi'<''0''s)) P^^e of
pass., remember, with perf. as pres. gold, gold.

645. 1. ol ''EX\17^'9 iyyv^ re^ ela /cat wapaTeTayfievoL.

2. Ste(r7ra(rTO yap ra crrpaTev/xara. 3. itrvOeTO he Toi(j)pov

6p(Dpvyp,iv7]v 8ta tov Trehiov. 4. tco 8e dvSpl^ tovtco rjSeio^;

TreneLCTfxaL. 5. Kvpov Se (^ydai tco ixdvrei v'JTe(T^y}(T9ai XP^

(Tiov TTokv. 6. elirovTO Se /cat dXXot t(i)v Uepcrcov TeOcjpd-
KL<TflPOL t9 ^ TpidKOCTLOV;. 7. TToXXtt/Ct? ydp iu VVKTl
TropevojJLevo^ dTrecnracrfiaL dwo twv iretfiv. 8. ttoctol tcjv

I
 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 179

dvhpaTToBcjv vnoXeXeLxjjoi'TaL ,'

9. /cat ocrrt? vfiwu /SouXerat
otKaSe aTreX^eti', fxefivija-do) dvr)p dyado^ eivai. 10. rjXavvev

eVt T0U9 MeVwi^o? (rr/oaTtfurcts, wo't' eKeivov; KTreTr\rj')(dai^

KoX Tpe^eLv eVt to, ottAc

646. 1. I had been shot through ray corselet. 2. The army

will have been cut to pieces. 3. He says that the Greeks have
obeyed their commandere in all (particulars).^ 4. All had often
urged Cyrus not to fight. 5. Cyrus and his horsemen had
been armed with corselets.

Notes. ^ For the accent, see 169, 3.

^ xhe dative follows irtidofiai

(860). ^ to the number of.

* Perfect (instead of present) infinitive, for

emphasis, were thoroughly frightened. ^ iravra (834).

647. Silanus the Soothsayer is rewarded

Tavrrjv hr) ttjv irdpohov Kvp6<; re kol tj crrparta

TraprjXOe kol iyivovro elcro) tt]<; rd^pov. ravrr) jxkv ovv

TTf r)ixpa ovK e/Aa^eicraTO /SatrtXev?. ivravda Kv/ao?

SiKdvov KaK4(Td<? top fxdvTLV ehcjKev Sct/aetKou? Tpio")(l-

5 Xtovs, ort Tji evheKaTTj o-tt' iKeCinqs rjixepa 7rpo0v6ixepos

e'nrev avrw ort ySacrtXev? ov /Aa^etrat Se/ca rjfxepwv, Kvpo?
o elrrev, " Ov/c dpa eri /aa^etrat, et iv rai^at? ov /ia^etrat
Tat? r^jxepai^- iav 8' dXr)0evcrrj<?, VTTicr^vovpLai trot 8e/ca

rctXa^ra." tovto to ^pvaCov Tore eScjKev, iirel TraprjXOov

10 at 8^/ca r)[xepaL.

Notes. 4. cSukcv : gave (hini). 5. S-n: because. dir* iKtCvTjs : i.e.

before that (day). 6. f||ipwv : the time within which, but "^fx^pa preceding,
the time when. 7. Ovk apa in yLa\tiTax : he will not fight then at all.
8. aXi)Ocv(rgs : shall prove to be speaking the truth.
180" PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM.

LESSON LXX.
Perfect Middle System of Liquid Verbs.

648. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in

the perfect middle system as in the first perfect system (623-626).

Thus, dyye'AXo) (dyycX), rjyyeXfiaL (623); {ttcAXo) (crreX), cotoA-jluu;

<^6tLp(o (^9tp^, e<f>6apiJLat (624) ;

Kpivw (/cptv), Kc/cpt/nai ; tcivoj (tcv),

TiTafjuii (625); /SoXXw (/3aA), fSe/iXrjfiaL ',

refivw (re/x), TeT/tiiy/xai (626).

649. Conjugate the perfect middle systems of (tt^XXo) and

in 778 and 779.
<j)aivo)

Give their synopses.

650. If V is not dropped (625), it is changed to <r before |ji, as <^aiv<i)

(<^av), 7r<f>a(rfxai.

651. In the inflection, <r between two consonants is dropped.

652. VOCABULARY.
&-iro-<rT^XX, send away, despatch. a-irtlpot (ffirep), crircpu, co-ircipa, co-irap-

8ia-<nrc(p, scatter about, scatter. p.ai, to-trdpriv, sow, throw about,

Sappia, OappYj<rci>, l6dppT)(ra, T6dppT]Ka, scatter, disperse.

be bold or courageous. o-({>68pa, adv. , exceedingly.

otwv6s, ov, 6, omen. <rTTjpa, as, i] {cf. <TU)T-f)p), safety,

ovSafiov (cf. ov), adv., nowhere. deliverance.

6()>6a\)i6$, ov, 6 (cf. 6foiJMi), eye. TapdTT(Tapax),Tap4|a, irdpaja, tctA-

irap-aY-y^XXd), pass along an order^ give pa-Yp,ai, {rapdxBiiv, trouble, disturb,

orders, order. agitate.

653. 1. davfjid^o) otl ovSafxov Kvpo<; iri^avTaL. 2. ira-

pTJyyekTO^ Se tol<; lTnrev(TL Oappovai^ Sl(oklv. 3. koI ravra

 PERFECT MIDDLE SYSTEM. 181

a/covcrd? irapoi^Or) acfyoSpa kol 'qpcoT'Y]aev el rjSrj airoKeKpi-

fiefOL elev.^ 4. ol S' linrel<; ianapfxevoL elauv. 5. (Tvvr)yp.4voi

Yjcrav TO)v SiecnrapiJLevcjv ol TrXelaTOL. 6. KXea/a^^o? Se tol^

aXXots rjyeLTo Kara to, TTapriyyekfjieva,^ ol 8' eiTTOvTO. 7. aire-

o'TaXjueVot etcrtv ot ayyeXot /cat crvv aurot? <TTpaTriy6<; tl^

dyado^. 8. iXeiTTovTo Be r(ov aTpaTioiTiov ol 8Le(f)0apfxevoL

VTTO Trj<; ^Lopo? Toifs 6(f)daXiJLOv<s.^ 9. Toi)^ Se KprJTa<; (f)r)

dlT(TTak6ai. 10. 776/31 (TCOTrjpids rjjXLV OvofJLevoL? ol(ovos TOV

Atos TOV croyrrjpos TT(f)avTaL.

654. 1. had already been despatched to the army

"Boats
by Cyrus. But the cavalry have been dispersed. 3. The
2.

army has been corrupted. 4. None have appeared (who are)

able to help us. 5. Orders had been given the peltasts to follow.

Notes.
^ orders had been given. The subject is the following infinitive.
Cf. 461, 4 and 5.
^courageously. The participle (in the dative plural)
expresses manner (495, 3).
^ Yot the optative, see 569. Give the question
in its original form. * I.e. according to orders, literally according to the
orders that had been given. ^ ol SucfiOapfievoi tous 6(f)$aXixov<s, those who
(literally had been injured ) had had their eyes blinded. The active construc-
tion would be ^ ;(ia)v hLa^Odpu tlvI (861) tovs 6<{>9aXfxov<i. In the
passive the dative becomes the subject and the accusative remains. Cf.
616, 5, and the note.

No. 49. Wheel and Axle of Scythe-bearing Chariot.

182 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

055. Cyrus advances with Less Caution.

eTTcl o iirl rrj Td(j)p(o ovk eKcoXve /SacriXev? to Kvpov

arpdrevixa Sta^atVeti/, eSo^e /cat Kupw koI Toi<; dXkoL<; ov
fieWeuv fia^L(T0aL
(ocTTe rrj varepaia Kvpo^ iiropevero
rjixXr]ixva)S jxdkXov. tt] Se rpiTrj ini re tov dpixaTO<;
5 Kady][Xvo<^ TYjv TTopeiav eTTOtetro koX o\iyov<i iv rd^ei evcov
irpo avTov, to Se noXv avTM dvareTapaypievov inopeveTo
Kai ToJu oirXiov toI<^ crrp art carats iroXXd eVt djxa^cov -qyeTo
KaL VTTot^VyiOiV.

Notes. 1. k\v : imperfect of attempted action. 2. iZofy : personal

construction, the subject being a pronoun referring to /3ao-iA.v5.
5. KaO'/jiAcvos : sitting, participle of the verb KdOrjfxai, sit. Both Kadiqtivo<i

and (.)(oiv are participles of manner (495, 3) 6. ovt$ : dative of disadvan-

tage (861); (TTpaTioJTais, in the next line, is a dative of advantage.

LESSON LXXI.
First Passive System. Complex Sentences in Indirect Discourse.

656. Review 553, 6.

657. Conjugate the first passive system of \u(o, loose^ in 770.

Give its synopsis, first in the first aorist, then in the first future.

658. Liquid verbs suffer in the main the same changes in

the first passive system as in the first perfect system (623-626),

Thus, dyyeWw (dyyeX), yyyi\6rjv (623); Tctvw (rev), iTaOr/v (624,

625); Kptvd) (k/oiv), iKpiOrjv (625); ^aXXw (^ak), i^X-qdrjv; Te'/nvto (re/x),

iTfirjOijv (626).
 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM. 183

659. If V is not dropped (625), it remains unchanged, as <^atVa) ((f>av),

i<f>dv9r]v.

660. When a complex sentence, i.e. a sentence consisting

of a leading and a dependent clause or clauses, is indirectly
quoted, its leading verb follows the rule for simple sentences
(569, 572, 590, 469, 608, 628), but its dependent verb or verbs are
subject to the law illustrated in the following examples

661. 1. Xt'-yci OTi <t>\i)api oaTis ravTa Xe-yei, he says that

whoever says this talks nonsense.

2. KaXus |tv <j)Tiaiv, eav tovto irpaTToxn, he says that it

will he well if they do this.

3. uTrio'xvcLTai avTois |J.ti irpdcrGcv Trav(rc(r6ai irplv dv av-

Tovs KttTa'yd'Y'i;) otKaSc, he promises them not to stop until he
brings them hack home.

4. Tovs Ti-ycixovas (}>'no'lv d|iv oSs pLTir'|i\|/avTO, he says

that he will hring the guides ivhom they sent for.

5. Xc^ci OTi KaXcos dv ax.V el eirpalav tovto, he says that

it would have been well if they had done this.

6. ^r\<Tl irpdlai dv o tl PovXoivto, he says that he would do
whatever they might wish.
Each complex sentence is here quoted after a primary tense, and the
verb of its dependent clause changes neither its mood nor its tense.

Convert each quoted complex sentence above into its original form.

662. 1. ilirev oti (|>X\}apoiT| oaTis TavTa Xc-yoi (this might

be oaTLS TavTa Xc^ei), he said that whoever said this talked
nonsense.

2. KaXcos |LV 'd^K], t TOVTO TTpaTTOtcv (this might be lav

TOVTO irpaTTwai), he said that it woidd he well if they did this.

184 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

3. tnraxTO avTots fiT] irpdaGev iravacaOai irplv avTovs

caTa-yd'yoL olkuSc (this might be irplv dv avTovs Kara-yd'Y'i]),
he promised them not to stop until he brought them hack
home.

Here the dependent clause follows a secondary tense, and its verb
(originally a primary tense of the indicative or a subjunctive) may either
be changed to the same tense of the optative or retained in the original
mood and tense. When the subjunctive becomes the optative, ov is

dropped (lov becoming cl).

4. To-us Ti-yciiovas <j)T| d|iv ous [J.TTr|i\|/avTO (this could

not be ovs jtcTairtp-ij/aiVTo), he said that he would bring the
guides, whom they had sent for.

5. X|V OTL KaXws dv layjiv el eirpalav tovto (here no

change is possible), he said that it would have been well, if they
had done this.

6. <t>T| irpdlai dv 8 ti PovXoivto (no change is possible), he

said that he would do whatever they might wish.

Here the dependent clause follows a secondary tense, but its verb
(originally a secondary tense of the indicative or an optative) retains its
mood and tense.

663. When a complex sentence is indirectly quoted, after

primary tenses the dependent verbs retain the same mood and
tense. After past tenses, dependent primary tenses of the
indicative and all dependent subjunctives may either be
changed to the same tense of the optative, or retain their
original mood and tense. When a subjunctive becomes opta-
tive, dv is dropped. But dependent secondary tenses of the
indicative and dependent optatives remain unchanged.
 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM 185

QQ4., VOCABULARY.
alrxvv {alffxy), ol<rxv, ^ffxvva, great, how many, as.

Q<r\vv9r\v {cf. aiffxpi^), shame; aiffx^- ir(is, adv., in any way, at all (enclitic).

vofMi as pass, dep., feel ashamed, <r(o<|>po(rvvi), tjj, ij, self-control.

feel ashamed before. TlTpWO-KU (rpo), TpMO-CO, CTpWCa, TTpC-

&\Xfi>s (cf. &\\os), adv., otherwise. p.ai, cTp(o9t]v, wound.

dv-oC'yw, dv-o(|(i), dv-^w^a, dv-cw'ya and Too-ovTos, 7;, ov, dem. pron., so much,

dv-cuxa, dv-cu-yiiai, dv-x6tjv, open so many.

up, open. TVYX"^*"* {''^x)i Tcv^ojiai, Tuxov, Tcru-

Zito, 8^0-w, cSr^o-a, S^ScKa, 8c8|iai, kSi- XT]Ka and rtrcvxa, Ai^, attain, get,

6i]v, bind, fetter. happen.

KaTOL-<r\Llm, split open, burst open. (^XvSp^w, 4>\vap^(rci), to^A: nonsense, talk

oo-os, 17, ov, rel. pron., how much or bosh.

Give the original forms of all the indirect quotations and questions in
the following exercise (665).

665. 1, TjO^vvd'qyie.v koX 0eov<; kol dv6 p(OTrov<; top rjye-

fxoua S^crai. 2. y^pontov ttoWoX el rjadTJcreTaL /Sao'tXev?, iav

OLKoSe TTopevioixeOa. 3. Kvpo<; yap iv6p,Ll^ev ocra>^ Oolttov

eXOoL, ToaovTO)^ dnapacTKevoTepo) ^acrikei /aa^etcr^at.^ 4. Ka-

TacrxCaeiv re ra? TrvXds ecjiacrav, el fxr) eKovreq dvoi^eiav.

5. evOa TToWrjv o'o)<f)po(T}Jvrjv^ eZihd)(9'r)(Tav 01 TratSe?.

6. Kvpo? VTTea^eTO aurot?, el Kokc^s KaTairpa^ete top (Jtot

\ov., fxri irpocrOev TTavcrea-Oai irpiv avrovs Karaydyoi oiKahe.
7. KoX TToXXot eTpcoOrjcrav twv TreXrao'Twv. 8. ovtos 8*
etTrei/ ort (f>\vdpoLrj ocrrt? Xeyot aXXoj? ttcu? croynqpCdf;* dv
TV)(eLV.^ 9. ot /Aev 817 aTpaTTjyol ovto) \'r]<^devre^ rj^drjcrav

Trpos ^acTiked /cat diroTixyjOevTe? ras /ce^aXas^ ereXevriycrai^.

10. rovTo 817 8t Xeyeiv, 7ra>s dv iropevoLjxedd re ws dcr^a-

XecTTara ' Kal t ixd^ecrSai 8eot a>9 KpaTKTTa yia)(Oip.eda.^
186 FIRST PASSIVE SYSTEM.

666. 1. The soldiers were drawn up^ and forced to proceed.

2. But the enemy flee in fear^^ that they will be encircled
on both sides. 3. You will be forced to open the gates.
4. If these should be worsted, nobody would be left. 5. He
promised him that if he would come he would make him a
friend to Cyrus.

Notes. ^ otro) . . . too-ovtw, by how much . . . by so much, i.e. in English,

the . . . the, datives of the degree of difference (867). ^ Cyrus thought,

o(T(o av OaxTov iX.6w, toctouto) airapaaKevoTepw ^ao'iXcT fia)^ovfw.i. ^ The
passive construction after a verb signifying to teach (838), in which
the accusative of the thing taught is retained. * The genitive fol-
lows verbs signifying to attain (845). ^ In the original av TvxoLfJn
^
Cf. 616, 5. ''as safely as possible. For ws with superlatives, Latin
quam, see the general vocabulary. av belongs also with /Aa;(ot/i.^a.
* Use the aorist participle. ^'^
Use the aorist participle of Set'Sw.

667. "The King is coming!"

Koi T]Sr} re '^v anx<^\ ayopav TrXTJdovaav kol TrXiqaiov

j

Tjv 6 (TTaOfxh^ evda Kvpo? ejaeXXe KaTokveiv, rjULKa dvrjp \

Ilepcrry? Trpo(f)aLveTaL Ikavvoiv d^'ct Kparos kol evOi)^ iraaiv \

019 iveTvy')(avev i^od /cat ^ap^apiK(x)<^ /cat EX.Xr^t't/cft)? ort

5 /8acrtXev9 (Tvv (rr/jarev/otart ttoXXw irpoa-ep^erai oJ? (as if) \

ct? ixd^r)v TrapeaKevacrfxevo^. evda hr) ttoXu? TdpcL\o<;

j

iyivero- avrt/ca ydp ihoKovv ol "KWrjvef; /cat ndvre^ 8e \

ara/CTOt? (T(f)Lcnv eTTtTrecreto'^at. ,

Notes. 1. riv . . . irX'^Oovo-av : (V ?rns about the time of full market.

2. <rTa9|Ji6s : haltinr/ place. '5. irpo<j)avTai . . . Kpdros : comes in sight riding
at full speed. 7. Kal irdvTts 8* : and (Se) all alike, i.e. Persians as well as
Greeks. 8. liriirto-cio-Oai : their thought was, draKTOis {in disorder) rfixiv

iirnrtvuraL )8a(riAvs. See CTrt-TrnrTO).

 SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM. 187

LESSON LXXII.
Second Passive System.

668. The second passive system includes the second aorist

and second future passive.

669. Conjugate the second passive system of ctcXXco, send,
in 780.
Give its synopsis, first in the second aorist, then in the second future.

670. The stem of the second aorist passive is formed by adding the
tense suffix t to the verb stem, as crreAAo) (crTeA), send, second aorist
passive stem o-raAe (672). This is lengthened to tj in the indicative, and
in the other moods before a single consonant in the ending. As a second-
ary tense the second aorist passive has augment in the indicative. It
follows the inflection of the first aorist passive (770).

671. The second future passive adds ar/e to the stem of the second
aorist passive, with the tense suffix lengthened to r\. It follows the inflec-

tion of the first future passive (770).

672. An in the verb stem generally becomes a.

673. VOCABULARY.
PiaCws (c/. /3tdfo/xai), adv., violerUlij. vKp<is, ov, 6, corpse; ol veKpol, the

t|aK6<rioi, ai, a, 600. dead.

Koviopros, oO, 6, cloud of dust. itoXtov, ov, t6, spear, javelin.

Xevkos, 17, 6v, white. Tpoirrj, ijs, ij {cf. Tp^irw), rout, defeat.

|jicxpi, conj., until. vo-rcpaios, a, ov {cf. mrepos), later, fol-

vi^iKi], ;j, i}, cloud. lowing.

674. 1, Kvpos iTrXijyrj TraXxS vno rov 6(f)da\fiov yStaioj?.

2. 1 TTopevBeit) eVt rov^ aTpaTLCjrd<s, iKnkayeiep av. 3. i^dvrj

188 SECOND PASSIVE SYSTEM.

KovLopTO<; (oairep ve^ekq Xevicij. 4. ov ttoXXw^ Se vcrrepov

OL Xo;(dyot KaTaKomjcrovTaL. 5. o/xws Se \e^ou, <f)T], i.K

TtVos eTrXriyy)^. 6. iirravda ol TreXTaoral iSCcoKov fJ^^r^pi to

oe^LOv av BLea-ndpr). 7. riy Se vcrrepaia^ ovk e<^dvy)(Tav ol
TTokeixLOL, ovSe T^ Tpirri. 8. cJs [when) rf rponr) iyevero,
OLcnrdpy]crav kol ol Kvpov e^a/co(rtot* et? ro StwKett'^
^PH-V'
(TavT<;. 9. (f)ao'av rows Xd^v? KaTaKOTrrjvai vno T(iiv

KlXlkcov. 10. et fievTOL irXeiovs auWeyelev, KLvhwevcreiev

dv SiacfydaprjvaL iroXv tov (TTpaTevfJLaTOS- 11. /cat i^ox^
XevofJieda avv rovrots ttcus ai^ Ta<f)Lr)aav ol tcop 'EXXt^vwi/

i^e/c/aoi.

675. 1. The general appeared again with a thousand horse-

men. 2. The barbarians turned^ and fled. 3. The soldiers
came together^ and deliberated. 4. Show yourselves'^ the
bravest of the captains. 5. If the army should be scattered,
it would be destroyed by the enemy.
Notes. * Dative of the degree of difference (867) with va-repov, literally

later by much, i.e. much later ^ jj^ consequence of what, i.e. why. Dative
of the time when (870). * Cyrus's bodyguard of 600 horse. * in pursuit.

The infinitive with the article may, like a noun, depend on a preposition.
* Use the aorist passive participle. ''
Use the aorist passive.

No. 50. &pfM.

 VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 189

676. The Order of Battle.

Kol Kv/309 idajpaKL^ero kol tol iraXTo, et? ra? ^eipas

eka^e, T0t9 re aXXot? Tracrt napTJyyeWev i^oTrXi^eaOau
evda hi) crvv TroXXfj cnrovB-^ irdTTOVTO, KXea/D^o? fiev to
Be^LOv Tov '^XXrjvLKOv e)(Oiv 77/369 rco ^v^parrj Trora/xo),

5 Ylpo^evo'!; Se ix6fivo<;, oi 8' aXXot jotera roCrot', Mevcov 8e

Kttl TO (TTpdrevpia to evcovvixov Kepa<; ecr^e tou 'EXAi^i/t/cov.
Tou Se ^ap^apLKov na(^Xayd^'e9 et9 x*-^^^?
t7r7rt9 ftei'

TTapa KXeap^ov iTd^6r)crav iv t<o Be^Lco kol to 'FXXtjvlkov

neXTaa-TLKov, iv he Tft> voivvp,oi ^ApLalo^ re 6 Kvpov
10 V7rap)(0<s /cat to aXXo /Sap^apiKov.

Notes. For the disposition of the forces, see No. 56. 5. lx.<ip,cvos

being next. 7. els x^'o^ '

'^c. tTTTreas, to the number of a thousand (horse).
9. T$ cvuvv|i,(j> : of the entire Greek force.

LESSON LXXIII.
Verbal Adjectives.

677. Verbal adjectives are derived from verb stems, and are
generally equivalent to passive participles in meaning. They
are formed by adding tos and tOS to the verb stem, which
generally has the same form as in the first aorist passive (with
the change of and x^ to ir and k before t).
<|)

Thus, TTOiew, do, iTroirjOrjv, TroLr]To<; ; Tropcuo/xai, advance, iiropevOrjv,

TTopcvTcos ; TTC/XTTw, scnd, iTrifi<fidr]v, Trc/xTTTCos ; Oavfxd^u), wonder at, iOav-
fida-Orjv, Bavfiaa-To^ ; inidoi, persuade, mid. obey, inucrdy^v, iretorco? ; Sicokcu,

pursue, iSiwxOrjv, StwKTcos.

190 VERBAL ADJECTIVES.

678. The verbal in tOS has both a personal and an impersonal

construction, of which the latter is more common.

679. 1. dXXai VT]S |iTa'ir|i'irTai l(riv, other ships must be

sent for.

2. (b<t>\TiTca (Toi T| irdXis cctiv, the city must he succored hy

you.

680. In the personal construction, the vei'bal in tcos is

passive in sense, and expresses necessity., like the Latin parti-

ciple in dus., agreeing with the subject. The a^ent is expressed
by the dative.

681. 1. TavTa thj.iv iron^Ttov eariv, we must do this.

2. TTciMTTca ccTTi Tov (yv^dT^yov U|XLV, you must send your

general.

3. Tf|v TTOpeiav Upv ircl^ip TroiT|TOV, you must make the

journey on foot.

682. In the impersonal construction the verbal is in the

neuter of the nominative singular (sometimes plural), with Icti
expressed or underetood. The expression is equivalent to Sci,

one must, with the infinitive. It is practically active in sense,

and allows transitive verbals to have an object like their verbs.
The agent is expressed by the dative.

683. 1. cXaGc t6v Kvpov dircXOcov, he went off unnoticed by

Cyrus.
2. TVX
"Y^P Td|ts avTw i'Tro\Livr\ twv oirXirtav, as it chanced,
a division of heavy-armed men was following him.
3. <|>6do'i Tovs dXXovs Kvpos d<|)iK6jivos, Cyrus will arrive
before the others.
 VERBAL ADJECTIVES. 191

684. The participle with XavOdvo), escape the notice of,

Tu-yxdvo), happen, and (t>6dv(i>, anticipate, contains the leading
idea of the expression and is usually translated by a verb. The
aorist participle here coincides in time with the verb (unless
this expresses duration) and does not denote past time in itself.

685. VOCABULARY.
diro-iropvo|iai, go off., depart. p.avOdv(>> (fiaO), (ia0^<ro|iai., c|ia6ov,

JtjXcotos, V, 6c (cf. ^n\6u), envy), to be \u]i.aQr\Ka., learn, esp. by inquiry,

envied, enviable. find out, hear of.

6av|iaarT6s, ^, 6v {cf. davfid^u)), wonder- \UTavt\Lirros, ov {cf. /MeTa-irifi-irofjMi),

ful, surprising. sent for.

linriK6s, ^, dv {cf. tirwos), for cavalry; (I'/j-irorc (/uij + irori), never.

rb liririKbv, the cavalry, the horse. m>0S} ov^, t6, sivord. No. 40.
XavOdvo) {\ad), X^o-w, cXaOov, XeXT]6a, <|>Odv(i> {<t>6a), ^Q'fia-ofikai and 4>6darw,

X^T)o-noi, escape <Ae notice o/; mid., e<|>eiiv and <<|>Oaira, anticipate, out-

forget: strip.

686. 1. et? KoXov^ r)KT- inl yap to opo^; Tropevreov.

2. (TKeiTTeov ixoi hoKeZ elvau ottw? to. onXfx i^ofxev, ra 86 para

/cat ra ^L(f)r] /cat to, dX\a. 3. Kat ot tTTTretg Ikdvdavov
avTovq inl tco yiqkoi^o) yevofxevoi.^ 4. ovk dv evr) davixacTTOv
et TV)(OLv Tavra fxadovre^. 5. OVT09 8e reray/ieVo? iTvy)(^avev
eVt T(p evoivvp.co rov linnKov^ ap^cov. 6. w oivSpe^ crr/aartw-
rat, TTju TTopeCdv Tre^fj irou-qTeov
ov ydp icTTt rrXola. 7. Traprjv

Oc /cat Aa/ceSat/Aoi'to? Tt9 inl twv vewv, /aeraTre/aTrros viro

Kvpov. 8. /cat ^9dvov<Tiv eTTt rw dKpo) yev6fXV0L tov^
77o\jLitov9. 9. r)fjuv 8e Trdvra noLrjTea oj? fXTjTroT inl rot?
l3apj3apoL<; yevcojjieda. 10. eyoi Se vfxcov rov ot/caSe ^ov\6-
pevov aTTOTTopevecrOai toI<; olkol ^rjXoyrov'^ ttoltJctq).
192 VERBAL ADJECTIVES.

687. 1. This it seems to me must be considered. 2. On the

following day the generals resolved that they must advance
through the mountains. For there are many^ (reasons) 3.

why^ I must not do It would not be surprising

this. 4.

if Cyrus should think that he must pursue these men.

5. He says that the generals ought to consider what the
hindrance is.

XoTES. * Sc. )(p6vov, in the nick of time.

' Note aurovs, they got

there before they knew it. 'With ap)(0)v, as commander of the horse. * an
object of envy to his (friends^ at home. For the two accusatives after ttoico),

see 840. * Use the neuter plural. ^ St' a.

688. Armor of Cyrus and his Bodyguard. The Enemy appear.

Kv/DO? Se Koi OL tTTTTCt? TOVTOV 6(TOP k^aKOCTlOl (OirXtCTfJie-

voi Yjcrav dcopd^u fxeu avrol Koi irapafxrjpLhioL^ koL Kpdvecri

TToivTe^ ttX'^v Kvpov

Kvpos 8e xljlXr)v cT^e ttjv K(f)aXr)v iu
ry P'O.^-Q. ol 8' Ittttol TTCti/re? ol fxera Kvpov eX)(ov /cat

5 irpofieTOiTrCSLa kol Trpocrrept'tSta

el)(ov 8e kol /xa^^atpd?
ol Imrels 'EXXT^viKa?. /cat 17817 re ^v fxeaov rjjxepds /cat

ovTTO) KaTa(f>avel^ -^crav ol TTokeynoi rjviKa 8e 861X17

iyiypero, if^dvr) KoviopTo<; (ocnrep vei^eki) XevKij, ^povot

8e TToXXo) vcTTepov (^(rnep fieXavid tl<s Iv to) 7r8ta)

eVt TToXv.

XoTES. 1. Sa-ov. neuter as adverb, with numerals, about. 3. irXi)v

Kvpov: the exception extends only to Kpaveai. 7. T|v(Ka ... iylyvtro :

when it began to be (literally, was becoming) afternoon 8. 4^dvt] : there was

seen. XP^^*P ^'"'^ iroXv ; considerably later (the cloud of dust appeared)
Just like a sort of blackness in the plain for a great distance (iirl ttoXv). For
;(/}Ova>, a dative of the degree of difference, see 867.
 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrjfxt. 193

LESSON LXXIV.
Regular Verbs in MI, Tie-qjii.

689. Some verbs form the present and second aorist systems
by adding the personal endings directly to the verb stem,
omitting the tense suffix % (135, 606), except in the subjunctive.
In these verbs, therefore, the present and second aorist stems
are the simple verb stem, which is, however, often reduplicated
with I in the present system.

690. Compare the following forms of the present indicative active of

Ti-Orj-iiL (dc), place, put, with those of Xv(o (Xv), loose
194 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrjfic.

2. In the imperfect indicative active, jt(0cis, ItCOci ai"e formed as if from

a contract verb ridew. Cf. CTrotcts and cTroict (782). Similarly t9i in
the present imperative active. Cf. iroiu (782).

3. The subjunctive has the long vowel or r\, as in verbs in <d (315,
332), but this contracts with the final vowel of the verb stem (340).

4. The optative has the mood suffix (362, 379), i or vi\, but the latter
only before active endings. The mood suffix is added directly to the verb
stem and contracts with it. In these forms the accent cannot pass beyond
the mood suffix.

5. The singular of the second aorist indicative active does not occur.
It is supplied by the first aorist forms Ot]Ka, cOi^Kas, cOt^kc, formed with the
tense suffix Ka for o-a (148).

6. In the second aorist imperative active, fife is irregular, and the infini-

tive Otivau (for Oe-evaC) is formed with the ending cvai (for simple vai).

7. The active paiticiples riOcts and Otis are declined like X.vdf.i<i (754).

695. VOCABULARY.
alxK'<^^(''''0S) o") captured ; as noun, 8ia-TC0i)|i,i, set out in order, arrange,
oi aixiJ^df^uToi, prisoners of war, cap- dispose.

tives. v-t9tjp,i, put or place in, of fear, instil

ava-T(9T])ti, set up, dedicate. in, inspire in.

avTov (c/. oyT6s), adv., in the very iri-T0Tj|xi, impose on, inflict; mid.,
place, here, there. put oneself on, attack.
paKTT]p(a, as. i), staff, cane, walking- a-uv-Tldr\)i.i, put or place together ; mid.,
stick. Nos. 1, 30, 36. contract, agree on, make an agree-

-ycppov, ov, t6, wicker shield. ment.

yovv, ydvaroi, r6, knee. TfOtjfjii (de), 9i\<ru, cOi]Ka, T^OfiKa, ridti-

iip\i.a, oTos, t6, hide, skin. I*.ai, It^Otjv, put, set, place.

696. 1, eTnOijcreTaL '^fjuv.^ 2. tovtov^ Se e/ceXevc OecrO ai

TO. OTrXa^ irepX ttjv avrov crKrjirrjp. 3. ttji' St/cr^i/ -^prj^co

einBeivax avroJ. 4. koI kcXcvovct^ ^vkaTTeadai fxr] vp.lv

 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Tidrj/xi. 195

imd(0VTaL Trj<; vvkto<; ol ^dp/3apoL. 5. Kat Tracrd? ra?

oi/ctct? Kdev, Iva (f>6^op ivBeLT) to2<; d\XoL<;} 6. ovkctl

ineTLOepTO ol jroXefxiOL rot"? "EXXi^crt, SeSotKore? firj diroTjxr)-

0ei'r)(Tav. 7. rov? fxev birXiTd^ avTov^ eKekevcre fxelvai, ra?

dcTTTtSa? 77/30? TO, yovaxa dei>Ta<;. 8. iuravda dveridecrav ol

(TTpaTiwrai Sepfidrajv 7T\rj6o<; /cat ^aKTiqpids kol rd ai^/xa-

Xwra yeppa^ 9. Kat avvTidefxeda ttjp vvKTa^ rjv Xdficjfxev

TO aKpov, TO ^cjpiov (f)vXdTTeLv. 10. TrdvTa<; ovtcj Start^ei?

d7re77e)a7reTO aj<TT avrw jLtaXXov ^tXou eti^at 17 ySacrtXet.

697. 1. The grounded arms. 2. They feared that

hoplites
the Greeks would attack them during th6 night. 3. He will
inflict punishment on them. 4. I fear that he may take ^ and
inflict punishment on me. 5. And when they had made this
agreement,'^ they proceeded to the river.

Notes. The dative follows many verbs compounded with avv,

^ iv,
For the phrase OeaOau
or 7ri'(865). 2 see the general vocabulary.
to. oirXa,

The adverb. They dedicated these thanksgiving for their safe

* * in
arrival at the An accusative of
sea. ^
of (836). Construe
extent time
with (^vXaTTtLv. Use the participle ravra (cognate accusative)
aorist "^

698. Thd Enemy's Array. Cyrus wishes to attack the Persian Centre.

0T oe iyyuTepov iyiyvovTO, rd^a ^r) kcu ^aX/cd? rt?

TJaTpaTTTe /cat at Xdy^at /cat at Td^ei<i /cara<^a^'et9 eyt-
y^'oi^ro
Kat rfcrav tTTTrets ftei/ eVt tov evcouvfiov T(ov
TroXefXicov, i^OfJievoL he yeppo(f)6poL, e^6p.evoL Se oTrXtrat
6 crvv ^vXipac^ dcnricri. Trdvre*; 8e ourot Kara edvy) iv
TrXatfrto) TrXrjpei, di/dpanrojv eiropevovTO. irpo he avTcou 'qv
196 BEADING LESSON.

apuara to, Spenav'r)(j>6pa KaKovjxeva. /cat iu tovt(o Kvpo?

vapeXavvwv avTO<s crvv HiypiqTL Ta> ip[X7)vei /cat aXXotg
rpicrXv rj Tirrapcri tco KXedp^co i/Bod ayeiv to trrparev/Lta
10 Kara p,e<jov to T(ov TToXe/Atwv, ort e/cet ^acrtXev? ^v. " Kdv
TovTy' " vlK(Ofiev, TrdvO' r)fiLV TrcTrotT^rat.'
(f)r},

Notes. 1. xo^'^'^s ns fio-Tpairre : here and there (tis) their bronze armor
began to flash. 5. Kara eOvii : nation by nation. v ir\ai<r{) ir\i\pti dvOpw-

irv : in a solid square. 7. KaXov|iva : so called. 10. kov : i.e. Kai iav.
11. irirotT]Tai : although a perfect in form, this refers vividly to the future,
our whole work is (jjoill have been) done. Cf. 317.

No. 51 . ffri^pot.
 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, BiSwfll. 197

LESSON LXXV.
Regular Verbs In MI, 6i8cd|xi.

699. Learn the conjugation of the present and second aorist

systems of 5iS(0|Jii (So), give, in 785 and 789.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms :

700. 1. In the singular of the present indicative active 8o is lengthened

to 8, and the third person plural ends in 5Uri.

2. In the imperfect indicative active, ISCSovv, ^SCSovs, ^8(8ov are formed

as if from a contract verb 8i8ow. Cf. iSrjkow, 8i/Aors, cSiyAov (783).
Similarly 88ow in the present imperative active. C/. 8t/Aov (783).

3. For the formation of the subjunctive and optative, see 694, 3 and 4,

but here in the subjunctive o + ii

= , not oi (340).

4. The singular of the second aorist indicative active does not occur.
It is supplied by the first aorist forms ?8Ka, eSwKas, cSwkc, formed with
the tense suffix Ka for <ra (148).

5. In the second aorist imperative active, 86s is irregular, and the infini-
tive 80VV01 (for So-cvat) is formed with the ending voi.

6. The active participles 8i8ovs and 8o{ls are declined like Xvtov (754),
except in the nominative singular masculine.

701. VOCABULARY.
dXC<rKO|jkai (a\, dXo), aXw(ro|jiai, cdXuv yvyv&trKu (jvo), Yvw<ro}i.ai, c'yvuv,

and TJXuv, IdXcoKa and i^XuKa, be iyvwKa, iyvit><r\iai, yvwo-8tjv, know,

captured, taken, or caught, used as perceive, feel, experience, learn,
pass, to alpio). think.

dva--yi.7vw(rKu, know again, recognize, 8(8w(ii (do), 8<6aru, S8wKa, 8<8i>Ka, 88o-

read. jiai, I860t]v, give, grant, permit.

198 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SiScofii.

KdvSvs, vos, 6, caftan, a long outer irpo-8(8w|ii, give over, betray, abandon.
garment. No. 11. o-T^4avos, ov, 6, crown, wreaih, chaplet,
irapa-SlSa\u., pass along, give up, sur- garland. No. 51.
render, hand over. \pv<ro-\6.\ivos, ov {xpvff6s, gold + x<^^'-

ffX^tt (tXu), irXcvo-ofiaiand irXcvo-ovfiai, vos, bridle), with gold mounted

SirXcvo-a, ir^irXcvKa, ir^-irXcwrixai, sail. bridle.

a. Although not /u,t-verbs, aXta-KOfiai and yiyvtoaKu) have second aorists

of the /Ai-form.

702. 1. dvayvov<; Tr)v eTnarToXrjv ISw/ce ^wK/actret. 2. Kv-

po<; 8e iKLpa> hiSoicriv lttttov ^pv(TO')((xklvov /cat Kavhvv.
3. 'qpdjrcov CKelvoL el Solev av tovtojv to. iricTTd. 4. vjxcjv he

Twv '^WtJvcou kol (TTe^avov eKacTTco ^pvcrovv ooicroi. 5. koX

hovvai KoX XajSelv TTLCTTd ideXofxev. 6. /cat ev6v<i eyvotcrav

7rdvTe<; otl eyyv<; eari /SacrtXev?. 7. ein ^apSet? ov irXev-

(Tovvrat, eav p,7] avrot? ^prj p^ara otowTe. 8. Kat lttttol

rjX(o(rav el<s^ et/cocrt, /cat r} (TKrjv^ eaXcj. 9. rfj ydp vpocrOev

rjpepa neprrcov ^acrtXev? rd oirXa TrapaStSot'at eKeXevev.
10. dvdyKT)"^ hrj /utot v/tag irpohovTa^ rrj Kvpov (^tXtct

)(^prj(rdaL. 11. 7rp6? 8e ^acnXed TrepiTcav rj^iov Kvpo<;

dSeX(f>o<s (ov^ avTOv hoOrjvaL ol^ ravrdq ra? TrdXets pdXXov
17 TL(r(ra(f)epvrjv dp^eiv avrcov.

703. 1. And he did not give them pay. 2. They bound

the guide and handed (him) over to them. She is said to 3.

have given much money to Cyrus. 4. They gave the Greeks

barbarian spears. 5. He took the letter and gave it to Cyrus.

Notes ^ about. ^ Sc. lari * In agreement with /u., the unex-

pressed subject of xPW^"-'-- '' '^^^ participle expresses cause (495, 2)
6 See 437 and 435.
 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, larrj/JLl. 199

704. Clearchus refuses. The Barbarians' Advance.

6pa>v he 6 KXea/9^09 to fxeaop (TTl(f)0<; Kat aKovcov

ySacrtXed tov evojuvfxov e^co ovra ovk rjdeXev diTocnroicraL

d-rro TOV TroTafxov to Se^iov Kepa?, (f)ol3ovfjLevo<; jxr) kvkXoj-

deCr] eKaTepojdev, rw 8e Kvpoj direKptvaTO otl avTco fxeXoL
5 OTTWS KaXw? e)(0L. KoX ip TOVTCO T(o Kaip(o /SttCTtXev? yikv

crvv Tw iavTov (rrpaTev/utart npoaep^eTat, to Be '^WrjvLKov

en ev t(o avrw fievov orvvTOiTTeTai. Kai 6 Kv/qo? napeXav-
V(ov ov Trdvv 77/309 avrw rw aTpaTev/xaTL KaTeOeaTo eKore-
poicre dTTo^XeiTOiv els Te tov<s TToXe/Aiou? /cat tov<; <f)(,Xov<;.

Notes. 1. 6pv . . . rri<|>os : although he saw the compact body at the

centre, i.e. the 6000 cavalry mentioned in 618. Akovwv : also concessive
2. Pa<riX^a . . . ovra : what he heard was, /8a(riXtus toi) cvwvu/xov (i.e. tow
Kvpov) i$(j) ea-Ti. See 628. See also Xo. 56 i. on . . . i\oi : his answer
was, ifiol /ic'Aei ottws xaAtos c;^^, t7 is my concern that all shall be tcell. See
663. 8. ov Trdvu irpos : riot very near. KartOcoTO : was surveying the field.

cKarcpuo-c dTTo^Xciruv : looking in each direction.

LESSON LXXVI.
Regular Verbs in MI, io-tt||jli.

705. Learn the conjugation of the present and second aorist

systems of io-tiijjli (crTa), set, make stand, in 786 and 790.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms :

706. 1. io-TTi|jii is for aL-ar-q-fiL, the rough breathing representing the

or of the reduplicating syllable.
200 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, Xar-qfii.

2. In the singular of the present and imperfect indicative active, o-ra is

lengthened to ottj, and the thii-d person plural of the present ends in am,

to-Ttto-i arising from lo-ra-ao-t by contraction.

3. In the imperfect indicative, i is due to the augment (67, 2).
For the formation of the subjunctive and optative, see 694, 3 and
4. 4,
but here in the subjunctive a + n ti, not a, and a + =
1], not qi (340). t[j
=
5. In the present imperative active, timj (for laTa-Bi) rejects Oi and
lengthens the final vowel of the stem.
6. The lengthening of crra to o-ti] occurs also in the second aorist
indicative, imperative (except in cttcLvtcdv), and infinitive active.

7. The active participles wrrjis and trrds are declined like Auo-ds (754).

8. The second aorist middle of tori/fii does not occur.

707. VOCABULARY.
dv-t<rTn|xi, make rise, rouse; mid., <^-C<rTT))i,i, bring to a stand, make halt;
with perf. and second aor. act., mid., with perf. and second aor. act.,
intrans. , stand up, rise. intrans., halt, stop.

dTTo-SiSpdo-Kw, run away, escape by S!oTi)|u (iTTa), rT^<r, to-rrio-a and

stealth. (<m\v, loTTjKa, cirrafiLai, to-raOijv,

PaCvu (/3a), P^o-0(i,ai., cpT)v, P^^TiKa, set, make stand, make halt; mid.
P^Pa|i,ai, 4pd&i]v, go, walk. (except first aor.), with perf. and
Sia-^aCvw, go over, cross. second aor. act., intrans., stand,
8i8pa<rK(i> (Spa), 8pa<ro|tai, cSpav, stop, halt.

848paKa, run. Ka9-ia-Tr\fu, set down or in order, settle,

8vvapi.ai (di^va), 8uv^o-Of(.ai, 8(8vvT)p,ai, station, establish; mid., with perf.

8vv^9tjv, be able or capable, be and second aor. act., intrans., take

worth, amount to, signify. one''s place.

k^-ir{.^irKi\y.\., fill full, satisfy. irtjiirXiiiii (irXa), irX^o-oj, cirXtjo-a, -ir^-

lirCo-Tajiai (iiriffra.), {irurrVjcroitai, rjiri- irXTjKa, ir^irXT]p,ai and iriir\r\<r\i.aii,

oT^j0t|v, understand, know. ^irXVi<rflr)v, fill.

a. Although not /ii-verbs, /SouVoi, 8iBpda-K(D, and <f>6dv<a (685) have second
aorists of the /u,t-fonn.
 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, laTrj/xt. 201

708. 1. ol Be TToXefXLOL ovkctl ecTT'qcrav. 2. iav tl Svvo)-

fxai^ raOra ttoltJcto). 3. ras Bi^64pd<; iTTLfnrXacrap ^iXov.^

4. avecTTiqcrav ol EXXi^ve? koX eXttop otl wpd tov<; <f)vXaKa<;

Kadia-rdivciL. 5. koX (f)0r)aav^ eVl rw aKpo) yevofxevoc rovs

tTTTred?. 6. dXXa Kal rovro ye eTrCcrTacrde. 7. rouro
Se ovSet* dXXo SvvaraL rj diroSpdvaL. 8. i/3ovXevovTO ottw?
dz/ KaXXio^Ta hia^aiev. 9. ineoTr) 6 Kvpos (Tvv rot? Trept

avTov d/awTTOis. 10. 6 Se e/xTrt/ATrXd? aTrdpTcov ttjv yv(ofjL7]v^

dneTreiJLTrev. 11. cTToipTcov ol OTrXtrat. 12. dXX eu imcTTa-
(t9(i)p otl ovk aTroSeSpaKdcTLP

709. 1. He halted his men. 2. Xenophon rose and spoke

as follows. 3. He was not able to rise.4. They made those

who had been wounded^ rise. 5. You must cross the river,
enemy may not escape by stealth.
that the

Notes. ^ With recessive accent, disregarding the contraction. Cf.

iaTd/jMi (786), and see 694, 3. '^
Verbs signifying to Jill take the accusa-
tive of the thing filled and the genitive of material (848). Second
^

aorist of the /At-form. * Refers to a course of conduct. ^

than. ^ satis-

fying the desire.

''
Use the perfect participle with the article (487, 3 and 4).

710. The Sacrifices are favorable. The Watchword.

ihoip 8e Kvpop diro tov '^W-qpiKOv 'aPO(f)(op 'A0r]vaLO^,

TTcXacrd? ware crvpaprrjcraL rjpeTO et rt napayyeXXoc
6 8'
crrtcTTr^o'd? elire Kat Xeyeip eKeXevcre irdcnp otl tol lepd
KaXd. TovTa 0 rw aP0(f)(0PTL Xeyojp Oopv/Sov TJKovcre,
5 Kai rjpeTo tl<? 6 66pv^o<; elt). 6 he KXeap)(^o<; elnep otl
'
(Tvpd-qfjia TTapep^eTaL Sevrepop 17817 8td tmp rd^ecop. kol
iuavixacre Kvpo? rt? TrapayyeXXeL, kol yjpeTO 6 tl etr) to
202 BEADING LESSON.

crvvOrnxa. 6 8' direKpivaTO, "Zev? Xonrjp koI Nt/cr^.' 6 he

Kv/309 aKovtrds, " 'AXXo, Se^o/utat t," e^T/, " /cat Tovro
10 (TT<t)" TavTa 8* t7ra>i/ cts 'r;7' avrov ^(apdv aTnjkavvev.

Notes. 2. ircXdo-Ss ktA. : approaching him so as to meet him. ipTo :

the second aorist of poetic (.pofiai, equivalent to cptorctw. A ti irapa-y-ytXXoi

whether he had any commands. For the optative in the indirect question,
see 569 3. lirio-Hjo-os : first aorist, transitive, pulling up {his horse).
4. Oopv^ov : for the genitive following okovw, see 846. 5. KX^apxos dietv :

he had ridden up in the meantime. 7. t(s irapa-y-yeXXci : who was giving it

out, without his approval.

No. 52. Zei)$ 1.i>)T7]p Kal Mkij.

 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKVVfii. 203

LESSON LXXVII.
Regular Verbs in MI, 6iKviJ|ii.

711. Learn the conjugation of the present system of 6i-

KV\}|ii (SeiK), show, in 787, and the second aorist system of 8va)

{8v), enter, in 791. No second aorist of SeiKvvfii occurs.

Read and note the following in explanation of the paradigms

712. 1. In the present system of 8(kvv(i.i, the personal endings are not
added directly to the verb stem StiK (689), but to the verb stem increased
by w.
2. In the singular of the present and imperfect indicative active, 8<ikvw
is lengthened to StiKvii, and the third person plural of the present ends in a<ri.

3. The subjunctive and optative are formed as in verbs in .

4. In the present imperative active, 8<(kvv (for SeiKw-di) rejects 0i and

lengthens the final vowel of the stem.

5. In the second aorist active, 8v is lengthened to 8v in the indicative,

imperative (except in Suvrwv), and infinitive.
6. The active participles StiKvvs and Svs are declined 8eiKvv^, B^tKvvara,
SeiKvvv, genitive Scikvwtos, BeiKvvarjs, SetKvwros, etc,

7. The second aorist middle does not occur.

713. VOCABULARY.
diro-8c(Kvv|ii, set forth, make known, 8<(Kvv|ii (SeiK), 8{(|(o, cSci^a, 8^8cix<>'i

appoint; mid., set forth one''s views, ScSciYixai, cScCx^iiv, show.

declare. Scpw, Scpw, eScipa, ScSapixai, c8dpT)v (cf.

6iir-6\\v\i.i, destroy utterly, kill; mid., d^pij.a),flay.

with second perf. act., perish, die, 8vw, Svo-od, cSvo-a and eSvv, ScSvKa,
l>e lost. ScSv^ai, cSvO-qv, make enter ; intrans.,

'Air6XXv, uvos, 6, Apollo, No. 53. enter.

204 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKvvfii.

tK-hipa, strip off the skin, flay. MapiTvas, ov, 6, Marsyas, a satyr.
cv-Sv(i>, put on, clothe oneself in. No. 53.
7ri-8i(Kvv|jit., show to, exhibit, disclose. 6XXv|ii, (6X), o\&, uXcora and uX6|ir]v,
ivpLcTKa (evp), tvpi\a-w, rfvpov, T)vpT]Ka, oXtoXcKa and SXuXa, destroy, lose

T)vpT]|i,ai, t]vp^Ot]v, find, discover; mid. with second perf.

, act. , perish.

raid. , find for oneself, procure. 6\i.vv\i.\. {6fx, Ofio), 6|xov|jiai, w|iO(ra, 6|iwp,o-

Kpc}i,dvvv|ii (Kpefia), Kp)i,w, CKp^|xa(ra, Ka, 6)Ji(o|io(i,ai and 6p,w)ioo-|iai, w|x66t)v

Kpe}Jid(r9T]v, hang up. and a\t.6<r9r\v, swear, take an oath.

No. 53. Apollo flays Marsyas.

714. 1. oLTroBeLKvvvTaL ol fxdvTeLS Tra^re? yvcoixrjv on

fj-oi^r) ovK ecrrat. 2. tov<; dvhpa^ avTovq ot? wfxvvre d7roXa>-

XeKare. 3. ol he OTrXtrat tov Mevcjvo^ vTro\ei^devre<; koX

ov hvvdfievoL evpeiv to aWo crTpaTevfia drrcoXovTO. 4. /cat

dnoTefjiovTe^; ra? Kec^aXa? tcov veKpwv, eTreheiKwcrav To'i<i

kavTOiv TToXe/xtot?. 5. rot? TraKriv iheiKwaav 6 tl Scot

TTOuelv. 6. evTavda Xeyerat ^XiroWoiv eK^eZpai Mapcrvdv

Kal TO Sepjxa Kpep,d<Tax. 7. Kcop.r)v he Set^d? avrot? ottov
(TK7)vy]crova'L dTreTTopevdr). 8. Kvpo? tov OotpaKa evehv.
 REGULAR VERBS IN MI, SeiKVVfil. 205

9. fiovk6[xevo<; ovv Kvpo? iTnheLKvvuai to crr/aarev/xa, ige-

Ta(TLV TTOtetrat iv T(p TreSioj twv '^Wrjvoiv /cat to)v /3ap^apo)v.

715. Hereupon he expresses his opinion. 2. After him

1.

another rose up, pointing out what must be done. 3. He dis-

closed the plot to the general. 4. They put on their breast-

plates and ordered arms. 5. Many of the beasts of burden

perished.

716. The Greeks charge on the Run, and the Enemy take to Flight.

Kal ovKTL rpla 17 rerrapa o^raSta 8tt^en7v rw (f)d\ayye

an aWijXcDV rfviKa eTraiavit^ov re ol EXXr^i/e? /cat rjp^ovTo

dvTLOL teVat rots TToXe/Atot?. w? 8e Tropevofxevajv tcjv

'iSiWTJvojv e^eKvixaive /Ltepo? rt Trj<; (f)dXayyo<;, to vTroXeu-

5 TTop.evov Tjp^aTO Spofio) delv /cat a/aa i(j)64y^avTo TrdpTeq,

/cat TTcti/res 8e edeov. Xeyovai 8e TLve^ (o<; /cat rats dcnricri
irpos TO, SopaTa iBovTrr)(rav, (f)6fiov TTOiovvTes rot? tTTTTOt?.

irplv 8e To^evfxa i^LKvelcrdai eKKXtvovcnv 01 ^dp^apoi koX

<f)evyovcn. /cat ivTavOa 817 ihicjKov fxev Kara Kpdros ol

10 "EXXt^i/c?, i^6(ov Se dXXi^Xots /u,i7 ^eti^ Spofxa), dXX' eV rd^et

7recr^at.

Notes. 1. Kal ovk^ti . . . dXX'/)\(i>v : i.e. the two lines (dual) tvere less

than three or four stades (accusative of extent of space, 836) apart. This
was less than half a mile. 2. l-iroiovi^ov : began to sing the paean, as an
omen of victory. 3. Uvat
avrtoi : to go to meet, to go against. For the
following dative, see 863. s 8c . . . (jxiXa^'yos : ivhen, as the Greeks pro-
ceeded (genitive absolute, 516) a part of the phalanx surged forward (see
iKKv fjuiiv<a),\iterally billowed out. 4. to viroX.iw6(uvov equivalent to 01 aXXoi.
:

See 487, 3 and 4. 6. Kal irdvrcs 8^ :

cf 667, 7. do-irCo-i : dative of instru-
ment (SQQ). 7. 'iirirois: dative of JtsaJran/a^e (861). 8. irplv. . . l^iKvcurOai:

before an arrow reached them (536), i.e. before the Greeks ivere within bowshot.
206 seconh perfect system without tense suffix,

LESSON LXXVIII.
Second Perfect System without Tense Suflix.

717. A few verbs have second perfects and pluperfects

formed without tense suffix, after the analogy of verbs in fii,
the personal endings being added directly to the verb stem.

718. Learn the conjugation of the, second perfect system

without tense suffix of tar-qiii in 792.

719. 1. The indicative singular does not occur. rTs (for i-ara-m)
is declined co-tws, iarStaa, coros, genitive co-raiTos, eaTwarjs, co-raiTos, etc.

2. Other verbs have forms in the second perfect without suffix. Thus,
pa(v(i> (/3a), ^, /SepaaL, they have gone, participle ySe/Sois ; OvxjVkw (^av), die,
TcOvaaL, they are dead, participle tc^vcws ;
8^8ia (Be), fear (cf. ScSoixa),

8e8tao-i, they fear, participle 8eSi(U9.

720. Here belongs also the irregular verb in fti, otSa (tS,

6t8), know., a second perfect with present force, formed without

reduplication, the pluperfect (as imperfect) being yhi) or ^heiv.

721. Learn the conjugation of ot6a in 793.

722. VOCABULARY.
'ApKoLs, dSoj, 6, an Arcadian. irpo-8iaPa(v(i>, cross first.

KaliTtp, conj., although, used with the irpo-cXavvw, ride forward, push on.

concessive participle. -irw, adv., yet, up to this time (enclitic).

(ii(r6o-()>opa, aj, 17 {cf. fiiado-<f>6poi), pay. (rv\ni.a\Ldi, as, i) (cf. fftjfi-fxaxos), al-

ol8a, t<ro^ai, know, know of. liance.

o^xoH^ai, olx^o-o|iai, pres. with perf. o-vv-oiSa, share in knowledge, be con-

force, have gone, be gone. scious.

 SECOND PERFECT SYSTEM WITHOUT TENSE SUFFIX. 207

723. 1. ovK tcrre o tl Troievre. 2. ol Se aXkoi ecrraa'av,

dnopovvTes t&> rrpayixaTi} 3. ol TToXe/xtot ovk Icrdcrt TTOi

TTfv TjixeTepdv (TVfJLfxax^oiv. 4. tov<; TT/aoSta^eySwra? XaySwi/

^^ero. 5. SeStao't rov? cTTpaTKirrd^ ol ttjv fiL<Tdo(f)opav

VTreaxrifxevoL.^ 6. dvSpe^ cTTpariwTai, twv *ApKdh(av ol

fxev ^ TeBvdcriv, ol Se XbtTTOt eVl yrj\6(f)ov tlvo^ Tro\iopKovvTai.

7. irdpecTTi he 6 craT/actTn^s fiovXofxevos etSeVat ri Trpd^dTJ-

(Terai. 8. ov ya/a ^Setrat' ot ''EXXT/t'e? Kvpoi^ TedvrjKora,^

dXX' et/ca^oj/ 17 StwKovra ot^ecr^at ^
17 KaTakrjxjjojxevov rt

TrpoeXrjXaKevai.^ 9. rw Se di/S/at^ Tretcro/xat, ti'a etS'^re on

Kttl dp)(cr0aL iTTiCTTafxaL. 10. ^Opovrdv TrpocreKvprjaav,
Kaiirep etSoreg on eVt ddvarov ayovro. 11. ot Se ctXXot

i(f)(TTa<Tav e^o) tcov hevBpojv

ov yap rjv dcr^aXe^ iv rots
SeVSpot? ecrrdi/at. 12. crwotSa ydp ep.avT(o wdpra^ ixjtev-

crjxevos^ airrov.

724. 1. They said that the generals knew this. 2. Be

assured that they will follow you. 3. They were standing
among the trees. 4. Whether, then, I shall do what is just,^
I do not know. 5. I am not willing to go, fearing that he may
take me and inflict punishment on (me).

Notes.
^ Dative of cause (866).
^ those who have promised (487, 3

and 4). ^ some (815). Here in the second member we have a fuller
expression 01 Xonroi, the rest, for 01 8c, others * Participle in indirect dis-
course (628). The original thought was Kvpos reOvrjKe (^rs< perfect).
* Infinitive in indirect discourse (469). Their thought was ^ Slwkwv
OL)(TaL rj KaraXr/i/'O/ievos tl
irpoeX-qXaKe. ^ Dative following Trcto-o/xai,

/ mil obey (860). ''Accusative of specification (834). ^ that I have deceived.

The participle is in indirect discourse (628). ^ just (things). See 806.
208 BEADING LESSON.

725. The King's Chariots are useless. Cyrus on the Alert.

T(OV O dpfJLaTMV TO, fJLeV 8t' aVTWV T(t)V TTokjXl(t)V i<f>-

povTO, TOL oe Kal Ota tcji/ 'EXXtjvcop, Kepa rjvio^cov. ol 8'

irrel irpotSoiev, hiioravro- /cat KaTkTJ(f>d7] tls bjo-rrep iv
LTnrohpofxoj e/CTrXayets
/cat

5 ovhev fJievTOL ovBk tovtov

TTadeiv (f)a(Tav, ovS' aXXo?
T(ov FiWiji/cov iv Tavrrj rrj

H'^XV ^^ot^^ ouSet? ouSeV,

TrXrjv ivL rw evcopvfjLO) ro^ev-
10 drjvai rt? iXeyero. Kvpo? S'
, ^ ^ v X V ^ No 54. Persian Charioteer.
opoiv TOV9 EXX'/yi^a? vt/cwvra?
TO Kad* auTou? /cat Stw/coi/ra?, T^So/xei'o? /cat TrpoaKvvov-

p,evo<; 17817 cJ? /Sao'tXeu? vtto roii^ d/>i^' avrov, ovS* (Sq

i^yj)(dr) hicoKELv, dXXa iirefieXelTO 6 tl Troirjcrei /Satrt-

15 Xev9. /cat yet/) ^8et avrov ort fxecrov ^ot rou Ilepo'tKoC
crr/aarev/aaro?.

Notes. 1. tv dpixdruv : I.e. of the enemy rd jmv ... rd 8^ : some

. . . others (815). 2. t|vi6xv : genitive following the adjective signifying
want (855). ol 8^ : and they, i.e. the Greeks. 3. tircl -irpotSowv, 8it<rTavTo

opened a gap, whenever they saw them coming on, optative in general supposi-
tion (533, 5). KaT\^4>0T) tis ^K-irXaYcCs : one Greek was caught in his con-
sternation. He was " rattled " and failed to get out of the way ! 4. Kal

. . . and yet, in fact (xai fievToi), they said that not even he suffered
c^a<rav :

any harm. For the emphatic negative expressed by the accumulation of

negatives, see the note on 616, 10. Cf. the next line. 10. tIs a single :

man. 11. 6pv : when he sate (495, 1). viK&vTas, 8n6KovTas : participles in
indirect discourse (628). 12. 'f|8<S|uvos, irpoo-Kvvov|ivos : concessive parti-
ciples (495,6). 13. ov8* ws : 7iot even then (thus, under these circumstances^
15. 'n8i ainov 8ti exoi : knew him that he had, i.e. knew that he had.
 IRBEGULAB VERBS IN MI, <\>'q^ii, el fit, el/xi. 209

LESSON LXXIX.
Irregular Verbs in MI, ^r\\d, l|ii, t|ii.

726. Certain important verbs follow the analogy of regular

verbs in \li in the present and second aorist systems, but are
more or less irregular in formation. Some of them lack the
second aorist system entirely. In their other systems, so far as
these occur, they follow verbs in o).

727. Learn the conjugation of ^r\\u, i\u., and t|ii in 794,

795, 796, and review 166, 168, 169, 467.

728. VOCABULARY.
air-ci|i.i, (eT^it), go off or away, depart. vir-OTrTtvw, o-ir-oirrc'iio-w, uir-ciirTCiKra,

cl|i( (iff), (rop.ai, be. vtT-<i>imvQr\v {cf. 6\//oiJ.ai), suspect,

ct|ii (I), go, proceed, march ; pres. indie. apprehend.

with fut. force, shall go. ^ipm {(pep, oi, iveK, iveyK), oto-w, 'i^ve^Ka

lir-<i|iii {elfit), go or come on, advance, and r[vtyKov, Iv^voxa, cv^vf-yiiai,

make an attack. "h^^X^v, bear, bring, carry, produce,

Kara-Kaw, burn down, bum up. endure ; xaXeircDs (pipu, be troubled.

KpCo-is, ews, T) (cf. Kptvw), decision, trial. 4*^)''' (0a)) <t*^*'"*'> <t>'n<'"a,
say, declare,

irp6-ct|i,t {ilfu), go forward, advance. state.

pita (pi;), p<v(ro|xai, lppvt)Ka, ippvr\v, {>Xvapia, ds, r) (cf. <}>\vap^u>), nonsense;
flow. plur. , bosh.

craXir(|b> {ffaXwiyy), i<rakiriy^a, blow xoXtirws (cf. x^t6j), painfully, with

the trum.pet. No. 55. difficulty.

729. 1. dXX' eyci (^ly/xt ravra <j)\vdpid<; elvai.^ 2. Trapa

Kvpov ovSels diryeL rr/ao? ySacrtXea. 3. Kal iirel iadkiny^ep^^
210 IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, (f>r]fii, elfii, elfii.

inrjeaav. 4. ovtco yap aTTiovre^ dcr^aXcti? av aTTtot/xev.

5. e/AOt, (jj avOpe^, Ovofievco livai ^ inl jSacnXed ovk lyiyvero

Tct lepct. 6. dvSp<; crT/aartwrat, fxr) ^av/xa^ere ort ;)(aXe7ro>9

(f)p(i) rots TTapovcri npdyixacnv.^ 7. 8ta yiicrov Se roi)

irapaoeicrov pel 6 Maiavh po^ Trora/AO?- at 8e TTTjyal avrov

elcriv Ik to)v ^aaikeiMv .^ 8. ra Se TrXota ovto? irpoioiv Kari-

Kavcrev, LPa fxr) Kvpo^ hia^aCr) top noraixov. 9. vvu fiev

ovv ttTTtre,^ KaraXtTTOi^re? roi'Se roi' dvSpa vcrrepov Se
irapecTTe Trpo<; ttjv Kpicriv. 10. Kal ou (f)dcnv iivax'' iav
fXTj Tt9 avTot? -)(pT]jxaTa StSw. 11. ot Se vncoTrrevov /cat

TovTov e/e/ca avrov Xeyetz/, cJ? ju,^ Tre^i? to^es t^p t(ov /3ap-
/Sdpcjv Tt )(^copdv KaKov efyydtfiLVTO.^

730. 1. Let us go to the men. 2. They made the attack

with a great shout. 3. / say, therefore, that you ought to
cross the Euphrates. 4. But (while) saying this, he heard a
noise ^ going through the ranks. 5. They went frequently to
his headquartei-s and demanded their pay.

Notes ^ ^iqiiL takes the infinitive in indirect discourse (469). ^ I.e.

the trumpeter ^ for going. Construe with ovk cyiyvero, were not favor-
able. The infinitive expresses /urpose (461, 7). * Dative of cause (866).
* It would be more natural to say iv tois /Sao-tXtibis, but the speaker
has in mind the flow of the living water y*roi the palace. ' Imperative
^ say they will not go. They said, ovk i/ncv. ^ For two accusatives after
verbs of doing, see 839. Use the genitive (846).

731. The King begins to move, and Cyrus charges.

Kat TrdvTe*; 8* ot to)v ^ap^dpcov dp^ome^ jxiaov )(ovTe<i

TO avTCiiv rjyovuTaL, vofxi(,om<; ovtq)<; iv dcr<f>aXecrTdT(o

etvax. Kat ^acrtXcvs Si) rore ^liaov e)((ov T179 avrou oTpa-
 READING LESSON. 211

rta? o/MOj? e^oj lyivero tov Kvpov evcouvfxov KpaTO<;. enei

5 8' ouSel? avTw ifxd^eTO Ik tov olvtlov ovoe rots aurov

rerayyiivoi^ efinpocrdev, eTre/ca/xTrrev oj? ets Kv/cXoxni^.

ev^a S17 Kvpo9, SetVa? /xt) o-mcrBev yevofievos /caraKoi/zete

TO *EXX')7J'tACoi', eXav^'et dvTLO<?
/cat i[ji/3a\(i)v crvv Tolq
i^aKoaCoLS vIko. tov<; trpo /SacrtXeiw? reray/LteVov? /cat ets

10 (f>vyrfv erpexjje tov<; e^a/ctcr^j^tXtov?, /cat aTroKT^ivai Xeyerat

avros T^ eavTOv X^'P^ ApTayepcrrjv tov dp^ovTa avTCJV. *

Notes. 1. (irov . . . tj^ovvtoi : i.e. they always command their own cen-
tres. 2. owTs : thus, repeats the thought of fxlaov I;(ovts to avrdv. v

d<r<|>aXe<rTdTw : in the safest (^position). 3. Kal Pao-i\tv$ . . . o|is : the king

accordingly (81/) on this occasion held (concessive participle, 495, 6) the centre,
but still, etc. 0. ovTOv : with tfiirpoa-Oev, in front of him (856). 6. ivi-

KaniTTcv . . . KVKXaMriv : he wheeled round- (literally against), as if to encircle

(the enemy). See No. 56. 8. IXavvci dvrtos : charged to meet (him).
11. airos "Tfl cavTov \apl : himself with his own hand (866).

No. 55. The Trumpeter.

212 IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, trjfit, Keifiai, rj^iai.

LESSON LXXX.
Irregular Verbs in MI (continued), i-nfii, Ki(iai, rijiai.

732. Learn the conjugation of it^ii-i, send^ Kcifiai, lie^ and

KdG-niiai, sit, in 797, 798, and 799.

733. VOCABULARY.
'Aetivalos, a, ov,from Athens, Athenian. \r\y.\. (i),r[ira, tfKa, cIko, lp,ai, ctOTjv, send,

d|i,apTdvw {dfiapr), oiiap-Hja-oiiai, TiH'<''^p- throw, hurl at; mid., rush, charge.

Tov, TjjidpTHKa, T)|idpTi]|i,ai, r\ii.apr-fi- KdO-Tifiai (170-), sit down, be seated, sit.

6r]v, 7niss the mark, miss, err, do Kcifiai, KiUro^ai, lie, be laid, lie dead,
wrong. be situated.

a^tr\]i.i, send away, let go or depart. X(0os, ov, 6, stone.

hi.-<\avv(j>, drive OT ride through. irpo-tfijii, send forth; mid., give one-
cir(-Ki|(,ai, lie upon, attack. self up, entrust, surrender, abandon.

734. 1. eVl TOV apfiaTO^ KadTJjxevo^ Kvpo<; ttjp iropeCdp

iiroieiTO. 2. T0t9 Sta/SatVovcrtv ^
eTTLKeicrovTai ol TTokeyaoL

OTTLcrBev. 3. vdcL hrf Xo^ayo? rtg *A9rivalo<s avrou? e^e-

\evcrev d(f)lpaL eavrov. 4. ovtol he, otl ovk rjdeXe Kvpo<;

Tov<s (f)evyovTa<; it poead at, i(f>o^ovvTO avrov. 5. ovk d^cov
iiTTL /SatrtXet d(f)Lvai tov<; i(f) iavrov (TTparevo'ap.ivov's.

6. KpoLTicTTOv Tjfuv leadaL a>9 rd^LcrTa cttI to aKpov.

7. ivTevdev iiropevOiqcrav 77/309 Tet^09 ep'qp.ov fxeya, Trpos
ry TToXet KeCfxevov. 8. tcov 8e Me^'a>^'09 cTTpaTLoyrtov ^vXa
^
<r)(i^(ov Tt9, W9 eI8e KXeap^ov SteXavi^oi/ra, Lfjcn Ty d^ivr)

Kal ouro9 ixev avTov^ rjfjLapTev aXXo9 Se Xidu)* kol aXXo9,

cXra TToXXot, Kpavyr}<; yevopL4vir)<;.
 IRREGULAR VERBS IN MI, 'r)Hi, Keifiai, ijfiai. 213

735. 1. Straightway they rushed into the boats. 2. He

says he will never abandon his friends. 3. But crying out,^
"I see the man," he rushed upon him. 4. The enemy were
encamped in the open road. 5. They surprised the guards
sitting round a fire.

Notes. The dative follows

^ cTrtKcicrovTai (865) ^ Dative of instru-

ment (866). The genitive follows

' verbs signifying to hit or miss (845).

* Sc. Irjai. ^ ctTTtliv.

736. Cyrus attacks the King in Person, and is slain.

<us 8* 17 TpOTTT) iyeveTo, hia<nreipovT ai koX 01 Kvpov

c^aKocrtot cis to Stw/cetv bpynqaavre';, ttXtjv irdvv oXiyoL

dfx<f>' avTOv KaTe\eL<f)dr)crav. crvv tovtols Se (ov Kadopa

^acrtXea koX to dficj)' eKelvov crrZc^o?
/cat elTrcov, " Tov
5 dvhpa opSi^^ tero Itt avTov /cat Tratiet /caro. to (TTcpvov
Koi TLTpCJaKEL StO, TOV 9(opdKos ' TTaCovTa 8' aVTOV dKOV-
Tt^et rts TTaXrw vtto tov 6<f)0a\ixov yStatojg. Kat ivTavOa
ifia^omo Kat ySacrtXeu? /cat Kvpo? /cat ot d/A(^* avTOV^
vnep CKaTepov /cat tcjv p.ev dfji(f>L ^acrtXed direOprjcrKov
10 TToXXot, Kvpo<; he avro? dneOave /cat 6/crw ot dpicTTOi twp
irepi avTov e/ceti^o eV avTco. ovTa}<s ovv iTeXevrrfcre
Kv/)09, dvrjp oiv Hepcrcov tcjv fieTa Kvpov tov dp^alov
yevofievcov ySacrtXiKwraros re Kat ap^eiv d^LorraTO^.

Notes. 2. els to Sicixciv : in pursuit. Cf. 674, 8. xX^v : here a conjunc-

tion, except. 4. cttwJm)? : the king's immediate attendants, who now rallied
round him in a compact body ((ttic^os) for his protection 6. airdv
Cyrus.
i.e. 12. Htpa-wv . . . -ycvofUvuv : the Persians meant are those of
the royal line born (ytvofjLcvwv) after the time of Cyrus the Great.

y
214 PLAN OF THE BATTLE.

1 2

m I M I

8
I I I I I I 1
1
M
9
I I I I I I I 1

10

m l I I I I I IT I I I I I

IV

I. First position of Cyrus facing down stream.

II. First position of King facing np stream.
III. Second position of King facing down stream.

IV. Second position of Greek Troops facing up stream.

1. Paphlagonian Cavalry. 5. Position of Cyrus. 9. Troops of Gobryas.

2. Greek light-armed Troops. 6. Cyreian Camp. 10. Troops of Arbaces.
3. Greek Phalanx. 7. Position of King. 11. Hill.

4. Native Troops of Cyrus. 8. Troops of Tissaphemes. 12. Cunaxa.

The dotted lines indicate the scythe-bearing chariots, posted in front of the Persian

forces in both armies.

No. 56. Position of the Troops at Cunaxa.

 APPENDIX.

Containing Materials for Use in the Preceding Lessons.

Contraction of Vowels.

737. 1. Two vowels which can form a diphthong simply

unite in one syllable.

Thus, vpei, pi (747-749); Kpai, Kpiai (747); aX.rjOii, akr\9tl (752).

2. Two like vowels (i.e. two a sounds, two e sounds, or two

sounds, without regard to quantity) unite to form the common
long (a, r\, or co).

Thus, fxvdd, nva (742) ; woUrjTe, iroir^t (782) ; 8r)\6o}, ^\& (783).
Exception : Kpiaxi, Kpio. (747).

a. But -|- gives i, and o +o gives ov.

Thus, TTOiKTc, TToitiTf (782); fvpii, vpi, Tpiiypccs, Tpi^pcis (747-749);

aXrjOee, a.\r\9tl, dXrfOee^, dXijOtis (752); 8rj\6ofitv, 6r\Kovfuv (783); vdos, vovs
(742); drrAoos, dirXovs (751).

3. When an o sound precedes or follows an a or an e sound,

the two become co.

Thus, TLfidd), ri\k&, TLfJidofiev, TifiiS|v (781); Kpeaos, Kp^s, Kpidutv, Kpcuv
(747); BrjXoTjTc, 8ri\T (783); irouw, iroiw (782); TpiT^pewv, rpirjpwv (747);
dXrjOewv, akifi&v (752).
216 CONTRACTION OF VOWELS.

a. But 0-f and -|-o give ou.

Thus, hyjkotTe., StjXovtc (783); voc, vov (742); iroUoiitv, iroiov|v (782);
)(pv<Tio^, yijpiwTov^ (JoV)\ evpios, ciipovs (747); aXijOios, iXtiOovs (752).

4. When an a sound precedes or follows an e sound, tha

first (in order) prevails,and we have a or t].
Thus, Ttfidcre, Tlfiarc, TlfidrjTe, rinarc (781); evpca, wptj, rpiiypea, rpi^pT),

aa-rea, oo-tt) (747, 748); aXr^Oia, o.\y\9i\ (752).

5. A vowel disappears by absorption before a diphthong

beginning with the same vowel, and is always absorbed
before oi.

Thus, TTOiUi, iroii (782) ; hrjkoovai, 8T)\ov<ri, St^Xooi, 8T|\oi (783) ; ttoUol,

iroLoi (782); evpeoiv, tipoiv, Tpirjpioiv, Tpirjpoiv (747); aXr)6ioi.v, dXrjSoiv

(752).

6. In other cases a simple vowel followed by a diphthong is

contracted with the first vowel of the diphthong, and a follow-

ing I remains as iota subscript., but a following v disappears.

Thus, Tiftaei, Ti|i$, Tlfidovai, Tifi<ri, Tifmij, rl^, TifidoL, Tl\uf (781);
iroLov(ri, iroiowri, ttoUjj, iroi^ (782).

a. But in verbs in o<o, o-|-t and o-f -q give oi. ^

Thus, Si/Xoct, 8t)XoI, 8r}\6ri, ST)Xot (783).

b. Infinitives in aiv and 0iv contract into av and ouv.

Thus, Ti/Aactv, Tijtav (781); St^Xo'civ, 8t)Xov (783).

7. (Special Mule for Vowel Declension.) In contracts of the

Vowel Declension, every short vowel before a, or before a long
vowel or a diphthong, is absorbed. See 742 ; 751.

a. But in the singular of the A Declension ea is contracted

regularly to t] (after a vowel or p, to a). See 742 ; 751.
 CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. Ill

Changes of Consonants.

738. 1. The only consonants which can end a Greek word

are v, p, and s. If others are left at the end in forming
words, they are dropped. See 251; 253; 254.

2. Initial p is doubled when a vowel precedes it in forming

a compound word, and after the syllabic augment.
Thus, dvapptiTTw (dva + piTTTO)) ; Ipplirrov (imperfect of ptirTwi).

Mutes before other Mutes.

3. Before a T-mute, a ir-mute or a K-mute is made co-ordinate

(8) ; another T-mute becomes <r.

Thus, irefiiru), i'iri\i,^dr\v, ayta, fix^^*', "Ttidw, i':Ttl<r6r\v (196) ; XctVo),

X^iirrai (209,1); ayw, riKrai (217,1); iruOw, irt'ircio-Tai (220, 1). See
also 677.

4. Before k, a r-mute is dropped.

Thus, aOpoi^o), vfipoiKa, opTTO^o), 'HpiraKa (113).

Mutes before S.

5. A TT-mute with c forms \|/ ; a K-mute forms |; a T-mute

is dropped.

Thus, TTC/XTTO), ir^p-xl/o), circ|i\|/a, Slwkw, 8i<&|(i>, cSCco^a, apTrd^w, dpirdo-w,

Tfpiroo-a (90); AaVou, X^Xi\|/ai (209, 1); ayw, ri^ai (217, 1); ireiOw, T^irtio-ai
(220, 1). See also 243, 250.

Mutes before M.
6. Before (l a ir-mute becomes |i ; a K-mute becomes y ;

a T-mute becomes o".

Thus, XciTTOD, \^ci|i,|iai (209, 1); ayw, rj-yiiat (217, 1); ttciOw, rr^ircio-p.ai

(220, 1).
218 CHANGES OF CONSONANTS.

N BEFORE OTHER CONSONANTS.

7. Before a ir-mute v becomes \i ; before a K-mute it becomes

^-nasal (10); before a T-mute it is unchanged.
Thus, l(iirtirra> (ev + TriTrTw) ; <rv)tPovXtv<i> ((tvv + fiovXtvo)) ; (rv|i4^p>

(o-vv + <^pw) ; <f>aLV(i), iri^ayKa (625); </>atvw, <^dv9T]v (659).

8. Before another liquid v is changed to that liquid.

Thus, irvW^-y** (o-w + Acyw); l|i,|iivw (v + /xvw); <rvpp^ci> (<rw+ pew).

9. Before a, v is generally dropped, and the preceding

vowel is lengthened (<i. to a ; to t ; o to ov). But v is

dropped before <ri of the dative plural without lengthening

the vowel.

Thus, \l(XS.% (for /xcAav-s); ls (for cv-s); Xvovo-i (for Xvovo-l); ^yefj.utv,
T|-y(ji6<ri (.346).

10. Before c and a consonant, v in avv is dropped.

Thus, <rv<rTpaTfvo)iai ((rvv + (TTparfvofuiC),
11. The combinations vt and v6 are dropped before c and
the preceding vowel is lengthened, as above (9).

Thus, yipojv, yipowri (251); x-P'<i'S (for x^^^ptevr-s), irds (for ttovt-s);
irc((ro|i,ai (for Trcv^-tro/iai). See 262.

Changes of S.

12. Between two consonants or two vowels, <r is sometimes

dropped.

Thus, XtiTTw, Xait>ei (209, 2); ayw, tJx^* (217, 2); 7rei6w, iriirna-Qt

(220, 2) ; cvpovs (for cvptcr-os) ; Kpitos (for K/3cao--os), dXtjOovs (for aXrjdea-o^).

See 395; 428.

 CHANGES OF CONSONANTS. 219

13. At the beginning of a word, an original a sometimes

appears as the rough breathing.
Thus, toTTiiii (for (ria-Trjfii); lirojiai (for (rc7ro/xat).

Changes in Aspirates.

14. When a smooth mute (ir k t) is brought before a rough

vowel, it is itself made rough.
Thus, d(^tt||u (for dir-ii//ii); dc^' v (for otto tSv).

15. In reduplications, an initial rough mute is always made

smooth.
Thus, $vw, Ti9vKa (106).

16. The ending 6i of the first aorist imperative passive

becomes ti after Gi^ of the tense stem.

Thus, XviOtiTi (for \v$7}-6l).

17. There is a transfer of the aspirate in a few verbs which

are supposed to have had originally two rough consonants in
the stem.
Thus, Tp<t><i> (Tpe<f> for Op<fi), 6p^|<i>, e/c./'fldirra) (ra^ for 9a<f>), ir&^v.

No. 57. ^dp^apoi.

220 NOUNS. [739

PARADIGMS.
NOUNS.

739. A Declension, Feminines.

742] NOUNS. 221

741. Declension.
222 NOUNS. [743

Consonant Declension.

743. Labial and Palatal Mute Stems.

746J
224 NOUNS. [747

747. Stems in <r.

749] NOUNS. 226

749. Stems in a Diphthong.

^ao-iXcv's, 6,
226 ADJECTIVES. [760

ADJECTIVES. \-
v.

750. Adjectives of the Vowel Declension.

dYoOds, GOOD.

M. F. N.

8. N.
751] ADJECTIVES. 227

dirXovS, SIMPLE, SINCERE.

S. N.
228 ADJECTIVES. [762

752. Adjectives of the Consonant or Consonant and

A Declensions.

XapUis (xaptfvr), pleasing.

752] ADJECTIVES. 229

c^a(|uav {eiiaiiMv), FORTuyATE. dXrjG^S {a\i)de(T), TRUE.

s. N. ^ cvSa(|X(ov v8ai^ov dXrjO^S

G. v8ai|xovos 'u8a(|iovos {oKtfOi-o^) dXr^Oovs {a\r)6i-o^) dXi]6ovs

D. cvSaipiovi. cvSaCfxovi {a\r]6i-'C) dXY]Oet (aKy]di-i) dXT]6ci

A. cvSaffiova v8ai|iov dXijGt's

v. f{!8ai)iov cvSaifiov dXr^e^S dXtiO^

D. N. A. v. v8a(fl,0V ev8a(|iov (dXrj^^-c) dXifOci

G. D. cv8ai.|x<5voiv v8ai|i6voiv {a\r]di-ot.v) dXT]Ooiv (dX7;^^-ot') dXT]9oiv

p. N. V. cv8a()iovcs cv8a((xova (dXrj^^-s) dXT]6cis (dXTj^^-o) aKr\'ir\

G. cv8ai.|i,6v(i>v cv8aip6vwv (a\r}6i-wv) dXi^Owv

D. cv8a(}io(ri cv8aC|xo(ri dXr]0^(ri dXT|0(o'i
A. (v8a()iiovas cv8ai|u>va dXT)Ocis (dX7}tf^-a)dXTj6Tj

T|8vS {"n^v), SWEET. T|8tuv {riilov), SWEETER.

8. y.
230 ADJECTIVES. PARTICIPLES. [763

753. Irregular Adjectives.

756] PARTICIPLES. 231

XcXvKws (XeXi/Kor),

HAVING LOOSED. HAVING BEEN LOOSED.

N. V.
232
757]
 234 ARTICLE. FUONOUNS. [753

No. 61 Ztvj.

DEFINITE ARTICLE AND PRONOUNS.

758. Article. 759. Personal and Intensive Pronouns.

M. N.

8. N. O T) t6 iyi
O. TOV Tf)S TOV
D. t rg T
X. TOV TTJV t6

^ D. N. A. tA rat Tw
G. D. TOtv TOIV TOiv

P. N. ol al rd
O. TMV TWV TWV
D. TOis Tats Tots
. Tovs Tas Td
7611 PRONOUNS. 236

760. Reflexive Pronouns.

G.
236 PRONOUNS. [762

762. Demonstrative Pronouns.

OVTOS avTt] TOVTO 68< T)8i ToSc IkCIVOS JKC(V1] (KCIVO

TOVTOW TOVTHS TOVTOU TOvSc T^ijO-St TOvSc JKcCvov ^Kc(tn]$ CKcCvov
TOVTCj ravTj] tovtij T$8< T^Sf T(^8< JKC(v<p ^K((trQ iKfCvw
TOVTOV TftVTTJV TOVTO TOvBi T^vSf ToSf IkCIVOV ^Kc(vT]V KlVO

TOVTW TOVTW TOVTW TwSc TwSc TwS( (Kclvw ^KC(VW (K(Cvci>

TOVTOIV TOVTOIV TOVTOIV TOlvSi TOtvSf TOlvSc CKitvOlV (KCCVOIV CKcivOlV

ovTOi avrai ravra otSc atSc T<i8< Ikcivoi iKcivai ^Kctva

TOVTWV TOVTWV TOVTWV TWV8< TWvSf TCOvSf (Kc(vci>v K(vwv CKcCvwv
TOVTOIS TOVTaiS TOVTOIS TourSt Taio-8t Towr8 CKCivois (KcCvais ^K((V01$

TOVTOvs TavT&s Tavra Tov<r8< Tao-8 Td8f JKctvovs ^Kt(vas Ixciva

763. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns.

8. K.
764J PRONOUNS. 237

764. Relative Pronouns.

8. N,
238 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [766

765. Present System of Xv, loose.

4i
Active Middle and Passive.
present. imperfect. PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
Xv(i> -XvO-V
XvlS -Xv-S
Xvci i-\v(
Xv-TOV -Xv-TOV
Xv-TOV t-Xv^-n]v
Xvo-(v -XvO-flV
Xv-Te -Xv-T
i Xvov<ri -XvO-V

present.
Xv<i>

Xvijs
XVTJ
XvT]-TOV
XvT]-TOV
\voi-\uv
XwTJ-T
XvoMTl

XvOl-|Xl

Xwoi-s
Xvoi
XvOl-TOV
X\io(-TT]V

XvOl-|XV
XvOl-T
Xvou-v

Xv
Xv-TW
Xv-TOV
Xv6-TWV
Xv-T
Xv6-VTV

INFIN. Xv<iv

PARTIC. XvMv, -ovra, -ov

767] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 239
240 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [768

768. First Perfect System 769. Perfect Middle System

of Xvu. of X< (see next page).

Active. Middle and Passive.

first perf. first plup. PERFECT. PLUPERFECT.
s. 1 X^vKa l-XcXvicT| XcXv-)iai l-XcXv-|lT)V
2 X^vKa-s l-XfXvKi^-s XcXv-<rai 4-XtXv-a-o
3 X^VKC ^-XcXvKCl XcXv-rai -XtXv-TO
D. 2 XtXvKa-Tov ^-XtXvKC-Tov X^w-oOov -XXw-(r6ov
3 XcXvKa-Tov f-XcXvKt-TTJV XcXv-erOov t-XcXv-o-Oriv
p. 1 XcXvKa-|uv ^-XcXvKt-^v XcXv-fuOa f-XcXv-fuOa
2 XXvKa-T ^-XcXvKf-TC c-XeXv-o-Of
3 XcXvKOo-t t-XtXvKC-0-av X^v-vrai i-XcXw-vTO

FIRST PERFECT. PERFECT.

8. 1 XcXvKtt XcXv-pi^vos u
2 XcXvK^S XcXv-fi^vos Yfi
3 XeXvicg XcXv-|i^vos ^
D. 2 XcXvKll-TOV XcXv-fi^vw tJtov
3 XeXvKTl-TOV XXv-p,^VW TITOV
p. 1 XfXvK(i>-(XCV XcXv-fJL^VOl WfUV
2 XtXvKTl-Tt XcXv-ii^voi rJTC

3 XfXvKWVl XcXv-|jivoi wa*!

6. 1 XcXvKOl-|ll XcXv-|uvos ({t)V

2 XfXvKOl-S XcXv-)i^vos
3 XcXvKot XcXv-(i^vos ttt,

D. 2 XfXvKOl-TOV XcXv-fUvci) cItOV or flT)TOV

3 XfXvKot-rnv XcXv-^i^vw ftn^v ilT\rr\v

p. 1 XXvKOl-fl,CV X(Xv-|iivoi tl\uv c(T|p.cv

2 XcXvKOl-TC XcXv-^^voi ilrt ctrjTC

3 XcXvKOK-V XcXv-fUvoi tltv itT)<rav

s. 2 X^v-oro

g 3 XXv-o"0<i

H D. 2 X^Xv-<r6ov

g 3 XcXv-o-Gwv
P. 2 Xt'Xv-<r6
s
3 XtXv-<r9v

INFIN. XcXvK^-vai XfXv-o-6ai

PARTIC. XcXvK<&s, -Kvia, -k6% XcXv-)fc^vos, -Tj, -ov

770] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 241

Perfect Middle System 770. First Passive System

of XvM (continued). of Xvd).

Middle and Passive. Passive.

FUTURE PERFECT. FIRST AORIST.
s. 1 Xi\v<ro-^ai^
2 XcXvo-ci
3 XcXvo-t-Ttti

H D. 2 XX<r-cr9ov
XXv<r-o-6ov

5 P. 1 XeXvo-o-fuOa
2 XXv<r-(r6
3 XiXv<ro-vT(ii

s. 1

t 3
g D. 2

p. 1
* 2
3

s. 1 XcXv(roC-|i,T]v

2 XcXvo-oi-o
XtXw<roi-TO
t D.2 XXv<roi-r6ov
XXv<roC-a"OT]v.

p. 1 XcXvo-oC-fjMOa
2 XfXvo'Oi-flrOc

3 XcXv<roi-VTO

8. 2

^ 3
H D. 2
g 3
S P. 2
3

INFIN. X(Xv(rc-(r6ai

PARTic. XfXv(r6-}uvos,
242 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [771

771. Future System of Liquid 772. First Aorist System of Liquid

Verbs: 4)>a(vci> {<pav-), show. Verbs : <|>a(v<i> (<l>av-), show.

Active. Middle. Active. Middle.

FUTURE. FIRST aorist.
774] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 243

773. Second Aorist System

of \ilirw (Xtir), LEAVE.

Active. Middle,
second aorist.
244 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [775

775. Perfect Middle System of Labial Mute Verbs;

XcClTM (X(7r), LEAVE.

Middle and Passive,

PLUPERFECT.

>
H
<
O
s
777] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 245

776. Perfect Middle System of 777. Perfect MiddleSystem of

Palatal Mute Verbs: Lingual Mute Verbs:

aya (07), LEAD. irelOo) {md), persuade.

Middle and Passive. Middle and Passive,

PERFECT. perfect.
(ireirt^-/iat) irfircwr-|Jiai
s. 1 (fy-nai) Tj-y-iiai

(7re7rei^-<rat) ir^irfi-o-ai
2 (^7-<rai) rjlai

3 (^7-Tai) TiK-rai {TTeTreid-Tai) ir^irtior-Tai

D. 2 (-^y-ffdov) lix-Oov {iteireid-ffdov) irtiri-(r6ov

(TTiireiO-ffdov) irt-irci-o-Gov
i
3 {riy-ff$ov) rix-Oov
p. 1 {^y-tJxOa) rj-y-iicOa {irerreiO-fuBa) iriro--(it9a
I

2 {iiy-cde) {ireireiO-aBe) ir^irci-r6

^x-8*
3 (-^-nevoi) TJ'Y-ii^voi l<rl

PLUPERFECT. PLUPERFECT.
{i-irirei.d-ii7iv) k-ttvtnLv-^iyv
8. 1 (^y-fiv) t]-y-|iv
{i-wevid-(To) t-irt'irti-o-o
2 (^-<ro) TJ^o
' 3 (^7-To) tiK-ro (i-ireirei6-To) l-fr^ircKT-TO

'
D. 2 {iiy-<r6ov) rix-Sov {i-imriid-ffdov) i-iriiti\,-a9ov

> 3 (^7-(r^iji') tix-fl'T' {i-wewdd-aOrjv) l-ircirct-o-OTjv

p. 1 (^7-/*c^a) TJ"y-(i,9a {i-veveiO-fxeda) i-ircircCcr-fJieOa

I

2 {i-ireireid-<Tde) i-ir^irci-crOt
(^7-<^^e) ^x-e*
3 (^-juei'ot) T|Y-|t4voi TJ<rav {i-ireireid-tJievoi) ircirwr-(4^voi Tjcrav

PERFECT. perfect.

(^7-/*I'0s) T|Y-|UvOS , C<C. (irtweid-nevosi) ir'iri<r-n<vos , etc.

(^7-/tei'os) TJ7-|Uvos tti\v, etc. {irereid-ijxvos) ireircur-n^vos tiiv, eic.

s. 2 {^y-ffo) in|o (7re7ret^-<ro) "Tr^irti-o-o

3 (^7-<r^w) 'HX-Ow (TreTret^-cr^w) irirC-<r6

H D. 2 {^y-ffOov) tjx-Oov (weirtf-<7'^ov) x^iri-o"Oov

3 (i77-(T0w;') qx-9v (7reiret^-<r^wj') ircireC-o-Owv

i p. 2 {riy-ade) rix-9t (7re7rei^-<r^e) ir^irei-o-Ot

(r)y-<T0(t)v tjx-6v (ireiret^-cr^wv) ireirtUo'Owv

(^-<r^ai) Tix-^ai (ir7retd-<r^oi) ircirci-o-Oai

PABTIC. {iiy-nevos) tj'Y-Ia^vos, -i], -ov (TreTrei^-juewj) "irfircwr-ixfvos, -t], -ov

No FUTURE PERFECT. No FUTURE PERFECT.

246 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [778

778. Perfect Middle System of Liquid 779. Perfect Middle System of

Verbs: o-t^XXc* {<tt\), send. Liquid Verbs: <t>a(v<a (((>av), show.

Middle and Passive. Middle and Passive.

PLUPERFECT. PERFECT. PLUPERFECT.

(rTaX-piai <rTdX-(M]V ir^<|>cur-|xai l-'ir<j>d<r-ji,rjv

<rTaX-<rai <rTaX-<ro
<rTaX-Tai <rTa\-TO 'Trt(|>ttv-Tai

<rTaX-9ov tcrraX-Oov -jTi^av-Qov -'ir'4>av-9ov

toToX-Oov i<rTa.\-dr\v ir4>av-6ov ^-ir<j>dv-9T]v

^(rrdX-ficOa i<rTak-\u9a ir(4>do--}jif6a c-irc4>do--|K6a

lo-ToX-Of to-raX-Ot ir^4>av-8 -'jr'<j>av-9

IcraX-ix^voi 'Trc({>a(r-)i.^voi ir(4>a(r-}Uvoi

cl<r( T|<rov Tjcav

IcrraX-fi^vos w, etc. 7c<{>ao--fi.^vos St, etc.

ta'raX-\i.ivi)> tjrov, etc. ir<})ar-ji^vw tJtov, etc.

i<rraX-\kivoi S>]uv, etc. iri^a<r-\i.ivoi. wp-cv, etc.

i<rTaX-(ifvos tt)v, etc. ir((^a(r-|i^vos tlr\v, etc.

l<rTaX-|x^vw tlrov, etc. ir<j>a<r-|ifvw cItov, etc.

i<rTa\-\Uvoi ft|uv, etc. irt^ao'-fiAvoi tl\uv, etc.

8. 2
780] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 247

780. Second Passive System of o-t^XXw {areX), send.

Passive
248 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [781

781. Present System of rifidw, honor.

Active. Middle and PASsrvB.

781] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 249

Present System of Ti(iA, honor (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

s. 1 {Tl/JMolpilJv) Tip.(U|l,T]V

2 {rifidoio) TlfXUO
3 (rlfidoi) (rifidoiTo) TlJi^TO

D. 2 {rifidoiTov) Tlp,(pTOV (Tifidoiffdov) Tl)i.u<rOov

3 {TlfJLaoiTTjv) Ti|JlU)TTJV {Tifiaol<T07]v) Tr|A'<r9i]v

p. 1 (Tifiioi/Mev) Tl|X(0|JlV {rlfiaolnfOa)

2 (rt/AOOiTe) tI|1,UTC {rtfidoiffOe) Ti|i,<o(r6

{rlfidoiev) Tl[Jl$V (rifjidoivro) Tl^WVTO

or or

8. 1 {Tifiaoir]v) Ti|ll[)'T|V

2 (rt/wtotTjs)

3 (rifjMolr]) Ti|iblT)

D. 2 {Tifj.aolr]Tov) [tiuco'titov

3 {rifiaoi-qTr]!')

p. 1 {TtfjLaolijuev) [Tl|Jl(l>t)^CV

2 (rl/iaoiijTe) Tl(H>TJT

3 (rl/jMoirjaav) Ti(ia)Tj<rav]

{rtnae) Tt|xa rlfidov)

Tl|iaT(i> Tifxaiadu) Ti|ia<rOcd

(TlfjAeTov) Tindrov TifxdfaOov) Tifjid<r6ov

Tl|XaT(OV rlfMiaOwv) Ti)ia<r6wv

{rTfidere) TinaT Ti/xde<T0f) Ti|xd(rO

TijiWVTWV Tiiiaiadwv) Ti(i^<rO(i)v

IN. (rt/Mietv) Tlfiav rlndeffBai) TV|id(r6ai.

M. (ri/iciui') Ti^MV Tj/xa6yuews) ri^Mfuvos

F. (rlndova-a) rl\i.&a-a TiHaOfldvij) TlfLUfJL^VT)

N. (rj/udoj') Ti|icov Tiftadfievov) Ti^ufuvov

250 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [782

782. Present System of troUw, do, jfAKE.

Active. Middle and Passive.

8. 1 iroUu) iroiw
2 iroicts

3 iroUei) iroiti

D. 2 woiierov) WOlflTOV
3 iroiierov) iroitiTov

p. 1 vroUoftev) iroiov)i.v

2 irot^ere) iroitiTt

3 noUovcri) iroiov(ri

IMPERFECT.

(iiroUov) ciroCovv
(iiroleei) ciroUis
(iiroUe) CTTOUl

(dTToUerov) ciroitiTOv

{iTTOiedTTjv) tirouCrqv

{iiroi^onev) liroiov|uv
(iiroUere) cirokciTC

(iiroieov) ciroCovv

FRESBKT.
782] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 251

Present System of iroUco, do, make (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

8. 1 [iroioi|i,i Troieolfi.7}v) iroioC)Li]v

2 troUois) iroiois iroi4oio) iroioio

3 iroi^oi) iroioi] woUoiTo) iroioiTO

D. 2 TTQlioiTOv) iroiotTOV woiioiaOov) iroioi<r6ov

3 iroiolT7\v) iro\.olTt\v iroieolffOijv) iroioC<r6T]v

p. 1 iroioi|UV iroieolfJLeda) iroioCfuOa

2 iroi^oire) iroioiTC iroiiourOe) iroioi<r9

3 iroUoiev) iroioicv iroUotvTo) iroioivTO

or or
8. 1 iroiofrjv

2 iroieoitjs) irotoCiis

3 TTOieolrj) iroioiTi

D. 2 iroieoirjTov) [itoioCtjtov

3 iroieoiriTr])') iroioi^TTjv]

p. 1 iroieolTj/iev) [iroio(T))uv

2 iroieoiTjre)

3 TTOLeoirjaav) 7roio(ii<rav]

8. 2 TTot'ee) iroCci iroiov

3 TTOie^Tw) ttoicCtw (iroieiffdo)) irouCo-dw

D. 2 iroUeTOv) iroitiTOv {iroUeaOov) irouio-Oov

3 TTOie^TWv) itoicCtuv (iroieiaduv) TTOlcUrOcdV

S P. iroUere) iroitiTC (voiieaOt) iroKicrOe

woiedmuv) irOlOVVTMV (iroie^ffOuv) irouUrOwv

iroiieiv) (iroUecrOai) -iroicicrOat,

7roi4(i)v) TTOIUV (iroieSfxevoi) iroiovpicvos

woiiovcra) iroiov<ra {iroieon^vrj) iroiovpifVT)
iroiiov) iroiovv {iroiedfievov) -iroioviicvov
252 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [783

783. Present System of StjXdu, manifest.

Active. Middle and Passive.

783] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 253

Present System of StjXow, manifest (continued).

Active. Middle and Passive.

254 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [784

Verbs in MI.
785] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 255

Verbs in ML
256 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [786

Verbs in MI.

786. Present System of Itrrrnii {(tto), SET, MAKE STAND.

Active, Middle and Passive.

present. imperfect. PRESENT. IMPERFECT.
8. 1 IHTTTJ-V i-flrra-ftai i-o-Td-firjv

2 t-KTTTl-S IHTTH-S i-<rTa-<rai i-<rTa-<ro

3 l-Hf TTJ-<ri IHTTTJ i-<rTa-Tai i-o-ra-TO
D. 2 IHTTO-TOV l-CTO-TOV i'-<rTa-<r6ov i-<rTa-<rOov
3 i-irra-Tov i-<rTd-TTiv i-<rTa-<r6ov i-<rTd-<r6T|v

p. 1 i'-o-ra-fitv l-O-Ttt-JUV l-<rTd-|x<Oa i-<rTd-}i6a

2 i-<rTa-T l-iTTO-Tf l'-<rTa-<r6 '-<rra-<r9t

3 i-o-Tcuri i-oTa-<rav i-OTO-vrai l-a-TO-VTO

PRESENT. PRESENT.
8. 1 l-<rT l-<rTcl)-)t,ai

2 i-<rr%s
3 i-c-rfi l-<rTf)-TOW

D. 2 i-o-rfi-TOv I-OTTJ-O-GOV
3 l-O-TTl-TOV i-<rTfi-<r8ov

p. 1 i-CTw-fifv i-(rr(!>-\u9a

2 l-CTi\-Tl i-<rTTJ-<r6

3 l-rT<ri IHTTW-VTai

s. 1 l-OToCtl-V i-<rTa-n,T]v

2 l-<rTaCT)-s l-OTOt-O
3 ir-irrali\ l-o-Tai-TO
D. 2 i-<j-Tai-Tov or i-<rTaT]-Tov i-<rTai-<r0ov
3'
l-<rTOt-TTlV l-<rTaiVj-TT]V i-<rra-r6Tiv

p. 1 iHTTai-jiev i-<rTa(Ti-|jiv t-<rTa(-)uOa

2 i-<rTai-T i-c-Taly\-Tt i-<rTai-<rfl

3 i-<rTai-v i-<rTan-<rav i-<rTai-vTO

8. 2 I'-o-ra-o-o

3 i-crrd-Tw i-o-rd-<r6

D. 2 i-<rTa-TOv i-<rTa-<r0ov
3 l-O-Td-TWV l-<rTd-<r0wv

s p. 2 ^-Ta-<r8

3 l-O-Td-VTWV l-oTa-trBtav

INFIN. i-o-rd-vai t-o-TanrOai

PARTIC. i-<rTOS, -do-o, -dv i-<rTd-nvos, -t), -ov

787] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 257

Verbs in MI.
787. Present System of 8cCKvvp,i (5/c), show.
258 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [788

Verbs in MI.
788. Second Aorist System
of T(8ri|il {$e), PLACE, PUT.
792] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 259

790. Second Aorist 791. Second 792. Second Perf System

.

System of Aor. System without SufELx of

lo-rqjjii {(rra), set. of Svci), ENTER. l<rTT](l.l (o'To), SET.

Active, AOTIVB. Active,

second aor. SECOND AOR. second perf. second plup.
8. 1 l-o-rq-v, stood l-Sv-v

2 t-o-rq-s l-8v-s
w 3 t-O-TT) -8v

H D. 2 c-0-rn-TOV C-Sv-TOV ?-rTa-TOv l-OTtt-TOV

3 -rTTi-TTlV -8v-Tt]V ?-<rTa-Tov -<rTd-TTJV

S p. 1 -<rT1]-}ltV <-8v-|UV i-<rTa-(iv

2 ?-<rTT|-T C-Sv-TC i-a-ra-Tt

3 l-oTTi-<rov c-8v-<rav -oTd<rt l-<rTa-rov

SECOND PERFECT.
8. 1 <rra 8v(i> c-<rT

2 o-rgs 8v'[is C-O-TflS

> 3 o-TT] 8VT) l-O-Tfi

y D. 2 (TTTl-TOV 8vilT0V C-O-TTJ-TOV

3 6 tmi-TOV 8v'tlT0V -<rTTi-TOV

g p. 1 <rT(l)-|tV 8vw|i<v
" 2 <rTti-T 8vr]T -rTj-T

3 <rT<ri 8vw(ri c-<rT<ri

S. 1 a-Tair]-v i-<rra.li\-v

2 o-raCTi-s k-(rTali\-s

a 3 o-raCii -<rTatT|

D. 2 (TTai-Tov or <rTaii]-Tov l-<rTai-Tov or t-<rTair\-TOv

fS 3 (rTa-TT]v 0Tai'<i-THv -<rTa-Tt| V l-irraiVj -rq v

p p. 1 <jTai-(iv <rTaC7]-|xv k-<rrai-\uv c-<rTa(T]-|iv

2 <rTai-T <rrair\-r( -<rTai-T -<rTaTi-T

3 (rraic-v <rToTj-<rav l-o-Tttit-v c-<rTa(T)-(rav

s. 2 <rT{)-ei 8v-e(, ?-<rTa-0i

> 3 (TT'fj-TW 8v-T<i) e-oTd-Tw

^ D. 2 orrf^-TOV Sv-TOV l-OTO-TOV
3 trHj-Toiv Sv-TWV t-crrd-Twv
g p. 2 o-Hi-Tt 80-T l-<rTO-T
3 <rTd-vTv gv-VTOtV l-<rTd-vTiv

INFIN. o-rfj-voi 8v-vai 4-rTd-v<u

PARTic. orr^s, oTaca, orrd-v 8vs, 8v<ra, 8v-v l-<rTs, c-<rT<ra, c-<rT6s
260 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [783

Irregular Verbs in MI.

796] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 261

Irregular Verbs in MI.

795. <l|l,C (^0-), BE. 796. V(0, GO.

Active,
present. imperfect.
s. 1 ct|iC I] or T^v

2 cl 'n(r6a

3 cotC TJV .

D. 2 <rT6v Tl<rTOv or tfrov

3 <rT6v T]<rTT)v 'qT'qv

p. 1 eo-|i^v

2 ia-ri ^fTTi r\Tt

3 eUrl qo-av

PRESENT.
s. 1

2
3
D. 2 1\TOV
3 qrov
p. 1 w|jicv

2
3 wcri.

8. 1 lnv
2
3
D. 2 tlrov or ettjTOv
3
p. 1 cI|UV tT])UV

2 ilri ettjTC

3 ctcv {{t^o-av

8. 2 ta-di

3 tOTTW
D. 2 <rTOV
3 <rTV
p. 2 <rT

3 (irruv

INFIN. tlvai

PARTic. v, ov7a, 6v, gen. ovtos, etc.

262 INFLECTION OF VERBS. [797

Irregular verbs in ML

Active. Middle.
799] INFLECTION OF VERBS. 263

Irregular Verbs in MI.

No. 63. Athena.
 RULES OF SYNTAX.

Subject and Predicate.

800. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. Thus, 17 oIkCo.

6vpd<i ^i, the house has doors.

801. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative ; but it is

generally omitted when it is the same as the subject or the object (direct
or indirect) of the leading verb. See 461, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7.

802. A verb agrees with its subject nominative in number and person ;
but a nominative in the neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb. Thus,
TO. irXoia fUKpa ^v, the boats were small.

803. With verbs signifpng to be, become, appear, be navied, chosen,

made, thought, or regarded, and the like, a noun or adjective in the predicate
is in the same case as the subject. Thus, 17 (.{(rfioX-q rjv 086s d/xo^iros,
the pass was a wagon road, 6 Trora/ios KaXcirai Mapauds, the river is called
Marsyas.
Apposition.

A noun annexed to another noun to describe it, and denoting

804.
thesame person or thing, agrees with it in case. This is called apposition,
and the noun thus used is called an appositive. Thus, Kvpo?, o tov Adpct'ov
utds, HcpcTTys rtv, Cyrus, the son of Darius, was a Persian.

Adjectives.

805. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case.
This applies also to the article and to adjective pronouns and participles.
Thus, Tj 6809 (TTtvrj r]v, the road was narrow, iiropevovro oi 'EXAt/vc? t^v
rffitripav ^wpdv apTrd^ovTe<i, the Greeks advanced ravaging our land.
800. An adjective or participle, generally with the article, may be
used as a noun. Thus, 01 iroXifiioi, the enemy, ro KuiXvov, the hindrance,
KaKov, evil.
266 RULES OF SYNTAX.

The Article.

807. Proper names may take the article. Thus, ai rov Kvpov KWfiai,
the villages of Cyrus.
808. Abstract nouns often take the article. Thus, 17 aXijOua, truth.

809. Nouns with a possessive pronoun take the article when they refer
to definite individuals, but not otherwise. Thus, o /ao5 irar-qp, my father,
but c/xos <^iAos, a friend of mine.

810. The article is often used where we use a possessive pronoun, to

mark something as belonging to a person or thing mentioned in the sen-
tence. Thus, Kvpos eTn^ovktvaei t<S aStXtfxS, Cyrus will plot against his

brother.

811. An adverb, a preposition with its case, or any similar expression

may be used with the article to qualify a noun, like an attributive adjec-
tive. Here a noun denoting men or things is often omitted. Thus, 01 oikoi

\6poi, his enemies at home, ol irapa ^aortXews ayycAAoi, the messengers from
the king, oi olkol, those at home, 01 dp-ffyl Kvpov, Cyrus and his followers.

812. An attributive adjective, or equivalent expression, which qualifies

a noun with the article, commonly stands between the article and the noun.
But the noun with the may be followed by the adjective with the
article

article repeated ; here the first article is sometimes omitted. Thus, 17

'EXX-qvLKT] <f>v\aKT^, or 17 <f>v\aKr] ^ 'EWtjvlktJ, or <f>vXaKr] ^ 'EXAr/viKT/, the

Greek garrison, ^ cis to ircStov elafiokiq, or 17 ela-fioXij 17 ei5 to TreStov, or
^ eis to ireSt'ov, the pass leading into
ela-^oXr] the plain.

813. When an adjective either precedes the article, or follows the

noun without taking an article, it is always a predicate adjective. Thus,
fUKpal ai oiKtai rjaav, or ai oIkCui fxlKpal ^aav, the houses were small.

814. When a demonstrative pronoun agrees with a noun, it takes the

article, and stands in the predicate position. See 158.
815. In Attic prose the article retains its original demonstrative force
chiefly in the expression 6 fiev . . . 6 8i, tJie one . . . the other. 6 Sc, etc.,

sometimes means, and he, etc., even when no o fiev precedes. Thus, tous
p.v aireKTeive, tovs 8 i^i^aXev, some he sleic, others he banished, oi Sk ravra
tXe$av Tots o-T/aaTiwTats, and they (the generals) told it to the soldiers.
 RULES OF SYNTAX. 267

Pronouns.

816. The nominatives of the personal pronouns are seldom used,

except for emphasis. See 436.
817. The personal pronoun of the third person, ov, ol, I, etc., is gener-
ally an indirect reflexiye in Attic prose, i.e. it is used in a dependent clause
to refer to the subject of the leading verb. See 437.
818. auTos has three uses : in all its cases it may mean self; when
preceded by the article it means same ; in its oblique cases it may mean
him, her, it, them. See 160.
819. The pronouns refer to the subject of the clause in which
reflexive
they stand. Sometimes in a dependent clause they refer to the subject of
the leading verb, i.e. they are indirect reflexives. See 446.
820. The possessive pronouns (448) are generally equivalent to the
possessive genitive (841, 1) of the personal pronouns. Thus, 6 c/xo5 rraTrjp
^6 irarrjp ifjiov, my father.
821. cKcTvos, that, is used of something remote ; o8c, this, of something
near or present, outos is used in referring to something that has already
been mentioned ; o8e, in referring to something which is about to be men-
tioned. See 159.
822. The interrogative tis (3.53), tcho? what? may be either substan-
tive or adjective. Thus, rts tovto Xiyti; who says this? rtms dvSpas eiSov;
tchat men did I see f

823. Tt's may be used both in direct and in indirect questions. Thus,
Tt^ 6 Oopvfios 1<TTL ; what is the disturbance f ipwra tis 6 66pv^6^ iari.
he asks what the disturbance is.

824. The indefinite tis (354) may be either substantive or adjective.

Thus, TOVTO Xc'ya tis, or av6pwTr6<s tis tovto Xe'yec, somebody says this.

825. TIS issometimes nearly equivalent to English a or an. Thus,

ciBov dvdpwTTOv TLva, I saw a certain man, or / saw a man.

826. A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, but
its case depends on the construction of the clause in which it stands. Thus,
^A.awovo-iv Tov ^v<f>paTrjv iroTapov, ov ^v to evpos TtTTapa (TtoZm,
CTTi

they marched on to the Euphrates, the breadth of which teas four stades.
268 RULES OF SYNTAX.

827. The antecedent of a relative may be omitted when it can easily

be supplied from the context, especially if it is indefinite. Thus, Kara-
irpaiia c<^' a a-Tparevofiai, I shall accomplish {the objects) for which I am
taking the field.

828. When a relative would naturally be in the accusative as the

object of a verb, it is generally assimilated to the case of the antecedent if

this is a genitive or dative. Thus, avSpes a^iot etcrt t^s iXtvdepid^ ^s

KiKTTjvrai, they are men worthy of the freedom which they have.

829. The antecedent is often attracted into the relative clause, and
agrees with the relative. Thus, aTreireixij/ev o t;(c aTpdrevfUL, he despatched
what forces he had.
Nominative and Vocative Cases.

830. The nominative is used chiefly as the subject of a finite verb, or

in the predicate after verbs signifying to be, become, etc. See 800, 803.
831. The vocative, with or without w, is used in addressing a person
or thing. Thus, 17 680s, w Kvpe, ayei cis ttcSiov koXov, the road, Cyrus,
leads into a beautiful plain, avSpcs (TTpaTtwTai, fellow soldiers !

Accusative Case.

832. The direct object of the action of a transitive verb is put in the
accusative. Thus, (r<^ev8ovr;v c;(ei, he has a sling.

833. Any verb whose meaning permits it may take an accusative of

kindred signification. This accusative repeats the idea already contained
in the verb, and may follow intransitive as well as transitive verbs. It is
called the cognate accusative. Thus, ttoAc/xci oZlkov TToXe/xov, he wages fin
unjust war, ti <re ^htKrja-a ; what wrong have I done you ?

834. The accusative of specification may be joined with a verb, adjec-

tive, noun, or even a whole sentence, to denote a part, character, or quality
to which the expression refers. Thus, to. iroXeiiia aya66<;, skilled in matters
pertaining to war, 6 TroTap.6<i com to tvpos irXiOpov, the river is one hundred
feet in width.

835. An accusative in certain expressions has the force of an adverb.

Thus, Ta TrdvTa vIkCxti, they are completely victorious, ti ScT avTous Xveiv rrjv

y<f>vpav, why need they destroy the bridge f

 RULES OF SYNTAX. 269

836. The accusative may denote extent of time or space. Thus, ivravOa
fiVi qfiepd'i tTTTci, he remained there a week, iiropevovTo o-ra^/jtovs Trei/re,

they proceeded fve days' journey.

837. The accusative follows the adverbs of swearing v^ and |iA, by.

An oath introduced by Wj is affirmative ; one introduced by \k& is negative.

Thus, v^ Aia, yes, by Zeus! fia tous deov^ ovk avrous Stwfw, by Heaven, I
will not pursue them!
838. Verbs signifying to ask, demand, teach, remind, clothe, unclothe,
conceal, deprive, and take away may take two object accusatives. Thus,
^yefiova aiTcire Kupov, ask Cyrus for a guide, tovs TraiSas cro)<f)poavvrjv

hiSaxTKOvai, they teach the lads self-control, avafivrjcrw yap vp.a<; toiis klvSv-
vov<i, I will remind you of the dangers, to. ^rjpxiTa Kvpov ovk eKpyirre, he
did not conceal his possessions from Cyrus, tovs avS/aas dneaTepi/JKaficv t^v
vavv, ice have robbed the men of their ship.

839. Verbs signifying to do anything to or to say anything of a person

or thing take two accusatives. Thus, tovs <^iAous kukov ti ipyda-ecrde, you
will do your friends some harm.
840. Verbs signifying to name, choose or appoint, make, think or regard,
and the like, may take a predicate accusative besides the object accusative.

Thus, TTUTtpa Hcvo^wvTa iKoXovv, they called Xenophon ^father,' (f>i\ov ttoi-

T^awfiiv TOVTOV, Ict US mokc him our friend, tov aaTpaim^v fjiCkov ov vop.LU,
he will not regard the satrap as a friend. ,

Genitive Case.

841. A noun in the genitive may limit the meaning of another noun.
This is called the attributive genitive and expresses various relations, most
of which are denoted by of or by the possessive case in English. Thus
1. Possession or other close relation, as Ta /JacrtAews /Sacri'Xeta, the
King's palace. The Possessive Genitive.
2. The Subject of an action or feeling, as 6 twv ^apfidpoiv <f>6^os, the

fear of the barbarians, i.e. the fear which they felt. The Subjective Genitive.
3. The Object of an action or feeling, as 6 Ttiiv 'EAAi^vwv <f>6fio^, the fear

of the Greeks, i.e. the fear which they inspired. The Objective Genitive.
4. Material or Contents, including that of which anything consists, as
TTcvTc /xvaT dpyvpiov, five minas of silver. Genitive of Material,
270 RULES OF SYNTAX.

.
5. Measure, of space, time, or value, as rpiwv -^fiepdv 6805, a journey of
three days, ttcvtc /irjviav fii(r66<i, Jive months' pay. Genitive 0/ Measure.
6. Cause or Origin, as /tcyoiAcov dSiKTy/xarwv opyy, anger at great offenses.
The Causal Genitive.
7. The Whole, after nouns denoting a part, as 8ia fiicrov t^s iroXcws,
through the middle of the city. The Partitive Genitive.
842. The Partitive. genitive (841, 7) may follow all nouns, pronouns,
adjectives (especially superlatives), participles with the article, and adverbs,
which denote a part. Thus, tis twv 'EAAt/vwv; icho of the Greeks? Trdvriav
iravra KpaTia-To^, best of all in everything, vjxw b ySouAd/uiei'os, whoever of you
loishes, Ti/Aarai fidXiara tS>v 'EAAt/vwv, he is honored mx)re than any other
Greek.

843. Verbs signifying to he or become and other copulative verbs may

have a predicate genitive expressing any of the relations of the attribu-
tive genitive (841). Thus, rtvos ccrrtv 6 Itttto^ ; who owns the horse f 6
XaA.os co-Ti TO evpo<i irXiOpov, the Chalus is one hundred feet broad, ^v 8c
Kal ouTos Tu>v MlXrjTov TToXLopKovvToiv, he too was one of these who were
besieging Miletus.

844. Any verb may take a genitive if its action affects the object only
in part. This principle applies especially to verbs signifying to share (give
or take a parf) or to enjoy. Thus, Xafi^dvovcn tov ^apfSapLKov arparevp-a-
Tos, they take a part of the barbarian force, tu>v cTriTiySciwv /oitTco^cTc, you
had your share of provisions.

845. The genitive foUows verbs signifying to take hold of, touch, claim,
aim at, hit, attain, miss, make trial of, begin. Thus, cAa/3ov t^s ^wn;^, they
took hold of his girdle, ov^ aTrrcTai t^s Kdp(f>-q<i to v8wp, the water does not
touch the hay, outos avTov ij/otapre, this one missed him, rjp-^t. toS Xoyou wSc,
he began his speech as follows.

846. The genitive follows verbs signifying to taste, smell, hear, perceive,

comprehend, remember, forget, desire, care for, spare, neglect, wonder at,

admire, despise. Thus, ouTrore lyStovos olvov yiytvpai., I have never tasted
finer wine, Oopvfiov rjKovae, he heard a noise, tovtodv p-ep-vqaOe ; do you
remember this t tS)v orpaTitoTaiv cTrcficXciTo, he looked out for his men, fi^

ameXuipev rjpSiv avTotv, let us not neglect ourselves.

 RULES OF SYNTAX. 271

847. The genitive follows verbs signifying to rule, lead, or direct.

Thus, T(ov ottXItwv apX'' ^^ commands the hoplites, KAcap^^os 'tov Se^iov
K(.pios rjytiTox, Clearchus leads the right wing.

848. Verbs signifying fulness and tcant take the genitive of material
(841, 4). Those signifying to Jill take the accusative of the thing filled

and the genitive of material. Thus, oi a-TpaTL<DT(t)v diropS), I am not in

need of men, ras Si^^cpas iirifiTrXaaav \6pTov Kov<f>ov, they filled the skins

with dry grass.

849. The genitive (as ablative) may denote that from which anything
is separated or distinguished. On this principle the genitive follows verbs
denoting to remove, restrain, release, cease, fail, differ, give up, and the like.

Thus, Siea^ov oAAt^Awv tos rptaKovra oraSia, they were about thirty furlongs
distant from one another, iiria^ov t^s Tropuas, they desisted from marching,
TToXc/xov ^Se'ws TrawTtrai, he will be glad to stop fighting.

850. The genitive follows verbs signifying to surpass and be inferior,

and all others which imply comparison. Thus, ovroiq av irepiyevoiTo tSiv
he would thus get the better of his enemies, vo'Teprjo'e rrj^ H-^XV' Vt^^'
l)(6pt)iv,

pats ttcVtc, he wasfve days too late for the battle.

851. The genitive often denotes a cause, especially with verbs express-
ing emotions, such as admiration, wonder, affection, hatred, pity, anger, envy,
or revenge. Sometimes it denotes the source. Thus, t^s iXevOepid's v/ias
v8aifiovL^w, I count you happy because of your freedom, rots ^eots X'^P'-^
l)(ov(TL T^s viKT/s, they are grateful to the gods for victory, tovtwv ifiol )(aX-
TraiVcTC, you are angry with me for this, rJKOva-e ravra tov dyy^XXov, he heard
this from the messenger.

852. The genitive often depends on a preposition included in a com-

pound verb. Thus, t5)v oAAwv -n-poTlfirja-ei, he will honor you above the rest,

KaTa{j/r)<f}{ZovTai avrov ddvarov, they condemn him to death (literally, they

vote death against him).

853. The genitive may denote the price or value of a thing. Thus,
TToa-ov SiSacTKcis; how much do you charge for your lessons f (literally, /or
what price do you teach?), <^taA.7/ XP^aij d$id 8zKa /xvwv, a gold drinking-cup
worth ten minas, ^t'Aos ttoXXoG o^^ios, a friend worth much (i.e. of great
value)
272 RULES OF SYNTAX.

854. The genitive may denote the time within which anything takes
place. Thus, wp/xaro t^s wktos, he set out in the night, rarra t^s ^fitpd^
cyeVcTO, this happened during the day.

855. The objective genitive follows many verbal adjectives. These

are chiefly kindred (in meaning or derivation) to verbs which take the
genitive. Thus, ifiirupoL yap -^aav t^s x'^P^'^j ^^^V were familiar with the
country (845), t^s ;((upas cyKpaTcis, masters or rulers of the land (847),
KW/Liai fiearal (titou, villages abounding in supplies (848).
856. The genitive follows many adverbs, chiefly adverbs of place and
those derived from adjectives which take the genitive. Thus, irepav tov
lSii<f>paTov, across the Euphrates, cicroj t^s ttoAcws, loithin the city, cyyvs tov
irapahucrov, near the park, ol cju.7retpa>s Kupou )(ovm, those who are
acquainted with Cyrus.

857. A noun and a participle not grammatically connected with the

main construction of the sentence may stand by themselves in the Genitive
Absolute. See 516.
858. Adjectives and adverbs of the comparative degree take the geni-
tive (without rj, than^. Thus, KaKiovs rdv oAAwv, more cowardly than the

rest, doLTTOv twv iTnrwv irpexov, they ran more swiftly than the horses.

Dative Case.

859. The indirect object of the action of a transitive verb is put in

the dative. This object is generally introduced in English by to. Thus,
8lS<j)(tl fjLLcrOov T(p (TTpaTcu/taTi, he gives pay to the army.

860. Certain intransitive verbs take the dative, many of which in

English may have a direct object without to. The verbs of this class
which are not translated with to in English are chiefly those signifying to
benefit, serve, obey, defend, assist, please, trust, satisfy, advise, exhort, or any
of their opposites ; also those expressing friendliness, hostility, blame, abuse,
reproach, envy, anger, threats. Thus, oi wpoaOev ^pXv PorfOi^a-avTes, those
tvho have previously helped us, ircidtTaL tw aTparr/yw, he obeys his commander,
iriaTvov(TL T<p Kv/3(j), they trust Cyrus, irapeKcXevovTO oAAt/Aois, they exhorted

one another, wpyi^ovTo tcr;^vpo!is tw K\dp\w, they were excessively angry

with Clearchus.
 RULES OF SYNTAX. 273

801. The person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage any-

thing is or is done is put in the dative. This dative is generally introduced
in English hj for. Thus, aXXo a-TpaTcvfXAx Kvpw (rvveXeyero iv X.eppov^(T(o,
another force was collected for Cyrus in the Chersonese, ifx-ol kukov fiovXeveis,
you are plotting harm against me. Dative of Advantage or Disadvantage.

862. The dative with ci/xi, ytyvofuw, and similar verbs may denote the
possessor. Thus, o-TpartoiTai K.vp(o -^(rav ayaOoi, Cyrus had brave soldiers.
Dative of the Possessor.

863. The dative follows many adjectives and adverbs, and some
verbal nouns of kindred meaning with the verbs of 860 and 861. Thus,
Tw ifjLw dSeA^<d TToAc/Atos, ifiol 8c cf>tXo^ Koi TrtcTTOs, hostile to my brother, but
friendly and faithful to me, trrjXos Tais afxdiais Svairopcvros, m,ire hard for
the wagons to get through.

864. The dative is used with all words implying likeness or unlikeness,
agreement or disagreement, union, or approach. This includes verbs, adjectives,
adverbs, and nouns. Thus, tj Tropeid 6p.oid <t>vyr] iycyveTo, their march
ccime to be like flight, Mapo-vas 'AttoAAwvi TJpLcre, Marsyas contended with
Apollo, cTToAc/nei Tois paii, he carried on war with the Thracians, hj/ovTai
Kvpo), they will follow Cyrus, a/xa rg ^fipa, at daybreak, TrAiyo-io^et rots
TToXefiioLs, he approaches the enemy.

866. The dative follows many verbs compounded with iv, avv, or ctti ;

and some compounded with Trpos, rrapd, irepi, and v-rro. Thus, rot? a-rpa-
TiwTats <f>6ftov /A7roit, he inspires his soldiers with fear, o-v/XTrc/ATret tw
cTTpaTr/yw oAAou? o-TpaTiwras, he sends other soldiers with the general,
Kvpo) iTrijSovXevei, he plots against Cyrus.

866. The dative is used to denote cause, manner, and means or instru-
ment. Thus, <^tA6a Kai evvota i/Sorjdovv avTw, they helped him because of
their friendship and good will, iropevovTaL kvkAw, they advance in a circle,
avTov<! <f}o^ova-i t^ Kpavyy, they frighten them by their uproar, SiafiaLvova-t
7rXo6oi?, they cross in boats, ^SovAerai ^fxtv
xpw^^^h ^ wishes to use (i.e. serve
himself by) us, yivu irpoa-rJKei ^acriXei, in family he is related to the king.

867. The dative of manner is used with comparatives to denote the

degree of difference. Thus, ttoAAw /tei^tov eyi'y vero ^o'^, the shouting grew
7
much (literally, by much) louder.
274 RULES OF SYNTAX.

868. The dative sometimes denotes the agent with the perfect and
pluperfect passive, rarely with other passive tenses. See 203.

869. The dative is used to denote "that by which any person or thing
is accompanied. Thus, ^A^e (tt paTtvfjuciTi, ttoAAo), he came with a mighty
army.

870. The dative without a preposition often denotes the time when an
action takes place. This is confined chiefly to nouns denoting day, night,
month, or year, and to names ol festivals. Thus, ry airy rifxipa, on the same
day, Tyj varepaLo., on the following (day), fiia wktI Travres airWavoVf all
perished in a single night.

No. 64. icdySus.

AUGMENT AND REDUPLICATION. VERB AND TENSE STEMS.
PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

871. 1. The diphthong ov is never augmented ; i and tv are often

without augment.
2. Some verbs beginning with a single consonant have ci in the first
perfect and perfect middle systems instead of the reduplication. See 106.
3. Most verbs beginning with a mute and a liquid have the full

reduplication.

4. Some verbs whose stem begins with a, c, or o, followed by a single

consonant, reduplicate the perfect and pluperfect by prefixing the first

two letters of the stem, and lengthening the following vowel as in the
temporal augment. This is called Attic reduplication.

5. Some verbs whose stem begins with a vowel take the syllabic augment,
as if the stem began with a consonant. These verbs also have a simple e

for the reduplication. Some of them have the temporal in addition to the
syllabic augment. When another c follows, ec is contracted into cu
6. Some verbs derived from nouns or adjectives compounded with
prepositions are augmented and reduplicated after the preposition, like
compound verbs.

7. A few compound verbs take the augment before the preposition,

and others have both augments.

8. Some vowel verbs retain the short vowel of the verb stem, contrary
to the general rule (274), in all the systems in which the verb occurs.

9. Some vowel verbs retain the short vowel only in some of the tense
systems.

10. Vowel stems which retain the short vowel (see 8, 9, above) and
some others may add <r to the final vowel before all endings not beginning
with <r in the perfect and pluperfect middle. Some verbs may have <r also
before 0< or 8tj in the first passive system.
276 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

11. Some verbs with short verb stems ending in a mute or v lengthen
the short vowel in some of the tenses, a to i), i to i or oi, v to cv. The
shorter verb stem generally appears in the second aorist active or passive.

12. Stems consisting of a short vowel between two consonants some-

times drop the vowel.
13. Some verbs add to the verb stem in some of the tense systems.
14. Some verbs drop <r of the future stem and contract.
15. Futures in mtw and io-o|uu from verbs in ijw of more than two
syllables regularly drop o- and insert c, and contract. The forms in 14
and 15 are called the Attic future.

16. Some verbs, instead of a future in o-o|mu, or in addition to it, have

a future in (rco|uu, contracted (rov|i.<u, formed with the tense suffix /..
This is called the Doric future.

17. In many verbs the future active does not occur, and the future
middle is used in its stead.

In the following, the numeral in parenthesis refers to the sections of

871, the superior numeral to the notes at the foot of the page.

o"Y, lead, bring,

alv^w, praise,

alvia-u (9) inv<ra (9) tJv<ko (9) -QynmLai ^jv^v (9)

alp^u (oipe, ^X), take, seize, mid. take for oneself, choose,

alpV lXov(5) BPT* BP^F*"' TiM^v(9)

alo-Odvo|i(u (alaO), perceive,

olo-e^o-ofwu (13) xi<rO5|*tiv ||<rii|iai (13)

dKoiw, hear,
dKoWonai (17) tJKovff'a dK^Koa* (4) TjKoWenv(lO)

^ The stem is reduplicated, &yay. * i; is dropped.

 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 277

oLXCo-KoiAou (o'X, d\o), be captured,

dX&trO\Lai cdXwv^ (5) cdXwKa (5)

aXXdrrw (dX\a7), change,

&XXd$0 t]\Xa|a TJXXaxa i]XXa-y|iai TJXXdxflTiv
/
TJXXd'Y'qv

ofLOpTavw {d/xapr), miss, err, do wrong,

d|U)iprfjo-0|iat i^|iapTov T|)idpTT]Ka f||i,dpT7]|Jiai TipLapT^fjOiiv

(13, 17) (13) (13) (13)

&v-olyo>, open,

dv-o(^ a,v-i*f^a, (5) av-iu\a (5) av-iif^ikox (5) dv-C(ox6T]v (5) y

av-^cjrya (5)

PaCvM (/3a), go,

p^<ro|LOU (17) ifir\v^ pfpriKa p^pa|xai (9) ^^dOiiv (9) /

fUXKn (/3aX), throw,

PoXm iPaXov P^pXiiKa P^pXiipLai ^pX^Oiiv /

pXdirTM (/3Xo/3), injure,

pXdipu ipXa<|ra P^pXa<{>a P^pXa|i|xai ipXd<|>9T)v

/
cpXdpr]v
PovXo|jiat, wish, wiU,
PovX'^o'opiai (13) ppovXTi|xav(13) l^vX^eijv (13)

7CYvo|xat. (yev), become,

^cWjo-oixai (13) l'Y^v6|&T]v y^Y^^^ YCY^vt]|iai (13)

YiYVfio-Kw (yvo), perceive, know,

YV(o(ro|i.ai c-yvuv ^
cyvuKa CYV(i>o-|xai (10) iyvma-9j\v (10) '

Ypdt^M, write,
Ypdt|ri> cYpax{ra ^^-ypa^ta (3) Yfypa|i|JiaL (3) lYpd<|>T]v

1 Second aorist of the /*t form (789). 2 Second aorist of the fii form
(790).
 278 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

Sc(kvv|u {Scik), point out, show,

Upn,Jlay,
8cpu cScipa 8^ap|jiai jSdpTjv

Stw, bind,

S^o-u c8rt<ra S^ScKa (9) 8^Sc|iou (9) ^8^eT)v49)

J
S^w, need, mid. need, desire, request,

/ 8c^(ro> (13) IS^T|<ra (13) SeS^TjKa (13) 8t8^T](iai (13) iStii9i\v (13)

8i8pa(rK&> {Spa), run,

8plio'0|tai(17) cSpoiv^ 8^8paKa

8(8|ii (So), give,

J
8u(r(i> l8Q>Ka (700, 4) S^wxa 8^|uu (9) ih6dr\v (9)

8vva|iai (dvva), be able, can,

Svv^o-o^iai 8e8vvi]|Jiai i8vWjOT]v

8v, make enter, intrans. enter,

{ 8vo-(i> c8vo-a 8^Ka 8cSv|i,ai (9) 48vOiiv (9)

I8VV

{du, -permit,

/ _ {^w cCSo-a (5) clfiKa (5) ctSineu (5) iUL9T]v (5)

i'biKvt, wish, desire,

cetX^o-w (13) T|eOiT,ora (13) TiOeXiiKa (13)

ctirov (flTT, ip, ^e), said,

/ lp& flirov c{pT]Ka (2) ctpT))t.ai (2) Ipp^v (738, 2)

{Xavvw {i\a), drive, set in motion, intrans. ride, drive, march,

iX (14) Ti\o<ra(8) iX^\aKa(4,8) a^XaHiai(4,8) TiXAeT,v(8)

I

1 Second aorist of the lu form (790).

 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 279

(ir(a-Ta|xai (eiriffTa), understand, know how,

lirurT^<ro|xai TJirwrr^OTjv

{iro|xai, (fftir),'^ follow, accompany,

2t)>o|jiai l<nr6|Ativ (12)

cp'Ya^ofiai. {e pry ad), work,

Ip^do-oiJiai. ctp-ycurdnTjv (5) ctfycuri&ai (5)

{pXO|uu {ipx, i><v$, i\e), go, come,

^jXOov ^X^Xvea (4)

iv9lt (iff 01, id, i5o, <pay), eat,

ISo^ai^ c<|>a-yov IS'^SoKa ^S^jSco-pieu T|8^<rdt]v

(4,9) (4,9,10,13) (9,10,13)

cipCoxw {evp),find, discover,

cvp^o-u (13) T]vpov tivptiKa (13) nvpTjjiai (13) tivp^Otjv (9, 13)

lx ((Tcxi <''X*))^ have, hold,

f^a i<r\ov (12) (<nC'nKa f<rxT)|iai

<rX^<rw

O&irrw (raip for 0a<l>),* bury,

Odi)rw cOat)/a T^Safx^at Irdi^Tiv

Gav^jidtw (davnaS), admire,

iQav\ka<ra rcOav^aKa c6av)id(rOT]v

i
6av\L6i<ro\i.a,i {\1 )

6vT)<rK {Oav), die, be slain,

6avov|iai,(17) eOavov Ti9vr\Ka

6v, sacrifice,

Ovaw lOvo-a T^6vKa (9) TcOvfiai (9) M9i\v^ (9)

^ tvofJM.1 for o-eiro/iiot and thpo/Mi for (Te\potuii. (738, 13). In effvbu-qv the rough
breathing is retained irregularly. '^
X few irregular futures drop o- of the stem,
so that the future has the appearance of a present. ^ ^-^^ for o-exw and i^m for
ffe^w (738, 13). * See 738, 17. ^ Ov becomes tv before e-qv.
280 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

it)(t,i (f), send,

f\<rii> <lKa (5) cl|iai (5) ctetjv (5)

lKWo|iai (2 k), come,

lytiai^

ta-Ti)|i,i (<rTo), sei, make stand, in trans, stand, stop.

(tttjo" i<m\tra <rrnKa< (o-raixai (9) lo-rdOrfv (9)

KoXw (14) lKdXc<ra (9) k^kXtiko K^KXtjitai IkX'^Oi]v

K^u {Kav), bum,

Kav<ro) ^Kavo-a K^KavKa KCKav|jLai ^Kav9T|v

KcXcviw, order,

KcXcvoru iK^cvo-a KCKcXcvxa KCK^cwriiai (10) {KcX(v(rdT)v (10)

kXcUa, shut,

KXfCo-M cxXcura K^KX<i(jiai JKXc(<r6T)v (10)

K^KXfio-ftai (10)

kX^ittm ((cXr), steal.

K^KXcfifiat (KXdn-ifv

K^KO({>a K^KO)i.|i.ai iK6tn\v

Kp<|*dvvv|xt (Kpe/j-a), hang up,

Kpc)iw (14) ^Kp^cura (9) ,
UptiiAv^Tiv (9, 10)

XafiPdvu (Xa/3), take,

X^4o|jioi(ll,17) cXapov i:XTi<|>a (2, 11) ftXufijxai (2, 11) 4XV|.|>env (11)

1 Cf. the first aorist tOriKa (694, 5). ^ t is due to the augment and redupli-
cation. 8 For an irregular (107) treo-TTjKa, the rough breathing representing the
first ff, as in the present. (So tcraixai, for (reo-ra/xat.) Pluperfect darijKi; for
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 281

XovOAvw (Xad), escape the notice of, mid. forget,

X^<r (11) cXaOov X^ijOa (11) X^t](r|iiai (11)

X^w, gather,

8U{a ctXoxa (2) ctXry|Jiai (2) i\{yr\v

\iya, say, speak, tell, relate,

\{^t IXe^a X^Y|Aai ^X^x^'H*'

XfCirw (XtTr), leave,

Xc^w(ll) cXkirov Xaoiira(ll) X^ii|jL|iai (11) (X(<|>eiiv (11) /

Xvtt, loose,

Xvaw cXvo-a X^vKa (9) X^vfiai (9) lKv9r\v (9) /

|i,av6dvtt (fMff), learn,

)ia6^o(iiai(18, 17) cfiaOov (U)id6T)Ka (13)

\^o\o^o^, fight,

|xaxov|jiai (13, 14) j(i,axo-d|XT|v(9,13) )jic|j,dx'nH'at (13)

pivu, remain,

\uvm CfMiva |i((ji^iM]Ka (13)

|u)ivx)Vk(i> {^"0)1 remind, mid. remember, mention,

\kirf\crw ^
lfivT)<ra p,^|i,vT]|xai i\i.vf\ir9r\v (10)

vo|ji({a (vofuS), think,

vo|uw (15) Iv6|ii(ra vcv6|iiiKa vcv6|xur|Jiai ivo}i.Ur9r\v /

oto|iai or ot|i.ai,, think, believe,

olfj<ro|jiai (13) ^Oi]v (13)

oXXvfti (dX), destroy, lose,

6X X<ra (9,13) oXcoXcko (4, 9, 13)

uX6|iiT]v oXwXa (4)

1 With full reduplication, contrary to the rule (107).

282 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

)jivv)Li {dfi, 6/xo), swear,

6|iOV)Lai (17) w|Jko<ra (8) 6|u|u>Ka(4,8) o)i,(&)to|iai (4,8) w|i60T)v (8)

ofiwp.oo'fiai wp.oo'OTjv

(4,8,10) (8,10)
opdd) {opa, IS, dir), see,

6<]/o|iai ctSov (5) ciSpSKa (5) (<ipa|iai (5)

IwpaKa (5) i>(i|iai J><|>9t)v

opvTTw (dpvx), dig,

opv^u wpv^a 6pMpv\a (4) opuptryi^ai (4) upvx6T|v

o<^(Xi> (<5<^eX),i owe,

6(|KiX^<rtt (13) (0()><(XT](ra (13) u4iK(XT)Ka (13) w<)KiX^ei)v(13)

iraCtt, strike,

iraCo-w ciraio-a ir^iraiKa iiraUr9r\v (10)

ird(rx (Trad, wevO), experience, suffer,

irc(<ro|Lai - liraflov ir^irovfla

irtt9 {vie), persuade, mid. obey,

n'C(ra)s(ll) tirtvo-a (11) WireiKa (11) ir^-rrei(r|iai(ll) lircbrOT)v(ll)

iriiroiQa (11)

irC}iir\T]|ii {ir\a),ftll,

"itXtio-w irXT|<ra ir^irXT)Ka irt'-irXtiiJiai tirX'q<r0nv (10)

ir^irXn<r(Jiai (10)

irtiTTw (irer, ttto), fall,

iro-ov|jLai, (16, 17) iirto-ov irfirTWKO

irX^w (irXv), sail,

wXtvo-oiiai (11, 17) irXvo-o (11) 'TrtirXVKa(ll) irirXvo-|iai. (10, 11)

irXtv(rov|jiai (11, 16, 17)

irX^TTft* (irXriy, irXo7), smite,

irX^^ci) e-irXrila ir^irXriYa WirXirynai l-irX'^Ytiv

'
tirXdyiiv

1 (5</)e/Xw follows the analogy of short steins ending in a mute (11) in lengthen-
ing 6(p\ to d<t>ei.\ in most of its tenses. ^ vO are dropped before <r and the
preceding vowel is lengthened (738, 11). In composition.
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 283

irpaTTftj (it pay), do, act,

irpa^w cirpd|a ir^pSYa iHirpa'y|Lat lirp^X^'H^ /

irfirpSxa

irvv9avo^at. (vvd), inquire, learn by inquiry,

irtvoropLai (11) cirv66|iT)v ir^7nNr|xai

p4i (pv), flow,

pcvo-o|*ai(ll, 17) lppvT]Ka^ (13) lppvt\v

ptirrw {pi(p, pi<t>), throw,

pt\|r(i> ippi\|/a^ cppl4>a- cppi|i|iai. cppt<{>Ot]v

/
pp{4>'nv

(nrdw, draw,

co-iroo-a (8) ccnraKa (8) ca-ircur|iai (8, 10) <rird<r9T]v (8, 10)

<rirc(pw (ffirep), SOW, scatter,

(Tircptt ccircipa hrvapfLOA lo"irdpi)v

o-TcXXw (o-reX), put in order, equip, send,

trrcXtt co-TciXa lo-ToXKa c<rTaX)i,ai {(rTdXT]v /

o-Tp^<^a>, turn, twist,

o-Tpc^l'w c(rTp<t|/a c(rTpo<t>a c(rTpa|i|i(u ccrTpd<^T]v /

0-Tp<<j)9t]V

(Ttd^tt (<rw, (TwS), save,

vAvm l<ru<ra o-^o-UKa o-^o-ufxai co-wOtjv /

trco'wo'p.ai

TfX^w, complete,

TcXw (14) lTX<ra (8) tct^ko (8) TcreXto-nai (8, 10) 4TcX<<reT)v (8, 10) /

T^fitvai (re/x), cut,

TC|l* CT(ilOV T^|JlT)Ka TCT|lT)|iai CT|i^OT|V /

CTafxov

1 For the reduplication, see 738, 2, 2 jor the augment and reduplication,
see 738, 2.
284 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS.

'HJKtt (ra/c), melt,

tVJ{ (11) iTtjIa (11) T^Ktt (11) {TdKT|V

T(Oi)|ii (^e), put, set, place,

^XV (11)

'
e^o-u lOifKa (694, 5) TcOciKai W6i)i.ai ^
W6tjv

rpi-att, turn, bend, divert,

rpi^a Tpc)/a rirpo^a

CTpairov Itp^<|>6i)v

Tp^<t>b> (Tpe<^ for Op<p),^ nourish, support,

6p<\|>(i> cOpci)/a T^Opa)i|jiai {Tpd<)>Tfv

i9pi^6r\v

Tp^X" {'P<X, 5paM), run,

Spapiov^ai (17) c8pa)iov 8e8pdjiT]Ka (13) S(Spdp,t](iat (13)

rptpw (rpt/S, Tpi)3), ru6,

Tpi\)/(i> lTpi\|ra T^Tpi({>a T^Tpi|ip,ai ^TpC^T^v

{Tpt^0T]V

TVYX^vw (^I'X)? ^^^ attain, in trans, happen,

Tev^o|iai (11, 17) trv^ov TTvxi]Ka (13)
T^TCWX* (11)

inr-i(rxv^o|iai (cex, cx^)? ^oM oneself under, protnise,

wiro-<rxV|<ro(iai viT-Kr\6^r\v * vir-^trXTJiioi

(t>a(vo> {(pav), show,

>avc 2()>T|va irc<{>a'yKa ir^(|>a(r|iai i^Lv^^v
irc<{>i]va i<^dvT)v

)>^ptt (<t>ip, ol, ii>K, iveyK), bear, bring, carry,

olo-w TJvcyKa^ cv^vox<l (4) lvVjvcY)i<u (4) tiv^x^^**

TJve-yKOv

1 The vowel of the verb stem is irregularly (274) lengthened to et in the first
perfect and perfect middle systems.
^ q^ becomes re before diiv. * See 738, 17.
* Cf. ^x"- ^ Formed irregularly without <r on stem ivCfK.
 PRINCIPAL PARTS OF IMPORTANT VERBS. 285

^vya ((pvy), flee,

|Kv$o|iai (11, 17) c<|>v70v ir^<j>rirya (11)

^viov|iai(ll,16, 17)

<{>6dvu {<f>da), get the start of, anticipate,

<)>0^o-o|iai (17) c<}>6t]vI

<{>ed(ru (9) c<t>eao-a (9)

4>6(pw (<p6ep), destroy,

4>0(pw <|>6eipa S<t>9apKa {<t>Oapp,ai <{>OdpT]V

Xpdofiai, use,
-
Xp^(ro|iai f\pr\<r6ni.r\v K^XPII**^ (3)

1 Second aorist of the m form. Cf. 790. 2 The o of the stem is irregularly
(274) lengthened to ij in all the systems except the present.

No. 65, 'A.na^d)v.

 WORD GROUPING.
Give the meanings of the following words, These words have all

occurred in the preceding vocabularies.

872. FIRST WORD LIST. (Lessons III. -XII.)

(U KcXcvw oirXov * * trTpaTt\y6% * *

d'yopa 'EXXr^viKos* KX^apxos OpKOS (TTparia * *
a-yw** V* Kpavy^ ov** (TTpaTlUTTJS * *
d8<X(|>6s Kvpos OVT . . . OVTt * * (Tvixfiaxos * *
dOpoi^w cir( 'Tr8Cov <rvv*
c-iriPovXcvu ** Xo-yos* ircXTOOT'fis * * (r<f>ev86vif

avOptOTTOS * Ev4>paTT]s Xvw * itcXtt) ** TO^OV * *

dpird^ci) ** (xaKpos ir^ixirw * TO|dTT|S * *
^dp^apos * T)|i^pa * |id\at.pa * * n^po-Tjs * TOTf
PovXcvw * * OdXarra ^dxt)** irXoiov Tpdirc^a
^dp Otos* |llKp<Ss * xoX^|iios * * TplSKOO-lOl
6t]pCov |i,i(r66s * iroXcftos * * ({>av(pds

SapiK6s 6vpa* vcav(as iroTa|ids * <|>op<p6s **

8( Ov(i> 6, r\, t6 irp6s <t>6Bos **
tiriros * 686s* itvXtj <)>T)XaK'^

8id Kal oIkCS a-Kr\vi] * XupS * *

8iapird|<A ** KaKds olvos * <rTv6s * Xi>pU>v **
SlWKU KaX6s* oirXf TTis * * (TTpaTCVCl) **
Swpov

873. An inspection of this List shows that these words are

not all separate units, but that some of them are related to
others both in form and in meaning.
Thus, OirXov, oirXt-rris ; irtXTT], -TrtXTacrr^s : TriXtjios, iroX^ixios ; to^ov, to|<Sths ;

i{>6Pos, ({>oPp6s ; X'^P^i X**?'" > V-^\.''\> K''X*''P**i o'^ji-jiaxos ;

o-Tparia, <rTpaTi-

TijSi <rTpaTv, o-Tpar-'H'yds {army-leader, Lyo).

 WORD GROUPING. 287

874. Greek words, then, fall naturally into groups. The

words in any group are related to one another both in form
and in meaning. Some words, called compound words, are
related to two or more separate simple words, as <rTpaT-iTY6s,
which is related both to aTparia and to ayo). Here belong
compound verbs.

875. Greek words may be related not only to other Greek

words, but also to words in other languages, notably Latin and
English. Thus dyco and a^o, dp7rd^(o and rapid., htopov and
donum are obviously related.

876. English words may be related to Greek words in the

same manner as Latin words, the Greek and English words
having a common original source. Their connection in form
is often obscure. Thus, 6-Opa, door {cf. Latin forts); \v<a,
LOOSE (cf. Latin so-luo). Such words are called cognate.
Other English words are directly borrowed from Greek words.
Thus, pdppapos, barbarous ;"EXKr\v\.K6Sy Hellenic; Oeos, theism;
CTicriVTi, scene; <mv6St sieno-grapher ; dvOpooiroS; phil-anihropy
Xd'yos, philo-logy.

877. It is of great practical importance to note and fix in

the mind the relationships of Greek words.

In acquiring a Greek vocabulary., do not commit words to

memory as separate units., hut group the Greek words together

that show affinity in form and meaning^ and associate with them
the related Latin and English words.
Inspect, in the general vocabulary, the etymological statements about
the words in the First Word List above that are marked with a star or
stars. The double star signifies that the word is related to another Greek
word, or to other Greek words, in the List.
288 WORD GROUPING.

878. SECOND WORD LIST. (Lessons XIII.-XXI.)

In this List, and in the six following Lists, first give the meanings of
the words, and then inspect, in the general vocabulary, the etymological
statements about all the words that are marked with a star or stars. The
double star signifies that the word is related to another Greek word, or to
other Greek words, in the List under consideration or in previous Lists.
Occasionally a related word is given in parenthesis which might other-
wise be overlooked ; but no related word is thus given which would be
suggested by a proper use of the general vocabulary.

aYY^Xos* Aapcios * * r[K<ii ovv

d'yopd^w * * (SapeiKds) tTToXoS OVTOS * * irWTTOS * *

aYptos * 8(t<r|Ji6s 6t|PVCi> ** **

oi;T(i>s troptvo\uu. * *
aKpos * 8civ6s lKav6s iraUit <raTpdirt)s

dX^Ocia Ur\vp6i irdXiv* (nrov8'f| *

8^
aXXos* SCkti* \iyu * * irdw (rTaO)ji6s

clvtL* ctKOO-l * {\6yos) irapd* (TVfiPovXcvu * *

d^ios * * irapdScKTOS * a-v\i.tri\t,iria * *

dird* ^KflVOS MaCav8pos* irapao'd'YYris TUffTpaTVO|U**

airo'iri\Lira ** 4vTav6a * * IxaXXov irapao-Kcvfj ri

airopos * * ivTtvQlV * * fJKxd irdpip,i ** To|cva> * *

'ApCo-Ti-iriros irdpo8os * * wids*

'ApTol^plris ciri|ii ** (iVplOi iravM * vit6*
dpx^* ImPovXifi** |vos irfCew ** })Xios**

dTifidtw lirKTToX^ 88c** (irwrij) <)>(Xos*

avT6s * liriT'f|8U0S JXcOpos ir^vTC* <^povpapxos

pap^apiKos** lirrd* oX.C'yos * ^pSv ^pvyCci
CTOl|iOS oXos* IIcp<riK6s * * 58**

^pdiJMA* 5vos* w<rT

T]8^(i>s jpOios

879. THIRD "WCRD LIST. (Lessons XXn.-XXXI.)

d8lKf**
 WORD GROUPING. 289

'yepoiv
290 WORD GROUPING.

881. FIFTH WORD LIST. (Lessons XLII.-L.)

dSvvaros opy(^o|iai * *
opos

oi5ir**
irois*
irapaKtXcvo-

irqXos
irX^Opov
rrXTJpris

irpv **
irp66v^os * *
irpoortXavvw * *
irpoo-'^^Kw **
(TcavTov * *
(TK^irropiai **
r6s**
trmvSa
<rTpaT6ir8ov * *
{iredlov)
 WORD GROUPING. 291

KaTa\|/r]<f>(^o- vavs * irXa<riov o-KT) vc(i> ** Tpcis ** {rpiAKOv-

|iai* * 0tK<0 * * iroXc^xiKos * * (rrdSiov to, TpiaKdcwi,

KtXiKia * * oilo|iai voXis * * (rTpaTi]-y * * Tpirjprjs)

kX^vt* * * oiricrOev <rTpaT0T8v** Tp<<|>ca

OTTOTt iroXvs * * oniXX^'Y*^ * TpCros * *

KoXd^ci) 'Opovras iropcia * * (ruT'/jp ** v8p*
iroTC ** rd^is * * viTKrxv^Ofiai**
Xc'yw * * OCTTIS * * irovs * * (iref6s, Td4>pos uiroXvw * *
ovSeCs * * Tpaxrefo) ra^vs * * <j,tXCa**

{xiiXurTa * * ovStiroTC * * iTpoirQtv * * TtXcvrdw * * XaXtiros

|idxo|iou * * OUKOVV* * irpo(rKvvw * TfKivH] * * XcppovT)o-os
oviroT * * -irpocTTdTTw * * T^OS * * XiXos
(ICVTOli oviriroT * * irpOTl|ida> ** T^TTapS * *
MtXriTOS irVTKa8Ka** SdpScis (Tpdire^a) Xpovos *
}M)VOS* irfixvs (rKcvo({>6pos t|/v8o^ak^

883. SEVENTH WORD LIST. (Lessons LXI.-LXX,

dYY^XXcD * * diro<|>aCv(i> ** svfla ** Kpvirra * irapardTTW * *

alp^M* PdXXw** |oirXi<rCa * * KTttvo)** irdorx*
aUr6dvo|iai * (elcr^oXri) (niirrpaTtvo)* * K(i>\i.-f\Tr\s xtiTTw * *
dXXdTTO) * * Pap^apiKus * * p-yd^o|xai * * XdOpc;. irXijBos

dvao-TcXXw * * pXdiTTw* <r6C * -

(idvTis * irX'^v

dvarcCvci) * * cvSaip,6v<>>s ** \Livu* irXtitrCos **

dvSpdiroSov yvwuT] OdlTTOl) ** vdmi irX^TTCl* **
dv8pios * * yvptv^is * {TdL(ppOS) oHkoi * * irov(o) **
dvSpciws* * SidYco * * Gapp^w * olwvds irovos * *

dvc'xw * * 8iaa"ircipa> ** OpCld) ** iroTtpov . . . tJ

ov* * SiareXcb) * * (^dvaros) (rTfiup^w) irov

Siarptpu * * Oopv^s OpVTTW * * irpoOvjicos * *
d'ira'Y'yA.Xw ** Si.a({>6lp<o * * 0(i>paKi^(i> ** (diQpv^) irpofftpxoiiai**
diraXXdrrw * * c-YK<{>aXo$ ** IcrXvpws * * 0T 'TrpOTpxw * *
diro0iTj<rK * * clKd^u ov8a|iov * * irvvOdvofiai
diroKptvop,ai. * * ctirov
irov** * (p-f/rup) K()>aX'fj * ^
6(|>CXw irvp*
dlfOKTlV * * C^aXXd) * * * *
KTjpVTTO) * 6<|>0aXp.6s * * pi^iSios **
d'HOO'irdw * * CKirX'fJTTa) ** KivSvvcvu * * ptirrw
dirooTTtXXw * * 'XXT)viKd>s * * Kp'^is iraiScvw * * cri\p,aivu *

airoTCfiivu ** ifkirtirru ** Kpiva* * irapaYY^Xw * * (rKCvo4>op^b> *

292 WORD GROUPING.
o-ircCpw ** (r<)>6Spa * TcX^o) ** rpt^u * * XoXf iraCvtt) * *
(TT^XXw* * {iiri- o-(i>TT]pCa ** TCfjLVb) * * vird'YM * *
(TToX-fi, ardXos) xapaTTw TtTTapaKOVTa** viroXcCiro) ** Xpv<rU>v * *
<rTpa>Cil #* TcCvO) ** T'/JKU) * <{>a(v<i> ** wvios
{arpeiTTds) TtKivralos** Tp^x.' ^QtLpa '

884. EIGHTH WORD LIST. (Lessons LXXI.-LXXX.)

'AO-ifvaios * tiriTlOtifjii** ir
otcxwo) * * ScCKVVIil ** cvpCo-Ko) O/uai, dfieX^u) irws
alxF''<^^<*>TOS ** ({>l(rTT]^l * * |UTdirc|xirros * * pia*
aXC(rKO|iai * * Sip\i.a ** ^t]\ut6s * o'oXirC^ci) *
oXXus * * Bipta ** 6av|ia(rT6s * * jjL^iroTt * * o-T^<|>avos *
dfiaprdvu St'w* (bind) |xi(r6o({>opa ** o-v^)iaxCa * *
dva'yiYvwo'Kw** Sia^aCvbt * * iiririKos ** vcKpos * o"uvoi8a* *
dvaTiOr^fii * * 8iaTi6T]p.i * * C<rTT)|Xl* * v4>^r] * a-vvTlitwLi * *
dvC(rTT||xi ** SiSpaaKO) * * Kd6T)(iai * o-w()>poo~uvi] **
avolya * {dpdfws, Tpix^) Ka0MrTTj|i.t** olSa * * T8T](il **
airci|Jii * * (ef/xt) 88(.i* * (Swpov) KaCircp * * otxo|j.ai Tirpwo'Kw
diro8c(Kvv|i,i * * SicXatrvci)^ * KdvSvs oXXvfxi * * To^cvfia * *
diroSiSpacTKw * * Svvapiai. * * KaraKaw * * {6\eepos) TOO-OVTOS
dir6XXv|jLi * * {abvvaTos) Karao-x't'' * * ofi.vv|ii Tpoir^ * *
'AiriXAwv Kcifxai. ** 00- OS TVYX**"**
diroiropcvoiJiai* * tljil ** Kovioprds iroXriv vtroirrdo) * *
'ApKds ckS^PW * * Kp<|tdvvv|ii irapaSi8(i>p,i ** vo-Tcpaios * *
ftVTOV * * |iir|iir\'nni** KpCo-is ** irCptirXt^^i * * <Pcp<i) * *

d<)>tT])i,i ** cvSvw * * XavOdvcd * * (irX'^p-qs, irXrjdoi) {p.uTdo<pbpo%,

PaCvu * * vT9r)|ii** TrKiu** (irXolov) crKevo(p6pos)

PaKTT|pa* * c|aK6(rioi * 6eia, \d$p(f.) irpoSiaPaCvw * * <|>6dv(i>

^laCws * * circi|xi ** (el/x') \cvk6s * irpo8C8ci)|ii * * <)>Xvap^o) **

Y^ppov ^iriSctKvviii** * * (dfu)
irp6ci)iii 4>Xv8(>(a*
lirtKCifiai ** fi.av6dv(i> * irpocXavvw * * Xo^cirws * *
cir((rTa|*ai Map<rvas irpotT])ii ** XpwwoxdXivos* *
VOCABULARIES.

IlsTDEX.
 ABBREVIATIONS.
ace. = accusative. inf., infin.= infinitive.
act. = active, -ly. interr. = interrogative, -ly.
adj. = adjective, -ly. intr., intrans. = intransitive, -ly.
adv. = adverb, adverbial, -ly. Lat. = Latin.
antec. = antecedent. lit.= literal, -ly.
aor. = aorist. mase. = masculine.
apod. = apodosis. mid. = middle.
art. = article. neg. = negative, -ly.
= confer^ compare.
(j/l neut. = neuter.
comm. = commonly. No. Nos. = Number, Numbers.
,

comp. = comparative. nom. = nominative.

cond. = condition, conditional. obj. = object.
donj. = conjunction opt. := optative.
const. construction.
==: orig. = originally.
contr. = contraction, contracted. p., pp. = page, pages.
dat. = dative. part. partic. = participle.
def = definite. pass. = passive,
,

. -ly.
dem., demon. = demonstrative. pers. = person, personal, -ly.
dep. = deponent. pf., perf. = perfect.
dim. = diminutive. pi., plur. ^plural.
dir. = direct. plpf plup. = pluperfect.
= discourse. post-posit. = post-positive.
. ,

disc.
Dor. ^= Doric. pred. = predicate.
e.g. =for example. prep. = preposition.
end. =
enclitic. pres. = present.
Eng. = English. pron. ^ pronoun.
esp. = especial, -ly. prop. ^ proper, -ly.
ete.= and so forth. prot. = protasis.
= following.
f., ff. reflex. = reflexive, -ly.
fem. = feminine. rel. = relative, -ly.
fut.= future. sc. = scilicet.
gen. = genitive. sec. = second.
i.e.=that is. sing. = singular.
impers. = impersonal, -ly. subj. = subject.
impf imperf = imperfect.
, . subjv. = subjunctive.
imv. = imperative.
.

subst.= substantive, -ly.

indec, indecl. = indeclinable. sup. super. = superlative.
,

indef = indefinite.
. s.v. = sub voce.
indie. = indicative. tr., trans. = transitive, -ly.
indir. = indirect. voc. = vocative.
 YOOABULAEIES.

I. GREEK-ENaLISH VOCABULARY.
Ix the following Vocabulary the verb stem of each simple verb is given in
parenthesis directly after the present indicative, unless this stem appears unchanged
in the present indicative. The verb stem and principal parts of a compound verb are
not given if the simple verb occurs elsewhere in the Vocabulary or presents no
difficulties. Arabic numerals refer to the sections of this book or to the illustrations
"No." precedes.
in the latter case the abbreviation
The derivation of most words is indicated within brackets or by means of the
dagger, which points up (j) or down (t) or in both directions (J) to some simpler
related word or words. If no indication of the derivation is given, the etymological
connection of the word is unknown, doubtful, or too difficult to be discussed here.
Greek words within brackets which are printed in black-face letter occur in the body
of the Vocabulary. The parts of compound words are separated by a hyphen.

a.yop&X,<o

d-, an inseparable particle, (1) nega- fayylKko) (dyyeX), dyyeXu, ^77\o,

tive ; (2) copulative. riyyeXKa, fiyyeX/xai, 7]yyi\0r\v, 591, bring
a, see 6s. news, announce, report. 628.
'AppoK6|ias, d (Dor. gen.), 6, Abro- ayyeXos, ov, 6, 141 [angel, ev-ange/ist],
comas, satrap of Phoenicia and Syria, messenger, scout, envoy,- herald.
and commander of one fourth of the d-ycCpw (dyep), ^yeipa [Lat. grex,
king's army. crowd, Eng. pan-egyric], collect.

d-Ya-ytiv, d-ydyri, etc., see Ayoo. jd-yopa, as, ij, 40, assembly, meeting,
d-yaBos, Vi ^v, 63, 577, 750, good in the place of assembly, Lat. forum, esp.
broadest sense (as opposed to KaK6s), market-place, market; dp.(t>l dyopav
brave, expert, upright, noble, useful, wX-^dova-av, about the time offull market,
excellent; a-yadbv, t6, good, good thing forenoon.
pK, good things, blessings, supplies; |d'yopd|(i> (dyopaS), dyopdcru, etc., 178,

KaX6s Kal dya66i, KoKbi KayaWs, noble frequent the market, buy, purchase;
and good, 'gentleman.' mid., buy for oneself.
 a-ypios ciKpdTroXis

a^pios, d, ov, 131 [dyp6s, field, Lat. alp^c* {alpe, i\), cdp'^aw, tlXov, vpr/Ka,
ager, Eng. acre], ranging the fields, VPVf^f^h VP^^V^ 610, 871 [di-aeresis,
wild. heresy], take, seize, capture; mid.,
take for oneself, choose, prefer, elect.

56, 776, 871 [Lat. ago], set going, drive, als, see Ss.

lead, bring, conduct, carry, convey; al(rOdvofj.ai. (alad), alaO-^ffOfiai, yadd-

intrans., lead on, march, go; iyuv, (iriv, rjcrd-qixai, 629, 871 [aesthetic], per-
dyovres, with. ceive, learn, see, observe; with gen.,
jd-yc&v, Qvos, 6, 349, 745 [Eng. agon/] hear, hear of 628, 846.
a bringing together, assembly, contest, al(rxp5s, d, (>v, 548, shameful, base,
struggle, games ; dyQva ndivai. or iromv, disgraceful.
hold games. \.ai<r\vvit) (alaxvv), alaxwCi, rjtTxvva.,

d8\<|>6s, o\i,J), 94, brother. ri(7x'(>vdrtv, shame; mid. as pass.

664,
td-8iK^w, dSiK-fjffw, etc., 282, be unjust, dep.,/eei ashamed, feel ashamed before,
do wrong, wrong, injure, with fut. mid. stand in awe of.
as pass. ;
pres. as pf., have done wrong, alr^o), alr-fiffu, etc., 327, ask for, beg,
be in the wrong, and so in the pass. , be demand. 838.
wronged, have suffered wrong. atrCa, 05, 17, blame, censure
|d-8(Kr](i,a, aros, t6, wrongdoing, of- jalridofiai, airidao/jiai, etc., mid. dep.,
fence. 416, blame, reproach, accuse, charge.
a-8iKos, ov, 282 [8(kii], unjust, wicked alxfL-dXuTOS, ov, 695 [a^xM') (for dK-ifiri,

6 dSiKos, the wrongdoer. cf. axpos), spear point, spear, +dXa-KO-

d-8vvaTOs, ov, 462 [8vva|xai], unable, |iai], captured by the spear, taken in
powerless, impossible. war, captured; a/xAi^<<"'0') o^ cap-
auil, adv., 527 [Lat. aeuum, age, Eng. tives.

EVER, aye], always, ever, from time to dKlvdKi^s, ov, 6, 292, short sword, a
time. weapon carried by Persians, Medes,
'A9r\vdL, as, i}, Athena, the patron and Scythians, worn on the right side,
goddess of Athens. See Nos. 6, 46, suspended from a belt, over the hip.
59, 60, 63. See No. 11.
j.'A9iivai, Qv, al, Athens. dKOvrl^M {aKovTid), d/cocTtw [4/cwv,

4'A0t]vaios, o, ov, 733, Athenian; javelin, dart, cf. dxpos], hurl the javelin,
'Adrivaios, 6, an Athenian. hit with a javelin, hit.

dOpoC^u (ddpoLd), dOpolffu, etc., 94 dKOVw, dKo6(roixai, ^Kovca, OK^Koa,

[d6p6os, in a body], press close together, ^Ko^ff6riv, 327, 871 [Lat. caueo, take
collect, as troops, Lat. cogo; mid. care, Eng. acoustic], hear, learn, hear
intrans., muster. of, listen to, give heed to. 628, 846.
al, al', see 6, 6i. tdKp6-iro\is, ewj, rj, 478 [+ ir6\is,
alv^u, alviffb), ivecra, ivfKa, iviffMi, Eng. acro-polis], upper city, acropolis,

gviOriv, 871 [alvos, tale, praise], praise. citadel.

 aKpos aXw<rofi.ai

aKpos, a, oi>, 188 [Lat. acies, sharp e by the friction of the two rough sur-
edge or point, Eng. edgk, acme, acro- faces, and fell into the rill h below.
bat], pointed, at the point, highest, top- ta-XifjOtia, as, ^, 178, truth, sincerity.

most; &Kpov, TO, height, summit; to. td-XT]6cv(D, a\r)dii<Tu, -^Xi^devaa, speak
&Kpa, the heights. the truth, tell the truth.

aXiTt\s, ov, 6 [dX^w, grind], lit. d-XT]OVjs, ^j, 429, 752 [XavOdvc*], un-
grinder, only as adj. in the phrase 6vos concealed, true ; rb dXrjdii, the truth.
dX^rris, upper mill-stone, marked dd in aX((rKO|iai (aX, aXo), dXiIxro/iai, iiXuv

No. 66. At the right of the upper and TjXwv, idXuKa and yjXuKa, 701, 871,
figure, not quite one half of the out- be captured, taken, caught, be convicted
side of the mill used as pass, to alp^u.

is shown; at the tdXXd, adversative conj., 235 [neut.

left, a vertical sec- plur. of axXos with changed accent],
tion. The stone otherwise, in another way, on the other
base is marked hand, still, but, yet. It introduces
a, and terminates something different from or opposed
above in the cone- to what has been said before, and
shaped lower occurs frequently after negatives. At
mill-stone c, in the beginning of a speech, by way of
the top of which an abrupt transition, or to break off

is set solidly a discussion, well, loell but, however, for

heavy iron peg my part.
(a in the lower tdXXdTTW (clXXa7), dXXd^w, ^XXa^a,
figure). The up- rjXXaxO; fiXXaynai, riXXax^vu and ^X-
per stone dd is in Xdyrjv, 578, 871, make other, alter,

the form of an hour-glass, the lower change.

half revolving closely upon c. The tdXX'^Xwv, reciprocal pron., 449, 761
upper stone is closed at its narrowest [par-a//e/], of one another, each other.
part by a thick iron plate (6 in the dXXos, v^ O) 150 [Lat. alius, other,
lower figure), in which there are five Eng. ELSE, allo-pathy], other, another;
holes. The peg in the upper part of c with the art. the other, the remaining,
,

(a in the lower figure) passes through the rest, the rest of; dXXoL dXXws, Lat.
the hole at the centre of this plate alii aliter, some one way, others an-
through the others, arranged roiind it, other ; with numerals and in enumerat-
the grain, which was put into the up- ing objects, besides, further ; oibkv dXXo
per half of dd, or the hopper, passed 1], nothing else than, only.
downward. When the upper stone was jdXXws, adv., 664, otherwise, in an-
turned by means of the bar /, the grain other way ; dXXus ttws, in some or any
gradually worked its way downward, other way.
and was ground into flour in the groove dXuo-o(iai, see dXlffKOfiau
 &|ia ava'yi'yvaxTKM

&|ia, adv., 212 [Lat. simul, at the money on an army ; of time, about, at
same time, Eng. same, some], at the with numerals preceded by the art.,
same time, together; &na rr) rifi^p(f., at about, Lat. circiter. ol dfi<pl with an
daybreak ; dfia ry iirioinT-ri Tinipq., as ace. of a person may denote either the
day was breaking. 864.
the next followers of that person or that person
7], an Aitiazun.
A)i,a(wv, 6vos, The and his followers, as oi dp.<pl /3ao-i\^d,

Amazons were a mythical, warlike the king^s attendants, but oi dficpl Xeipl-
race of women, the ideal of female ffofpov, ChirisophiiS and his men; rd
bravery and strength. They have a dix<pi rd^eis, tactics.

prominent place Greek Mythology in In composition d/i<pi signifies on both

and are frequently represented on sides, about.
Greek works of art. See Nos. 14, 65. d|i<{>i-X^-yu, speak on both sides, have
4.&|i-a|a, ijs, 7), 63 [+ o-y, &^uv, axle, a dispute, quarrel.
Lat. axis, axle, Eng. axle], a heavy tdfi({>6Ttpos, a, ov, 462, both.
wagon, originally with four wheels a\i.^u [akin to d|u)>(, cf. Lat. ambo,
(and therefore with two connected both, Eng. both], both.
axles, as the name signifies). See av, a post^positive particle without
No. i;3. an exact equivalent in English. Two
4c4ii-a|iT6s, 6v, passable for wagons; uses of iv are to be distinguished :

656s dfia^irds, wagon-road. I. In conditional, relative, and tem-

otiapTdvci) {dfiapr), diJ.aprT^<rofiat, -qiiap- poral protases. See 317, 524, 533, 534,
Tov, i]fidpTr]Ka, i]ixdpTT)p.at, ^/iapTT^^r;*', 535. Here di> unites with the particle
733, 871, miss the mark, miss, fail el (forming ^dv, dv, or ^^i*), and some-
(in conduct), err, do wrong, commit times with the relatives. II. In apod-
error. 845. osis. See 307, 364, 533, 534, 536.
d-|xaxcC, adv., 341 [fiaxtj], without av, contracted form of idv.
fighting, without a struggle. dvd, prep, with ace, 235 [Eng. on],
a,\ulv*Vf ov, gen. ovos, comp. of 070- up (opposed to Kard). Of place, up,
dbs, bll, better, braver, stouter. up along, upon, over, throughout ; with
d-fuX4(i>, apjeK-qaw, etc., 449 [|tiX{i], numerals to signify distribution, at
be careless, neglect. 846. the rate of, dvd ixardv, by hundreds, a
d|i<)>(, prep., 235 [akin to a|i.<|Mi>, cf. hundred each; to express manner, dvd
Lat. ambi-, amb-, in composition, Kpdros, up to one''s strength, at full speed.
round abouf], orig. on both sides of, In composition dvd signifies up, back,
hence about, followed by the ace. and again, and is sometimes simply inten-
very rarely by the gen.; with gen., sive.

about, concerning, of things with ; dva-Pa(vcd, go up, ascend, march up,

ace, of place, round, about, of persons, mount.
countries, or things ; of the object dva--yiYvua-Ki>, 701, know again, rec-
affected, a/i<pl ffrpdrev/ia dairavdv, spend ognize, read.
 dvd'YKT] a|ios

dvdYKt), T/s, 7], 462, force, necessity, Lat. homo, one of the human race
constraint; dvdyKr) ia-rl (more often as opposed to a higher or lower order
without iffrl), it is necessary, one must, of beings; contemptuously, person,
of physical necessity. fellow ; pi. , men, persons, people.
dva-Yvovs, see dva-yiyvdxTKU). dv-(orTT)|ii, 707, make stand up, rouse
dva-|xi|jivt]o-K(i>, remind of. 838. up, start up, raise up ; mid., with pf.
dva|vpC8s, Idcav, ai, trousers, worn and 2 aor. act., stand up, rise, get up.
by the Orientals, but not by Greeks. dv-o"y, dv-ol^(t}, dv-^ip^a, dv-^ifya and
They were close-fitting and often were dv-^(f)X'>'i dv-4<fyixaL, dv-fipx^Vi 664, 871
highly ornamented in the weaving of [olyu, open], open up, open.
the cloth and by embroidery. See Nos. dvT-a-yopd^u, buy in exchange.
14, 57, 58. dvTi, prep, with gen., 141 [Lat. ante,
dva-o-T^XX, 629, send back, repulse. before, Eng. x-long, xs-swer, antt-dote],
dva-<rx^o-9ai, etc., see dv-^x^- orig. facing, over against, against;
dva-rapaTTo), stir up; pf. pass., be hence, instead of, for, in place of, in
in confusion or disorder. preference to, in return for.
ava-Ttlvw, 629, stretch up, hold up. In composition dvrl signifies against,
dva-T{6i]p,i, 695, put or lay upon. in opposition, in return, in turn, in-
dvSpdiroSov, ov, t6, 638, slave, esp. stead.
captive taken in war. idvrtos, a, ov, set against, opposite;
dvSpcios, a, ov, 598 [dWjp], manly, dvrioi ifvai, go to meet; iK roO dvrlov,
brave, valiant. from the opposite side. 863.
|dv8p(i>s, adv. , 598, bravely, courage- dvTi-irapa<nccvdto|j.ai, prepare one-
ously. self in turn.
dv-iXov, see dv-aipiu). dva, adv., 629 [dvd], above, up, on
dv-<rTTjv, see dv-iffrrifii. higher ground, upwards, into the air, up
dvv, improper prep, [akin to neg. country ; comp. dvuripu, sup. dvuTdrui.
prefix d-], without, followed by the d|tvti, Tjs, 439 [Lat. ascia, axe, Eng.
gen. axe], axe, Lat. bipennis, with double
dv-^(i>, impf. and aor. mid. with head, used for chopping and digging.
double augment, -nveixifj-v and ^ve<rx<i- See Nos. 32 and 67.
fir]v, 578, hold up; mid., control one-
self, tolerate, endure.
dv-fj-ya-yov, see dv-dyw.
dvVjp, dvSpSs, 6, .349, 746 [andr-oid], No. 67.
man, Lat. uir, as opposed to woman,
youth, or child, in contrast with the d|ios, a, ov, 131, 750 [oy, the root of
generic dvOpwwos. which originally meant weigh, as well
dvOpwiros, ov, 6, 7], 78, 741 [anthropo- as lead, drive], weighing as much as,
logy, phil-anthropy] , man, human being. worthy of, deserving, valuable, bqfitting.
 a|i6(i> 'AiroXXwv

worth; neut., A^iov (sc. iarl), be worth dir-u'ti, see dir-etfu (eJfu).

while, becoming ; ttoXXoO A^ios, worth dir-f]X9ov, see dn-ipxofMi.

much, of great value; vXelovoi 4|ioj, dir-i^vai, etc., see dir-eifit (eifu).

more valuable or serviceable; irXdarov dirXdos, iv, 6ov, contr. oCs, ^, oOv,
H^Los, most valuable. 853. 292, 751, simple, frank, sincere, Lat,
|oi|i6<i>, d^idaw, etc. , 678, think Jit, simplex ; rb dirXovi', sincerity.
deem worthy or proper, expect ; hence, with gen., 141 [Lat. ab,
dird, prep,
claim, ask, demand. Eng. OF, off], from, off, off from,
dir-aY-y^XM, 591, bring back word, away from. Of place, from, away
announce, report. from ; of time, from, after, starting
dir-a'yopcvci) [dyopeiju, harangue, say, from; of source, including origin,
d-yopa], say no, forbid; intr., give up from ; of cause, on, upon ; of means,
or out. by, out of, by the aid of, by means of,

dir-dY, 308, lead away or back. with.

dir-aiTw, 422, ask from, demand, In composition dwd signifies from,
demand back. away, off, in return, back, but is some-
dtr-oXXaTTO), 578, change off, aban- times simply intensive, and sometimes
don, quit, go away, depart, withdraio, almost neg. (arising from the sense of
act. and mid. ;
pass. , be freed from, be off).
rid of. diro-pX^iTw, look away from all other
dira|, numeral adv., once. objects at one, look steadily.
d-irapdo-Kcvos, ov, 416 [irapooTKCtWi], diro-8{Kvvp,i, 713, poitit out, make
unprepared. known, appoint; mid., set forth one^s
d-was, da-a, av, 264 [a- copulative views, declare, express. 840.
(commonly d-) +irds], all together, all, diro-8i8pa<rKo>, 707, run away, desert,

whole, with the art. it has

entire; escape by stsalth, abandon.
pred. position, as &xav t6 fi^<rov, the diro-Ovxio-Kci), 610, die off, die. be killed,
entire space between. be slain, be put to death, suffer death.
dir-cijii (el/iii), 728, go off or away, diro-Kptvop,ai, 591, give a decision,
depart. make answer, answer, Lat. responded.
dir-\avv(i>, 327, drive away; intr., diro-KT(v(i>, 591, kill off, put to death.

march, ride, or go away. diro-X(Lir<i>, leave behind, forsake,

dir-tXOciv, see dir-4pxonai. abandon, desert.
&-irp, see 8(7-Trep. dir-6XXv|jii, 713, destroy utterly, kill;
arc-ip\o\i.aLi, 508, co7ne or go away, mid. with 2 pf. and plpf. act., perish,

depart, retreat, desert. die, be lost.

air-ixa, 488, keep off or away ; intr. 'Air6XXo>v, WTO J, 6, 713, Apollo, one
be away from or distant, Lat. disto of the greatest of the divinities of tlie

mid., keep oneself from, desist or Greeks, god of music and poetry. See
refrain from. No. 63, where, clad in long under-
 oLiroXcoXiKa ap}i,a

garment (xirdiv) and chlamys {x\afih), dpa, interrogative particle, surely?

he is represented, with knife in hand, indeed?, but often best expressed in

as about to flay Marsyas. Eng. by the intonation ap ov, Lat. ;

dir-oXuXcKa, see air-6\\v/j.c. nonne, expecting an affirmative answer.

diro-ircjiiro), 188, send off or away, let t'Apapta, as, 17, Arabia.
go, send home, remit ; mid., send away 'Apdpios, d, ov, Arabian.
from oneself, dismiss. 'Apd^s, ov, 6, the Araxes.
diro-irXt'w, sail from the side of, sail tdp-yvpos, a, ov, contr. oOs, a, ovv, 292,
away or home. 751, of silver.
diro--iropvo|jiai, 685, go off, depart. tdp-yvpiov, 01^, t6, 341, silver, silver
td-irop<o, diropriffu], etc., 561, he in money, coin.
doubt, he at a loss, act. and mid.j be ap-yvpos, ov, 6 [dpy6i, white, Lat.
in want of. 848. argentum], silver.

a-iropos, ov, 131 [iropos], without dpT'^, ^s, 17, 389, goodness, virtue,
means, impracticable ; of roads, moun- courage, valor, good service.
tains, or rivers, impassable, unford- 'Apiaios, ov, 6, Ariaeus, the lieu-
able; Airopou, t6, obstacle, difficulty. tenant-general of Cyrus, and comman-
dir6-ppT)Tos, OP [ipm], not to be told, der of his barbarian forcfe.

secret. dpiOnos, ov, 6, 212 [arithmetic],

diro-o-ird, 644, draw off, separate, number, enumeration, extent.
withdraw. 'ApCo-TiTTiros, ov, 6, 161, Aristippus,
diro-o-reXXw, 652, send back or away apio-TOs, 7;, ov, 577, fittest in any
with a commission, despatch, dismiss. sense, best, bravest, noblest.
diro-o-Tpa), rob. 838. 'ApKds, dSos, 6, 722, an Arcadian.
diro-Tejivw, 615, cut off, sever, as apKTos, ov, ij [arctic], bear ; the con-
parts of the body, and so as a military stellation Ursa Maior, the north.
phrase, intercept. ^pfia, oTos, t6, 255,
aiTO-^aLva, 591, show forth; mid., 744, war chariot, Lat.
show one''s own, declare, express.
diro-xci>p^a>, 318, go away, depart,
retreat, withdraw.
diro-t|;r]({>($o|Jiai, vote no,
vote against, reject by vote.
fiirrti) {d^), a^w, ri\j/a., rJixfLaL,

r)(t>dt)v [Lat. aptus, jit, Eng.

apse], lay hold of, fasten,
kindle; mid., touch. 845.
opa, post-positive particle
of inference, therefore, accord-
ingly, then.
No. 68.
 i(nriX<ti 10 atnrts

currus, still used by the Persians in tdpxoios, a, ov [archaeo-logy], old,

the time of the Anabasis for fighting, ancient; rb dpxaiov, adv., formerly.
but employed by Greeks at this time tApX'^i, ^s, v, 124 [mon-arc/iy], be-
only for racing. The Persian chariots ginning, rule, province, government,
were sometimes fitted with scythes, satrapy.
and were then called 5peiravri(f)6pa. See apx, &p^u, Mo, ^pyfMi, VRX^V,
No. 49. For Greek chariots, see Nos. 26, 235 [arch-cLngel, etc.], be first, in point
60, 68, 90 ; for a Persian chariot. No. 45. of time begin, take the lead in an
dpird^o) (dpirad), ap7rd<rw, ^piraffa, action, be the first to do it; in point of
ijpTraKa, ripwaa/jMi, rjpirdcrdrjp^ 56 [Lat. station rule, reign over, command,
rapid, seize, tear, Eng. harpy], seize, have command; mid., begin, enter
capture, carry away, plunder. upon an action. 845, 847.
'ApTa-yc'po-tjs, ov, 6, Artagerses, com- apxwv, ovTos, 6, 282, ruler, comman-
mander of the king's body-guard. der, leader, chief, a higher title than
'ApTei|^p|Tls, ov, 6, 131, Artaxerxes ffTparriyds.

II. , eldest son of Darius II. do-Kos, ov, 65 leathern bag, wine-skin.
'Aprairdrns, ov, 6, Artapates, the See No. 16, where an drK6j rests on
confidential attendant of Cyrus. the top of the pedestal.
"ApTcjiis, tSos, 17, 508, Artemis, sister d<rir(s, '5oj, i), 255, 744, shield, in shape
of Apollo, patroness of hunting. See either oval or round. The large oval

No. 69. shield covered the hoplite from his

neck to his knees ; it was convex on
the outer side; about its outer edge
ran a continuous rim of metal, fas-

No. 70.

tened with nails. It was often embla-

zoned with a device. See in particu-
No. 69.
 ao-TpaiTTw 11 pdXavos

lar No. 34. A peculiar form of the avpiov, adv., to-morrow, Lat. croLs;
oval shield, called Boeotian, had aper- i] avpiov {sc. 7)fUpd), the morrow.
tures at the side. See No. 8. The tavTiKa, adv., 472, at this very moment,
round or Argolic shield (No. 71) was immediately, on the spot.
similar to the oval shield in most tovrdOi, adv., 502, in this or that very
respects except its shape. Since it place, here, there.
was too small to cover in action the ia,vTO-\io\ia, desert,, the regular mili-
lower part of the body, a flap was tary word.
tavTO-ftoXos, ov, 6 [+ ^XdxrKu (yoioX,

fiXo, ;3Xo), go], deserter.

ovTos, T^, 6, 161, 759 [auth-entic,
auto-crat], intensive pron., self, same,
him, her, it. 160.
lavTov, adv., 695, in the very place,
here, there.
avTOV, see iavrov.
d<|>', see diri.

d<|>-'/j<rw, see d<f)-t7jixi.

No 71.
a.^-tr\\ki,, 733, send away, let go, let

often attached to it. See No. 55. loose, let flow.

When not in use, the shield was cov- d(}>-iKveo)t,ai, 462, come from one place
ered. See No. 80, where the cover is to another, arrive, reach, return.
being removed. See also Nos. 9, 12, d<j)-i'jnrvw, 449 [tinros], ride back
14, 19, 20, 25, 30, 37, 60, 62. or off.

do-rpd-irrw {affrpatr), T^CTpaxj/a, flash, oxpi, conj., until.

glitter.

ewTTv, ews, t6, 478, 748, town.

d-o-4>oX^s, h, 429
B
[or|>dXX], not
liable to be tripped up, safe, free from BaPvXwv, wvos, i), 648, Babylon.
danger, sure, secure; iv der^aXeo-T^pV, jBa^vXwvCa, ds, i). Babylonia.
in greater security; iv (ia<pa\eaTdT(p, tpd0os, oi/j, t6 [bathos], depth.
in the safest place. PaOvs, e?a, v, 502, deep.
jd-<ri{>aXus, adv., 561, safely, securely, Pa(v(i> (/3a), ^^(ToiMai, e^rjv, ^i^-qKa,
without danger. ^i^aiMi, i^d07]v, 707, 871 [Lat. uenio,
a-TOKTOs, ov [rdTTw], in disorder. come, Eng. come, basis], go, loalk.
d-Tl)^d^(i> (dTlfiaS), dTindffw, etc., 141 iPaKTT]p(a, dy, 695, walking-
yj, staff,
[&-Tifws, without honor, Tlni\], dishonor, stick, so commonly in use among the
disgrace. Greeks that it was carried even by
ov, adv., 235, again, in turn, more- soldiers afield. See Nos. 1, 30, 36,
over. pdXavos, ov, acorn, daie.
71,
 PdXXu 12 Y&p

PdXXu (/3aX), /SaXw, ?/3aXov, ^ipXrjKa, ptos, ov, 6, 548 [Lat. uluus, alive,
^ip\7)/iai, ipK-fid-nv, 591, 871 [pro-blem. Eng. QUICK, bio-graphy], life, living.
sym-bol'\ throw,
, throw at, hit, hit with pXAirro) (/3\ai3), /SXdfw, ?/3\ai/'a,

stones, stone. /3^)3\a0o, /3^/3XaMAi, i^Xd(f>dr]v and

t^appapiKds, ij, iv, 178, foreign, bar- i^Xdprjp, 638, 871 [/SXd^T?, Awr^], in-
barian ; rb ^ap^apiKbv i^SC. arpdrevfia), jure, Awrf, damage, harm.
the Persian force of Cyrus. pX^iro), /3X^w, f^Xefa, look, turn
l^ap^apiKus, adv., 598, in the barba- one''s eyes, face, point.
rian tongue, e.g. in Persian. tPodw, ^O'TiffOfiai, i^6r)aa, 275, shout,
pdpPapos, OP, 94 [barbarous], not call out, cry out.
Greek, barbarian, foreign ; pdp^apos, 6, Po^, ^s, ^, shout, call, cry.
a foreigner, barbarian. See No. 57. ^PoTj-Oew, ^orjd^ffu, i^o7)07)<7a, /3e/3o^
tpao-CXctos, Of, 170, royal; ^aalXeiov, 0i7(ca, ^ePoT^drjfiai, 488 [+e^], run <0
t6, and ^aalXeta, rd, palace. rescue ai a cry for help, give assistance,
pao-tXcvs, ^ws, 6, 508, 749 [basilica, bring aid, help, assist. 860.
basilisk], king, Lat. rex, esp. the king tPovXcvci), ;3oitX5(rw, eic, 56, pian,
of Persia, when the art. is regularly f)Zo< ,-
coram, mid., /orm one's own
omitted ; iraph /3a<rtXe?, at court. 2)ton, plan, consider, deliberate, pur-
4Pao-i.\cv<i>, ^OLffCKeiKTW, i^a(ri\ev<Ta, 318, pose, determine, settle on.
be king. tPovX^, ^y, T], will, plan, deliberation.
iPao-iXiKds, i>, bv, royal, the king''s. PovXo)Lai, ^ovXifiao/iai, /3e^oi/Xi;/iot,

pav, Pav, &0W, wow, imitation of a i^ovX-fjOrip, 308, 871, will, wish, desire,
dog's bark. be willing, like.
tp^TWTTos, 1?, OP, 577, TOOS< desired, Povs, )3o6s, 6, ^, 508, 749 [Lat. bos,
best, noblest, most advantageous. ox, cow, Eng. cow, bu-colic], ox, cow,
PcXrtuv, o>', 577 [PovXo|i,ai], more pi. cattle, oxen.
desired, better, nobler, more advanta- Ppaxvs, eta, i/ [Lat. breuis, short],
geous. short; ir^rea6ai ^pa-x^i have a short
pta, as, T], force, violence, Lat, uls. flight.

iPidtofxai (/3ta5), ^i.d<Top.ai, etc., 416, ^pi\<, f^pe^a, p^ppeyfiai, i^p^x^Tjv,

force, compel, overpower. wet, pass, get wet.

iPiaCus, adv., 673, violently, hard. Pii>p.tfs, ov, 6, 508, altar. See No. 38.

PiPdtu (/3i/3a5), /3ti3<i(rw or /3t)3w, ^/3i-

/3a<ra [pavw], make go.

pcpXos, ^ [Bible, bibllo-graphy'],
ov,

book, Lat. iifter, existing among the ydp, post-positive causal conj., 116,
Greeks of historical times in the form for; when it expresses specification,
of the roll. See No. 1, where the confirmation, or explanation, because,
central figure holds a roll in his indeed, certainly, then, now, for exam-
hands. ple, namely ; in questions, then, or to
 ravXfTT]s 13 Sap<iK6s

be omitted in translation ; Kal ydp, yXav|, k6s, t), owl. The owl was a
Lat. etenim, and {this is so) for, and part of the device on Athenian coins.
to be sure, and really. See Nos. 6, 15, 46, 59.
rawXtTTjs, ov, 6, Gaulltes. YvwfiTj,
Tjj, i], 591 ['Yi^vuo-Kti), Eng.
^i, enclitic and post-positive intens. gnome, gnomic], opinion, plan, under-
particle, 629, even, at least, yet, indeed, standing, judgment; Avev ttjs yvufirjs
but often to be indicated in
certainly, Tiv6$, against one^s will; iiJ.iniJ.Tr\as

Eng. only by emphasis. rT)v yvdnTjv, satisfy one''s desire.

7c^v<]<r0ai, 'Y^'yova, see ylyvofiat. Yvwvai, -yvi&o-oixai, see yiyvda-Kw.

yivo%, ovs, t6, 472 [-yCYvoftai, Lat. yow, ydvaros, t6, 695 [Lat. genu,
gens], family, race. knee, Eng. knee], knee.
Y^ppov, ov, t6, 695, wicker-shield. ypavs, ypa6s, i], 508, 749 [cf -y^pwv],
4.-yppo-(|>6poi, wv, ol [+ <}>^p], light- old woman.
armed troops with wicker-shields. 7pd(|>a>, ypdipu, eypa^a, y4ypa<pa,
yipwv, ovTos, 6, 255, 744 [cf -ypavs], y^ypafjifiai, iypd(p7ii>, 204, 871 [Lat.
old man. scrlbo, write,Eng. graphic, grammar,
ytva, ye6<ru, ^yevtra, y^evfjLai, 548 etc.], make a mark, draw, write, de-

[Lat. gusto, taste, Eng. choose], give scribe. See No. 60, where Athena is
a taste; mid., taste. 846. writing on a wax tablet with the
7^<|>vpa, as, i], 63, 739, bridge. stilus.
^fj, 7^y, i), 292, 742 [apo-gee, geo- tyuKvaSa) {yvuvaS), yvfivdcu, etc., train
graphy], earth, ground, country, Lat. naked, exercise.
terra, land as opposed to sea. t7V|ivYjs, rjTos, 0, 629, light-armed foot-
4'yVj-\o<j>os, ov, 6, 409 [\6<t>os], mound soldier.
of earth, hill, hillock. yv}iv6s, -fi, bv [gymnast], naked,
'yC-yvofi.ai (7ej'), yev^qaofj-ai, iyep6fjL7]v, stripped, lightly clad.
yiyova, yeyiv-qixai, 472, 871 [Lat. gigno, yvvii, yvvaiKbs, rj,- 508 [-yC-yvoixai (71'J'^
produce, bear, Eng. kin, kixd, hydro- meant 'mother'),
orig. Eng. miso-
gen, genesis], be born, become, be made, gynist], woman, wife.
happen, take place, occur, and with
many other meanings to be deter-
mined from the context, such as arise,
fall upon, get, dawn, draw on, fall, SaxpvM, daKp6(TU), iSdKpvaa, 8eSdKpvixai
accrue, be favorable, amount to, prove [SdKpv, tear, Lat. lacrima, tear, Eng.
oneself to be. tear], shed tears, weep.
yKyv&iTKa (yvo), yvuxro/xai, eyvwv, Adva, wv, rd, Dana, a city.
iyv(aKa, eyvw(T/xai, eyvilxxdriv, 701, 871 Sairavdw, dairavriau, etc., 439 [dairavrj,
[Lat. nosco, learn, Eng. can, ken, expense], spend, expend.
KNOW, dia-gnosis], perceive, know, AdpSas, aros, 6, the Dardas, a river.
understand, learn, think. 628. fSapciKos, ov, 6, daric, 116, a Persian
 Aapcios 14 8i&

gold coin. It contained about 125.5 S<^i6s, A, bv, 102 [Lat. dexter], right;
grains of gold, and would now be worth i] Se^ii {sc. x^^p)^ the right (hand), used
about $5.40 in American gold. The either in indicating direction, or with
daric passed current as the equivalent \apeiv Kal Sovvai as a sign of confirma-
of 20 Attic drachmas. See No. 22. tion ; t6 5e|i6j' (sc. K^paj), the right
Aapcios, ov, 6, 124, Darius, the name (wing).
of many of the Persian kings. t8^p|xa, aroi, t6, 695, hide, skin.
Sao-|i,6s, oO, 6, 150, tax, impost, tribute. 8p(i>, depQ, fdetpa, didap/iai, iddpr/v,

hi, post-positive conj., 83, but, mid- 713, 871 [Lat. dolo, split, Eng. tear,
way in force between dXXd and KaL epi-dermis], flay.
Its adversative force is often slight, so Scvpo, adv., 422, hither, here.
that it may
be rendered by and, to be ScvTcpos, ci, ov [8vo], second; Seirrepov,

sure, further, etc. iiAv is often found as adv. , a second time, Lat. iterum.
in the preceding clause, and yLkv ... 5^ Si\Ofkai, d^^o/j-ai, ide^dfirtv, SiSejftai, 561
then have the force of while . . . yet, [pan-dect, synec-doche], receive what
on the one hand . . . on the other, or is offered, take, accept, admit, await.
both . . . and, but generally these ex- 8^0), Sijcw, (dr]<Ta, 5^5e/ca, S^de/iai,

pressions are too strong to be used in id^6r]v,664, 871 [dia-dem], bind, fasten,
translating into English, and the force tie, fetter, shackle.
of fi^v had better be indicated simply Siia, Seri<ru, id^Tjaa, ded^riKa, Sed^tj/juii,

by stress of the voice (see ii^v). Kal. . idei^drjv, 356, 871, lack, want, need;
d4, and (di) also, but further. comm. mid., lack, need, want, desire,
-8, suffix denoting whither, or with beg, request; M, used impersonally,
demonstrative force. there is need, it is necessary or proper,
ScSiws, S^SoiKa, see Seldto. one must, ought, should. 848.

8^X1 > Stiiflrivoi, 8i, see 5^w, lack. 8'^, post-positive intensive particle,
ScCSw, deicrofjMi, eSeiffa, d^SoiKa and 204, now, indeed, in particular, accord-
S^Sia, 335 (pres. not Attic), fear, be ingly, so, then, but often its force is
afraid, of reasonable fear. best indicated simply by emphasis.
8i(KVV|it (5et/c), dtl^u, eSei^a, d^Seixa, 8f)Xos, t;, ov, 472; plain, clear, evident,
d^Seiyfiai, iMxOTiv, 713, 787, 871 [Lat. manifest.
died, say, Eng. teach, token, para- ;8t|\6(i>, d7]\il)<7u, etc., 282, 783, make
digm^, point out, indicate, show. clear.

%i\Xi\, t;s, if, afternoon, evening. 8id, prep, with gen. and ace, 116
8iv6s, 17, dv, 124 [8(8], dreadful, [8vo], orig. betxoeen, then through ; with
perilous, terrible, marvellous, skilful, gen., used of place, time, or means,
clever ; deiv6v, t6, peril, danger. through, during, throughout, by means
S^Ka, indecl. [Lat. decem, ten, Eng. of, Lat. per; with ace, through, by
TEN, decade], ten. means or aid of, on account of, for the
S^vSpov, ov, t6, 212, tree, Lat. arbor. sake of, Lat. ob or propter.
 ACa 15 Spd|j.oi|ii

In composition did signifies through 8i-c\avv(i>, 733, drive or ride through.

or over; sometimes it adds an idea of 8i-^X<') ^old apart, be apart. 849.
continuance or fulfilment; or it may 8i-m]|ii, set apart; mid. and 2 aor.
signify apart, Lat. dZ-, dis-. act. intr., stand apart, open ranks,
Ma, Alt, Aios, see Zei/s. stand at intervals.
Sia-PaCvo), 707, go over, cross. t8(Kaios, d, ov, 365, just, right, reason-
Sia-pdXXco, throw over, throw at with able, proper.
words, slander, traduce. |8iKa((i)s, adv., S65, justly, rightly.
Sia-^aTos, -f), 6v, 365 [8ia-Pa(vci>] 8iKii, T]$, T), 141 [syn-dici, custom,
fordable, passable. right, justice, punishment, deserts.
8i-dY, 598, of time, pass, spend, 8i6, for 5t' 6, wherefore.
live, continue. 8s, adv. [8vo], twice, Lat. bis.

Sia-Koo-ioi, ai, a [8vo + iKardv] , 200. 4.8i<r-xtXioi, ai., a [+xtXi.oi], 2000.

Si-apirdtw, 116, tear in pieces, plun- 8i<|>6cpa, OS, 7), 422, tanned hide,
der, lay ivaste, sack, spoil, ravage. leathern bag.
8ia-o-ird<i>, 335, draw apart, separate, 8C<{>pos, ov, 6, stool, the simplest form
scatter, of soldiers. of the Greek chair, with four legs,
Sia-o-ircCpci), 652, scatter about, scatter. either perpendicular or crossed, but
8ia-o-<^^u, 462, bring through safely, without a back. See Nos. 1, 36, where
keep safe, save. the first form is represented.
Sia-rdTTw, post at intervals, draw up 81COKW, Siiv^d), idlw^a, dedlwxo-, ^5iw-
in array. X^Vi 94, pursue, go in pursuit, chase,
8ia-T\a>, 578, finish, complete the give chase, prosecute.
march, continue. 8i-pv|, vxo^, 17, 245, 743 [5t-opvTT,
8ia-TC0T]|i,i, 695, arrange, dispose. dig through], ditch, canal.
8ia-Tptp<i>, 573, rub through, spend, 8oK^(i>, 56^u, fdo^a, didoy/j-ai, idbxGrjv,
waste time, delay. 365 [Lat. decet, it behooves, decus, grace,
8ia-({>0((p6), 629, destroy utterly, ruin, Eng. dogma, para-dox], seem, appear,
corrupt. seem best or good, be voted, think.
8i8da'Ku (5t5ax), dtdd^u, idlSa^a, SeSi- 8opKds, ados, rj, gazelle.
Saxa, SeSLday/xai, i5i56.x0r)v, 409 [akin to 86pv, oTor, t6, 478 [dpis, tree, Eng.
ScCKvvfii, Eng. didactic}, teach, instruct, tree], prop, stem of a tree, then shaft
show, Lat. doceo. 838. See Nos. 1, of a spear,and hence spear with long
36. shaft. See Nos. 14, 19, 20, 30, 37, 57,
SiSpacTKw {Spa), dpd<To/iai, edpav, 5^- 58, 62 ; and for oriental spears, Nos. 11,
dpa.Ka, 707, 871 [tread], run. 42, 48, 64.
8(8i)|X(, (5o), diiXTw, e5w*ca, S48(i>Ka, Soiivai, etc., see Sldu/u.
d^do/jLai, iUe-qv, 701, 785, 789, 871 [Lat. Sovir^cd, idovwTjaa [SoOiroy, din], make
dM, give, Eng. dose, anti-date], give, a din.
grant, permit. Spd|ioi|j.i, 8pc4JLov|uu, see rp^x^-
 Spoxji^ 16 0m
ipa\}L-f\f Tji,
7}, drachma, an Attic
silver coin worth about 18 cents in
U. S. legal money, ornamented on the
obverse side with the head of Athena
wearing the close-fitting crested hel-
met, and on the reverse with the owl,
olive spray, and an inscription con-
taining the first three letters of the
name of Athens, AeENAI. See Nos. 6,
15, 46, 59, 72.
The Attic table of money is as fol-
lows:

<}/3oX6s
 cOvos 17 IXolTTWV

cOvos, ovs, t6 [ethnic], nation, tribe, els, fiia, ?v, numeral adj., 618, 757,

Lat. natio. one, Lat. unus.

el, conj.,.i/, with indie, and opt., clflr-d-yw, lead into or in.
275, 301, 305, 307, 364, 525 ; in indirect cl<r-pdXX(i>, throw into; intr., empty
questions, whether; ei fi-fi, if not, (of rivers), invade.
except, unless, Lat. nisi ; el di n-f), other- elo--PoX^, rjs, 7}, 245 [/SoXiJ, a throw,
wise. ^akka], entrance, pass.
c{a, etao-a, see iau. el(r-in]8du, spring into.
l8ov [Lat. MJdeo, Eng. wit, spher- eto-T'^Keiv, see i<rTrifj.i.

oid], see opdo). titrta, adv., 382 [iv], inside, within.

ctKa^w {eiKa5),elKdaw, etKaaa, etKa<rfj.ai, etra, adv., 235, then, thereupon.
iKd(rdr]v, 638, liken, suppose, conjecture, teKcwTTos, I?, ov, 292, each, every, of
fancy. more than two, in form a superlative.
ctKoo-i, indecl., 204 [Lat. ulgintl, icKdrcpos, a, ov, each of two, in form
twenty, Eng. twenty], twenty. a comparative.
ttKi\^a, etc., see Xa/x^dvu. icKare'pco-Oev, adv., 382, on both sides
clXov, ci\6piT]v, see alpiw. or flanks.
A^L {is), eaofMi, 170, 795 [Lat. sum, jeKare'pu-o-e, adv., in both directions.

Eng. am], be, exist ; with gen. or dat. eKarov, indecl. [Lat. centum, Eng.
of possessor, belong, have, possess; KINDRED, hecatom-b], 100.
fffTi, it is possible, one can. cK-PdXX(o, 501, throvj out, expel.
dm (l), impf. ^a or yeiv, 728, 796 cK-8^p<i>, 713, strip off the skin,
[Lat. eo, ire, go], go (pres. indie, with flay.
fut. sense, shall go), proceed, march. kKil, adv., 327, there, in thai place,
ct-ircp [el + irep], if in fact. thither.
etirov(ei7r, ip, pe), ipQ, etp-r/Ka, etp-rjfiai, I^Keivos, Vi o-i dem. pron., 161, 762,
ippifldrju, 610, 871 [Lat. uoco, call], say, that, that man there, Lat. ille. 159.
speak, tell, relate, propose, order; etprjro, lK-K\tv(i>, bend out, give way.
orders had been given. 609. ^K-Kop,(^w, carry out.
els, prep, with ace., properly of eK-K6irr, cut off or down.
among, for, against,
place, 63, into, to, lK-KV|i,a(v(i) {kvuvlv), iK-KV/JMvQ [KVfia,
into the country of, sometimes with billow], billow out, surge forward.
verbs of rest, but implying previous eK-irX'^TTw, 644, strike out of one's
motion, where Eng. uses in ; of time, senses, amaze, terrify.
up to, during, in, at ; with numerals, iK-iro8v, adv., 527 [irovs], out of the
up to, at most, to the number of; of way.
the end or object, in regard to, for, in cKwv, oCo-o, 6v, 264, 752, loilling, of
respect to. one''s own accord; in pred., willingly.
In composition eU signifies into, to, ^XoLttwv, ov, gen. ovos, 577, smaller,
on, in. less, fewer.
 IXavvw 18

cXavvu (Aa), i\w, i^Xaaa, AjJXaica, c|i-iropos, 01^, 6 [iropos], one who
AT^XttAcat, -nXderjv, 327, 871 [e/astic], travels, merchant.
drive, set in motion; iutr.i ride, drive, cpL-irpo<r6v, adv. [irp6<r9tv], before,

inarch. in front of. 856.

4\dxi<rTos, Vi o"? 577, fewest, least, Iv, prep, with dat., 40 [Lat. in, Eng.
shortest, lowest. in], in; of place, in, among, in the
eXciv, eXco-Oai, see alp^u. presence of, before, at,, on, by; of time,
i\tkilo> (iXeXiy), ^XiXi^a, cry iXeXev, in, during, within, at, in the course of;

raise the ivar-cry. iv TovTtf, meanwhile ; iv <fi, while.

UXtvQtpia., ds, i], liberty, freedom. In composition iv signifies in, at, on,

IXcvOcpos, d, ov, free, Lat. Itber. upon, among.

i\9iiv, i\9o>v, see epxofMi. ev-SlKaros, 77, ov [fv-Se/ca, eleven, els

t'EXXds, ados, tj, 282, Greece. + S^Ka], eleventh.

"IEXXtiv, rjws, 6, 349, a Greek. Iv-8vci>, 713, put on.

;'EXXiivik6s, iJ, Ai*, 56 [Hellenic], cv-(i)it (ft>/)i he in or there.
Greek ; t6 'EXXrivi,K6v, the Greek army. IviKO. or KvcKcv, improper prep, with
4'E\Xtiviks, adv., 598, in Greek. gen., post^positive, 416, on account of.

'EXX'<)<nrovTOs, ov, 6, 496, the Helles- Ivcv^KOvra, indecl. [Ivvia], ninety.

pont, now the Dardanelles. v6a, adv., 573 [Iv], of place, where,
IXirCs, idos, Tj, 255, hope. there, here; of time, then, thereupon.

1^1-, for iv- before a labial mute. cvioi, at, a, some.

l|t.-avTov, Tjs, reflexive pron., 449, |lvoT, adv., sometimes.

760 [iv-i + avTds], of myself. 446. ivvia, indecl. [Lat. nouem, nine,
4ft-pdXXa>, throw in, inflict; intr., Eng. nine], nine.
empty (of rivers), make an invasion, v6s, ivl, see eh.

attack. IvravOa, adv., 170 [Iv], there, here,

I|ji6s, t}, (>v, 449 [Lat. meus, my, Eng. in this place, hereupon, thereupon.
MINE, my], my, mine. lvTv8v, adv., 204 [Iv], thence, from
IfjL-ircipos, ov [Iv + irclpa], acquainted this place, thereupon.

with. 855. Iv-Tt6t)(ii, 695, put in, inspire in.

44|i,-irc(pa>s, adv., hy experience; ifivel- 865.
pws aiiToO ^xf*"? he personally acquainted lv-rvy\6-vt, chance upon, meet, find.

with him. 856. 865.

fji--ir(|iirXti|ii, 707, fill full, satisfy. 848. 'EvvdXios, ov, 6, Enyalius, a name of
ifi-irtiTTw, 610, /oii upon, occur to. Ares, god of war.
865. I|, before a consonant Ik, prep, with
4|i-iroi^ci>, create or iruipire in, impress gen., 56 [Lat. ex, e]. Of place, out of,

upon. 865. from, from within; of time, after, as

t^|i-ir6piov, ov, t6, 318, place of trade, iK To&rov, after this, hereupon, iK irai-

emporium. 5uv, from boyhood; of source or origin,

 H 19 i-iriScCKvviii

from, in consequence of, as iK To&rov, ttiri8-dv, conj. with subjv. [+av],

in consequence of this. when, after, with or without rdxiffra,
In composition i^signi&esfrom,away, as soon as.
out, often implying resolution, strong j.rci-8V), conj., 508 [+8^], when.
intention, fulfilment, or completion. . cir-(i|jii (t>t), 245, be on or upon, be
?|, indecl. [Lat. sex, six, Eng. six, over.

hex-agon], six. cir-i|ii (etM') ''^28, go or come on, fol-

c|-a-yy^X(i>, tell out, report, esp. the low, advance, make an attack.
proceedings of a conference. r-^<i>, hold upon, hold back, delay.
E|-d-y(i>, lead forth, induce. 849.
l|-aiT^w, 496, osi from, demand; iiH\v, temporal conj. with subjv. [tml
mid. , beg off, save by entreaty. + dv], whenever, as soon as.
fe^aKwr-xtX^ioi, at, a [-\-\t\\.oi], 6000. ir, prep, with gen., dat., or ace, 63.
tl^dKis, indecl. [?|], six times. With gen., of place, on, upon, i<l>

|a-K6(rioi, at, a, 673 [2| + Ikotov], tiriruv, on horseback, with verbs of

600. motion, towards, in the direction of;
tt^-airaxow, i^-avaT-^ffw, 335, deceive of time, in the time of, at ; of manner,
grossly, mislead. esp. denoting distribution, iwl rerrd-
^-airdn], t/j, i) [avdTTf), deceit], gross puv, four deep, ivl <pd\ayyos, in the
deceit, deception. form of a phalanx, in battle array.
c|-ci,(t,i (t>i), used only impers., |- With dat., of place, upon, on, by, close
etj-Tt, 496, it is allowed or possible. to, at, iirl OaXdrry, on the sea; of time,
e|-Xavv(i), 518, drive out, expel; intr., iwl TorLrT(fi or ro&rois, at or upon this,

march, march on. thereupon; of cause, aim, or reason,

(^-((TTi, |-<rTa>, see e^-eifii (et>/). for ; of possession, in the power of, in
|-Td5(ii (fTaS), i^-eTciffo}, etc. [^rdfoj, command of; of manner, in. With
eza?nme], examine closely, review. ace, of place, on, upon, to, against;
jt^-^TOo-is, ewj, r/, 478, inspection, of extent of space, extending over, over,
review. along; of extent of time, /or, during;
c|-iKv^o(i,ai, reac^ a place /rom some- of purpose or object, to, for.
where, reach the mark, hit. In composition iiri signifies over, in,
|-oirXi5w, arm; mid., arm oneself. upon, against, in addition, but often
\.f^-ov\^.aia,, ds, ^, 615, state of being it is merely intensive.
armed; iv rrj i^owXiffiqi, under arms. iri-Pov\evo>, 94, plan or plot against,
IJw, adv., 496 [4|, Eng. exotic], out- design. 865.
side, without, beyond the reach of. 856. em-^vki], ijs, ij, 161 [^vX^], plan
iir-tuvia, 356, bestow praise on, against one, plot, design.
praise, commend, approve, applaud. ciri-8ciKvv|xi, 713, shoio to, point out,
iv(L, temporal and causal conj., 141, display, disclose; mid., show for one-
when, since. self, show.
 {xi6v|i^ 20 ^(TTOlXll^VOS

liri-9v|x^u, iiri-6vij.-^au), iv-edtfirfaa 2iro(4ai (<re7r), ^i/'o/nat, ea-7r6jLnji/, .341 , 871

[8v|ji6s], have one's heart on, desire, [Lat. sequor, follow], follow, accom-
long for. 846. pany, pursue. 864.
irTd, 204 [Lat. septem,
indecl.,
vToj, bend], bend towards, wheel. seven, Eng. seven, hepta-gon], seven.
4ir(-Ki)iai,, 733, lie upon, attack. |irTa-K6crioi, ai, a [+KaT6v], 700.

865. tp-ydto|xai {ipyad), ipydaofiai, elpya-

4wi-kCv8vvos, ov, 335 [kv8vvos], dan- adfj.-rji', etpyaaiML, 573, 871, work, do,
gerous, perilous. inflict on. 839.
4iriK0vpT]|ia, aros, rb, 527, relief, pro- cpYOv, ov, t6, 527 [work, wright,
tection. WROUGHT, en-ergy, organ, s-urgeon],
^TTi-XeCiro), 396, leave behind; intr., ivork, deed, execution, exercise.

fail, give out. cpT)|i,os, 7], OV, and oy, ov, 374 [fierm/t],
iin-\Lt\io\t.ai, iTri-fi\i^(TOfiai, iiri-ftefj.^- deserted, empty, uninhabited, destitute

\rjij.ai, iir-fi\i^dr}v, 374 [ji^ti], carefor, or deprived of; aradfj-ol eprjiwi, marches
give attention to. 846. through a desert. 855.
iiri-irtTTTO), fall upon, attack, assail; Ip5 {ipi.8), yipiffa [eptj, strife], strive,

of snow, fall. contend, vie with. 864.

iri-<riT5oj.ai {<titi8), iiri-aiTiov/iaL, tpfi,T)vv$, ^wj, 6, 508 [hermeneutic],
iir-efftTia-dfi7)v, 365 [triTOs], collect or interpreter.

procure supplies. 'Epix{]s, ov, 6, Hermes, the Mercury of

j.l'iri-<rlTwr|ji6s, ov, 6, 416, a procuring the Romans, messenger of Zeus. See
of supplies, foraging. No. 62.
lir((rTa|iai (iirurra), iwLar'^aofia.i, i)iri- cpofiai, Attic only in fut. ip^aop-ai
ffT^drjv, 707, 871, understand, knoio, and 2 aor. iipburiv [cf. Ipordw], a^k,
know how. inquire.
i-m-o-riWu, send to, send word, en- cpvp.a, aros, rb, protection, wall.

join, command. 4.pvp,v6s, 17, bv, fortified.

jliri-o-ToX'^j, ^s, ij, 141 [epistle], letter. cpxofjiai {ipXi i^vd, i\6), ^\0ov, iX-^-
im-a-TpaTtia, 629, make an expedi- Xvda, 508, 871 [pros-e/yte], come, go.
tion against. 865. Ipw [Lat. uerbum, Eng. word], see
liriT'/)8ios, o, ov, 131, suitable, fit, sIttov.

deserving; rd ^TrtTiJSeta, provisions, Ipurdd), ipuTi^ffu, etc., 275, ask a

supplies. question, inquire, question.
'Tri-T9ti|i,i, 695, impose upon, inflict i<r9Lf>> (iadi, id, ido, (pay), tSofiai, 0a-
SlK-qv iiriTidivai, inflict punishment; 70J', idridoKa, i8T^Se<Tp.ai, T^Biadriv, 615,
mid., attack, assault. 865. 871 [Lat. edd, eat, Eng. eat], eat, have
Iiri-Tp^ir<i, 462, turn over to, entrust, to eat, live on.

allow ; mid., give oneself up for protec- Jcrrai, <roiTo, see elpi.

tion. ^o-TaX|t^vo$, see ariXKu.

 21 JWVTJ

<rT, conj., until. the ill-omened word dpuTTepds, left ; r6

rTTjK(is, 'i<rrr\<rav, ecrrcosj see 'iarriixi. evuvvfwv, the left wing.

cTa|a, Tdx0T)<rav, see tolttw. <j)', see iirl.

trtpos, a, ov, 356 [hetero-dox, hetero- c(|>a-yov, see iffdiw.

geneous], the other, one of two ; with- i^a.vi\v, see (paivu.

out art., another, other. 4>a<rav, t^an, see (prjiii.

Ti, adv. of time and degree, 264, i^t], 4>T)o-6a, see (prjfii.

yet, still, further, longer, any more, <j>-io-TTi(jn,, 707, bring to a stand,
again. make halt; intr. in mid., 2 aor., and
Kroifios, rjt oj", and os, ov, 178, ready, pf., stop, halt.

prepared. ^X^pos, d, 6v, 382 [ex^oy, hate], hostile;

CTpd<{>T)v, see rpicpu. ixOp6$, 6, enemy, foe, Lat. hostis.

tv, adv. , 222, well, well off, happily ; i\o) {<rex,<rx)j ^fwand <rx')o'w, (<rxov,

e5 TTotetf, do well by, benefit. effx^JKa, ecrxwiH 40, 871 [sail, ep-och,
tcv-8ai|jiov(^a> (ei^datjuond), eudat/toftcD, hectic], have, Lat. habeb, hold, possess,
TjvSaifjLdvia-a, count happy, congratulate. wear; ex^^^ having, with;
receive, keep,
851. with can; with an adv.
inf., be able,

tcv-Saifiovus, adv., 598, happily, equivalent to ehai with an adj., as

comp. evSaifwviffrepov. evvoiKiis ex^'"? ^^ well-disposed ; oi>K

ciu-SaC|jL(i>v, ov, gen. ovos, 429,752 [tv + ?X5 not to know ; mid. , hold on to,

daifiwv, divinity,Eng. demon], of good come next to.

fate OT fortune, fortunate, happy, pros- wpa, cwpoiKa, cwptov, see opdu.
perous, flourishing. iws, conj., 537, as long as, while,
cvOvs, adv., 235, straightway, imme- untU.
diately, at once, Lat. statim.
tv-voia, as, ij, 488, good-will, fidelity.
lv-voiKs, adv., 382, with good-will, tdo), fVw) S37 [fw6s, alive, Eng. zoo-
kindly ; eiivoiKuit ex""? &c well-disposed. logy], live, be alive.
cv-voos, Of, contr. evvovs, ovv, 292 Zevs, At6j, 6, 518, Ze^lS, son of Cronus
[fw + voijs] , well-disposed, attached. and Ehea, highest of the gods. See
ivp(<rKw (evp), vp-fi<Tbj, rfvpov, rjvprjKa, Nos. 52, 61.
rfvptiiiai, ftvpid-qv, 713, 871, ^nd, devise, ^T]X<Sw, ^r)\d)(Tw [f^Xos, envy, Eng.
procure. zea/, jealous], emulate, envy.
cvpos, ovs, TO, 396,747 \eipii, broad], Itl^wTos, 17, bv, 685, to 6e envied;
breadth, width. ^yfKwTbv, an object of envy.
ci-Ta|(a, as, rj [rdTTw], good order, X,r\v, XJav, see fiiw.
discipline. %y\rio>, fijTiJo-w, e^c, 374, seeA:, ask
Ev<|>pdTT)s, ov, 6, 102, the Euphrates. for.
cv-w w(tos, ov, 222 [{! + ovo|*a] of , %&vii\, T/j, ^, 537 [zone], belt, girdle.
good name or omen, euphemistic for See Nos. 14, 44, 51, 57.
 22 6cu>s

|T)(u-8apiK6v, ov, r6 [ + SapciKds] , half-

daric.
^fi\i.urvs, eia, v, 602, half.
tJ, conj., 472, or ; ^ . . . ^, either. . TJv, contr. form of iiv.
or; virepov . . .
v, whether . . . or. tJv, see eip.i.

T|, conj., 170, than, Lat. quam. T]v(Ka, rel. adv., when.
fl,
dat. sing. fem. of 5s used adv. Tjv-oxos, ov, 6 [vvia, reins, + x],
{sc. o5<()), in which way, where, as. driver, charioteer. See Nos. 26, 54, 90.
TJ^ciXa, see d77AXw. TJp^Oilv, |jpYj)tT]v, see alpiw.
tT|Y<|xwv, 6vos, 6, 349, 745, leader, r\p6\ir\v, see eponai.
guide. fi<r0T|, see ^dofiai.
T|'Y^O|i.ai, ijy^ao/jMi, rjyriffdiJLriii, TfyrjfjLai, tTjTTdo|iai, r}TT-^ffop.at, etc., pass. dep.
ijyifi0Tlv, 308 [aY], go before, lead, con- 389, be inferior, be worsted or defeated.
duct, command; think, believe, con- f^TT<l>v, OP, gen. ovos, 577, inferior,
sider. 847. weaker.
^Stiv, '[|8c(rav, see olSa.
T|8^us, adv., 188 [t|8vs], gladly; edXaTTtt, 7;s, ij, 63, 739, sea, Lat.
comp. ridiQv, sup. Tidiara. mare.
TJSi], adv., 264, already, by this time, Odvaros, ov, 6, 537 [6vx)<rK], death.
at. length, now, forthwith. Odirrw (to0 for 6a<f>), 0d\j/u, idafa,
t'q8o|iai, rjffd-^ao/jMi, TjffOriv, 366, be glad, T^dafip-at, iTd(prjv, 573, 871, bury.
be pleased. tOapp^oi, dapprjffu, iddppTjffa, reOdppjjKa,
T|8vs, fia, 5, 502, 752 [Lat. suduis, 652, be bold or courageous, take heart
stoeet, Eng. sweet], sweet. dappuv, part, as adv. , confidently, cour-
qKurra, see ijrTuv. ageously.
tJK, i7^w, 204, come, be or have come. Odppos, ovs, t6 [dare, durst], cour-
T|X(urc, see iXaivu. age.
fjXOov, see epxoiiai. jOappvvb), make bold, cheer, encourage.
^|iiai ivs), 799, sit. OttTTwv, see rax^.
T|fuis, etc., see iyd. 6avfj,d^(d (davfjxiS), davfidaoftai, iOai'i-

T||jLcXT|fi.^v(as, adv. [formed from pf. fiaaa, reda.ip.aLKa, idavpudadiiv, 264, 871
pass, partic. of d|ieX^i>] , carelessly. [davpu, wonder, Eng. thaumat-urgy],
r\\Upa, ds, i], 40 [ep-hemerat], day; wonder at, admire, wonder.
rg iiriovari rjfjt^ipg., next day ; fUrrov rifui- jOavixaorrds, i), i", 685, wondrou^s,
pds, mid-day, noon ; Afia ry ij/jjpq,, at wonderful, surprising, remarkable.
daybreak. 8cdop,ai, dedaopai, etc. [theatre], gaze
TifUrfpos, d, ov, 449 [T||i(ts], our ; rd at, behold.

rifiirepa, our affairs. 6coUr6ai, by contr. for Oeieffffai.

T|pL.i-, only in composition [Lat. semi-, Ocios, d, ov [6(6i], divine; Oeiov, t6,

/lalf-, Eng. hemi-], half. divine intervention, portent.

 -Ocv 23 icpos

-9v, suffix denoting whence. the breast and abdomen, the other the
06s, oO, 6, 7], 116 [theo-logy, theism], back. They were hinged on one side
god, goddess. and buckled on the other. They were
tStTToXCa, as, i), Thessaly. further kept in place by leathern
0TTaX6s, ov, 6, 161, a Thessalian. straps passing over the shoulders from
9iu (dv), detjo-ofiai, run, race; of behind and fastened in front, and by
troops, charge.
9-f\p, 6s, 6 [Lat. fetus, wild], wild
beast.

|6t]Pv<i>, dTjpeiKTw, etc., 141, hunt, catch.

See No. 45.
4.0t|p(ov, oi;, t6, 83, wild animal,
creature.
-6i, suffix denoting where.
6iq)0"K(0 (^ay), ^acoO/Aat, eOavou, ridvqKa,
610, 871, die, pf. and 2 pi, 719, 2,
6e dead, 6e s/ain.
Oopv^os, ov, 6, 629, noise, disturbance,
uproar.
pqi^, k6$, 6, 245, a Thracian.
Ov^Ppiov, ov, t6, Thymbrium. No. 73.

6v(i6s, oO, 6, soul, heart.

6vpa, as, r>, 40 [Lat. foris, door, Eng. the belt. About the lower part of the
door], door; iirl rals ^affiX^us Mpais, breastplate was a series of flaps of
at court ; so 96pai. of a general's head- leather or felt, covered with metal,

quarters. which protected the hips and gi-oin of

t0v<ra, OS, ij, sacrifice, offering. See the wearer. See Nos. 12, 17, 20, 25,
No. 9. 30, 37, 62, 73, 81.
6w<i), OiKrw, tdvaa, ridvKa, ridvfiai,
irijdrjv, 116, 871, sacrifice; mid., cause
to sacrifice, offer sacrifice.

t9(i)paK(^ci> (dcjpaKiS), idwpiKiffa, t0u- 18, ISciv, etc., see opdw.

p&KUT/xaL, idujpaKiadrjv, 644, arm loith a tSios, a, ov [idiom, idiosyncrasy],
cuirass; mid., put on one^s cuirass. one^s own, personal, private.
6upa^, afos, 6, 245 [thorax], breast- j.l8iTns, ov, 6, 422 [idiot], an ordi-'
plate, corselet, cuirass, worn not only nary or private person, private soldier,
by the heavy-armed foot-soldier but private.
also by the cavalryman. The ddpai Up6s, d, 6v, 496 [hier-archy, hiero-
consisted of two metal plates made to glyphic], holy, sacred; Upd, rd, sacri-
fit the person, of which one protected fices, omens from inspecting the vitals.
 ITJUl 24 Ka0ia-rti|ii

itilii (f), !j<ru, VKa, elKa, elfiai, fWtjv, t(r6i, i(r\uv, etc. , see ol3a.
733, 797, 871, send, throw, hurl at; lo-os, v, ov [iso-seeles], equal.
mid., send oneself, rush, charge. 845. 'I<r<ro, Qv, oi, Issus.
tlKavos, ij, 6c, 150, coming up to, 'icTTTiiJii (crra), arriffw, tffrrjffa and
sufficient, able, capable, competent. effT^v, i<TTt)Ka, iffra/jLai, iffrddrjvi 707,

iKV^Ofiai {Ik), t^ofiai, Mfir/v, lyfjun, 871, 786, 790, 871, 2 pf. iaraTov, etc., 792
come. [Lat. sisto, make stand, sto, stand,
fXTj, 1J9, i], crowd, band ; of cavalry, Eng. STAND, STEAD, STKED, apO-StOte,
troop. ecstasy, system], set, make stand,
i|idTiov, ov, t6, outer garment resem- make halt; intr. in mid. (except 1

bling the mantle, himation, correspond- aor.), in 2 aor., both pfs., and both
ing in use to the Roman toga. See plpfs. act., stand, stop, halt.

Nos. 1, 9, 36, 37, 39, 52, 61, 69, 88. Ixrrlov, ov, t6, sail. See No. 78.
tva, final particle, tMt, in order that, tl<rxvp6s, d, 6v, 124, strong.
326. tla-\'upas, adv., 598, strongly, vehement-

tlirn-cvs, 4u)s, 6, 508, horseman, knight, ly, exceedingly, vigorously, ivith severity.
cavalryman; pi., cavalry. See Nos. Urxvs, vos, i] [Lat. uls, strength],
17, 20, 33. strength ; of an army, force.
tlinriK6s, 1^, 6v, 685, for cavalry, cav- la-US, adv., 548 [to-os], equally, per-
alry-; iiririKbv, t6, cavalry, horse. haps.
tlinr6-8pojios, ov, 6 [+8pd(ios], race- l\9vs, i^os, 6, 478, 748 [ichthyo-logy],
course, hippodrome. fish.

iinros, ov, 6, ij, 78 [Lat. equus, txvos, ovs, t6, trace, track.
horse^, horse, mare; dvb or i<p' ittitov, 'luvCa, as, 17, Ionia.
on horsd)ack.

KS-yaOd, Ka-ya06$, by crasis for Kal

dyadd, Kal dyadds.
Khyu, by crasis for Kal iyw.

Ka6', see Kard.

kaO-^KO), come down, reach or extend
down.
Kdd-T](i,ai, 733, 799, sU down, be
seated; of soldiers, be encamped.
Ka9-<mj|i,, 707, set doum, station,
bring down or back, bring, establish,
make, appoint; mid. with pf. and 2
aor. act. intr., take one's place, be
No. 74. established.
 KaOopdu 25 KaTOO-K^ITTOpiai

Ka8-opd(o, look doivn on, observe, Kara, prep, with gen. and ace, 212,
inspect. doivn (as opposed to dvd), Lat. sub.
Kal, conj., 45, and, Lat. et; influenc- With gen., denoting motion from
ing particular words or expressions, above, down, down from, down upon,
also, too, even, further, Lat. etiam; underneath. With ace, of place or
Kal . . . Kal (78), or re . . . Kal (161), position, with verbs of motion, on,
both . . . and, not only . . . but also. over, down, down along, by, opposite,
KaC-ircp, concessive particle, 722 [Ka( against, near, at ; of fitness or relation,
+ TTtp], although, witli tlie participle. according to, concerning ; Kal Kara yijv

Kaip6s, oO, 6, 537, the right or fitting Kal Kara ddXarrav, by land and sea
time, opportunity, occasion. Kara. Kpdros, with might and main
kSkcivos, by crasis for Kal iKetvoi. Kara. fOvTj, by nations ; Kara fii<rov rbv
KaK6s, 77, dv, 45, 577, bad in the aradfibv, about the middle of the day's
broadest sense (as opposed to dyadds), march.
base, cowardly, hurtful; KaKbv, rb, In composition Kard signifies down,
harm, evil. along, or against ; frequently it merely
IKaKws, adv., 282, badly, ill; /caKtSs strengthens the meaning of the simple
iroieiv, do harm or damage to, injure, verb,and often cannot be translated ;

ravage ; KaKws ex""! i>^ badly off. sometimes it gives a transitive force to
KoX^o) (/caXe, K\e), KaXQ, iKdXeaa, an intransitive simple verb (cf. Lat.
K^K\r]Ka, KiK\T)nai, iKXi^OTjv, 282, 871 de-).

[Lat. calo, call, clamb, call out, Eng. Kara-paCvw, go down, descend.
HAUL, HAL-2/ord, cc-c/esiastic], call, Kar-d-yw, 341, lead down or back,
summon, Lat. uoco, call, name; 6 bring back, restore.
KaXoifiepos, the so-called. KaTa-Ocdofiai, look down on.
KoXos, v, bv, 45, 577 \calli-graphy'\, Kara-Kaw, 728, burn down, bum up,
beautiful, fair, propitious, noble ; KaXbs burn.
Kal d-yadbs, KaXbs Kayadbs, noble and Kara-Koirrw, 212, cut to pieces, slay.
good, 'gentleman.' KaTa-\a{iPdvw, 496, seize upon, cap-
|Ka\s,adv., .308, beautifully, bravely, ture, take, surprise, occupy.
well, successfully, honorably; xaXtDs Kara-XcCirw, 212, leave behind, aban-
eX"") be well. don.
Ka|ioi, by crasis for Kal 4fwl. Kara-Xvu, 537, unloose, dissolve,
Kav, by crasis for Kal idv. end, make peace, stop fighting, unyoke
KdvSvs, vos, b, 701, a long outer gar- {sc. rd inro^&Yia), i.e. make a halt,
ment, the caftan. See Nos. 11, 64. halt.
KainraSoKCa, as, rj, Cappadocia. KaTa-in]8d(d, leap down, leap.
Kap(a, as, 17, Carta. KaTa-TTpciTTft), 518, do thoroughly,
Kapifiii, v^i v [Kdp<pw, dry up], dried execute, bring to an end, accomplish.
stalks, hay, straw. KaTa-(rKfirTO|i,ai, 439, view closely.
 KaTaa-\ll<i> 26 ICVT)nfs

KaTa-o-x^tw, 664, split down, cleave be a herald, proclaim, make proclama-

asunder, burst through, burst open. tion, announce.
Kara-^avifi, 4s, 429 [<|>a(va>], clearly
seen, in plain sight, visible.
KaTa-<f>VY(i>, take refuge.
KaTa-t)n]({>(to)jiai., 537, vote against.
852.
Kar-cISov, see Kad-opdu.
KaT-fKoiniv, 2 aor. pass, of Acaro-
kSittu.

Kar-iSwv, see Kad-opdw.

fKavfia, aros, t6, heat.
Kau {kolv), KavffUJ, eKavtra, K^KaVKa,
K^KUVfjiai, iKai0T)v, 591, 871 [caustic,
holo-caust], burn, kindle.
Kcip.ai, KelaofMi, 733, 798 [Lat. cluis,
citizen, quies, rest, Eng. home, ceme- tKiXiKta, ds, T), 548, Cilicia.
tery], lie, be laid, lie dead. K(Xi|, iKos, 6, 245, o Cilician.
KcXaivaC, Qv, al, Celaenae. tKtvSvvcvw, KivSvvfiaw, etc., 598, en-
KiKiio), KeXeijffu}, iK^Xojffa, KCKiKevKa, counter danger, run a risk, be in peril.
(ceKAelcr/xat, iKeXeijadriv, 94, 871, drive, kCvSvvos, ov, 6, 335, danger, risk.
order, command, bid, give orders, Lat. KXcapxos, 01^, 6, 116, Clearchus, a
iubed, urge, advise, suggest. Spartan general, the special friend of
Kcvds, ij, 6y, empty, groundless. 855. Cyrus.
K^pas, K^pus and K^pdros, t6, 396 kXcCci), KKelaw, (KXeiffa, K^Kkeifxai and
[Lat. cornu, horn, Eng. horn, hart, K^KXeifffjMi, iK\elff07]v, 365, 871 [Lat.
rhino-ceros] , horn, prop, of an animal, claudo, close, Eng. slot], shut, close.
then bugle horn, drinking horn, peak K\itrrfi (kXctt), K\i\j/<t), ^xXe^a, k4-

of a mountain, iving of an army. K\o(pa, K^KKefi/iai, iKXdirriv, 527. 871

KC({>aX'/j, ijs, 7], 615 [Lat. caput, head, [Lat. clepo, steal, Eng. sAop-lipter],
Eng. a-cepha/ous], head. steal, embezzle.

KTipvl, vKos, 6, 245, herald, who car- KXtvu (kXiv), kXivQ, ^kXivu, K^KKifiai.
ried messages to the enemy or made iKXldtjv and iKXlvrtv [Lat. incllnd, in-
proclamations and gave all sorts of cline, Eng. LEAN, climate, en-c/ltic],

public notices to his fellow soldiers. cause to lean, bend.

His distinctive badge was his staff, a K\tS>^, KXuir6i, 6, 245, 743 [icX^irra)],

straight shaft with two intertwined thief.

shoots above. See No. 75. Kvi))its, iSos, i) [Kvi/ifirj, leg], greave.
jKTjpwTTw {ktipvk), KTipt^o), iK-fipxi^a, generally plur., that part of the defen-
KtKripOxo-^ KfK-fipvyp.ai, iKTiptxOijv, 673, sive armor of the Greek hoplite which
 KoXd^b 27 KpVTTTW

covered his leg from the knee to the piece, helmet of metal, Lat. cassis, or
instep. Greaves were made of flexible of leather, Lat. galea. The helmet of
metal, and lined with felt, metal, which was developed from the
leather, or cloth, and fas- simpler dogskin cap, consisted of six
tened behind by straps or pieces the cap the metal ridge run-
: ;

buckles. See Nos. 8, 12, 19, ning from the front to the back of the
20, 25, 30, 34, 37, 76, 81. cap, and designed as a support for the
KoXd^ta (fcoXad), KoXdffU), crest ; the crest ; the visor ; the cheek-
K6\a(7a, KiKSXafffiai, iKoXd- pieces ; and the neck-piece. See Nos.
a-dr]i>, 527, check, punish, 8, 12, 14, 20, 30, 33, 34, 37, 46, 55, 60,

inflict punishment. 62, 63, 77, 81.

Ko\o<ra-a(, Qv, at, Colos- tKpdTWTTos, 77, OV, 577, strongest,
sae. bravest, best, noblest; neiit. pi. Kpirurra
ko|a(|<i> {kohi5), KOfuQ, etc., as adv. , in the best way, most bravely.
409, carry away so as to No. 76. Kpdros, oi/s, t6, 409 [Lat. creo, create,
save, bring, convey. Eng. HARD, deino-crat, demo-cracy],
Kovioprds, ov, 6, 673, cloud of dust. strength, force, might, Lat. uls.
Kdirro) (kott), Kbipw, tKOipa, K4Ko<t>a, Kpavy-f], Tjs, Vi 45, outcry, shout,
K^Konfiai, iK6ir7)v, 212, 871 [syn-copate], clamor, uproar.
cut, hew, slash, fell, slaughter. Kpcas, Kp^ws, t6, 396, 747 [Lat. card,
Kop<rwTfj, ^s, ^, Corsote. flesh, Eng. creosote], flesh, pi. pieces of
KOv<t>os, 7?, ov, light; x^P'ros Kov<t>os, flesh, meat.
hay. kpttwv, ov, gen. ovo%, 577 [Kpdros],
Kpdvos, oi;s, rb, 396 [cranium'\, head- stronger, braver, better, nobler, more
valuable.
Kpc|idvvv(M, (Kpefia), KpefjiQ, iKp4/j.affa,
iKpefidffdrjv, 713, 871, trans., hang up,
suspend.
Kpi\vr\, 11^,71, 602, spring,well, Lat./ons.
KpVjs, KprjrSs, 6, 615, a Cretan.
KpivM (xpiv), KpivQ, iKplva, K^KpiKa,
K^Kpi/jMi, iKpidrjv, 591 [Lat. cerno, sepa-
rate, Eng. critic, hypo-crisy], divide,
distinguish, decide, determine, be of
opinion, judge, bring to trial.

jKpCo-is, ewj, i), 728 [crisis], decision,

trial.

Kpiirra (Kpv<f>), Kptjxpc}, tKpv^pa, K^Kpvfj.-

fULi, iKpiKpdrjv, 573 [crypt, crypto-gam,
No. 77 grotto], hide, conceal, Lat. tego. 838.
 KTaofiai 28 AvKaovCS

KTdo|iai, KT-qao/Jiai, iKT-qaan-qv, KiKTij- get, take or get possession of, enlist,
fjMi, acquire, gain, get, get together; catch, find.
pf. as pres., possess, have. Xav6dv(i> (Xad), Xi}(rw, iXadov, X{Xi)da,
KTCCVO) {kTv), KTeVU, KTLVa, fKTOVa, X^Xr](TiMai, 685, 871 [Lat. lateo, lie hid,

591, kill. Eng. lethargy, Lethe'], lie hid, escape

kvkXos, ov, 6, 382 [Lat. circus, circle, the notice of ; mid., forget. 684.
Eng. cycle, bi-c/c/e, en-cyc/o-paedia], \iyu>, eXefo, efXoxa, etXey/iai, iX^r]v
circle, curve, ring ; kukX^, in a circle. and iX^x^rjv, 561, 871, gather, collect.
|kvkX6<i>, KVKXdaw, etc., 382, surround, Xc'yw, X^fw, eXe^a, XiXeyfiai, iXix^V,
encircle, hem in. 161, 871 [dia-lect, lexicon], say, speak,
jKVK\o>o-tS| ews, 17, an encircling ; w'l tell, state, mention, relate, Lat. dico,
ds k^kXwctiv, as if to encircle. bid, charge, vote. 609.
Kvpos, 01;, 6, 83 I. Cyrus the Elder,
: XcCtta) (XtTr), Xel^pu, tXiirov, X^Xoitra,
founder of the Persian empire, accord- X^XeinfjMi, iXl<t>ei)v, 212, 773-775, 871
ing to Xenophon the son of Cambyses [Lat. imguo, leave, Eng. lend, ec-lipse],
and grandson of Astyages ; II. Cyrus leave, abandon, forsake, quit, leave
the Younger, the leader of the expedi- behind, leave alive.
tion against Artaxerxes. Xcvk6s, t}, iv, 673 [Lat. lux, light,

Kviov, Kvv6s, 6, i] [Lat. canis, dog, Eng. light], white.

Eng. HOUND, cynic], dog, hound, cur. XC0OS, ov, 6, 733 [litho-graph], stone.
See No. 39. \l\i6st ov, 6, hunger, famine.
KttXvM, KuXttTu, etc., 327, hinder, X6yos, ov, 6, 78, 741 [X^ym, say, Eng.
prevent, oppose, check; t6 kuXSov, the philo-logy, dia-logue, log-arithm],word,
hindrance, obstacle. saying, statement, speech, discourse,
KcojiT), 7J5, 7], 45, 739 [Ki|iai], village. debate, rumor, narrative.
jK|A^TTjs, ov, 6, 573, villager. \6yxx\, i)s, rj, 478, poirU or spike of a
spear, spear, lance. See No. 41.
Xoiir6s, 1), 6v, 341 [XcCirw], remaining,
with the art., the rest; Xot7r6i' {sc.

Xa^civ, Xc^uv, see Xafi^dvu. ia-rl), it remains ; rb Xonr6v, for the

XaOtiv, XaOuv, see XavOdvu. future.
XdOp^, adv., 638 [XavOdvu], covertly, X6<{>os, ov, 6, hill, ridge, height.

without the knowledge of. tXox-a-yos, ov, 0, 150 [-F &yH) <^om-
AaKcSaii^ovios, a, ov, 422, Lacedae- mander of a X6xos, captain.
monian ; AaKidaLfjubvLos, ov, 6, a Lace- X6xos, 462 [X^x"') couch, Lat.
ov, 6,

daemonian. lectus, Eng. lie, lair, log],

couch,
XaitPdvci) (Xa/3), Xi^^o/uai, ^Xa^ov, etXr/- ambush, men in ambush, company.
(pa, iX-fi<i>ei)v, 374, 871 [Lat.
etX-rjunai, tAvS(a, ay, i], Lydia.
Eng. di-lemma, pro-lepsis],
labor, toil, AvSios, a, oc, Lydian.
take, take into one's hand, receive. AvKaovlci, as, ^7, Lycaonia.
 \vrria 29 (i^pos

tXvir^w, XCttt^o-w, etc., 389, grieve, dis- \U-^as, fieyd\7i, fiiya, 502, 577, 753 [Lat.
tress, vex, annoy, molest. magnus, Eng. much, mega/o-saurus],
\virf\, 7)%, 7], pain, grief, sorrow. great, large, tall, loeighty, powerful;
Xvw, \6<ru, iXvcra, XAnxa, XAujuai, neut. as adv., n^a, greatly.

i\ijdr}v, 56, 765-770, 871 [Lat. luO, loose, Me'ya<}>pvT]s, ov, 6, Megaphemes.
Eng. LOSE, LOOSE, ana-fyze], loose, set li^-YMTTOs, super, of /u^7as.

free, release, break, break down, de- JW0', see fjiTd.

stroy ; mid., loose one's own, ransom. comp. of fji^as, 577.

|jL<it<v,

(uCwv, comp. of /xiKp6s, 577.

t|u\av{a, blackness.
M ds, ij,

|i^as, n^Xaiifa, p^Xau, gen. fiiXavos,

|xd, intensive particle, 439, surely, etc., 429, 752 [me/an-choly], black.
used in negative oaths. 837. |i^i, /iteX^o-et, ifiiXTjffe, /ie/x^Xi^Ke,

MaCavSpos, ov, 6, 170 [meander], the impers., it is a care, it concerns; ifwl

Maeander, a river in Asia Minor of ij.e\-fia-i, I will see to it.

winding course. |i,cX(vT], Tjs, 7), millet.

p.aKp6s, d, 6v, 40, long, high, tall; |i^Xco, fieWijffw, i/x^Wriaa, be about,

fMKpdv (sc. oddv), a long' way. intend, delay.

(idXa, adv., very, much, very much, \u\i.vr\o, etc., see fu/jLv-ga-Ku.

greatly, exceedingly, Lat. ualde ; comp. (jiv, post-positive particle, never used
fiaWov, 170, 7nore, raiher ; sup. >(Xt- as a conj. to connect words and sen-
ara, 496, most, especially. tences, but to distinguish the word or
(xavOdvw (fJ-a-6), ixadrjaotiai, e/xadov, clause with which it stands from some-
nefiddTjKa, 685, 871 [mathematics], thing that is to follow, and commonly
learn, find out. answered by 5^ (sometimes by dXXd,
lidvTis, ewj, 6, 644 [maniac, necro- fiivroi)in the corresponding clause,
mancy], one inspired, seer, diviner. on the one hand, indeed, truly, but
Mapo-vas, ov, 6, 713, Marsyas, a often it is not to be translated, and
satyr. See No. 53, where he is fas- its presence is to be shown merely by

tened to the tree, about to be flayed stress of voice ; 6 iikv ... 6 5^, the one
by Apollo. . . .the other, plur. some . . . others, 815;
Mdo-Kcis, d, 6, the Mascas, a river. dXXi fi^p; but certainly.
|jid<rTi|, 470$, 7), whip, lash. See |iivT0i, adv., 561, really, certainly,
Nos. 47, 54. in truth; conj., yet, still, however,
tp,dxaipa, as, rj, 63, knife, sword, nevertheless.
saljve. See No. 5. |jicv(i>, /icj'tD, (fieiva, fiffjidvTjKa, 591, 871
|idxTi, i?s, 71, 45, baitle, engagemeni, [Lat. maneo, stay], remain, stay, wait
fight. See No. 20. for, last, be in force.
4.p.dxo)j,ai, naxovfiai, ifJUXf<T(iii7)v, (UfM- Mivav, wTOj, 6, 356, Menon.
Xij/xat, 537, 871, fight, give battle. 864. p.^pos, ovs, t6, 409, division, part,
 |icarT][iPpCa 30 p.i<r6o(^opa

share^ portion., Lat. pars ; nipo% n rrji 4pTj-8^, conj. and adv. [+ 8^J, but not,
fOra^las, an instance of their discipline; and not, nor, Lat. neque, nee ; not even,
iv fiipei, in turn. Lat. ne . . . quidem.
t(U(r-T]|i,pp(a, as, i) [+f||Upa], noon, |pT)8-c(s, fj-la, iv [+ls], not one,
midday ; the south. none, no, nobody, nothing, Lat. nemo,
pio-os, Vi o**) 222 [Lat. medius, middle, nulliis.

Eng. mid], middle; fiiaov, rb, the mid- MT)8(a, as, 7), Media.
dle, centre, midst, space between. P'^jO*, see /t7)Te.

\u<rr6s, -f), 6v, full of, laden. 855. p.T)-K-^Tt, adv., 422 [p^-|-Ti], not
IMTO,, prep, with gen. and ace, 161. again, no longer.
With gen., with, in company ivith, p.'<jv, post-positive intensive particle,
among; with ace, of place or time, in truth, surely, truly, Lat. uerO; Kal
behind, after, next; fiera tovto or ravra, ix-fiv, and in fact, and yet ; dXXd fi-nv, but
after this, hereupon. surely, but still; ^ n^v, in very truth.
In composition fierd signifies sharing, ^ffv, ti.r)vb%, 6, 349, 745 [Lat. mensis,
with, among, or time or quest, after, month, Eng. moox, month], month.
or change, from one place to another. H^-iroT, adv., 685 [p^ + iroW], not
^ura^v, adv., between. 856. ever, never, Lat. nunquam.
tjitTd-'irtp.'irTos, ov, 685, sent for. p,^TT)p, ti.y)Tp6%, rj, 349, 746 [Lat. mater,
p^Ta-x^p,ir<<>, 174, 178, send after; mother, Eng. mother], mother.
mid., send for a person to come to one- y,la, see eh.
self sumtnon. MCSas, ov, 6, Midas, a mythical king
p^T-^X*'* ^^"6 ^ share. 844. of Phrygia.
p,^pi, improper prep, with gen., 673, p.iKp<is, d, 6y, 40, 577 [micro-scope],
of time or place, up to, until; conj., small, little, Lat. paruus, of small
until. account, insignificant; neut. as adv.,
p,^, adv., 308, not, used with the tuKp6v, hardly; comp. fieiwv, smaller,
imv. and subjv. in all constructions; less ; neut. as adv. , fuTov, less.

in all final and object clauses, except MfXtjTOS, ov, i], 490, Miletus.
after /xtJ, which takes
that not, lest, pipiqjo-KCi) (/iva), nvriaii}, epLVTjffa, fiffMin]-

ov in all conditional and conditional

;
fiai, i/jLvriffdriv, 644, 871 [Lat. meminl,
relative clauses, and in the corre- remember, moneo, remind, admonish,
sponding temporal sentences after ?ws, Eng.mentor, mnemonics], remind; mid.
irplv, etc. ; in relative sentences ex- and pass., remind oneself, remember,
pressing a purpose ; with the infin. mention, make mention, with pf. fUfunj-

except in indirect discourse ; and with PML as pres. , Lat. memini. 846.
the partic. when it expresses a con- p,i(r66s, oi;, 6, 94 [meed], wages, pay,
dition. All of the compounds of hire, reward.
/ui) follow the usage of the simple 4^p,i.<rdo-^pd, aj, ii, 722 [+ ^pw],
word. voagea received, pay.
 |ii<r6o<}>6pos 31 vv|

4.|it<ro-4>6pos, Of, 389 [+ ^ipw], receiv- vcavCas, ov, 6, 162, 740 [v^os], young
ing pay ; /xi<7do(p6poi, oi, mercenaries. man.
|fii(r66w, ixKTddxTu, etc., 389, let for vtKpos, ov, 6, 673 [Lat. nex, death,
hire, let ; mid., have let to oneself, hire. Eng. necro-logy], dead body, corpse;
(ivd, as, 7), 292, 742, mina, the next to oi vKpoL, the dead.
the highest denomination in Attic silver vt'os, a, ov [Lat. nouus, new, Eng.
money, although never actually minted NEW, neo-phyte], young, fresh.
as a coin, one sixtieth of a talent, and v(^(K.i\, ryj, ij, 073 [v^^os, t6, cloud,
worth to-day about $18.00 in U.S. Lat. yiubes, cloud], cloud.
silver money, according to its legal vwv, see 'aCs.

rate of value. See also Spaxt^'h- v^, intensive particle, surely, used
(i.vi](r6'g, see tuiivjaKU). in atfirmative oaths. 837.
|j.6vos, t), ov, 496 [monk, monad, mono-], tviKoLw, viKijffw, etc., 275 conquer,
alone, Lat. solus, only, sole; neut. as prevail over, surpass, oui^do, Lat.
adv., fiivov, alone, only, solely. uinco.
MvpCavSos, ov, rj, Myriandiis. vftcTi, r/s, ri, 255, victory, Lat. uictoria.
tfivpids, ddos, 7] [myriad], the number See No. 52.
ten thousand, myriad. tvo)i.(^(d (vofuS), vofiiQ, etc., 335, 871,
(ivpCos, a, ov, 170, countless ; pi. iMiptoi, regard as a custom, regard, consider,
at, a, 10,000. believe, think, Lat. pulo.

vopios, ov, 6, custom, law.

292, 742
N vovs, vov, 6, [yiyvdnrxa],
mind, Lat. mens ; have in
iv vf ^x""?
vdirr], T/s, r), 638, ravine, glen. mind, purpose, intend.
tvav-apxos, ov,b [+ apx<i>], admiral. vvv, adv., 341 [Lat. nunc, now, Eng.
vavs, veus, 17, 508, 749 [Lat. nauis, now], now, just now, just, at present.
ship, Eng. nautical], ship, either the vv|, vvkt6s, t], 255, 744 [Lat. nox,
merchant vessel, seen at the left in night, Eng. night], night; neaai vOkts's,

No. 78, or the man-of-war, seen at the midnight.

right.
 QcvtBs 32 olKiS

other, this . . . that, pi. these . . . those,

some . . . the rest ; 6 S4, without pre-
QcvCas, ov, 6, Xenias. ceding 6 /jL^v, and he, but he, and in
%ivo%, ov, 6, 161, stranger, foreigner, pi., but they, the rest (never referring
guest friend, guest, host, foreign sol- to the subject of the preceding sentence,
dier, mercenary. but always to some word in an oblique
3vo<|>v, uvros, 6, 275, Xenophon, case). 815. As the art., used some-
an Athenian, author of the Anabasis. times in Greek where we should omit
^(<}>os, ov%, t6, 685, sword, Lat. gla- it, as with proper names and numerals.
dius. The fi'0oy had a straight blade, 807. The art. may be used also to
and was double-edged. It was carried mark a person or thing as well known
in a scabbard which rested on the left or customary, or with distributive
side of the body, and was supported force, as rod fxrivbs rifi (TTpariwr-g, per
by a strap that passed over the right month to each soldier, or where we
shoulder. See Nos. 14, 19, 20, 25, should use a possessive pron. 810. to.

40, 79. Ktpov, Cyrus's relations; ol ixelvov, his

men; ol tpeiyovres, the exiles; 6 /3ou\6-

iievos, whoever wishes ; ol otKoi, those at

home; oi evSov, those within; ot Tropd
^affCKius, men from the king ; oi iK t^s
ayopas, market men; cA aiiv airf, his men.
6po\6s, ov, 6, obol, an Attic silver
coin, worth about three cents. See
No. 59, and the account under S/ooxmi}.
o8, ijde, T65e, demon, pron., 161, 762

[6 + -8], this, the following. 159, 821.

685s, ov, }}, 83, 741 [Lat. solum,
ground, Eng. ex-odus, meth-od], way.
road, Lat. uia; march, journey, expedi-
No. 79. tion.
Ol, 01, ol, see 6, 6'$, ov.

t^vXivos, 7), ov, of wood, wooden. otSa, 2 pf. with pres. force, 722, 793
(vXov, ov, t6, 439, piece or bar of [akin to ctSov], know, understand, have
wood; pi. timbers, beams, wood, fuel. knowledge of.

to(Ka-8, adv., 349 [+-ht],home, home-

ward.
tolK^u, oUi/iiTu, etc., 488, inhabit, dwell,
I
6, 7], t6, the definite article, 83, 758, occupy, live; pass., be inhabited, be

the, with demonstrative force in the ex- situated.

pressions d fiiv . . . 6 54, the one . . . the tolK(a, aj, 7), 40, house, dwelling.
 oIkoi 33 oirXC^oi

totKoi, adv., 573, at home. ofiaX^is, ^s, 420 [6|x6s], even, level.

oIkos, ov, 6 [Lat. ulcus, abode, vil- 6|i,aX6s, 77, 6v [6|i6s], even, level.

lage, Eng. di-ocese, eco-nomy], house |6|xaXcos, adv., in even line.

regarded as a home. 6|iiVV|jii {ofji, 6fw), d/Mov/Jiai, ufioffa, ofitl)-

olfiai, see oto/Mai. fioKu, dfiiifwfiai and d/j-wfjiocrixai, wfiddTjv

otvos, ov, 6, 83, 741 [Lat. ulnum, and uiMdaOriv, 713, 871, swear, take an
wine], loine; ohos (poiviKuv, palm-wine. oath.
ol!o|iat or otfiai, o^crofiai, ifijdyjv, 488, to|xoios, a, ov, like, similar. 864.
871, think, believe, expect. t6(i.o-Xo-y, onoXoy^a-w, etc., 472 [+X6-
otos, o, ov, of which kind, {such) as, yos], agree, confess, admit.
Lat. qualis ; oUs re, able, possible, 6(i.6s, v, ^v [fiji*]' ^'^^ ^^^ ^^
oto-w, see (f>ipu). same.
otxoF^ci''; oix^co/uai, pres. with pf. |6|i<i>s, adv., 382, all the same, never-
force, 722, have gone, be gone. theless, yet, still, however.
oImvos, ov, 6, 652, bird of omen, omen. Sv, ov, see dfj.1, 6s.

toKTcl-Kis, adv., eight times. 389 [-^lyvma-KOt, Lat.

ovo|i,a, arcs, t6,

JoKTaKKT-xtXioi, ai, a [+ x^k)i-] SOOO. nomen, Eng. xajie, an-onymous, syn-

toKTa-Koo-ioi, at, a [+ cxarbv], 800. onym], that by which one is known,
oKTcl), indecl. [Lat. octo, eight, Eng. name.
EIGHT, octa-gon], eight. ovos, 01;, 6, 131 [Lat. asinus, ass,
oXcOpos, ov, 6, 141 [o\Xv|i,i], destruc- Eng. ass], ass.
tion, loss. oirjj, rel. adv., where, wherever, in
6X170S, v, ov, 188, 577 [o/ig-archy], whatever way, Lat. qua.
little, small, pi. few. oirio-Ocv, adv., 502, behind, in the
oXXUjxi (<5X), d\w, u\e<Ta and w\6fj.7]v, rear; t6 6iri<Tdv, Toinricrdev, the rear.
dXcbXcKa and 6XwXo, 713, 871, destroy, 856.
lose ; mid. , with 2d pf . act. ,
perish. toirXtJft) (oirXiS), wirXiaa, wtrXurnai,
oXos, 77, ov, 188 [Lat. solidus, whole, wirXiffO-nv, 396, arm, equip. See Nos.
Eng. cath-o/ic], whole, entire. 30, 80.
 o-irXtTTis 34 OpVTTM

o-irX.tnis, 01/, 6, 102, heavy-armed oirXov, ov, t6, 83 [pan-op/y], imple-

soldier, hoplite. The heavy infantry inent, pi. gear, arms, armor; iv toU
of a Greek army, or hoplites, consti- dhrXoij, under arms. See Nos. 14, 19,
20, 25, 37, 60, 6.3.

toirorav, rel. adv. [+ av], whenever,

when, with subjv.
oirdTt, rel. adv., 537, when, whenever,
since, becaiise.
8iro, rel. adv., 422, where, wfierever,
Lat. ubi.
oirws, rel. adv. and final particle, in
what way, how, that, in order that.
opdoi {6pa, 15, 6ir), 6\j/onai, eldov, i6paKa
and iupaKa, and w/x/xat,
iuipd/jMi w<f>di}v,

615, 871 [a-wARE, pan-orama ; Lat.

uideo, Eng. wix^ spher-oid; Lat. oculus,
Eng. EYE, OGLE, optic, syn-opsis], see
in its widest sense, behold, look, observe,
perceive, Lat. uideo. 628.
op7^, ijs, ij, 409, temper, anger; 6pyi,
in a passion.
^.op'yCtoK'O'^ {^py^^)i ipyiovfuu, etc., 472,
be angry, be in a passion. 860.
tJpdios, d, ov, 131, straight up, steep.
op96s, iJ, 6v [ortho-dox], straight,
direct.
No. 81. SpKos, ov, 6, 116, oaih.
6p\i6.a, bpp.'fiffii), etc., 275 {hpp.'fi, mo-
tuted the troops of the line, who fought tion], set in motion, hapten; mid. and
at short range, and were armed for pass. , set out or forth, start.
this purpose. Their defensive armor 6p\Li(j [3p/nos, anchorage], be moored,
consisted of four pieces, helmet (see lie at anchor.
s.v. Kpdvos), breastplate (see s.v. ddpal;), 6pvls, 6pv'ido%, 6, Tj, 255, 744 [ornitho-
and greaves (see
shield (see s.v. dairls), logy'], bird.

s.v. Kvrjfjds). Their offensive armor 'Op6vTos, a or ov, b, 488, Orontas.

consisted of two spears (see s.v. S6pv) jpos, ovs, t6, 396, mountain.
and a sword (see s.v. fi^oj). For the topvKTis, i}, bv, dug, artificial.

hoplite's ordinary dress, when not in opvTTW {6pvx), ipi^u, upv^a, dpiipvxoi'f
action, see s.v. x^aAW'J- See Nos. 12, dpuipvyfuii, wpvx&Vt 644, 871, dig, Lat.

34, 37, 62, 81. fodio, quarry.

 35 iraiavC^u

8s, 71, 6, rel. pron., 518, 764, who, o{56', see ovre.
which, Lat. qui; di' S.,ivhy; iv v, dur- ovK-^Ti, adv. , 264 [ov + In] , no
ing which (time), meantime. 826-829. longer.
o<ros, V: OP, rel. pron. , 664, how much ovK-ovv, interr. particle and inferen-
or great, how many, {as much or as tial conj., 508 [oi + ovv], not then ^

many) as, Lat.quantus ; neut. as adv. not therefore f expecting an affirmative

8<Tov, with numerals, about; 5<rv, with answer, Lat. nonne igitur; as conj.,
comparatives, by how much, the. therefore, then, so, Lat. igitur, with no
oc-Tis, 17TIJ, Tt, 518, 764 [os + tIs], neg. force.
who, whoever, whichever, lohatever, ovv, post-positive inferential conj.,
which, what, used both as a relative stronger than ipa, 150, therefore, then,
and to introduce an indirect question. accordingly, consequently, now, so.

8t, rel. adv., 578, lohen, as, when- ov-iroT, adv., 527 [ov+iroT], never.
ever. ov-ir, adv.
J
439 [ov + irco], not yet.
282 [neut. of 8<ms], that,
8ti, conj., ovir<i-iroT, adv., 561 [ovirw + iroT<]
because, since; used also to strengthen never yet.
superlatives, as 6tl dirapaffKevdraros, as ow-Tc, neg. conj., 102 [oi + ri], and
unprepared as possible. not, Lat. neque; oi^e. . .ovre, neither
ov, ovK, ovx, neg. adv., 56, not, Lat. . . . nor.
non, used, to deny a fact, with the ovTos, avrri, tovto, demon, pron., 161,
indie, and opt. in all independent sen- 762, this, pi. these, f req. as pers. pron.
tences; in indirect discourse after 6ti he, she, it, pi. they, Lat. hie. 159, 2; 821.
and w$ ; and in causal sentences j.ovTo<rf, airrrji, rovrt, Strengthened
accented at the end of a clause or form of oiiTo^, this man here.
sentence. All of the compounds of 4ovTs, before a consonant ovtw, adv.,
oil follow the usage of the simple 141, thus, so, in that case.
word. o<|>c(X<i> (dcpeX), 6(pi\ri(7(i}, w(t>ei\rf<Ta

personal pron. 439, 759,

ow, dat. ot, , and ucpeKov, uxpe'ikrjKa, uipeiX'/jdTjv, 615,
of himself Lat. sui. 817., 871, owe, Lat. dSbeu; pass., be due.
ovSafLos, i}, 6v [ov6i + dn6s, an obso- 6<{>6aX(i,6s, ov, 6, 652 [ot|ro)Lai,] , eye.
lete word = t2s], none. 6\9r\, tjs, 7), 638, height, bank, bluff.
|ov8a|xov, adv., 652, nowhere. o\|fO(iai, see 6pdu).
ov-St, neg. conj. and adv., 327 [ov+
8] , but not, and not, nor yet, nor, Lat.
neque, nee; as adv., not even, Lat. ne
n
. . . quidem, not at all, by no means. TraOciv, see irdo-xw.
618 [+18], not one,
jowS-tis, fiia, iv, TrdOos, ovs, t6 [irdrxw], experience,
not any, none, no, Lat. nullus ; nobody, trouble, ill-treatment.
Lat. nemo; nothing, Lat. nihil. iraiavC^w (TraiowS), iiraiivicra [Traidv,
{ovhi-iTOTf, adv., 488 [+ itot^], never. paean], raise the paean.
 irai8cti(i> 36 iras

tiraiScvu, iraiSevffw, etc., 578, train up irapd8wros, ov, 6, 170 [paradise],

a child, educate. park.
irais, irai5(5s, 6, ij, 409 [Lat. puer, boy, irapa-8i8w)jii, 701, pass along to one,
child, Eng. ped-agogue], child, boy, girl, give up, deliver over, surrender, pass
son ; iK iralSwv, from boyhood. along.
ira(ci>, walcrw, iiraura, iriiraiKa, iiral- irap-aivcw, recommend, advise. 860.
ffdrjv, 131, 871, strike, hit, beat, strike irapa- KoX^w, 341, call to one^s side,
at. summon, call to or forth, urge.

irdXtv, adv., 141 [pa/im-psest], back, Trapa-KcXcvofiai, 416, urge along,

again, a second time. exhort, urge. 860.
iraXrov, ov, t6, 673, spear, javelin. irapa-|XT)p(8ia, rd [/xrjpds, thigh],
ndv, Pan, a rural god of
Uavis, 6, thigh pieces, armor for the thighs.
Arcadia, son of Hermes, represented irapacrdYYT]s, ov, 6, 204, parasang, a
with goat's feet, horns, and shaggy Persian road measure, equal to about
hair. For masks of Pan, see No. 27. 30 stadia.
iravTotos, d, ov [iras], of all sorts. tirapa-o-Kcvd^u, 222, put things side
irdvv, adv., 131 [irds], very, altogether, by side, get ready, prepare, procure;
wholly, very much. mid., prepare or procure for oneself,
irapd, prep, with gen., dat., and ace, make ready, provide.
188 [para-, as para-graph, etc.], beside. irapa-o-Kfv^, ^s, ij, 188 [irKev1\], prepa-
With from beside, from the pres-
gen., ration, equipment.
ence of, from; with the pass., by. With irapa-rdTTw, 644, draw up side by
dat., beside, by the side of, beside, at or side ; wapareTaynivoi, drawn up in
on the side of, with, at; irapa. /3a<rtXe?, line.

at court; ri. irap ifiol, my fortunes, my irapa-TcCvw, stretch out, extend.

side. With ace, to a position beside, irdp-ci|ii (et>i) 188? ^6 ^^'^^ OJ" ^yi ^^

to the side of, unto, to, towards, along at a place, be at hand or present, have
to, alongside, along, near, by, past, come; ri. irapbvra, the present circum-
sometimes even with verbs of rest; stances.
beside, beyond, against, contrary to, irap-cXavvo), march by or past, ride
in violation of; of time, during. past, review.
In composition irapd signifies along, irap-cpx^H^"^*-! P^^ ^V ^^ (dong.
along by or past, alongside, by, beside, irap-t'xw, 318, hold near, afford, fur-
beyond, aside, amiss. nish, render, make, cause, inspire.
irap-ayy^XXw, 652, pass along an irdp-oSos, ov, ij, 170 [686s], way by,

order, give orders, pass the word, give pass, passage, act of passing.
out, order; kutci, to. vapt)yyt\niva, ac- Ilapva-aTis, i5oj, ij, Parysatis, mother
cording to orders. of Cyrus the Younger.
irapa-'yt-yvofi.ai, be by, be present or irds, iraffo, irdv, 264, 752 [dia-pason,
at hand, arrive. pan-oply, panto-mime], all, Lat. omnis,
 IlcurCwv 37 ircpC

every, with a noun, comm. in the pre- ir^nj, rjs, 7], 63, shield, target, small
dicate position, all, entire, the ivhole. and light as compared with the shield
IIa<r(wv, wvos, 6, Pcision. of the hoplite (see s.v. a<Tiri%), tliat part
ira<r\a) {irad, vevO), ireiffofiat, (vaOov, of the armor of the peltasts (see s.v.
iriirovda, 610, 871 [Lat. potior, bear, ireXrao-T^j) which distinguished them

suffer, Eng. pathos, sym-pathy], expe- from other light-armed troops. The
rience, suffer, Lat. patior; eC iradeiv, iriXrTj consisted of a wooden frame

be well treated. covered with leather, sometimes it was

irar^p, irarpdi, 6, 349, 746 [Lat. pater, covered wholly or in part with bronze.
father, Eng. father], father. Generally it was crescent-shaped. See
^.-iraTpwos, a, oi>, ancestral, hereditary. Nos. 10, 18, 82.
iravw, Traij<Tw, etc., 188 [Lat. paucus,
few, Eng. few], cause to cease, end,
stop; mid., cau^e oneself to cease, cease,
stop, desist, give up, come to an end.
na(t>\a-ywv, 6vos, 6, a Paphlagonian.
tir8iov, ov, t6, 78, level ground, open
country, plain.
ire'Sov, ov, to, ground.
tircjfi, adv., 365, on foot, afoot.
irc^os, "ri, iv, 365 [irovs], on foot;
TTcfos, 6, afoot soldier, pi. infantry.
ircCOw (iri6), veiffu, eireura, ir^ireiKa and No. 82.
TT^TToida, TriveuTfiai, tireicrdrjv, 178, 777,
871 [Lat. fido, trust], persuade, pre- ir^fLirw, irif.i.ypu), iren\f/a, n^irofxcpa,

vail upon ; mid. and pass., be prevailed ir^wenfiai, inefj.<pdt)v, 56 [pomp], send,
on, yield, obey. 860. despatch, send word.
irtipa, as, rj, experience. tircvra-Koo-ioi, at, a [+ cKarov], 500.
^trupaa, ireipia-u, etc., 308, try, prove, irt'vTt, indecl., 188 [Lat. quinque,
comm. pass, dep., try, test, attempt, Eng. FivK, penta-gon], five.
endeavor. 845. jircvTc-Kal-ScKa, indecl., 478 [+ Ka(
ireCo-oiiai, see irdo-xw and ireidu. 4- %iKa,], fifteen.

tllcXoTrovv^jo-ios, a, ov, Peloponne- lircvT^KOvra, indecl. fifty. ,

sian. ir^irovOa, etc., see 7r<i<rxu>.

n\o'ir6vvt]o-os, ov, rj, Peloponnesus. irirTKa, etc., see iriirru.

tTTtXrao-T^S, ov, 6, 102, 740, peltast, -irtp, intensive enclitic particle, very,
targeteer. See No. 10. just, even.
t-ircXTooTiKos, ij, 6v, belonging to pel- TTcpav, adv., 178, across, beyond. 856.
tasts; t6 ireKraffTiKhv {sc. (Trpdrevfia), ittpi, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,
the peltast force. 235 [peri-, as in peri-patetic, peri-od.
 ir(piY(Y^F^*^'' 38 iroUcd

etc.], round, on all sides, about. With tirwTTCvw, TTwrrewrw, 178, put faith in,
gen., chiefly in a derived sense, aboui, trust, rely on. 860.
with respect to, concerning, because of, tirCoTas, ews, ^, faith, good faith,
for, Lat. de; expressing superiority, pledge.
more than, as in the phrases, vepl wav- jirio-Tds, 1^, (Jv, 131 [irctOw], faithful,
t6j voieiadai, consider all-important, trustworthy; viaroi, a title given to
irepl irXelffTov TroieitrOai, consider most Persian royal counsellors; Trurrd, rd,

important. With dat., of place, round, pledges. 863.

about. With ace, of place, about, all irXaCaiov, ov, t6, 548, square, of
round, round; of persons, about, at- troops.
tending on; of things, about; of time, irX^Opov, ov, r6, 396, a plethrum, a
about; of relation, in respect to, to, measure of 100 Greek feet.

in one's dealings with, Lat. de. irXcicTTOS, "irXctwv, 577, see woXvs.

In composition wepl signifies round, nXioi (ttXu), irXei/co/Luxi and TXei/ffoCiMtt,

about, (remaining) over, or above (su- fvXevffa, TT^irXevKa, TrfirXeviTfJMi, 701, 871
periority). [Lat. pluo, rain, Eng. flow], sail.

irpi-7(Yvo}i,ai, be superior to. 850. tirX'tjOos, oi;s, t6, 629, fulness, extent,
n^poTis, ov, 6, 102 [Persian], a Persian. number, multitude.
^IIcporiKds, Tfi, 6v, 124, Persian. ^.irX^Ow [irC|jnrXTi|u], be full.
iriraxros, ov, 6, petasus, a broad- ir\i\v, conj., 638, ezcept, except that;
brimmed hat, resembling our wide- improper prep, with gen. except. ,

awake. See Nos. 23, 62. irXVjptis, es, 429 [irtfiirXtiiii], full, full

ir^TOfjiai, iTT'^ffOfjMi, iiTTd/itjv [Lat. of, abounding in. 855.

penna, Eng. feather],^?/. tirXrieridJci* {irXriaiaS) , wXriffidffu, etc.,

irTjY^, ^j, i), no, fountain, source. 382, approach, draw near. 864.
irT)8d(i>, irr]5'^(Tcv, iin^d7i<ra, ireir-^driKa, irXT)<ros, a, 01-, 638, near; neut. as
leap. adv., irX-qalov, near, at hand, in attrib-
irr|X6s, ov, 6, 409, clay, mire, mud. utive position, neighboring. 856.
irfjxvs, ews, 6, 478, 7 iS, forearm, cubit. irX'/iTTO) (7rX777), TrXi/fw, eirXr/fa,

niYPis, v'os, 6, Pigres. iriirXyj-ya, ir^irXrjy/mi, iirXijyr}!' and ^irXd-

nU^ot (irieS), wUffw, iirUffa, iirii<TOr)v, TT?)/, 644, 871 [Lat. plango, strike, Eng.
204, press hard, crowd; pass., be hard apo-plexy], strike, hit, smite.
I

pressed. irXolOv, ov, t6, 83 [irX^], vessel, boat.

ir(piirXi]|JLi (7r\a), ir\ii(T(>), eTrXiyera, vi- See No. 7.

tXijko, TT.iirXrjp.ai and ir^irXijir/xai, ^ttXi}- iroUw, irotifo-w, eic, 282 [/?oef, ^fos/],

aBriv, 101, 871 [Lat. impleo, Jill up, 755, 782, do, make, produce, fashion,
Eng. FILL, T?vi,x., plethora], fill. 848. effect, cause, accomplish, inflict; eC or
irtiTTW, irecroO/ioi, tveffov, iriirTWKa, 610, KaKds troietv, treat well or ill ; iKKXriaiap

871 [Lat. peW, seefc, Eng. find], fall. Koitiv, call or convoke a meeting. 839,
IlurCSai, wv, oJ, ^Ae Pisidians. 840.
 irot.K(Xos 39 irpo6vfi.<0S

itoikCXos, 7j, ov, party-colored. iroTap.6s> ov, 6, 83 [hippo-potamus],

irotos, o, ov, interr. pron., 356, of river.

what sort f Lat. qualis. 822, 823. iroT^, indef. end. adv., 527, at some
tiroXc|i^i>, iroXe/jiijffw, etc., 282, war, time, once on a time, once, ever.
make or carry on war, fight. 864. iroTcpos, a, ov, interr. pron., 591,
tiro\{ft,iK6s, Vi f>v, 548 [po/em/'c], of or ivhich of two ? neut. as adv. , in an
for war, warlike, skilled in war. alternative question, ir&repov ... 17,

tiroX^jtios, a. Of, 94, belonging to war, whether . . . or, Lat. utrum . . . an.
at war with, hostile; to. iro\^fj.ta, mili- irov, interr. adv., 615, where?
tary inatters ; iroXiiuos, 6, an enemy in irovs, 7ro56s, d, 527 [Lat. pes, Eng.
war; oi iroX^/xtot, the enemy. 864. FOOT, tri-pod], foot.
ir6Xfi.os, ov, 0, 78, war, warfare. xpdyiJia, aroj, t6, 318 [irp^TTw], deed,
tiroXi-opK^co, iro\iopKij<ro}, 318 l + etpyu, thing, matter, affair, event, circum-
hem in], hem in a city, besiege. stance, difficulty ; pi., affairs, trouble.
ir6Xis, ewj, ij, 478, 748 [acro-poh's], irpaTTW (Trpdy), irpd^o}, eirpa^a,
city, state. TriTrpdya and iriirpaxoii ir^irpdyp.ai,

tiroXXAKis, adv., 275, many times, iirpdxOvi 308, 871 [practice], do, act,
often, frequently. accomplish; intr., do, fare.
iroXvs, iroWtj, woXv, 502, 577, 753 Trpqiws, adv. [tt/j^os, 7nild, tame],
{poly-, as in poly -syllable, etc.'], much, lightly.
many, Lat. multus, in great numbers, irpCv, conj., 472 [trp6], before, until,
great, large, long, strong; neut. as adv., irpo, prep, with gen., 235 [Lat.
woXi), much, far ; rb iro\i, the greater pro, before, Eng. for, fore], of place,
part ; ivl toXi/, over a great extent. before, in front of, facing, hence, in
4iroXv-TX^s, ^s, 429 [+ Ti\o%, outlay], defence of, for the sake of, for, in pref- 1

requiring outlay, expensive. erence to ; of time, before.

tirov^w, TTocT^crw, etc., 598, toil, labor, In composition npd signifies before,
undergo hardship; earn by hard work. forth, forward, in public, in behalf of.
irdvos, ov, 6, 598, toil, hardship. irpo-pdXXa>, throw before ; mid. , vpo-
tiropc(a, ttj, }], 561, journey, march. fidWea-OcLL rd SirXa, present arms.
tiropv, iropeiau), 178, make go; irpo-SiaPaCvo), 722, cross first.
comm. pass, dep., go, proceed, advance, irpo-8i8ci>^i, 701, give over, surrender,
march, journey. betray, abandon.
WoplXfii {wopid), vopiQ), etc., 37i, fur- irpo-ciiii. (el/Lit), 729, go forward, ad-
nish, provide, give; mid., get, obtain. vance, proceed, come on.
means of parsing, ford,
iropos, ov, 6, irpo-cXavvu, intr., 722, ride forward,
passage, way or means of doing, means, '
march on before, push on.
providing. irp6-6v|j.os, ov, 472 [6v|i<}s], ready,
irdo-os, 77, Of, interr, pron., 356, how eager.
much f Lat. quantus. 822, 823. |-irpo-9v|i,ws, adv., b98, eagerly.
 irpotrj)!.!
40 4p

xpo-ti)|ii, 734, send forth; mid., give irpo<r-aiT^a), ask in addition.

oneself up, entrust, surrender, abandon. irpoo'-cXavvw, 439, ride towards or
irpo-(UT<i>ir8iov, ov, t6 [fi^TUJirov, fore-
head], frontlet, of horses. See No. 8-3. irpoo'-^PXop.ai, 615, come on or up,
approach, advance^ 865.
irpo<r-'^K, 472, be come to, be related
to. 860.
irp6(r-6cv, adv., 488 [irp6s], before,
previously, sooner; in attributive posi-
tion, previous.
iTpocr-KVviw,Trpo(T-Kvvi^(rw,Trpoff-eKvyr]<Ta,

537 [kvv^w, kiss], make obeisance to,

salute.
irpoo--\a)i.pdvu, take to oneself.
irpocr-iroXp,^<i>, war against.
irpocr-TdTTCD, 537, assign or appoint
pass, impersonal vpoff-eTix^Vi orders
had been given.
irpo-crrcpvtSiov, ov, rb [oT^pvov], breast-
plate, of horses. See under No. 83.
irp<STpos, a, ov [irp<i], former, pre-
vious; neut. &s,2iAv., formerly.
No. 83. irpo-Ti|jida>, 496, honor more.
irpo-Tp^X*** *^1^ run forward.
IIp6|vosi ov, 6, 212, Proxenus. irpo-<{>a(v(i>, show forth; mid., conie
irpo-opdo), see in front. in sight, appear.
irp6i, prep, with gen., dat., and ace, irpwTos, 17, ov, 235 [irp6], first, fore-

116, confronting, at, by. With gen., most; neut. as adv., wpGn-ov, at first,

over against, towards ; in swearing, by first.

with the pass., by, from ; with adjec- irripv^, i;70S, 17 [ir^TO|ioi], wing of a
tives, in the sight of; expressing what bird, flap of a cuirass.
is characteristic, pertaining to, like. IlvOa-yopas, ov, 6, Pythagoras.
With dat., near, at, besides, in addi- HvXai, Qv, al, Pylae.
tion to. With ace, to, towards, against, iriXx], t;s, ij, 56, gate, pi. gate, pass.
before, at, according to, with respect in)v6dvo|jiai (irvff), ireiaonat, iwdbp.yjv,

to, about; wpbs (piktav, in a friendly Tr4irv<7fmi, 010, 871, inquire, ask, learn
manner. by inquiry, learn, ascertain, find out.
In composition irpis signifies to, 628.
towards, against, besides, in addi- irvp, wvpbs, t6, 638 [fire, pyre], fire;
tion to. pi., irvpd, rd, bcacons.
 ir(6 41 O-KTJITTOVXOS

ircS, indef. end. adv., 722, yet^ up |(r(]|xa(vci> (ffrjpav), ffrjfiavQ, icqp-qva,
to this tUne. aea-^paapai, effr]pa.vdr]v, 638, show by a
irwX^w, irwXi7<7-a [Jttono-^DO//], Sell. sign, give the signal, make known.
irs, interr. adv., 389, how ? SiXavos, ov, 6, Silanus.
irws, indef. end. adv., 664, in any o-iTos, ov, 6, 365 [para-site], grain,
way, somehow, at all. corn, food, supplies.
o-KCirTOjiav {(r/ceir), CKhpofiaL, iffKeipd-
p.7)v, fffKeppai, 439 [sceptic], spy, spy
out, view, find oui, observe carefully,
pqiSios, a, ov, 577, 578, easy. deliberate, see to it.

i.pq.S((ds, adv., 365, easily, readily. to-Kv<i, Tjs, 7], equipment, dress.
pew (pv), pedffo/xai, ippi-qKa, ippvrjv, 728, (TKfvos, ovs, t6, gear, utensils, pi.
871 [cata-rrh, rheum], flow. baggage.
p'^Tup, opos, 6, 349,745 [lp], speaker, t(rKvo-<{>op^6), <TKevo<t>opif<Tu, 578, carry
orator. baggage.
ptirrci) {pi<p, pi<p), ptipu, eppTtpa, fppl<pa, |(rKcvo-<|>6pos, ov, 548 [+ 4*^p<d],
(pplp.fj.ai, ippt<p6r]v and ippi<pr)v, 578, 871, baggage-carrying ; aKvo<p6pa, to., pack-
throw, hurl, cast aside. animals, the baggage-train, the baggage.
^f^Kr\viia, ff/cTjj'^a-w, icrK-qvr]ffa, 502, be
in camp, aor. go into camp, encamp.
<rKT|v^, rji, 7), 45, 739 [scene], tent.
ordXiri-yl, 770s, ^7, trumpet. See No. 3.

^crttXiriJw (<raXTrt77), ^crciXiri7^a, 729, cTKtiiTTovxos, OV, 6 [ffK-fjirrpov, sceptre,

Woto the trumpet; iird ia-dXiriy^e (sc. 6 + x)], sceptre-bearer, a high officer
ffaXiriKTris), when the trumpet sounded at the Persian court. See No. 84.
the charge.
jo-oXxiKT'^s, ov, 6, trumpeter. See
No. 55.
Sdfxios, o. Of, Samian.
SdpScis, (t)v, al, 478, Sardis.
t<raTpairv, rule as satrap, rule.
847.
o-aTpdirns, ov, 6, 124, satrap, viceroy.
Sdrvpos, ov, 6, the satyr Silenus.
See No. 16.

o--avTov, ^s, contr. a-avroO, ijs, refl.

pron., 449, 760 [o-f+avrds], of yourself.

819.
a^<r(i>|j.ai, see a-ip^u.

o"n|ia, oTos, t6, sigrn. No. 84.

 v69 42 o-v|iPov\cvw

448, 449 [on, Lat. tuus,

o-6s, <r^, <r6v, (rT6(ia, aros, t6, 255, mouth, van.
thy, Eng. thine, thy], thy, thine, your. to-rpdrevixa, aroj, t6, 255, army,
2o4>aCvcTos, ov, 6, Sophaenetus. troops, host, force, division, contingent.
(Tirdu, fffiraffa, effiraKa, ^(nraafiai, tcTTpaTcvw, ffTpareiffti), 116, make an
iawaffdrtv, 335, 871 "[Lat. spatium, space, expedition, make war ; mid. dep. take ,

Eng. SPACK, spasm], draw. the field, take part in an expedition.

<rircCp<i> (ffirep), ffwepu, e<nreipa, tawap- toTpar-rj-y^w, <rTpaTrjyi^<TOL>, 518, be
/JLUL, icnrdprjv, 652, 871 [sitkn, spora- general, lead, command. 847.
dic], soiv, scatter, disperse. t<rTpaT-TiYis, ov, 6, 83 [+a-y], gen-
o-ircvSw, ffireijcrw, fffirevaa, 409, urge, eral, commander.
hasten, be urgent. to-Tpario, aj, ij, 40, 739, army, troops,
cnrovS'fj, ijs, rj, 150 [ffirevSu, offer a host.
libation, Eng. spondee], libation, pi. trTpaTiTT|s, ov, 6, 102, 740, soldier,
truce. pi. troops.

oTTovS^, ^s, ^ [o-Trw8], Aaste, Aurry. t<rTpaTo-ir8v, 508, encamp; comm.

trrdSiov, on, t6, pi. <rT<5ioi, ol, and mid. dep., encamp, go into camp.
<7Td5ta, rd, 518, extended space, stadium, to-Tparo-ircSov, ov, rb, 472 [+'ir^8ov],
stade, as a measure of distance 600 camp-ground, encampment.
Greek feet. <rTpaT6s, ov, b, an encamped army,
(rTa8)i6s, ov, 6, 188 [toTTfjiJii], stopping- army, force.
place, station, stage, day''s march. to-TptTrrds, ov, 6, 292, necklace, collar,
tflrT^Ya<r(i.a, aros, t6, covering. worn by Persians. See Nos. 21, 58.
o-T^yi), IJS, i) [o-T^w, cover, Lat. tego, (rTp^<{>(i), arphf/w, earpeipa, KffTpo<pa,
cover, Eng. thatch], roof, house. fffrpafifj-ai, i<TTpA<p-r)v and i(TTpi<f)&i)v, 578,
(TT^XXo) ((TTeX), <7TeXu), ?o-rXa, effxaX- 871 [strophe, apostrophe], turn, twist;
Ktt, effTa\p.ai, iaTdXtjv, 629, 778, 780, intr., and in pass., turn or face about.
871, put in order, equip, send. <rTpov66s, ov, i] [ostrich], sparrow
<rTv6s, ^, 6v, 63 [steno-graphy], nar- arpovdbs t) jneydXT) or 17 'Apa^la, the
row, strait ; ffrevSv, ov, rb, defile, pass. ostrich. See No. 28.
(TTfp^ca, ffrep-f)<Tu, etc., 2 fut. pass., <rv, <rov, pers. pron., 439, 759 [Lat. tu,
ffrepT^ffOfjMi, 382, deprive, rob; pres. Eng. thou], thou, you. 435, 816.
pass., (TTipofML, have lost, be without. (Tiry-KoX^w, 327, call together, sum^
848. mon.
tTT^pvov, ou, t6, breast. Sv^vvco-is, tos, 6, Syennesis.
<rT^<|>avos, Of, 6, 701 \<TTif>w, put o-vX-XapLpdvw, seize, arrest.
round], crown, wreath, chaplet. See o-v\-X^Y, 561, collect, gather, bring
No. 51. together; pass., come together, assemble.
rTi^os, ovs, rb, mass, throng. to-v(i,-PovXfvw, 178, plan with, advise,
o-t6Xos, ov, 6, 264 [o-r^XXw], equip- counsel, give advice; mid., consult with,
ment, armed force, expedition. deliberate.
 (rv|iPovXos 43 rdgis

o-ti}ji-Pov\os, ou, 6 [PovX^], adviser. <rj)v86vtj, t;s, i], 45, sling, 1.3,1. funda.
t<rv(i-|iaxid, as, rj, 722, alliance. j<r<}>v8ovTJ"r]s, ov, 6, 356, slinger. See
<rv|Ji-|j.ax.os, ov, 78 [fiaxtj], in alliance No. 24.
with; a6iJ.fj.axoi, ov, 6, ally. fr^i<r\,, see ov.

<rw(i.-ir(r, 150, send with. (r<t>68pa, adv., 652 [(r0o5p6s, violenf],

o-v^-iropvop,ai, 341, accompany. exceedingly, excessively.
rvn,-irpdTT, help in doing, co-operate. <rx8(a, as, 17, 422, raft, float. See
<rvv, prep, with dat., 102 [Lat. cum, No. 31.
with], with, in company with, along with, rx5 (crxtS), (rxfO'a, i^xi-aOv^, 439
together with, on the side of, with the [Lat. scindo, split, Eng. schism], split.

help or aid of, by the favor of. t<rxoXas, adv., 449, slowly ; neut.
In composition a-tjv signiiies with, comp. as adv., axoy^o-l-repov, more
along with, together, jointly, at the slowly.
same time, entirely, at once. crxoX'^, ^s, r], 335 [ex"], a holding
crvv-d-yw, 262, bring or get together, up, leisure; o-xoX^, slowly.
call, collect. (Tip'^M (ffw, ffdjS), <ru)<T(i), ecrwcra, aiffUKa,

(rvv-avTOwo, (Tvv-rjVTijffa [dvrC], meet <T^<T<j}/j.ai and <Ti<TU(T/j.ai, iawd-qv, 382, 871
with, meet. 864. [o-wos], save, rescue, preserve, keep
<rvv-dirT<i>, join with. safe; mid. and pass., save oneself, be
(Tuv-cK-Pipd^co, help extricate. saved alive, escape, return or arrive
ruv-iri-o-irv8, help hurry on. safely.
orvv-8T]|i,a, aroj, t6 [o-vv-t9t)(xi], thing DwKpdrris, ov$, 6, 396, Socrates.
agreed on, watchword. (ru|ia, aros, t6, 382, body, life, person.
orvv-oiSa, 722, share in knowledge, (Tuos, a, ov or tras, ad, <xQv [Lat.
be conscious. 628. sanus, sound], safe and sound, alive,
<rvv-TdTT(i), 222, set in order together, saved from danger.
draw up in battle array; mid., fall la-<i>Ti]p, T7pos, 6, 518, savior.
into battle-line, take one'' s position. |ora)ripia, as, i], 652, safety, deliver-
(rvv-T(0r]ni, 695, put together; mid., ance, rescue from danger.
make an agreement, contract. to-o-(f>po(rvvT),i;s, i], 664, self-control.
fSvpCa, as, 7), Syria. <ru-<|>p<i)v, ov, gen. ovos [<ros + <pp'^v,

Svpos, ov, 6, a Syrian.

mind], of sound mind, discreet.
a-u-crtrau, draw or sew together.
o-u-<rTpaTvonai, 178, take the field
with, join an expedition. rdXavTOv, ov, t6, a talent, worth 60
(TcpdWo) (<T(pa\), <r0oXw, ff<l>ri\a, minas, or about $1080.00. See under
(r0aX/xai, ecr<f>d\riv [Lat. fallo, trip,
Eng. fall], trip up, make fall; pass., Td|is, ews, i], 478 [TdTTw], arrange-
fail, meet with a mischance. ment, esp. of troops, order, rank, array,
o-^is, see ov. line of battle, division.
 TapaTTM 44 Tl(Ui>pli

rapdiTM (rapax), rapdfw, irdpa^a, Xea^ai, ire\iffdT}v, 578, 871, complete,

rerdpayfiai, irapdixOVt 6i>2, trouble, finish, fulfil an obligation, pay.
disturb. T^os, ovs, t6, 548 [Lat. terminus,
^.rdpaxos, ov, 6, confusion, tumult. end, Eng. ta/isman], fulfilment, end,
Tapa-oi, Qv, ol, Tarsus. result; ace. as adv., t^Xos, at last,
tcLttw (ray), rafw, era^o, riraxO; finally. 835.
rdrayfiai, iraxOriv, 222 [tactics, taxi- T^|xv<i> (tc/a), refid, frepLOV and erafwu,
dermy, syn-tax], arrange, assign, order, Tirp-TiKa, T^TfjLTjpMi, iTpiiidrfv, 615, 871
esp. of troops, draw up, marshal ; mid. [Lat. temnG, slight, ^cut,^ Eng. a-tom],
and pass., take one's post, be sta- cut.

tioned. tWrapTos, Vi 0"? 616, fourth.

TavT6, by crasis for t6 avrd. tTTTapdK0VTa, indecl., 67S, forty.
Td4>f>os, ov, T), 502 [9dirT], ditch, T^TTapts, o, 518, 757 [Lat. quattuor,
trench. Eng. FOUR, tetra-gon, tetr-archy], four.
trdxa, adv., 389, quickly, forthwith; T^K(i> (tok), t^|w, ^rrj^a, t^ttjko,

apodosis with 8.v, perhaps.

111 irdKrjv and iri^x^riv, 638, 871 [Lat. tabes,
trox^ws, adv., 472, quickly, soon. decay, Eng. thaw], melt; intr., thaw,
raxvis, eTa, i/, 548, quick, swift, Lat. melt.

celer ; Bid. rax^uv, with speed ; neut. t(Ot)p,i {de), Qi\au), iQi)Ka, rideiKa,

as adv., rax^, swiftly, soon; comp. Hdei/jLai, iridttv, 695, 784, 788, 871 [Lat.
dcLTTOv, more quickly ; sup. rdxio-ra, facio, make, do, fid, be done, become,
with 6ti or &5s, as quickly as possible, -do in compounds such as credo, put
with all possible speed. faith in, Eng. do, deem, doom, king-
ri, end. copulative conj., 161, and, noM, thesis, theme, treasure], put, set,
corresponding to Kal much as Lat. -que place, institute; Biadai t4 SttXo, order

to et; re . . . Kal or re kuI, both . . . arms, ground arms, get under arms;
and. Kurd xwpa" tOevro rd dirXa, VflOVed back
TfOvdvai, Ti6vr\Ka, see dv^cKw. to quarters.

T(vci> {rev), Tevd, treiva, rircLKa, tTifxda), r'ip.-fiffo}, etc., 275, 755, 781,
riraiMi, iriB-nv, 629 [Lat. tendo, stretch, value, esteem, honor.

Eng. THIN, DANCE, /o/?e], stretch, exert TinVj, ^s, r), 374 [timo-cracy'], value,
oneself, hasten, push on. worth, price, honor, esteem.
Tixos, ovs, t6, 396 [dike, ditch, irtfuos, o, ov, 374, precious, valued,
dig], wall, rampart, fort. honored, in honor, worthy.
trcXcvratos, a, ov, 573, last, at the \.Tl\L-tpi<ii, TlpMp-fiaot, etc., 389 {tIp.-

rear ; ol reXevToioi, the rear guard. wp6s, watching over honor, from tiji^
trfXcvrdw, TeXeuTTj<rw, 548, end, finish, 4- the root which appears in opdu],
end one^s life, die. avenge; mid., avenge oneself on, take
^T(KtvTf^, ^s, 17, 548, end, death. vengeance on, punish; pass., be pun-
treX^w, T^w, ^rAe^a, reriXeKa, Ttri' ished, tortured.
 ts 45 TpiaKOO-lOl

ts, ri, gen. rivos, interr. pron., 356, TOcovTOs, Toaai/TT;, tocoCtoj', dem.
763, who f which ? what ? Lat. quis pron., 664, so much, so many; with
neut. ace. as adv., ri, why? 822. comparatives, roaourcfi, by so much,
tIs, tI, gen. Tiv6i, end. indef. pron., the; neut. ace. as adv., too-oOtov, so
356, 763, a, an, any, some, a sort of, a tnuch, so far.
certain, Lat. quis; subst., somebody, t6t, adv., 94, at that time, then.
anybody, something, anything, pi. some. Tpd-ircja, 7JS, r), 63 [r^Trapts + "irovs,
Turca^tcpvTfs, ovs, 6, ace. T uraacp^p- cf. ireSos], table, prop, with four legs.
vt)v, 396, Tissaphernes. See Xo. 4.

TiTpi&CKCi) (rpo), rpuxru, frpwcra, ri- TpaxuXos, ov, 6, neck, throat.

TpufMi, eTpu}9r)v, 664, wound. Tpis, rpia, 518, 757 [Lat. tres, Eng.
Toioo-Sc, Toiide, ToiSvde, demon, pron., THREE, tri-pod], three,
such, such as follows ; eXefe roidde, spoke rpiiru, Tphpdj, fTpeipa and (Tpairov,
as follows or in the following terms. rirpotpa, rirpap-nai, iTpdirrjv and ^rp^-
T6\ji.a, ijs, i) [Lat. tolero, endure, 0tfr7v, 462, 871, ittrn, direct, divert, rout;
Eng. a-t/as], courage to endure. mid., <urn oneself, turn aside, look,
|ToX[jid(i>, To\p.-fiau, etc., 422, have the face.
courage, venture, risk, dare. Tp<)>u, 6p^w, fOpe^a, r4dpafi/iai, irpd-
tT65v|i,a, aros, t6, arrow. See Nos. <p7]v and i6p4(f>d7iv, 561, 871, nourish,
4, 14. support, maintain; pass., 6e supported,
tro^etiw, ird^evffa, rerifeu/xat, fTo^v07]v, subsist.
150, use one''s bow, shoot. See No. 85. rpi\(i> {rpex, Spap), dpapavfMi, e Spa-

No. 85.

t6|ov, ov, ,t(!!,.83 [in-toxic-ate, toxico- IMv, 5e8pd/ir)Ka, deSpd/xr^pui, 610, 871
logy], bow. See Nos. 13, 14, 35, 45, 48, [cf. 8i8p^(rK<i>] , run.
57,69:.. . - TpioKovra, indecl., 212 [rptis,], thirty.
|To|6Tqs, ov, 6, 102, bowman. Tpia-Koo-ioi, at, a, 102 [Tpis+KaT6v],
Toiros, ov, 6, 429 [topic] place, region.
, 300.
 Tptp* 46 v-ir6|j.vT]|i,a

Tptpw, Tpt^o), trpiipa, r^rpKpa, rirpifi- wir-apxos, ov, 6 [apx], lieutenant.

fiai, irpi^riv and iTpi<pdr]v, 573, 871, rub. virip, prep, witli gen. and ace, 235
TpL--f\pr\s, ovs, i), 396, 747 [Tpis + ^p^<r- [Lat. super, over, Eng. over, hyper-],
<rw, row], war-vessel, trireme, galley, over. With gen., over, above, beyond,
with three banks of oars on each side for, in behalf of, for the sake of, in
of the vessel. For the position of the defence of, instead of. With ace. , over,
rowers, see No. 86. above, more than.
In composition v-n-dp signifies over,
above, beyond, exceedingly, for, in
behalf of.

v1^tp-^oXVi, ijs, 7) [PdXXu], act of

crossing, crossing, mountain pass.
vir-^<rx.TO, etc., see inrurxv^o/jMi.
vx-^Koos, ov [vir6 + oiKovw], listen-
ing to, obedient. 863.
No. 86.
vir-io"Xvfop.ai, vvo-axMofMi., inr-e<rx^

firiv, xnr-iaxyif'io.i, 527, 871 [cx**]) hold

rpur-KaC-ScKa or Tp<i(r-Ka(-8Ka, in- oneself under, promise.
decl. [rptis + Ka( + 8^Ka] , thirteen. vir6, prep, with gen., dat., and ace,
Tpwr-xtX.101, at, a [rpcis + xfXioi], 204 [Lat. sub, under], under. With
3000. gen., under, from under, frequently of
TpCros, 7?, ov, 518 [Tpts], third; adv., agency, by, through, from, at the hands
rb Tplrov, the third time. of, by reason of. With dat., under,
TpoirYj, Tjs, 7), 673 [rp^irw], rout, beneath, at the foot of, under the power
defeat. of. With ace, under, down under.
TVYX^dvw {tvx)i Teij^ofiat, irvxov, reni- In composition wr6 signifies under,
XTjKtt and T^revxa, 664, 871, hit, attain, often with an idea of secrecy or craft
get, obtain, happen, chance. 845. (c/. Eng. underhand), or has diminu-
Tvpiaiov, ov, t6, Tyriaeum. tive force, rather, somewhat, or it
T, see tIs. denotes subordination or inferiority.
viro-S^X^'H'O'''* receive under one's pro-
tection, welcome.
iSttp, aroj, t6, 502 [Lat. unda, wave, viro-j^v-yiov, ov, t6, 222 [^6v, yoke,
Eng. WATER, WET, fi/dro-}, water. Lat. iugum, Eng. yoke], beast of
vl6s, ov, 0, 124 [son], son. burden ; pi. baggage animals.
v|icts, see <ri. viro-Xc(ir<i>, 644, leave behind.
jvfi^Tcpos, o, OV, 448, 449, your. viro-Xv, 527, loose beneath, take off
vir-d-y, lead under, intr., lead on or one's shoes.
advance slowly; mid., draw on, suggest vir6-|ivT)|jia, aroi, t6 [fuykVQVKm],
craftily. memorial, reminder.
 virO"jrTvw 47 <t>idXT]

uir-oirTVft), vtr-orrre^cru}, 728 [ut-otttoj, ({xvY" (0^7)) <t>fi^oixai and ^ev^oCjuat,

viewed with suspicioii, cf. d|/o|iai], ecpvyov, iri<f)evya, 327, 871 [Lat. fugio,
suspect, apprehend, surmise. flee, Eng. bow {bend), bow (the weap-
\iir-o>|/(a, ds, 17 [c/. vir-oirreva)], suspi- on), BOLT, BLx-oni],^ee, take flight, run
cion, apprehension; \jTro\pla. iarri, with away, retreat, fly, Lat. fugio, flee from,
dat. of person, be apprehensive. run away from flee from one's country,
,

tvio-Tcpaios, ci, ov,G7S, later, following ; be an exile, be banished; oi ^eijyovTfs,

TTj vffTepaiqL {sc. rifiipq.), the following the exiles.
day, next day.
twoPTp, v<rTifyrj<ra, varipifKa, he later,
come too late for. 850.
vo-Tcpos, d, 01', 264 [out, utter],
laier ; neut. as adv., varepov, later,

afterwards.

*
<{>a(vu {<t>a.v), (pavQ, f<f>riva, ^^(payKa
and irifpTjva., ir^0aff/tai, i(pdvd7]v and
fcpavqv, 591, 771, 772, 779, 871 [p/e-
nomenon, dia-phanous, phantastic],
bring to light, make appear, show ; mid.
and pass, and 2 pf., show oneself, be No. 87
shown, he seen, appear, turn out.
<)>d\aY|, 770s, 17, 245, 743 \^phalanx'], <t>i])i(, (prjffu), etprjffa, 472, 794 [Lat.
line of battle, phalanx ; Kara <pd\ayya, fdri, say, fdma, report, Eng. ban, pro-
in line of battle. phet, phase], say, declare, state; e^rj,
4>avcp6s, d, 6v, 83 [4aiv], in plain said yes; ovk e<pr], said no, in answers
sight, visible, manifest, open; eV t^j ov (f>-nfu, say no, refuse, deny.
(paveptf, openly, publicly. <{>Oa.v<i) (<pOa), (pOrjaofiai and <l>Od(ru,

<]>ap^Tpa, as, i), quiver. See Nos. 11, ^(pOrfv and f<f)daffa, 685, 871, get the
14, 87. start of, anticipate, outstrip.
({>cpu {<t>ep, ol, iveK), otffw, ^yeyxa and 4>07-yo(xai, (pdey^o/iai, etc., mid. dep.,
TjvsyKov, ivf)vox<i; ivqveyiMi, -fiDdx^V^ ynake a sound, shout, sound.
729, 871 [LaX. fero, hear, fors, chance, <}>9cip<i> {<pdp), (pOepQ, ((pdeipa, f<p6apKa,

far, thief, Eng. bear, burdex, <t>6apnai, i<pddpriv, 629, 871, destroy, lay
BIER, BIRTH, metu-phor, phos-phorus], waste, corrupt.
bear, bring, carry, produce, receive, ({>i.d\T|, 1/5, 7) [phia/, K/'a/], drinking
endure; pass., be home, carry, rush; cup ; it was round and shallow like a
XaXeTTwj (f>ipeLv, take it ill, be troubled. large saucer, but deeper, made of
 ^OJm 48 XaXiv6s

earthenware or of bronze, gold, or t^oivftCT], rji, T], Phoenicia.

silver.See Xo. 88. t|)oivvKi<rTVis, ov, 6, wearer of the pur-
ple, a title of rank at the Persian
court.
#oivi|, t/cos, 6, a Phoenician.
(t>oivi^, iKoj, 6, 429, palm, date-
palm. See No. 45.
({>pd^(i> {(ppad), (ppacru), etc.

[phrase}, say, tell.

t4>povp-apxos,ov, b, 150 [+apx],

commander of a garrison.
(t>povp<Ss, ov, [irp6 + opdw],
watcher, guard.
^pvyta, ds, i), 188, Phrygia.
t<|>vYas, dSos, 6, 341 [(^v-yo)],

No. 88. fugitive, exile, refugee.

||>\rY^, ^s, ii, 462 [4VY],^isrW, rout.

t<|>iX^<i>, (^tXiJerw, 282, love, of the love t<|>vXaK'^, ^s, ^, 56, a watching, watch,
of family and friends. picket duty, garrison.
t^iXla, as, i), 488, affection, friend- t<|>tiXa|, oKoy, 6, 245, 743, a watcher,
ship. guard, outpost; pi. body-guard.
'l()>(Xios, d, ov, 131, friendly, amicable, <|>vXdTT(i> {(pvXaK), (pvXd^ii}, l(p{i\a^a,

at peace, used esp. of countries. 863. 7re0i/\axa, 7r0i)Xa7)itai, iipvXixOtiv, 222,

<|>(\os, Vi o'', 141 [ph//-anthropy, stond guard, guard, watch, defend ;

phi/tre], friendly, dear, dear to, loved mid., be on one''s guard, watch out
by, attached to, kindly disposed, comp. against, Lat. caued; ^i;Xa*cas tpuXdr-

<f>i\alTpoi or iplXrepos ; <pl\os, 6, friend, Tfiv, stand guard.

adherent. 863.
t<|>Xvap^(i>, (pXvap-fiffo}, 664, talk bosh.
t()>\vap(a, ds, ij, 729, nonsense, pi.
bosh. tXaXTrav (xaXeirav), xaXfravw, ^x"
<)>\vapos, ov, 6, nonsense. X^TTi/j/a, ixaXeTrdvOriv, 598, 6e angry, be

t4>oPp6s, d, bv, 46, fearful, terrible, severe, be offended or procoted. 860.

formidable. XoXtirds, i}, Av, 488, hard, grievous^
t(|>oPcci>, (po^-fiffu, i<t>6pri<ra, frighten, difficult, dangerous, severe, stem,
terrify, 335, of unreasoning fear savage.
comni. pass, dep., be frightened, be IXiXws, adv., 729, hardly, with,
terrified, fear, dread, be afraid. difficulty, painfully.

<^6po$, ov, 6, 116 [hydro-phobia}, XaXiv6s, ov, b, bridle, consisting of

fear, dread, terror, fright. bit, head-stall, and reins. The bit
 XoXkovs 49 Xttptov

was generally a snaffle, the two ends XiMV, 6vos, rj, 573 [c/. x^^F^'^^Ji
of which were joined under the jaw by snow.
a strap or chain, to which a leading xXa^Lvs, i/5os, ij, cloak, mantle, worn

rein was sometimes attached. See esp. by horsemen, but also by the foot
Nos. 33, 83. soldier on the march and by travellers
IxoXkovs, rj, ovv, 292, of bronze, in general. It was an oblong piece of
In-onze. cloth thrown over the left shoulder,
\aXK6s, ov, 6, copper, bronze, bronze the open ends of which were fastened
armor. over the right shoulder by a brooch.
XdXos, ov, 6, the Chalus. See Nos. 23, 62.
txapCci'Si ea-a-a, ev, 264, 752, graceful, X^pros, ov, 6, fodder, grass.
pleasing. Xpao|iai,xpi)<roMtt'?e^c., mid. dep.,308,
Xdpis, tToj, ^, 255 [eu-charisf], 871, serve oneself by, make use of, use,
grace, favor, gratitude, thanks; xapf employ, treat, Lat. utor. 866.
eidivai, x'^P"' ^X*'"! ^ o^ feel grateful XP'^i, XpV"? impers., 561, it is need-
X<i-piv diro5i86vai, return the favor. ful, one must or ought.
XapfjtdvSi], Tjy, i], Charmande. XPBS" (xP!?5), 416, want, need, desire.
Xi|i(&v, Qvoi, 6 [Lat. hiems, winter], Xptj|J.a, oTos, t6, 264 [xpdop,ai], a
bad weather, winter. thing that one uses; pi., things, property,
Xtlp, x^P^S) Vi 416 [Lat. herctum, in- wealth, money.
heritance, 'Eng.chiro-graphy, s-urgeon], Xprivai, see xp^-
hand, Lat. manus. Xp'^o-ip.os, 17, OP, and os, ov [xp4o|iai],
Xcip(<ro4>os, ov, 6, Chirisophus. useful, serviceable.
X'piorTos, see xe'pw- XP^vos, ov, 6, 548 [chrono-logy], time,
X(p<Av, oy, gen. ovos, 577, worse, season, period, Lat. tempus.
inferior. i\pv<rovs, ^, ovv, 292, 751, of gold,
Xepp6vT](ros, ov, rj, 496, the Cherso- golden, gold, gilded.
nese. txpi5<'''ov, ov, t6, 644, piece of gold,
XtXioi, ai, a, 212, 1000. gold coin, gold.
Xtk6s, ov, 6, 537, fodder, forage. Xpv<r6s, ov, 6 [cfiryso-lite'], gold.
XiTciv, uvos, 6, 416, undergarment, jXPvo-o-xoXivos, ov, 701 [ + xaXiv6s],
worn next the person by
Lat. tunica, with gold-mounted bridle.
both men and women. In its simplest txpa, as, i], 40, 739, place, assigned
form it was a double piece of cloth, place, position, post, station; land,
oblong in shape, one half of which tract of land, territory, region, coun-
covered the front of the body, the try.
other the back. The x'T'^*' was fas- tXp^>, x'^pM'^, etc., give place, with-
tened on each shoulder by brooches, draw, move, march; of measures, hold.
and was confined over the hips by the txpov, ov, t6, 78 [xupos, place},
girdle, fii^/ij. See Nos. 51, 60, 69. space, place, spot, stronghold.
 t|>^iov 50 it>4>^l|XOS

uses. As rel. adv., as, Lat. ui, with

^A.iov, ov, t6, 416, armlet, bracelet. verbs, before prepositions, and with
See No. 89. participles, as if, just as, thinking
t|>v8o|iai., \j/ev<TOfjiai, that,on the ground thai, with the
avowed intention, as though; with
hj/ei<Td-qv,b21 [pseud- numei-als, about ; of degree, how, esp.
onym], lie, cheat, de- with superlatives, Lat. quam, as wj
ceive, act falsely. fidXiffra, as much as possible. As
\|>T](|>(^o(i.ai {\f/ri(f>iS) prep., with ace, to, only of persons.
No. 89.
\j/ri(f)iovfj.ai, etc., mid. As conj., of time, as, when, after, us
dep., 349 [^l/ijcpoi, pebble'], reckon vnth TaxKTTa, as soon as; introducing
pebbles, vote, resolve, determine. indirect discourse, that; of cause, as,

\|>iX6s, 17, 6v, hare, unprotected; ol since, because, for, Lat. ut; final, that,

\j/i\oL, light-armed troops. in order that, Lat. ut ; of intended

result, like wo-re, so as, so that.
a ws, thus, so.
&, exclamation, 83, 0, with voc. MT-inp, relative adv., 409 [s + ir^p],
<S8, adv., 150 [oSe], thus, as follows, like as, just as, even as, as it were.
in the following manner. WO--TC, relative adv., 124 [ws + t'],

wvios, a, ov, 610, purchasable ; wvia, so as, so that, wherefore.

rd, wares, goods. mt(s, idos, i), bustard.
cSpS, OS, ij, 4.39 [year, hour, horo- w<t>cX4o>, ci5^e\ij(j-a>, etc., 318 [6<t>eXoi,

scope], time, period, season, hour, Lat. advantage, use], help, succor, assist,
hora, the proper time, opportunity. benefit, be of service to, give assistance
s, orig. a relative adv. of manner to, of voluntary service.
[os], but developed into a variety of 4.w<f>tXi|ios, ov, useful, serviceable.

No. 90.
 II. English-Greek Vocabulary.

Consult the Greek-English Vocabulary for fuller meanings of the Greek words
here given, especially in cases where a choice of words is offered. The Greek-English
Vocabulary is necessarily brief, but it gives the etymological meanings of the words
and indicates the lines on which these meanings have been developed. If in doubt,
choose the word that is familiar. The aim has been to introduce no word into the
English-Greek exercises that has not previously been given. Frequently the choice
will be determined by the appropriateness of the word to the lesson in which it occurs.

Abandon Attempt
Abandon, irpo-iefiai (e), irpo- Allow, ilTL-Tp^irU), ilTL-Tpi- Aristippus, AplffTiinros,

fjffOfiai^ etc. \f/(t), etc. ov, 6.

Able, t/cavis, 17, bv ; he Ally, ffiififiaxos, ou, 6. Arm, OTrX/fw (ottXiS),

iKOLvbi elfu, dvva/iai{5vva), Already, ijdr]. wTrXtcra, etc.

5vvi)ffofiai, etc. Also, Kal. Arms, fiTrXa, wv, rd.

About, d/x^/, irepi. Always, SieL Army, ffrparid, as, 1;, arpd-
Above, virip. Among, iv. TevfjM, aros, t6.

Admire, davixA^ii) (OavfiaS), And, Kal. Artaxerxes, '

Apra^^p^Tjs,
Oav/ida-o/Mai, etc. Announce, ayyiWu {dy- on, d.

Advance, Trope^ofiai, wopeij- yeK), dyyeXu), etc. As, (Js; follows, rdde;
aopMi, etc. Another, dXXos, 77, ; one to, (J}<TT.

Advise, crvp^PovXevoj, <rvp.- , dXX^Xwi'. Ask, ipwrdw, ipur-^ffoj, etc.,

/SouXeucrw, etc. Answer, make , diro- inquire; ahiu, air-^a-u,

Afraid, he , (po^eofiai, Kptvofiat (Kpiv), diro- etc., ask for.

0o/3i7(ro/iat, etc. KpivoOfiai, etc. Ass, 6vos, ov, 6.
After, /uerd. Any, Ttj, tI, gen. tiv6s; Assured, be = know ,

Afterwards, varepov. anybody or one, tIs ;

well.
Again, ttolXiv. anything, tI. At, ini.
Against, iiri, irp6s. Appear, tpaim/iai {4>av), Attack, iiri-Ti0ep.ai {0e),

Agreement, make an <t>a.vr)<TOfiaL, etc. iiri-9-qffotML, etc. ; make

(Tvv-Tidefiai {0f), ffvv- Approach, ir\-q<Ti.d^<jj (ttXt;- an , fir-i/u {el fit).

Oriffo/jLai, etc. (Tiab), Tr\7]<Tid<Tw, etc. Attempt, ireipdoyLcai, wei-

All, iras, iraffa, vav. pdaofjuxi, etc.
 Barbarian 52 Dead

B Burden, beast of , vwo- Command, KeXeuu, KeXevaw,

^^lov, ov, t6. etc.

Barbarian, /Sdp/Sapos, ov, But, dWd, Si. Commander, Apxt^y, ovtos,

fiap^apiKds, ij, 6v. By, irapd ; vir6, with gen. 6 ; (ppovpapxos, ov, 6 (of
Battle, fidxv^ V^t V- of the agent means
; a garrison).
Be, elfd (ia), <ro/xai ; of, dw6 ;
land and Company, in with, aiiv.

present, irdp-ei/M. ;
sea, Kara yrjv Kal /card Conduct, dytii, &^u, etc.

upon, eir-ifu. ddXarrav. Confess, ofwXoyiu, oftoXo-

Beast, 6r)plov, ov, t6; 7^<rw, etc.
of burden, inro^&yiov, ov, Conquer, viKdu, vlKif<ru, etc.

t6. Call, KaXiu (/caX, koXc), Consider, ffKiirTop.ai ((TKeir),

Beat, Tratw, iralffw, etc. KaXQ, etc.; out, /Sodw, (TKd^ofiai, etc. ; povXevo-
Beautiful, Ka\6s, ij, 6v. Po'fiaofjM.i, etc. ; to- fiai, PovXfVffo/jMi, etc.

Before, irp6, irplv. gether, (rvy-KaX4u. Consult, with, avp.-^ov-

Behalf, in of, inrip. Canal, SiQpv^, vxos, ij. XeOopuan, ffvu-^ovXeia-ofjiai,

Benefit, eC iroi^w, irodiaw, Captain, Xoxdy6s, ov, 6. etc.

etc. Care, take , itri-fieXionai, Corrupt, dia-<f>0lpu {<pOep),

Besiege, woXiopKiu, vo\i- iwi-iieX-fiffonai, etc. 8ia-<pdepQ, etc.

opK-fi<Tu>, etc. Qaxry, on war, iroXe/jiiw, Corselet, dthpdi, okoj, d.

Bid, KiKejtiJ, KeKeiaw, etc. TroXejjL-flffu, etc. Country, x^P-^ *s> V-

Bind, 5^w, StJo-w, etc. Cattle, /SoOs, /3o6s, o, t}. Court, at , irapd PaffiXeT,
Bird, 6pvls, 6pvWos, 6, ?}. Cause, wap-ixu, irap-i^u ivl Tttij ^a<7i\^ws OOpaii.
Black, /xActs, ix^Xaiva, and TTopa-o'x'Jo'w, etc. Cowardly, KaK6s, -fj, 6v.

fii\av. Cavalry, iirireh, iuv, ol; Cross, dia-^aivu {^a), 5io-

Board, on , 4irL man, iirnejs, ^ws, d. fi-flffo/iai, etc.

Boat, v\oTov, ov, t6. Cease, TraiJo/iai, iravaonai, Cry out, use eJirov.

Both, on sides, diJ.<f>0T4- etc. Cut, to pieces, Kara-

pu6ev; ... and, kuI Chariot, dp/xa, aros, t6. K&iTTu (koit), Kara-Kb^tj),

. . . KaL Cilicism, KLXi^, ikos, 6. etc.

Bow, r6^ov, ov, t6. City, v6Xis, ewi, ij. Cyrus, KOpoj, ov, 6.

Bowman, ro^drris, ov, 6. Clearchus, KXiapxos, ov, 6.

Boy, TTttts, iraidSs, 6. Collar, ffrpevrbs, ov, 6.

Brave, d7a^6s, ij, 6v, av- Collect, ddpoi^io, ddpolffu,

Speios, a, ov. etc.; (rvX-Xiyco, ffvX-Xi^u, Danger, kIvSvvos, ov, 6.

Break, Xito, X()<rw, etc. etc.; supplies, ivi- Day, 7}p.4pd, os, rj; on the
Breastplate, Owpa^, ukos, 6. fflrl^onai ((xItiS), iiri- following , ry i/ffre-
Bridge, y4<pvpa, as, t;. ffiTtovfiai, etc. pai(f; day''s march,
Bring, Ay(o, Afw, etc. Come, fpxofJiai, ^X6ov, etc.; araOp-bs, ov, 6.

Bronze, x^^'^oi'S) Vi <*0i'. together, cvX-Xiyo/xat, Dead, be , ridirifKa (Oiri-

Brother, dde\(p6s, ov, 6. ffvX-Xeyfyro/uu, etc. ffKu).

 Death 53 Frequently

Death, pu^ to , airo-KTelvoij Educate, TratSeiJw, iraidei- sudden fear or terror ;

(icTev), diro-KTevS), etc. aw, etc. UdoiKa, of reasonable

Deceive, i^-airardw, i^- Emporium, ip.ir6piov, ov, t6. fear ; inspire with
I airaTi^ffd), etc. ; ^ei/So/ttat, Encamped, be ,
KdBij/iai. <p6^ov irap-^x'^i 'Tap-d^O}

^ei5(70/iai, etc. (rja), impf. iKaOrnjirjv. and vapa-<rxvc<^t C^-

Defeat, yt/cdw, vi/cijffw, etc.; Encircle, KVKXdu, kvkXiIxtu}, Fearful, 0O(3ep6s, d, 6v.

be defeated, riTTdo/j.ai, etc. Feel, grateful, x'^P'"

riTTi^a'Ofj.ai, etc. Enemy, iro\ipj.os, ov, 6 Xw (o'ex), ?|w or ffxv-
Deliberate, ^ovXeOo/Mi, ^ov- the , ol iro\^iJi.ioi. ffw, etc.

\V(TOfj.ai, etc. Engage, in war, ttoXc- Fellow, dvOpuTTOi, ov, 6.

Demand, dir-air^u, dn- fj.4(i), iroXeiJL-qaw, etc. . Fellow-soldiers, AvBpes

airijcw, etc. Enraged, be ,
xa^^Taivw aTpanQrai, with or
Despatch, diro-aTeWoi (xaXeTrav), x*^^''''*'''^? without w.
(ffxeX), oTro-ffTeXiD, etc. etc. Few, 6X1701, at, a.

Destroy, X(5w, Xdcrw, etc.; Entire, irds, irdiua., irdv. Field, take the , a-rpa-

dM-<f>delp(i) {(pdep) , dia- Enumeration, dpidfibs, ov, 6. T&iofiai, <XTpaTtjffonai,

(pdepQ, etc. Escape, diro-ifie&yu ((pvy), etc.; take the with,

Disclose, iiri-deiKvv/jii (SecK), dTro-cpev^ofiai and diro- ffv-ffTparevo/xai.

iTTi-dei^w, etc. (pev^oufiai, etc. Fifteen, -ireiTeKaideKa.

Dishonor, drlfjui^co (drifrnd), Euphrates, Eiicppdri]!, ov, 6. Fight, p-dxv, V^, V ; Mxo-
drifidau, etc. Everything, irdvTa. fw,i, naxov/xat, etc.
Dismiss, diro-Trinirofxai, Evil, KaKbv, ov, t6. Fire, irOp, irvpds, t6.
dTro-iriixtj/oixai, etc. Exhort, irapa-KeXeiLrofji.ai, Fish, Ix^^s, i5os, d.

Disperse, <nreipu) {airep), Kapa.-Ke\ei(Top.ai, etc. Five, irivre.

airepQ, etc. Exile, 4>vydi, dbos, 0. Flee, (pe&yu {<pvy), <peu^o-
Distant, be , dir-4x^i Expedition, 656s, ov, 7;; fiai and (pev^ovfiai, etc.

dir-i^o) and diro-(Xxv<^'^i take part in an Foes, iroX^/iiot, uv, ol.

etc. (Trpareijonai, (TTparevao- Follow, ^wofiai, ^ofJMi,

Do, iroi^w, irof^<rw, etc.j fjMi, etc. etc.; as follows, wSe, or
harm, KaKws iroUu Express, diro-delKvviJMi, some case of 8Se; on
ivell by, e5 iroiiu. {Sslk), dwo-8i^o/j.ai, etc. the following day, t%
Draw, up, rdrru (ray), vffTepalq..

rd^w, etc. For, ydp; els.

Dreadful, Seivos, 77, 6v. Fair, Ka\6$, 17, 6v. Force, Svvanis, ews, 77, (rrpd-
Dwell, oIku, oiKT]<T(M), etc. Faithful, irun6s, ij, 6v. rev/jLa, aros, t6 ;
^id^o-
Fall, on, ifi-TriiTTO}, t/x- lia.1 (pi.a.5) ,
^idffoiJLai, etc.
E ireffovfiai, etc. Fort, xwpioj', ov, t6.
Each, ^KaffTos, 17, ov. Father, irar'^p, warpbs, 6. Forty, TTTapdKovTa.
Easily, pq.Slus. Fear, 06j3os, 01;, d ; (po^io- Four, rirrapes, a.
Easy, p^'Sios, d, ov. Hai, <i>o^-fi<Topja.i, etc., of Frequently, iroXXdActs.
 Friend 54 Journey

Friend, <pL\os, ov, 6, ^evos, Ground, arms, rldefmi Hereupon, evravOa.

ov, 6. TO, 6ir\a. Hill, y^Xocpos, ov, b.

Friendly, tpiXios, d, ov. Guard, (pvXaKrj, ijs, rj, Him, oblique cases of
Friendship, 0tXtd, ds, 17. (fivXa^, aKos, 6. aOrbs; ov, reflex.
Frightened, be , <t>o^io- Guest, ^ivoi, ov, 6. Hindrance, rb kwXvov.
fjLai, <f>opTJironai, etc. Guide, ijyefiiiv, bvos, b. His, often by the article ;

From, i^, dir6. sometimes a^To0,^Keij'oi/.

Full, irXijpris, es. Honor, rin-q, ijs, ij ; Ti/xdui,

Tlpu^au), etc.; in , iv
Halt, IffTriiu {(TTo), <Tr-fi<T<i}, ri/jLy or Tiyiiios, d, ov.

etc. Hope, iXiris, l5os, r}.

Garrison, <f>v\aKr}, rjs, 17. Hand, over, vapa-bibwfu Hoplite, ottXittjj, ov, b.

Gate, TTiJXi;, 17s, -q. (bo), vapa-5J)(r<i), etc. Horse, tinro^, ov, b ; on
General, ffrpaTTjySs, ov, 6. Bard, be pressed, wU^o- horseback, dvb ittttov.

Get, iropl^ofiai (iropid), tto- fiai {irteS), irieffdr^ffopMi, Horseman, linre&%, iu%, b.

piov/Mi, etc.; together, etc. Hostile, iroXiiuo^, d, ov.

<rvv-dyu, <rvv-d^w, etc. Hardship, undergo House, o(K(d, ds, tj.

Gift, dCbpov, ov, rb. irovid}, Tfovriaw, etc. How, many, vbaoi, ai, a.

Give, didwfii {do), dJxru, Harm, do , KaKus iroiiu, Hunt, OripeOd), dripeiau, etc.

etc. TTOiiJtrw, etc. ; suffer

Gladly, iidius. KafciDs irdax^ (""a^), Tef-

Go, ei/xi (l), impf. ya or ffofiai, etc. I, iyu, i/xov and /mov, etc.

jjeiv, epxo/JMi, aor. ^\0ov; Hasten, aire^bw, aireixrw, If, el, idv, T]v.

away, dir-aXXdrTO- etc. Immediately, tvOvs.

/jMi (dXXa7), dTT-aWd^o- Have, x<' (<''x) ^^'^ ^^^ Impassable, diropos, ov.

fMi, etc. o'X'^cw, etc., elptl {iff), In, iv ; order that, tva.
God, 0e6s, ov, 6, i}. effopui with dat. Inflict, iiri-Tldyjfu {de), iiri-

Gold, or of , xP^<^o^^i Vi He, generally omitted, Oijcrti), etc.

ovv. sometimes ovto^, iKsTvos. Inspire, irap-ix*^ {'^^x)i

Good, dya66s, -ij, bv. Headquarters, 6ipat, Qv, ai. irap-i^u and trapa-ffxV'
Grateful, he or feel Hear, d*coi/w, dKovaopLai, etc. <ru), etc.

Xttp'" x'^ ("^ex)) ^fw and Heavy-armed, men, birXi- Intend, iv vf ex*^ ("^x)?
<rX'J<'w, etc. rai, Qv, ol. ?^w and (Txifffw, etc.

Great, iJ.iya%, /xeydXr), /x^a, Height, d.Kpov, ov, rb. Interpreter, ipfiriveis, ius, b.

of size ; iroXi;j, ttoXXi;, Helmet, Kpdvos, ov%, rb. Into, ei's ; the presence
xoXi5, of amount or Help, u(f>e\i<>), w<pe\-fiau), of, irpbs.
number. etc.; with the of, avv.

Greek, EWtjv, tjvos, 6 ;

Her, oblique cases of avr-i).

'E\\t}vik6s, -f}, 6v. Herald, K^pu^, D/cos, 6. Journey, iropeld, dj, ^,

Grieve, \vrriw, XOtttJo-w, etc. Here, iyrav$a, 8evpo. bbbi, ov, i).
 Judge 55 Ought

Judge, Kpivw (xpiv), KpivG), (Kpiv), diro-Kpivovfiai ;

etc. an agreement, crvv-ride-
N
Just, dUaios, a, oc. fjMi (fie), avv-d-ntroixai, Ncime, 6vop.a.; aros, rb.

Justly, diKaiwi. etc.; an attack, eir- Njutow, arevbs, rj, bv.

eifu impf.
(t), iir-ya or Need, there is , bet.

iv-yetv; rise, dv- Neglect, dpjekiu, dneXriffw,

Larrifu {(TTa), dva-ffTTJcru, etc.
King, paaiXevi, ^w$, 6
jSafftXeiyw, ^a<n\ev(T(0,
; be
etc. ; icse of, xpao/xai, Never, ovirore.
,
Xpijffofiai, etc. Night, v{>^, vvKrbs, i].
etc.
Man, dyijp, dv5p6i, 6, Lat. Nobody, ov8eis, evbs.
Know, oI5a, daofMi.
uir ; dvdpdnros, ov, 6, Noble, dyadbs, -f], bv.

Lat. homo ; men, some- Noise, dbpv^oi, ov, b.

times ffrpariurat. ; old None, ovbive%, ivwv.

Lacedaemonian, Aa/ceSat- ,
yipwv, ovTos, 6 ; Not, oil, fJLT^.

n6vios, a, ov. young

vtdvids, , ov, 6. Now, vvv.
Land, yij, yrjs, i], x^P^i Many, see Much.
as, i).
March, day^s , <rTa0fi6s,
Large, ixiya%, fieyd\i},iJ.iya. ov, 6; away, dw- Oath, 8pKos, ov, 6.

Lead, dyu, d^w, etc. , i)y^o- eXayvw (^Xa), ciTr-eXw, Obey, ireiffo/xai (iriO), neiffo-

fMi, ryyijaotxai, etc. etc.; on, iropeioiiai, fjLai, etc.

Leader, ijyendjy, 6vos, 6.
TTope^ao/xai, etc. Often, iroXXd/cis.
Leave, Xefirw (Xht), Xetfw, Market-place, dyopi, as, 17. Old, man,yip(>}v, ovTos,b.
e<c. ; behind, Kara- Means, by of, dw6. On, iirl ;
horseback, dvb
XeiTTW. Menon, M^vwv, cows, 6. iirirov ;
board, iirl.

Left, eiidbvvfjMs, op ; on iAe Mercenary, fiiaOofpSpos, ov. Once, at , v6^s.

(winfir), ^ir2 t^) evw- Messenger, fi77eXos, ov, 6. One, ris, rl, gen. rivbi;
Miletus, MtXTjTos, ov, ij. another, dXXiJXwi'.
Letter, ^TrtcrToX?;, ^s, i].
Mina, fivd, fjLvds, i). Open, dv-oiyw, dv-oi^u, etc.;

Light-armed, soldier, Molest, XuTT^w, \v-n-!J<ru, (pavepbs, i, bv.

yvuvrji, TJTos, 6. etc. Opinion, yvdipni, 77s, ^.

Long, fjMKpSs, i, 6v. Money, dpyipiov, ov, rb, Or, f

Loose, \6(t), \6ff(i), etc.
Xpij/Aora, druv, rd. Order, KeKeudj, /ceXei/crw, etc.;

Loss, be at a , A/iropiu, Month, p.ijv, iir]v6s, 6.

arms, ride/jMi rd
iiroptjffu, etc.
More, fxaWov. SirXa ;

in that, tva.
Love, <pi\4u), (piXijffw, etc. Mountain, 6pos, ovs, t6. Orders, give , vap-ay-
Loyal, evvov^, ow. Much, TToMs, iroWij, iroXiJ yiXXu (d77eX), irap-

TToXl/. ayyeXSi.
M Must, del, dvdyKr) iarl ;
Orontas,*Op6rrds, dorov, 6.

Make, iroUw, voi-qau, etc.; often the verbal in Other, dXXos, -q, 0.

answer, diro-Kpivofiai rios. Ought, del.

 Our 66 Say

Our, often by the article. aKvd^op.ai, -jrapa-crKevd- Remain, fjiivu {pxv), puevw,
Out, of the way, tKiro- ffofxai, etc. etc.

Presence, into the of, Rescue, crip^w, (ruxrw, etc.

irpbs. Resolve, doKel with dat.

Present, he , trdp-ci/jn Rest, iravofjiai, iraCao/jLai,
Palace, ^aaiXeia, uv, rd. (iff), irap-i<rofj.aL. etc.; the , ol AXXoi.
Parasang, irapaadyyTji, Press, hard, irii^u Return, 7)ku, tj^w, etc.
ov, 6. (wied), iriiau, etc. Review, i^iraais, ews, i).

Park, trapdSeiffos, ov, 6. Proceed, iropeioixai, iropei- Right, d^Los, a, ov, morally;
Pay, fxicrOds, oO, 6. ffofxai, etc.; with, de^ids, d, 6v, of direction
Peltast, ireXra<rT77S, oO, 6. <TVfjL-iropevop.ai. on the (wing), i-n-l tQ
Perish, dir-6\\vfj.ai, dir- Promise, \nr-i<Txviofj.aL, uiro-

o\ovfj.ai. o'X'fjO'oiia.i, etc. Rise, or up, dv-iffrafiai

Persijin, lldpa-ris, ov, 6. Prosperous, fvdaifxuv, ov. (ffTo), dva-ffTTJffOfw.1, etc.;

Persuade, ireiOu {iri6), irel- Province, dpx"^, ^s, V- make , dv-lffrrffu {(rra),
ffu), etc. Provisions, iiririjSeta, uv, dva-<rT7J(Tu, etc.
Phrygia, ^pvyld, as, rj. Td. River, TrorafiSs, ov, 6.

Place, x'^P^'^'i o"? ''^i Punish, KoXdfw (koXoS), Road, 656s, ov, ij.

from that , ivrevdev ;

KoXdffw, etc. Round, dfitpL

in this , ivravOa. Punishment, inflict Rout, els (pvyyjv rpiiru},

Plain, Tceblov, ov, t6 ; S^Xos, SIktjv i-iri-Tldrjixi (de), iiri- Tpi\j/<j}, etc.

17, ov; in sight, Kara- Oijcru, etc. Rush, te/xat {i), ^crojuai, etc.

(pair^i, is. Purchase, dyopd^u {dyo-

Plan, ^ovXeiLKo, /3oi;X5(rw, pad), dyopdffu, etc.
S
etc. Pursue, di(J)Kw, Sid^u, etc.

Plot, ^irt/SonXif, yjs, ij; Put, to death, diro- Sabre, /juixaipa, as, ij.

against, iiri-^ovXeiJu, ivi- KTelvu {ktv), diro-KTevw, Sack, di-apird^u (a'pTraS),

^ovXetjffw, etc.; evil, etc. ; out of the way, 5i-apird(Tw, etc.
KaKbv ^vXeiu, /SovXei^o'w, iKTTodwV TTOlio/JLai, TTOllj- Sacrifice, 66w, dia-u, etc.;
etc. ao/Mii, etc. on,
; iv-d6w, offer , Sdofiai, 66<rop.ai,

Plunder, ipvd^w (dpiraS), iv56<ru, etc. etc.

dpirdaw, etc. , St-opTrdfw. Safe, d(r0aXi;s, is.

Point, out, iiTi-SdKvvfii Safely, dff<t>aXQs.

{Suk), iiri-Sel^d), etc. Rank, rd^is, ews, ij. Same, 6 avrds, 17 aiJrif, rb
Post, rdrru (ray), rd^w, Ravage, 5i-ap7rdfa>(ap7ra5), avr6; at the time,
etc. di-apTrdaw, etc. dfM.
Precious, rtnios, a, ov. Ready, Iroi/oos, 7], ov, or Sardis, HdpStis, euv, ai.

Prefer, aipionai, alp-fiaofnai, or, ov. Satrap, aarpdirr)^, ov, 6.

etc. Regard, vofil^w {vo/uB), Say, X^7w, X^^w, etc.,

Prepare, oneself, Topa- vofjiiQ, etc. <f>r]fjU, <p^<ru, etc.

 Scatter 67 They

Scatter, 5ia-<rireip(o {(TTrep), Six, thousand, e^aKurxi- Supplies, collect , eirt-

dia-(TiTepij), etc. \ioi, at, a. aiTi^o/xai {<riTi5), iiri-

Sea, ddXarra, ijs, 17. Sling, ffcpevdSvri, tjs, ij. alTiovfjMi, etc.

See, opdo}, 6\{/ofw.i, etc., Slinger, (T<l>ev8oinJTris, ov, 6. Surprise, Kara-Xa/x^dvo},

(7K^7rro/Aai (ff/ceir), <TKi\po- Slowly, cxoXp, o-xoXaia>s. KOLTa-Xrixj/oiMLi, etc.

fjMi, etc. Small, fUKp6s, d, 6v. Surprising, davixaarbs, ij,

Seem, or best, doK^w, So, OVTWS. 6v.

36^(0, etc. Socrates, SwxpdTTjs, ovs, 6. Sweet, ^5i/s, eta, 1).

Self, airrSs, -q, 6. Soldier, (TTpaTubriji, ov, 6 ;

Sword, short , dKivdKrii,

Send, Ttip-irw, irip.yp(>3, etc., light-armed ,

yvp.jnjs, ov, 6.

ariWu (ffreK), (rreXQ, rjTos, 6; heavy-armed

etc.; for, neTaTrip.iro- OTrXfTTjs, ov, 6.

fiai; away, dno- Somebody, tIs, tiv6s. Table, rpdire^a, ris, i).

irdpjru ; with, avp.- Son, irais, iraidds, 6. Take, Xap-^dvu, Xrj'^opMi,

Source, Trrfyij, rjs, ij. etc. ; the field or

Service, he of , uipeX^u, Speak, X^7w, X^^w, etc. part in an expedition,
u<t>e\-qa(i3, etc. Spear, X&yxv, V^, V- (TTpaTivofiai, ffTparevffo-

Set, forth or out, 6pp.do- Split, (Tx^fw (crxtS), ax^<Tw, fxai, etc.; the field
pMi, oppLTJaopLai, etc. etc. with, ffv-aTpareiofiai ;

Seven, eirrd ; hundred, Stade, arddiov, ov, t6. care, iTri-fieXiofiat, iiri-

iiTTaKdffioi, at, a. Stage, (rradpAs, ov, 6. p.eX7}(To/JMi, etc.

Severity, with , Iffx^pus. Stand, IVra/xoi {(rra), <jT-q- Targeteer, ireXTaar-ijs, ov,6.
She, generally omitted, (jop.a.1, etc. Ten, d^Ku.
sometimes avTTj, iKelvij. Start, dpixdofiai, op/xTJ^ofMi, Tent, (TKrjvri, ijs, ij.

Ship, vaOs, vews, rj. etc. Than, ^.

Shoot, To^edu, To^euffw, etc. Steal, KXdwTu} (fcXcir), kX^- That, 8ti ; 'iva ;
fiij ; 5s.

Short-sword, dKlvdKT)s, ov, 6. \pw, etc. The, 6, T], rb.

Shout, Kpavytj, ^s, ij; Stealth, by , use Xav- by the article.

Their, often
^odu, ^oijaofiai, etc. Odvta. Them, oblique cases of
Show, (paivti) {(pav), (pavQ, Still, in. avTbs in plur.
etc. Stop, iraOofMi, trav(Toixai, Then, S-q.

Sides, on both , d/jupor^- etc. Thence, ivrevOev.

pwdev. Straightway, eii6ii. There, ivravda ; when
Sight, in plain , koto- Stronghold, x'^p/oi', 01;, t6, merely expletive, it is
(pavTii, h. Xtoplov iffx^p(>v. not to be translated.
Silver, dpyvpiov, ov, t6. Suffer, harm, KaKUiird- Therefore, oSv.
Sit, Kdd-T)fiai (ija-), impf. (7XW (to^), irt'uTopxii, etc. Thessalian, QerraXb^, ov, 6.

iKadtjp.T]v. Summon, KoiX^u (ko-X), They, generally omitted ;

Situated, be , oU^ofiat, KaXQ, etc. ,

uiTa-irip.-Ko- occasionally ovrot, iKei-
olKijtrofjMt, etc. /xai, pjeTa-Trip.\pop.a.i, etc. voi.
 Thief 58 Your

Thief, kXiif, KXuirds, 6. Upon, 4-irl. Wild, dypios, o, ov;

Think, vofil^u (vofiiS), pofiiio, Urge, irapa-KeXevopLai, irapa- beast, Orjplov, ov, rb.

etc., believe ; doKci, 56{et, /ce\i/(royu.ai, etc. Willing, be , m\w, iOe-

etc. , impers. , suppose. Use, make of, xpaoMi'i \ri<T(il, etc.

This, ovTos, airr?;, rovro. XP'7<ro/iat, etc. Willingly, eKwv, ovffa, bv.

Thousand, X'^'o'j 'i Wine, oJvos, ov, 6.

Thracian, Op?!, p9/c6i, 6. Wing, Kipas, Kipus and

Three, rpeh, rpLa. Kipdros, 6 on the right
;
Van, ffrbpA, aros, t6.
Through, Sid.
Very, vdvv.
, iirl rf Se^i^ on the ;

Thus, ovTws.
Victory, vtKrj, tjs,
left , iirl Tifi evwvifuf.

Time, wpa ; at that Village, Ku/iri, rjs,

t].

ij.
Wish, pd/Xofiai, /SouXifffo-

rSre; at the same Vote, i/'Tj^tfo/xai (^tj^iS),

fjMi, etc.

&iia.
^7j(piovfiai, etc.
With, ffiv, ^x''"' ;
tf^
Tissaphemes, Tiffa-a<p^pv7is, help of, ffiv; in com-
pany aiv.
ovs, 6.

To, els, ^irl, irapd, vp6s.

W ,

Withdraw, dwo-x^p^u, dwo-

Tree, divSpov, ov, t6. Wagon, ifM^a, 17s, ij. Xwp'/cw, etc.

Tribute, 5o<r/a6y, ov, 6. War, 7r6Xe/M)s, 01;, 6 carry ; Wonder, Oavfid^w (OavpjuS)f

Troops, (TTpaTev/jM, aros, on or engage in 6avp.d<T0nai, etc.

t6; ffTpaTMTai., Qv, ol. TToXe/i^w, 7roXe/n7;<rw, etc. Wood, ^vXa, wv, rd.

Trouble, irpiypiaTa, druv, Way, o56s, ov, rj; out of Worsted, be ,

^rdo/tai,
Td. the , iKTTOdiiv. 7]TTi](rofjMi, etc.

Truce, ffirovSal, Qv, oL Week = seven days. Worth, d^ios, a, ov.

True, dXrjdijs, h. Well, do

eS; by, eS Wound, TiTpwffKu (rpo),

Trust, iriffTevu, irurreiKTw, TTot^w, TToiifcrw, etc. , if is Tpwffw, etc.

etc. , /caXtDs ex^' ^!*') ^^ Write, ypd^w, ypdxpu, etc.

Try, Treipdo/jLai, Tretpdaofjuii, Well-disposed, evvouj, ouv. Wrong, or be in the

etc. What, tU, tI, gen. t/ws; dSucib), ddiKTjffw, etc.

Turn, ffTpi<l><i}, (TTphpu), etc. sort, TTOIOS, d, OP.

Twenty, etKoai; five, When, iireiSij.

diaxn Kal irivTC. Whenever, hreid-ij.

Xenophon, Aevo<pQv, QvroSf
Wherever, Sirov.

U Whether, el; ... or,

6.

Undergo, hardship, irbrepov . . . 1).

Y
irovid}, irov^aw, etc. Which, 8s, ^, a. You, ffi, <TOV.

Unjust, dSiKos, ov ; be Whoever, Sans, tjtis. Young, man, wavfof,

ddiK^it), dSiKijffo), etc. Why, tI ; di' d. OV, 6.

Unless = if not. Width, eCpos, ovs, t6. Your, v/jLirepos; often by

Until, M^XP'- Wife, yvtn^, yvvaiKds, 17. the article or <rov.
 lE^DEX.
The references are to sections, either to a single section, or to two sections
(when /. is added), or to three or more sections (when ff. is added).
For all Greek words, see the references under the words in the preceding Greek-
English Vocabulary.

Accent 18 f.; recessive 53; of pro- Article definite declined 758 ;

proclitic
clitics 26, 167, 169 ; of enclitics 27, in some fonns 39 a, 76 a. Syntax of
168 f. ; in contraction 272 ; of nouns 807 ff.

and adjs. 35 f., 39, 129, 244; of Attic reduplication 871, 4 ; future
verbs 53, 457, 484, 493, 605 a, 634 a. 871, 14, 15.
Accusative case 29. Syntax of 832 ff. Augment 66, 67, 93, 871.
Acute accent 18 f., 21 f., 24 f.
Borrowed words 876.
Adjectives vowel decl. 126 ff. cons, ;

Breathings 14.
decl. 259 ff., 426 ff. contr. of vowel ;

decl. 286 ff. ; irregular 500 f .

; com- Cases 29, 30 ; case endings 240 f . Syn-
parison 541 ff., 577; verbal in ros tax, see Nominative, Genitive, etc.
and reos 677 ff. Syntax of 805 f. Circumflex accent 18 ff.

Adverbs 595 ff. Circumstantial partic. 495.

Affinity of words 873 ff. Cognate mutes 8; ace. 833; words, 876.
Agent gen. of 202, dat. of 203 ; w. Commands, ^tc. 406, 408.
verbals in reos and t^ov 680, 682. Comparative degree 541 f. ; w. gen. 545,
Alphabet 1. 858 w. dat. 867.
;

Aorist first indie, act. 86 ff., mid. Comparison of adjs. 541 f. irregular ;

183 f., pass. 194 ff. ; first aor. system 577 of ad vs. 597.
;

565 ff., 582 ff.; second aor. 91, 602 Complex sent. 660; dependent verbs of
ff . , in fit verbs 689 ; first pass, sys- in indir. quot. 663.
tem 656 ff. second pass, system
; Compound verbs 93 w. gen. 852 ; ; w.
668 ff. Syntax of indie. 87, de- dat. 865 compound words 874.
;

pendent moods 313. Conclusion, see Apodosis.

Apodosis 301 neg. ov 303. ; Conditional sents. 304 ff., 316f., 363 f.,
Apostrophe (in elision) 16. 523 ff. See Apodosis, Protasis. Cond.
Apposition 804. rel. clauses 531 ff.
60 INDEX.

Consonants 3, 5 ff. changes of 738. ; Fear vbs. exp. w. obj. clause 334, 381.
Consonant Declension, see Declen- Final clauses 326, 371.
sion. First Aorist system, see Aorist.
Contraction 268; rules of 737; in vowel First Passive system 656 ff.

decl. 286 ff. ; in cons. decl. 395, 428, First Perfect system 619 ff.

476 f., 500 f., 506 f. ; in verbs in -aw, Future indie, act. 86 ff., mid. 174 jf.,
-w, -ow, indie. 268 ff., 279 ff., subjv. pass. 194 system 565 ff.,
ff.; fut.
339 f., opt. 386 ff., imv. 420 f., inf. 582 ff. first pass, system 656 ff.
;

459f.,part. 486, 494, 755. second pass, system 668 ff. Attic ;

Co-ordinate mutes 8. fut. 871, 14, 15; Doric fut. 871, 16 ;

fut. mid. for act. 871, 17. Syntax

of fut. indie, in obj. clauses w. Situs
Dative case 29. Syntax of 859 ff.
373.
Declension 34; nouns of first or A-decl.
Future Perfect 182 ff. pf. mid. system
37 ff . , 43 ff . , 61 ff . , 99 ff . , of second or ;

642 ff., 648 ff.

0-decl. 75 ff., vowel 81 ff.; adjs. of
decl. 126 ff. contract nouns and ;
Gender 32 f., 40 a, 78 a ; A-decl. fems.
adjs. of vowel decl. 286 ff. nouns ;
in a, 1}, or a 37, mascs. in as or ijs
and adjs. of third or cons. decl. 239 ff.,
99 ff. ; 0-decl. 75.
249 ff. 259 ff 345 ff 393 ff. 426 ff.
, , , ,
. .
General suppositions 302 ; forms of
476 .f, 500 f., 506 f.; irregular adjs.
524 f.
500 f. participles 754 f. See Article,
;
Genitive case 29. Syntax of 841 ff.
Pronouns, Numerals.
Grave accent 18 f., 25.
Demonstrative prons. 154 ff.
Group of words how related 874.
Dependent clauses in indir. discourse
663. Imperative 400 ff., 413 ff., 420 f. Uses
Deponent verbs 297 ff. of 405 ff.

Diphthongs 11, 12. Imperfect indie, act. 68 f., mid. 174ff.,

Directions for reading 123. pass. 194 ff. ; in pres. system 552 ff.

Doric fut. 871, 16. in fu verbs 689 ff. See Contraction.

Double consonants 9. Syntax of in unreal conditions 307, 2.
Dual 31. Indefinite pron.rh 354.
Indicative 49 tenses of, 60. See Con-
;

Elision 16 ; in compound verbs 93. traction, MI Verbs, and Present,

Enclitics 27, 168 f. Imperfect, Future, etc.

Endings personal 136, 145, 175, 401, Indirect discourse, see Quotations and
413 ; of inf. 455 f. ; of part. 484, 493 Questions.
in -fjii verbs 689 ; case endings of Infinitive 453 ff. Uses of 461, 468 ff.,

cons. decl. 240 f. 607 ff.

Exhortations 324. Intensive pron. 160.

 INDEX. 61

Interrogative prons. 353 ; subjv. 588. Person 51.

Iota subscript 11. Personal prons. 433 ff. See Endings.

Irregular adjs. 500 f. ; comparison 577. Pluperfect indie o,ct. 110 ff., mid. 183

ff., pass. 192 ff. ; first pf. system

Labials 7 euphonic changes 243.
;
619 ff. ; second system 114
pf. f.,

Unguals 7; euphonic changes 250 f. 633 ff.; pf. mid. system 642 ff.,

Liquids 6 changes of v 738, 7 ff.

;
648 ff.

Liquid verbs 582 ff., 623 ff., 637, Possessive prons. ,448.
648 ff., 658 ff., 668 ff. Post-positives 82 b.

Predicate 800 ff.

MI Verbs 689 ff., 699 f., 705 f., 711 f.;
Prepositions 226 ff.
irregular 720 f., 726 f., 732.
Present indie, act. 55, mid. 174 ff.,
Middle voice 174 ff. mutes 7. ;
pass. 192 ff. ;
pres. system 552 ff.
Moods, see Indicative, Subjunctive, etc.
in lu verbs 689 ff. See Contrac-
Mutes 5, 7 f euphonic changes 738, 3,
.
;
tion.
and see Labials, Linguals, Palatals.
Primary tenses 50.
Mute verbs 90, 113 ff., 196, 208 ff.,
Principal Parts of verbs 199 ff. ; of
216 ff., 565 ff., 636, 642 ff.
deponents 298 ff.

Proclitics 26, 167.

Nominative case 29. Syntax of 830.
Prohibitions w. ytt^ 408.
Number 31, 52.
Pronouns, see Personal, Intensive, Re-
Numerals 614, 756 f.
flexive, etc.
Object clauses w. and subjv. or
firi opt. Pronunciation 1, 10, 12.

334, 381 ; w. dl7ra,s and fut. ind. 373. Protasis 301; neg. of ^^ 303.
Optative 360 ff., 369 ff., 378 ff., 386 ff. Punctuation marks of 28.
Uses of 363 f., 370 ff., 380 f., 569, Purpose clauses 326, 371.
590, 663.
Oxytone 25. Quotations and Questions dir. and
indir. 557 ff., 567 ff., 589 f., 007 ff.,
Palatals 7; euphonic changes 243. 627 f., 660 ff. questions of appeal
;

Participles 482 ff. , 492 ff. Uses of 487, w. subjv. 587 f.

495, 515 f., 627 f., 683 f.

Particular suppositions 302. Reading the art of 121 ff. ; directions

Passive voice 192 system
ff. ; first pass, for 123.
656 ff. ; second pass, system 668 ff. Reciprocal pron. 447.
Penult accent of 22. Reduplication 105 ff., 871.
Perfect indie, act. 110 ff., mid. 183 ff., Reflexive prons. 443 ff.

pass. 192 first pf. system 619

ff.; ff.; Relative prons. 512 ff. ; cond. rel.
second system 114 f., 633
pf. ff.; clauses 531 ff.

pf. mid. system, 642 ff., 648 ff. Rough breathing 14 ; mutes 7.
62 INDEX.

Second aor., pf., etc. 554, G03; second Tense Systems 552 f. ;
pres. system
tense systems, see Aorist, Passive, 553,1; fut. 553,2, 565 f., 583 f.;
Perfect. first aor. 553, 3, 665 f., 585 f. ; second
Secondary tenses 50. aor. 602 ff.; first pf. 553, 4, 619 ff.;

Semivowels 5 f. second pf. 633 ff., 717 ff.; pf. mid.

Sibilant 6. 653, 5, 642 f., 648 f. ; first pass. 553, 6,
Smooth breathing 14 mutes ; 7. 656 ff.second pass. 668 ff.
;

Stem 54. See Tense stems. Tenses 50. See Present, Imperfect, etc.

Subject 800 ff.

Ultima accent of 24.
Subjunctive .312 ff., 331 ff., 339 f. Uses
of 316 f., 323 ff., 3.33 f., 407 f., 588. Verbal adjs. 677 ff.

Suffix of opt. mood 302, 379, 387. See Verbs principal parts 199 ff., 298 ff.

Tense Suffixes. defective 201; kinds of 273; depo-

Superlative degree 546 f. nent 297 ff. ; in HI and w 691. See
Suppositions particular and general MI Verbs.
302. See Conditional. Verb stem 54, 274, 586, 606, 623 ff.,

Syllabic, see Augment. 637, 672, 871.

Syllables 15. Vocabulary how to be acquired 877.
Synopsis 556. Vocative case 29. Syntax of 831.
Syntax rules of 800 ff.
Voice 48, 174, 192.
Systems, see Tense Systems. Vowels 3 f ; contraction of 737.
.

Vowel declension, see Declension;

Temporal, .see Augment. verbs 273 f. See Contraction.
Tense Stems 135, 553, 871. See Tense
Systems. Word-Grouping 872 ff.
Tense Suffixes 136, 663, 606, 636, 670. Words borrowed and cognate 876.
/U:
0'